% * H * <0 1 v G v "oo N \0 J * *^ w - y o - l * A o .0 ■-,^h * £ X? ,0 . *.+ • V\ s***'* 0> % '■ * o , ', c N '00 ^ ^ ,0 -%■ * ,<*' -.V ,>. A V t or - e , ^ • • *^ ,i • , ^ * ,A A *T - V^ -y > ^ ^ ^ pj%. vV "V <^ THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR; NEW AND NATURAL METHOD or LEARNING TO READ AND SPEAK THE (Unman language, BY EDWARD |ULBOEN. PHILADELPHIA: LIPPINCOTT, GRAMBO & CO. 1852. m N y ««** Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1 852, by LIPPINCOTT, QRAMBO & CO. in the Clerk's Office of the District Court of the United States in and for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. STEREOTYPED BY J. FAGAN. Printed by T. K & P. G. Collins. PEEF ACE. To facilitate the study of the German language, by making it accessible to all, young as well as old, and by removing the many difficulties which present themselves to those who possess but an imperfect knowledge of grammatical rules, is the chief aim of this work, which the author now presents to the public. The experience of many years, spent in France and this country in giving instructions in German, his mother-tongue, has, he thinks, pointed out to him the practical method, in which alone a perfect knowledge of that language can in a short time be acquired. — Jacotot and Manesca were the first, who discarded the old system of instruction, and proved that a theo- retical knowledge of every science can be most easily acquired by gradual and practical exercises therein. Since their time, the study of modern languages has taken an entirely new direction. This new plan was adopted by Professor Ahn, in Germany, in his new method for teaching the French language, and also by Ollendorff, who published in Paris his method of giving instructions in German; and the method of the latter is now made use of by almost all teachers of every modern language. Ollendorff, in his French-German Method (which the author became acquainted with in France), has, with great ability, over- come all the difficulties which the study of the German language presents to the French student, and his work has contributed very (iii) IV PREFACE. much to the diffusion of the German language in France. But Ollendorff has written no English- German Method, and the work with that title which is in use both in Europe and this country, is nothing more than a literal translation of his French- German Method, without the slightest change either of arrange- ment or rules. It is evident that a grammar, however skilfully it may be arranged for the French student, cannot possess the same merits for the English learner, on account of the great differences between the two languages ; and it is equally plain that, in the English translation of such a work as Ollendorff's, the arrangement, order, and exercises should have been changed for those better adapted to the English language. It is from this cause that Ollendorff's English Method contains so many perplexing difficulties for the student, and hence also arises the fact that it is unsuitable for a school-book. Five years ago, the author began the attempt of remodelling Ollendorff's work; and, in the autumn of 1847, he wrote and had printed a pamphlet, which contained in twenty-one lessons a simple explanation of the declensions of German nouns, which in Ollendorff are entirely unintelligible. This little work gave so much satisfaction to his pupils and himself, that for a short time he continued his labors ) but he met with so many diffi- culties and obstacles, that he abandoned the idea of remodelling Ollendorff, and began to write an entirely new method, which, being now completed, he presents to the public. This new and natural method it has been the author's endea- vour to adapt perfectly to the English language, beginning with the simplest and proceeding gradually to the most difficult con- structions. He has given himself much trouble to point out the similarities of the two languages, but of course he has dwelt much longer on their differences. The pupil will seldom find a compounded German word, the primitives of which have not already occurred, and their meanings been given, in some pre- ceding lesson. All the rules contained in the method are sim- plified as much as possible, and are illustrated by carefully- selected examples, so that they may of themselves be intelligible PREFACE. V to those pupils, who have made but little advancement in their studies. The Exercises are not borrowed from other books, but are taken from ordinary life, and contain such words and expres- sions as occur in daily conversations, and therefore the author has called his method a natural one. With the exception of the First Section, the use of continuous and fatiguing questions and answers has been avoided as much as possible, while all the sentences contained in the Exercises can be understood by children as well as by those of riper years; and the author therefore thinks that his work may be successfully introduced into schools. Each lesson contains both English and German exercises, which treat of the same subject-matter, though in a different connection. This arrangement not only insures to the learner an agreeable change, but will also facilitate the understanding of the rules, and, by an easy and gradual process, will make the pupil familiar with the German construction. For the same reason this book can be used also by Germans, who wish to acquire a knowledge of the English language ; and therefore the author has called his method a new one. The Appendix, which is added to the Method, is intended to give a complete view of all the rules which it contains, so that the pupil will need no other grammar, in order to acquire a per- fect knowledge of the German etymology and syntax. It con- tains, moreover, several highly important matters, which the author has never found amply treated of in any other grammar, viz. : A complete List — of all the nouns which form their plural by way of exception to the rules of the two declensions ; — of all the verbs which take the auxiliary verb, to be (fetn), for the formation of their compound tenses ; — of the verbs which are reflective in German and not in English ; — of those compound verbs which are separable in one signification and inseparable in another; and — of those conjunctions and adver- bial conjunctions which cause an inversion of the copula and the subject. 1* VI PREFACE. The author has not thought it necessary to give any rules of pronunciation, for there are many sounds in the German language which cannot be expressed by signs. Besides, the German pro- nunciation is so easy to learn, that a few lessons by a competent teacher are sufficient for its thorough acquisition. In the begin- ning, the pupil will find a selection of words, by reading which aloud and with attention, he will be placed in the situation to pronounce every German word with fluency. In the Index, at the end of the book, will be found all the words and rules which are contained in each lesson. E. F. Philadelphia, March, 1852. THE GERMAN ALPHABET. yil THE GEKMAN ALPHABET. a, b, c, b, c, f, g, |, i, j, f, I, m, it, o, p, q, r, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r, f/ «/ ti «, »/ .», X> 9, a- s, t, u, v, ir, x, y, z. THE CAPITAL LETTERS. «, 95, 6, 2), (5/ & ®, $, % St, 2, 9R, % £» $» A, A, B, C, D, B, F, G, H,I,J,K, L, M, N, 0, P, Q, % @, X, U, 23, SBB, X, V' 3- E, S, T, U, V, W, X, Y, Z. THE SIMPLE VOWELS. a, e, t, o, u. THE COMPOUND OR SOFTENED VOWELS. a, o, u. THE DIPHTHONGS. au, du, et, at, eu. OJs. — ic is pronounced like in English: ee; et like i. Vlll READING EXERCISES. READING EXERCISES. #a«, £ag, xoai, SBaffer, Rafc, 33al)tt, £f)a{, 9taty, Wtyem f fal>l f 3^, Clual; @al$, £alg, nad), @an$, ganj, 35$ad)§, 2>ater, macfyen, fagen, ta^en^ laffen, ratfyen, $acfel,2Baffen, &aat r $el£>, £erj, ^Jferbf 2Beg, 35erg, je^n, gender, SOJeer, tetyren, ge&en, gegel, fprecfyen, lenfen, roerfertr 3roerg, 23erfc>ad)t, £inte, trinfen, $tfd), ?td)t, jtd), ftcfyer, finfen, £inb, Winter; 9iing, ringen, SBittc, roir, jittew, 23rtef, Sieg, 23ier, ?ie&e, 95tene/ t>iel, tfnic, Sierbe, ©ott, 9iocf, 9vofe, rotfy, 23oot, 23ud), $ug, £ud), jpufyn, SDiuty, nun, Sfyurm, mug, mugt, D^ug, ^ffag, %l\u$)r Siifi, 2Bunfcl), fucfyen, mutfyig, ju, Surfer, fcfytagt, <2d)lacfyt, 9){agt>, SWacfyt, fagte, facfyte, ©acfye, nagt, 9iad)t, natft. Q3dter, X^dter, ©tdfer, rodfylen, 3df)ne, @d$e, fcfyon, fprofce, 23ogel, Stolen, mogen, SOBorter, tobten, fug, t>ier, fur, ii6er, ©es fuf;t, Sttdjfe, Slicker, muffen, fctirfkn, SBurbe, jtirnen, SOer^ gmigen, §rau, jjaufen, ©e&raucfy, Xraunr, 6raun, fcraucfyen, taugen, taucfyen, au$, auger, faufen, 93dume, 9Dfdufe, Jpdule, fein, frei, Stcfye, fWgig, fd)rei6en, jeigen, jeicfynen, reicfyen, roeifen, SSeiU cfyen, 2Bein, SBeiefyeit, ^aifer, 33tap, <2aite, ©eite, Seute, ftreube, win, neun, jeugen, treu, Xreue, jjaBtticfyer, £5ad)flube, ge&rau* cfyen, CUtdfer, ?anbprebiger, gege6en, ©ottesfurcfyt, t>erfd)enern, uberlaben, 33etrugerei, unterfcfyeiben, $euerleiter, 9iufefoftgfeit, Duittenapfel, 23ergeffenl;eit, 3u6ereitung, rotberfafyren, roieber* fyolen, SBiberrodrtigfeit, 23erfur$ung$$eicfyen, ?efeutmngen. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. First Section. — drftet 2Cbfd)nttt. FIRST LESSON. — @rfte Section* T am, id) tun, he is, crtft, she is, ftetft you are, t fcr,kd)t. 3ft ftc jung? @t« ift jung. (Stub ©tc att ? 3d) lun nid)t alt. 23m id) grcg ? ©te ftnb grop unb gut. 3ft ftc jung unb Hem? (Sic ift jung unb ftctn. 3ft cr jung? (St ift att. Bu ftnb nid)t fd)(cd)t. I am old. He is bad. She is young. You are good. Am I tali? You are tall. Is he little? He is not little. Are you young? I am young and tall. He is good and she is bad. You are old and I am not young. Is she little? She is little and good. Am I good? You are good. Is she tall? She is tall. Are you old? I am not old. (9) 10 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. SECOND LESSON. — $tveite Section* THE NOMINATIVE CASE OF NOUNS. Masculine : the father, ber SSater* Feminine : the mother, tie 2)Jutter« Neuter : the child, baS .ffinb. The definite article the, has, in German, distinct terminations for the three genders : masculine, b e r ; feminine, tie; and neuter, t> a $ ; and consequently, from the article, it is easily per- ceived whether the substantive is of the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender. Mas. : the garden, betr ©arteru Fern. : the town, the city, tie <2tabt. Neu. :" the house, i>a£ £mu$* In English, animate beings are, according to their natural sex, either masculine or feminine; inanimate objects and abstract ideas, with a few exceptions, neuter. This is not the case in German; some names of animate beings are of the neuter gender, and inanimate objects and abstract ideas either of the masculine, feminine, or neuter gender. A knowledge of the gender is to be acquired only by practice; therefore pupils learn- ing the nouns should give great attention to the genders, and never learn a substantive without the article. (See Appendix.) Beautiful, handsome, or fine, fcfyon} poor, arm; rich, rdd); very, fefyr; or, ober* Is the garden small % 3ft bcr (Stotten tttin ? The garden is large. £)ct ©artcn iff grof5. Is the mother good ? 3ft bic Gutter gut? She is good and rich. (Sic iff gut unb rctd). Is the child beautiful ? 3ft bat JUnb ftf)Cn ? , The child is handsome. £a$ £inb iff fefyr fcfyen. I Is the father poor or rich? 3lf bcr 53atcr arm ebcr rctd) ? He is rich and good. ($t iff rctd) unb gut. All adjectives, like good, gut; bad, fcfylecfyt; &c, when standing absolutely, and not before a noun, or not preceded by an article or pronoun, are invariable, i. e. are without declension. £)cr SSater iff fcfjr alt. ©ie gutter ijf jung. £)a$ jltnb iff fefjr gut. 3ft bcr ©artcrt flctn ? 2)ct ©artcn iff mci)t Etctn. 3ff tie ©tabt grog ? £>tc ©tat>t iff md)t fcfjr grop* 3ft bas ^aud fdften ? £>as £au$ iff fetyecfyt. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 11 3ft bcr QSater alt obet iung ? (Sr tft alt. 3ft bte Gutter ku£ cber arm ? ©tc tft nid)t rcicf). 3ft t>a$ Jttnb gut unb fcfyon? £)a$ Jlint) tft gut unb fcfyon. £)a$ £au$ tft grep unb bcr ©artcn tft Han. Die t. — The town, the city, is in German a feminine, and therefore: It is not very large, must be translated as if it were: She is not very large, fie ifr nid)t fefyr gro£. ©tnfe ©te fran! ? 3d) bin md)t franf. 2Btr ftnfe mufee. Sff fetefer SKonngut? @c tft fefct gut. 3ft fetefer £tfd) fd)on? (Sr tft ntd)t fefjt fd)6n. 3ft fetefe gtau mufee ofeer fd)(afrig ? ©te tft mufee. 3ft fetefes 9)ferfe grepl ©5 tft ntd)t fefjr grop. 3ft fetefer (Garten grop ofeer fletn ? (5r ift nid)t fe|r grop. 0tefe ©tafet tft fd>6n, fetefe* £au6 tft fdtfecfyt, unfe fetefer ©crten tft fUxtu 3ft feer ©or)n rctd) ? @r tft retd). 3ft fete ©d&n?cftcr arm ? <&u ift arm, 3ft fetefe (Stafet fletn ? ©ie tft ttetn. 3ft feaS ^ferfe alt? (S$ tft ntcr>t fc&r aft. 3ft feas &tnfe iung? (5$ ift fef)r jung. 3ft fetefer $ftann arm? (5r tft retd) unfe roir ftnfe arm* £>tefe $rau tft jung unfe retcl). and his, fein; have the nominative in the masculine and neuter genders alike; the feminines take an addi- tional if as: cine, meine, feme* The brother, ber 23ruber; the sister, tie ©cfyroefrer; the book, ta§ Q3ud); the weather, ta§ 2Better^ happy, gtucfltd); unhappy, ungtudlid); polite, fyeftid); impolite, unfyoftid); hungry, fyungrig; thirsty, burjttg j but, auer. A brother, ein 33ruber; my sister, meine ©d)mefrer; his book, fein 33ud). Is this woman his sister] 3ft biefe grau feme ©d&roefter 7 She is not his sister, but she is t fetne ©cfynxfter, akr fie my daughter. ift meine &ecl)ter. He is a man. (Sr ift ein SOfantu My brother is a child. sjftetn ©ruber if! em Jftnb. Is this horse thirsty ? Sft Mefe$" spfert) burfttg ? It is hungry but not thirsty. (£*s ift fyungrtg akr nid)t burftig. Stfein (Sofyn ift ein &int>. Sie fyungtig ? 3d) bin md)t fyungtig, akr meine (Scfyroeftcr unb metn Stater ftnb (are) fefyt burj% SBcjtcn ift eine (gtafct. Sft Wefer 3j$tm gtMid) ? r gut, akr e£ ift neu. 3ft btefeS .5linb unglucf(td) ? (5$ ift ntcfyt ungtucf(td), eg ift metn SSruber* 3ft ba^ ^Better fd)6n ? £)a$ better ift fd)en, akr es ift fatt* 3ft ^ ntdbt warm ? (5$ ift ntd)t roarm. $ftetne Socftter, fein (Sofyn, unb biefeS £inb ftnb Jung, &im metn S3ruber unb fetne $rau ftnb alt. My brother and my sister are (ftnb) young. His father, his mother, and his child, are unhappy. His son and this man are very happy. His horse is old, but it is not tired. This horse is sick, but it is not old. This table is large, but my room is small. Is his house fine? It is not fine, but his garden is fine and large. Are 2 14 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. we tired 1 We are not tired, but sleepy. Is his book new ? His book is old, but my book is new. Are we unhappy 1 You are happy ) you are young and rich. His daughter is a child and his wife is my sister. He is a man. She is a woman. It is my room. Are you thirsty? I am hungry, but not thirsty. Cincinnati is a city. His mother is very polite, but this man is very impolite. Is the weather fine ? The weather is bad, it is cold. Is it not w T arm ? The weather is not w r arm. fifth LESSON. — $anfte Section. Mas. Fem. N.EU. our, imfei> her, | tyr, your, j 3r,t> unfere, ifyre, unfer* if>r. 3ftt. The conjunctive possessive pronouns our, unfer, her, tyx? your 7 %tyj have the same declensions, as : my, mi\x\ f his, feiru Mas. Fem. Neu. that, jener, jene, jtmL The demonstrative pronoun, that, jener^ has the same declen- sion as this, fciefer> or as the definite article. The friend, ber ftreunb; the dog, t>er §tmb; the pen, tie %z* ber; the ribbon, ba$ 33anb; Charles, ^arl; Louisa, ?ouife; industrious, assiduous, fteifcigj who? roer? still, nocfy* Our friend, unfer $reunb; her dog, ifyr jptmb; her pen, ifyre $eber; your ribbon, %l)v 33anb; that man, jener 9)lann; that woman, jene ftrau; that child, jene§ i?mb, Charles and Louisa are assiduous. Marl unb Coutfe ftnb ftetftC}. Who is that man ? £Bcr ift jenct SJicmn ? He is my friend. (£t tft mein Jteunb. Is Charles still hungry ? 3jt jtcirl nod) fyungttcj ? Is this woman or that one -\ your sister 1 / 3ft btefe cbcr [cm #rau Sljte (Sdjwe* Is this or that woman your r fter ? sister ?• J That woman is my sister. gene $rcm tft mctne (Scfywefter. "One" is not translated in German after the demonstrative pronouns f At* and that. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 15 Itnfcr 23tubcv, unferc ©d&»eficr, unb Sfct £tnb ftnb ffcfpt$ £)te Gutter tft foofttd), after tfyre £od)ter tft fc^r unf)6fttcf). Jtatl tft metn grcunb. Ccutfc ift feme ©d&wc jtcr* t* itnfere (Scfyroefter tft Cranf, unb tfyre Softer tft fefyr nmbe, Sfa greunb unb Sfae Sautter ftnb glficfltd). 2Btr ftnb nod) iung, after er tft alt. &arl tft nod) cm &mb* fiouife tft fteiptg. 3ft feme geber f*lc*t ? ©ie tft ntd&t fcf)led)t. 3(1 3&t £unb burfttg ? 5DZcin £unb tft fyungrtg, after ntd)t turftig. 9#cm <8anb ift fd)6n. 2Bcr tft i&r greunb ? £art tft ifjt greunb. Is Charles your brother ? Charles is my brother and Louisa is my sister. Our father and our mother are sick. Your sister and her daughter are very polite. This man is old, but that one is young. This child and his mother are very unhappy. Is your pen good? This (one) is good, but that (one) is bad. Is that child your brother? He (it) is not my brother. My brother and my sister are still very young. Who is that man ? This man is my friend and that one is his son. Who is that woman? That wo- man is our sister. Is Charles an assiduous child ? He is very assiduous. Is Louisa still hungry? She is not hungry, but very tired. Is our dog thirsty? It (he) is hungry and thirsty. Is this ribbon fine ? This ribbon is bad, but that one is very fine. Is it cold ? The weather is not cold, it is warm. The city is large, the house is small, and the garden is beautiful. We are happy, but that man is unhappy. Your mother and her sister are still sick. This dog and that horse are old. Who is assiduous? My son and your sister are very assiduous. SIXTH LESSON. — (&cti>fie Section. as — as, fo — rote. not so — as, nicfyt fo — roie. The wine, ber 28ein; the sugar, ber Surfer; the watch, tie Ufyr; the bread, baft 25rob; the salt, ba$ @a(j; pretty, fyu&fcfy; ugly, fydfcticfy; here, l;ier; not yet, nod) nicfyt* 16 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Is your sugar as good as my salt % My sugar is not so good as your salt. Is your daughter as assiduous as her son? Her son is not so assiduous as my daughter. Is his watch good ? It is good. Is that horse tired ? It is not yet tired. Is this dog hungry ? It is not yet hungry. Is his friend here % 3ft S&r 3ucf cr fc gut rote mein (£c^ ? SERetn 3ucfer tft ntd)t fo gut rote 3fyt< Sft 3&re Softer fc ftetpg rote tf>r ecl)n ? 3F)t (Sofm ift nicfy: fo fleipg rote meine &od)ter. 3ft feme u&t gut ? ©te ift gut. 3ft jenes spfctb mube ? (S$ ift tied) ntd)t mfibe. 3(1 t)iefer £unb Fmngrtg ? (5r ift nod) ntcfyt fyungttg. 3ft fein greunb tier ? (St ift nod) ntd>t f)ter. He is not yet here. Adjectives before nouns are variable, i. e. they have a declen- sion. An adjective before a noun and preceded by the definite article, or by a pronoun which has the declension of the definite article, as this, biefer, that, jener> takes, in the nominative case for all three genders, an additional t f as : The old man, ber atte 93?ann; the young woman, bie junge $tau; the good child, i>a$ gure ^inb; this fine dog, btefer frf>6ne jjunb; this bad pen, biefe fct>lerf>te fteber; this pretty horse, bie* fe$ fyufcfdje ^ferb; that assiduous son, jener flei^ige ©of)n; that ugly city, jene fydpdje ^tabi, that large house, jenee> gro£e jjauS* rote 3&t £unb ? (5$ ift mcf)t fo r,u6fd) roie mein £unb. 3)tefe$ ilinb ift fo FjafHtd) rote feme (Scfyroeftet. 3ft bie gtcm fcfyafrig ? <5te ift nod) ntcfyt fcfytafrig, after tfyte &od)ter ift fefjr mflbe. 3ft ber atte 9)Zann fyier? (5r ift nod) mcf)t fyier, akr bie junge grau unb ba$ gute Sinb finb frier. 3ft biefeS ftetptge £inb 30t etogit ? (SS ift md>t mem ©ofjn. 3ft tenet grofie £unb gut? (5r ift nid)t gut. 3ft jencS grope £au$ r,ubfd) ? (S* ift ntcfct fo f)u(>fd) rote 3&r £au£. 3ft biefe fd)6ne ltr,r alt? @ie ift ntcbt fer)r alt. 2Ber ift burfttg? SBetn 33ruber unb feme Peine Socket finb burfttg. Is the wine as good as the bread ? Your wine is not so good as your bread. Is the dog as thirsty as the horse? This dog is not THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 17 po thirsty as that horse. Is your father here ? He is not yet here, but his son and his daughter are here. Is your brother as assiduous as my sister ? Your sister is not so assiduous as my brother. Are we as old as you ? You are not so old as we. Is Louisa as pretty as she ? She is not so pretty as you. Is the tall man your father? He is not my father, but that old man is my father. The good mother and the little child are here. This pretty dog is as large as that small horse. This young woman is very sick. That large house is not beautiful. This old book and this old pen are very ugly. This large garden is not very fine. That large table is pretty. The unhappy friend is not yet here. Is her salt as bad as his sugar % Her salt is good, but his sugar is not good. This sick man is not so unhappy as that sick woman. Who is sleepy ? Our sister and our brother are tired and sleepy. She is still hungry. This room is as large as that one. Who is sick 1 We are still sick. SEVENTH LESSON. — &iehente &ectivn+ Mas. Fem. Neu. mine, ber metnige, tie metnfge; . ba6 meinicje* his, his own, bet feintge, bit feintge, ba§> feinige* hers, ber ifyrige, tie \\)v\$t, ba$ ifyrige, yours, ber Sfyrige, bie -3t>rtgCf bas Styrige* ours, ber unferige, bit unferige, ba$> unferige* Absolute possessive pronouns, as mine, ber meinigef his, ber feinige, &c, have the declension of adjectives preceded by the definite article. The neighbor, ber 9iad)6ar; the cat, bie i?a|e; the water, hic t>te M)rige. His book is not so pretty as ©cm 23ud) tft nicfyt fo fyubfcf) rote bag ours. unferigc 3ft biefer f)a(5(tcl)C £unb bcr Sfcrige ? (Sr tft bcr meinige. 3ft t)a$ Staffer warm ? (5$ tft ntcfyt warm fonbern fer)r fatt. 9tteme gcber tft fo gut rate btc feinige unb bic Sfjvtgc. 3ft biefcS £inb bat Sfyttge ? (S3 tft nid)t bag unferigc fonbern bag feinige, 3ft biefe txanh $rau feme (Scfyroeftcr ? a$ 3f)tigc. £)er grope fcfyroar^e &tfd) ift ber unferigc -unb mcfyt bcr fcintge. itnfcr 9?ad)bar ift nicfyt fo reid) rr/te bet Sfjrtge. 3f)r Simmer ift ntcfyt fo grop «>te bag meinige. OTetne itage ift rcctp after bic tfyrige ift fd)«?ar^ £)te tDcipe jtage ift bic mcinige unb bic fcfyrcar^c ^a|e ift bic ifyrigc. 3ft .Start r)eute mube? (Sr ift nid)t mube fonbern franf. £Bir ftnb fo rjofitd) rote feinc (Scfyroefter, £)te unferigc ift nid)t fo ftetptg rote bic S^rtgc* SiefeS fatte Gaffer ift fer)r fcr,lecr,t. My hat is not so black as yours. Her pen is as good as mine. Your room is not so fine as his. His book is as pretty as hers. This black cat is as ugly as yours. Our sugar is not so white as his, but hers is as good as ours and yours. Charles is still tired, but not sleepy. Louisa is not thirsty, but hungry. Is your garden as large as this one? It (he) is not so large as this one. Is this salt as white as that ? This salt is not so white as that, but it is very good. Is your father as happy as mine ? He is not so happy as yours, but my mother is not so unhappy as yours. Is the young man as rich as his pretty sister? She is as rich as he, but she is not so impolite as he and his brother are. Is our old neighbor as poor as yours? Ours is not so poor as yours, but your neighbor is very happy. Who is assiduous? His son and his daughter are very assiduous. The young dog is as pretty as that old horse. Is the water not yet warm ? It is not yet warm, but the wine, is warm. Who is that tall man ? He is my brother. Is that fine pen yours? It (she) is not mine. Is this ugly ribbon his or hers ? It is not his, but hers. My father, his mother, and your child are here. The large dog, the white cat, and the black horse are hungry and thirsty. Is the weather fine to-day? It is very bad weather to-day. Is this white sugar good ? It (he) is not very good. Are you still tired ? We are not tired, but sleepy. Who is sleepy ? My son and this old woman are sleepy. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 19 EiaHTH lesson. — 3l$te Section* THE COMPARATIVE OF ADJECTIVES. The German comparative of adjectives is formed as in English by adding et> as : small, f leitt/ smaller, Hemer* handsome, fcfyon, old, ait? great, large, flrof, young, Jung, assiduous, fWflflf polite, f)bHid)f good, fluO handsomer, fcfyoner. older, alter. larger, grower. younger, jiinger. more assiduous < , flcifiger* more polite, fyofltcfyer* better, fceffer* The hard vowels a, and U, are generally softened into d, o and u in the comparative, when the adjective is only of one syllable. The hat, fcer Jput; the beer, t>a$ 93tcr j than, ati. sfiltin SSatet ift alter at$ t)ct Sfyrtge. (Seine (Scfyroefter tft grofkr al$ tie unfetige. Sfyr £int> iff f)ut»fc^cr ate fcal tfyrige. liefer Heine ©arten tft fcfyoner ate iener grope. DiefeS fcfyrcar^e g)fcrt) tft bcffer ate jcneS nxifk. "One" is not translated in German after an adjective. When an adjective before a masculine or neuter noun is pre- ceded by the indefinite article a, an, etn; or a conjunctive pos- sessive pronoun, as my, mem; his, fein; her, ifyr; owr, unfer; your, 3>t)r; which has not the termination of the definite article, then the adjective takes the termination of the definite article, as: My father is older than yours. His sister is taller than ours. Your child is prettier than hers. This small garden is finer than that large one. This black horse is better than that white one. A good father, my good father, his little brother, her black dog, our large table, your old friend, a good child, my young horse, his fine house, her white bread, our pretty ribbon, your small room, ein guter 93ater, niein guter SSater, fein Keiner SSrufcer, ir)r fcfyrcar^er Jpunt), unfer proper £ifd), Sfyr alter gteunfc, ein guteS Jtint), mem junge* spfert), fein fd)6nes $auS, ir)r rocipce; SSrob, unfer f)ubfd>c^ 23anb, Sfyr Hetties Simmer. 20 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. An adjective before a feminine noun has the same termination it whether it is preceded by the definite or indefinite article or any conjunctive possessive pronoun, as: The good mother, tie gutc Gutter, a good mother, cine gutc gutter, my old watch, mctne alte Ufyr, his pretty sister, [cine r)Ubfd)e (Sdbrccftet, her assiduous daughter, tfjre fletgige &od)tct, our large city, unfcre grcpc ©tatt, your ugly pen, 3f)re fya^licfye geter. His young son is still a little ©etn junker (Sofyn iff nod) cin flcineS child. Jfctnfc. Your good father is a rich man. 3fyr guter 93atct tft cin rcicl)cr £ftann. Her sick mother is my unhappy 3^re Crcmfe Gutter ift meine unglucts sister. • lick cfter. A small horse is better than a (gin rletnes spfcrfc ift fceffet al$ cin large dog. gropcr £unt. 90Zctn 23rutet ift ftetfiget aU tet S^rigc* £)tcfe$ rjubfcfye jttnt ift iflnger ote ta$ if)rtge. SBer ijt fjeflicfcet aU Sljrc @d)»effcct1 £)te 3*)rige ijt &6f* ticket ale tie metntgc, 3ft ticfer fd&warse £unt filter ate jener recipe] £>et fd)rear$e £unt ift ntcr>t fo alt reic tcr recipe. 3ft unfcre (Scfyreeftet Fletnct. ats tie fetntge 7 £)te fctnige ijt gropet als tie unferige* £>iefeS falte Gaffer ift beffet als jencg rearme S3icr. £Bcr tft'fjicr] (Sine alte #rau unt cin armct Wlann ftnt fytcr. £)cr arme 9Jfcmn unt tie altc grau ftnt nod) nid)t fyter, fentern ifyr Hemes &tnt. 3ft ta6 Heine Jttnt unt fein junger r Kernel ilint unt fein junget <8ruter. 3ft unfcre altc .ftage fo relief) rote Sfyr reetper £unt 1 ? has he? \)at er? has she? fyat fie? have we? tyabtn rotr ? have you? fya&ert ©ie? The butter, tie 95utter; the glass, baS ®la§; new, neuj dear, tfyeuerj dearer, tfyeurer. The verb to be, feitt, (as: lam, id) 6in; he is, er ifr; she is, fte ijl; we are, rcir ftn&j you are, gie ftnb,) is always followed by the nominative of the noun; but the verb to have, \)aUn, go- verns the accusative or objective case, as: He is a child, kx t fi v ein j?inbf here child is in the nominative; but He has a child, Sr \)at ein ifinb, child is then in the accusative or objective case. In the feminine and neuter genders the nominative and the accusative are always alike. Have I the good butter? $aU \$ bte gute SSutterl You have the good butter and the ©ie rjakn bte gute Gutter unb bat white bread. tvcipe 23rcb, Has he the fine glass? £at er bat feme ©tag] 22 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. He has the fine glass and she has the ugly pen. Have we the ugly ribbon ? We have the ugly ribbon and the bad butter. Has this young woman the pretty book? She has this pretty book and that small pen. Who has the new watch? My dear sister has this small fine watch. Has my good mother her beauti- ful glass \ She has her beautiful glass and her pretty watch. Has his little child a young cat % He has not a young cat but a small horse. We have our pen and not yours. Has he her book or ours? He has our book and not hers. 6t hat tag fcfyone ®(a$ unt fie fyat tie fydglicfye $etet. £a6ert ivxv tag fyajjttcfic 23ant? SBtt fyabcn tag f)a(JUd)e 33ant unt tie fcWeftte Sutter. #at tiefe iunge grau tag bubfcfye SSutf)] <&'u f>at ttcfeg fyubfcfye 23ud) unt jene Heine getet. ££et ()at tie neue Ufjt? 9J?eine tfyeute at it}r fcfyoneg ©lag unt ir)re F)ubfd)e Ufir. £at fetn Heineg $int etne junge £a£e? (Sg r>at nid)t etne iunge $age, fontetn ein Heineg spfett). SBtt fyaben unfete Jeter unt ntdjt tie 3()ttge. $at er ifyt 33ud) ctet tag unfetige ? @t fyat unfet 33ud) unt nid)t tag ifyttge. £>ak id> tie gute 23uttet? @te fyaben tie gute Gutter unt tag fcf>tccX)te ©0(3. £atettag fcfyone ®(ag otet tag f)d|Kid)e? (St F)at tag Fwptidje ©lag. £at fie tie neue Uljr unt tag r;fl6fc^e 33ud)? • ©te f)at tag f>ubfdr>e SSud), abet nid>t tie neift Uf)t. $abm bit tag roeife £3tot? £Bit -fyaben tag meife 23tot. #abcn @tc tie gute otet tie fd)(ed)te getet? 3d) fjabe tie gute $etet unt mein S3tutct fjat tie fd)led)te. £at S&r SSatet tiefeg grope $fett otet jeneg Heine? (St fjat tiefeg grope afav nid)t ieneg Heine. £at feine ©cfyweftet tiefeg gute 23tot unt {ene alte SSuttet? ©te fyat tiefeg gute SStot unt iene alte SButtet. 3ft Coutfa ein guteg ^int? ©tc tft ein fefyt guteg Jttnt. £at 3r)re tr)cure SMuttet ein guteg Jlint? ©ie fyat ein fefyt guteg &mt. £at unfet Sflacfybat 3fae iunge itage ? (St fjat nid)t unfete iunge fontetn unfere aire &a§e. £at tiefe ^>u6fdt)c $tau tl)r fd)6neg SBant? ©te fyat tfjt fd)6neg SBant unt eine Heine neue Hf)t. 9#etne tfyeure ©cfyroeftct fjat ein fjafiftdjeg 23ud), abet fie fcat eine fd)6ne getet. 3ft tiefeg neue ($la$ tfjeuer? £)iefeg neue (&ta$ ift md)t tfyeuet, abet wit fyaben ein alteg tfyeuteg ®(ag. £aben ©te unfet guteg 25tot unt tfjre alte 23 uttet? 3d) Ijabc ibre altc ©uttet, abet nid)t 3f)t guteg 23tot. SKet ift jene altc grau ? (Ste ift unfete atme !ranfe (Sd)tt)cftet. 3ft feine F)itbfci)e ftciptge Softer fact? ©te ift nod) ntd&t f)iet. 3ft mein neueg ^aug fo fyubfd) wte tag3(;ngc? 3f;t neueg £aug ift fc^onet aU tag meinige. @r ^at ein THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 23 neueS ftcine* $)fetb unb cine Qtofe alte £a6c. ^>at mem SSrubct Sfyre Ur)t ctcr bte fcinigc 1 (Sr fyat nicbt tie fetmgc fonbetn bte metntge. ^at feine fyubfcbe Secfytet cine alte obet cine tteue gebet? r fd)ted)t. Have I the large glass ? You have not the large glass. Has he the good butter ? He has not the good butter, he has the bad. Has she this new book? She has the new book and the bad pen. Have •we the white salt? We have the white salt. Have you this old horse or that young one ? I have that young one. Has the little sister a pretty cat? She has a pretty cat and a fine book. Has your dear mother his beautiful glass or his ugly one ? She has not an ugly glass, but my fine one. Has your assiduous daughter a new watch and our fine ribbon ? She has a new watch, but not your fine ribbon, she has an ugly one. Has his ugly sister her old butter ? She has not her old butter, but yours. Has his polite child our pretty book ? He (it) has not a pretty book, but his new pen. The man has not my book but hers. He has your good salt and not ours. Is not this poor tall woman sick % She is not sick, but tired and hungry. Is his white bread as good as your old butter? His white bread is better than my old butter. My bread is not so good as his. Your old bread is smaller than hers. Our old white cat is prettier than his young black one. 1 have a small ugly house, but he has a fine large room and a new pretty watch. My good pen is better than her old book. Her pen is better than his and ours. Has Louisa a fine ribbon or an ugly one ? She has a pretty one. He has my bad salt and your new pen. Has your brother a large room or a small one ? He has a small one, but it is pretty. Has her dear mother a fine or an ugly watch ? She has an ugly watch, but it is good. Is your sick sister here ? She is not yet here. Have you still your old white horse and our big black cat ? I have my old white horse, but not your big black cat. My cat is black and my horse is white. tenth LESSON. — Sefcnte Section. The definite article of the masculine gender, b e r> takes ; in the accusative or objective case, ben; as Have you the table ? £cikn 6te t> e n Stfci) ? I have the table and the dog. 3d) fjabc b e n Sifci) unb b e n £unb. 24 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Also, the indefinite article and the demonstrative and posses- sive pronouns follow the same rule, and take in the accusative of the masculine gender the termination e n. MASCULINE GENDER. this, biefcr; that, jcncr; this, biefett; that, jenen. his, (em; her, ifjr; his, fcincn ; her, ibrcn* your, 3br; your, Sfjtm his, ber fctnige ; hers, bcr tbrtge ; his, ben feinigen ; hers, ten i^rtgetu yours, bcr S^rige ; yours, ben Sfyttgcn* The coat, bcr 9iocf; the carriage, ber 2Bagen; the looking- glass, ber Spiegel* Nom. a, an, ein; Ace. a, an. etnen ; Nom. my, metn ; Ace. my, metnen ; Nom. our, unfer ; Ace. our, unfercn ; Nom. mine, ber mcinigc ; Ace. mine, ben metnigen ; Nom. ours, ber unfertge ; Ace. ours, ben unfertgen ; £at er biefen cber jenen 2&etn ? (It bat biefen SBein, abcr ntd)t jencn. £aben Sic etnen SBruber? 3d) babe einen SBrubct unb eine (Scbnxfter* <5r bat ben 3?orf. <5t bat metnen $orf unb fcincn &ifd). (Sic bat tbrcn (Spiegel* 2£tt baben ben ££>agcn* ' 2Bir baben unfercn SBagen. @te baben ben Surfer* <&k baben Sbten Surfer* ScJ) tjabe 3()ren SQBcin unb ben met? nigen* (5r bat fcincn £ut unb ben Sfyrtgcn* £Bit baben unfercn SBogcn unb ben feinigen* @tc r)at ifyren Stfd) unb ben unfertgen* (Ste baben metnen £unb unb ben ifyrtgen. $abt id) benSBagcn? at cr ben (Spiegel? (Sr f>at nidjt ben (Spiegel. £at bcr junge SEann ben SKcrf ? £)er jungc 9J*ann fiat ben 9?crf. #afcen"tmr ben Surfer? Sic baben ben Surfer unb t>a$ (Sa(3* £at fie ben SBctn unb bic Gutter? Sic bat ben SGBctn, after nicbt bic Gutter* £at ber a(tc 9?arf)bar cinen £unb ? (St l)at cincn £unb unb cin ^ferb. SBet bat cinen Spiegel? jtarl bat cincn (Spiegel, £at Sbr guter Jrcunb fcincn $Kerf ? (Sr bat fcincn ffiecf unb feme llbr* £at bic rcid)e Jrau cincn ©artcn ? (Sic bat unfercn ©arten unb unfer £au$. Has he this or that wine ? He has this wine, but not that. Have you a brother ? I have a brother and a sister. He has the coat. He has my coat and his table. She has her looking-glass. We have the carriage. We have our carriage. You have the sugar. You have your sugar. I have your wine and mine. He has his hat and yours. We have our carriage and his. She has her table and ours. You have my dog and hers. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 25 £akn efter tfjren Spiegel, ifyre geber, ttnb if)t S3ud) ? (Sic Fjat unferen Spiegel, feinc geber, unb mein 23ud). 3d) 6abe cincn Sifcf), cincn £ut, unb cincn SRccf, unb fie fyat cincn £unb, ifyrc ilfyr, unb fcin 23reb. £at bas Heine Jttnb feincn £unb obcr ben SSttgen ? (?*> fyat nicfyt ben meinigen, fenbem ben feintgen* .pat Sfyr SSatcr feincn SBagcn cber ben unfetigen ? (St F>at ben femigen unb nicfyt ben unfettgen. $at unjere franfe Gutter tl)rcn Sucfer cber ben Sfytigen ? (Sic fyat nid)t ben ifyrtgen, fenbern ben meinigen. £)et rcicfte 9J2ann fyat cincn SSrubcr, cine armc (Scbnxftet, unb cin FleittcS jlinb. %fltin iungcr greunb F>at Sfjten £unb. ©ctn fleipgcr (Scfin- fyat feincn £ut. 3()t SBrubcr fjat tfjren (Spiegel. £)er 9J2ann fjat ben ©atten, bat gre£c £au$, unb bie fefyene itfyr. (Sr (jat cincn ©artcn, cin groped £>au$, unb cine fd)cnc llfyr. Have I the coat ? You have the coat. Has he the carriage ? He has the carriage and the horse. Has she the looking-glass? She has the looking-glass and the pen. Have we the sugar and the salt? You have the sugar and he has the salt. Has that man a garden ? That man has my garden. Has your brother your dog? My brother has not my dog; he has his own. Has your sister your hat? Our sister has not my hat; she has her own. Has the child his coat or yours? He has not your coat, but his own. Has your good mother a table, a pretty watch, and a fine glass?' My mother has a table, but she has not a pretty watch and a fine glass. Has the man our looking-glass ? The man has our looking-glass, the bread, the pen, and the table. My old father has a garden and a large house. His young friend has his dog, his bad watch, and his beautiful ribbon. Our young neighbor has a carriage, a good horse, and an ugly cat. Her happy sister has my sugar, her white salt, his good butter, our looking-glass, and your new book. Who has my coat? The ugly child has your coat. Has he not yours? He has not mine. Has your dear father his wine or ours? He has not ours; he has his own. Is your table larger than mine? I have a table, but it is not so large as yours. He has my table, but not yours. His coat is finer than mine. He has his coat and I have mine. Has your old brother still a horse and a dog? My old brother has a horse and a carriage, but he has not a dog. Is your polite sister here? She is not yet here ; she is sick to-day. 26 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. ELEVENTH LESSON. — @lfte SkcttPtt* An adjective before a masculine noun and preceded by the definite or indefinite article, or a pronoun, takes in the objective case (accusative) the termination n ; as : Nom. the good father, Ace. the good father, Nom. a good father, Ace. a good father, Nom. my good father, Ace. my good father, Nom. his good father, Ace. his good father, I have the old wine. My dear brother has coat. He has his black hat and her large looking-glass. Your sick son has our young dog and your new carriage. Has he his sugar or mine ? ber gute 23nter. ben guten 2Sater. fin guter 93ater. einen guten 2kter* train guter SBater* metnen guten QSater* fein guter QSater. feinen guten 23ater, jc* 3d) fyobe ten often SSein. a pretty sjJietn tfjeurer SBvubcr t)ot einen rjufc* f&cn SRodf. (St fyot feinen fd)root$en £ut unb ir>= ren grefcen (Spteget. 3&t franker (Serm I) at unfercn jttngen &unb unb tfyren neuen SBagen. £at er feinen 3ue!et cber ten met* He has not his own, but yours. ntgen ? @r f)ot ntc()t ben fetntgen, fenbern ten Sftrtgeh. The chair, ber <2tufy(; the stone, ber Stein; the shoe, ber Scfyufy; the money, bo$ @elb; yes, sir, \a f mein ijerr; what? was? neither — nor, uxber — noc^ Have you my table or my chair? your table nor I have neither your chair. What have you ? I have her small shoe. Has the old man my white sugar ? Yes, sir, he has your white sugar. Has he this good stone or that bad one % He has neither the good nor the bad one. Have I her chair or ours % You have neither hers nor ours, you have your own. #okn Ced>tcn« £obc id) tfyten @tur)t cber ben un* fertgen ? cn unfertgen ; ©ic rjoben ben 3()rigen. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 27 £>cr gutc SSatcr bat cincn jungen (Sobn. 93?ctn alter 9?acbbar fjat e'mctt gtopcn ©artcn. SBtr fjaOcn ben bubfeben £unb* (Sic baben unfeven merger* 3ucfcr. SEeme tbcure gutter F;at i-brcn ncucn (Scbub. Siaxi bat fetnen febonert SRccf, unb Soutfa bat tbten Hemcn (Spiegel. £abcn (Sic ctncn #unb unb cm spfcrb ? 3'cb fjafee meter ctncn £unb nccb cm $)ferb. SBaS FjaOcn unt) cm neucS £3anb. £at 3^ tetcber grcunb ctncn febonen ©artcn unt) cm gropcS #au$? (5r bat nxbet ctn grope* £au3 nccb ctncn febonen ©artcn. S£a$ fjat cr? (£r Fjat fctn gutcS ©c(b unb la$ unferige. $at baS'flctptge £tnb fetnen fletncn ^cfeur) ober ben Sfyrigcn ? ©5 bat rocber ben feinigen nod) ben mcinigen. $at 3b* junger greunb unfercn flctncn ££agcn cber*bcn ibrtgen ? (5r bat rocber ben unfertgen nod) ben ibrtgen ; cr bat ben fetntgen. £)cr unf)cfltcr>c £art bat fetnen £unb unb ben Sfyrtgan £Bcr bat ctncn febonen fcftroargen £ut? (Sein baplicber (Sobn bat ctncn febonen fcbn>ar$cn £>ut unb ctn ncuee f)fibfd)e6 *8ud). £Ba$ bat tfjr armcr S3rubcr ? (Er bat ben gropen Sifcb, bie ncuc Ufyr, unb bat fd)6ne (5j(a& 2Wem armcr franfer SSrubcr bat ctncn gropen Sifd)/ meine neue Ufyr, unb fctn fcboncS ©la£. £af fcine ungtucfttebe (Scbroefter btcfen gropen (Spiegel cber jenen flctncn ? (Sic bat rccber biefen nccb icnen ; ftc bat ben fetntgen* £at bic ftctpigc Soutfc btcfen jungen £unb cber jene f>ut>fdr>c &a§e ? (Sic bat irxbcr cincn jungen Jpunb nccb cine bubfebe .Stage; ftc bat cin ftemeS $)fcrb. 3^ bcfltcbcr SSruber if! mein gutcr Jreunb. 3cb fyabc eincn gutcn greunb. Sft icner grope 9)Zann 3bt gutcr SSatcr ? 3«/ wtein |)crr, Jcncr grope 9}iann tft mcin gutcr s 23atcr» 3cb 0 welche, n>elc!)e$* Ace. which, tt)dd)en> wclcfye, * wekfyeeL Which coat have you 1 SSMcfan SKocf fakn (Sic? Which pen has she ? -JBekfa geber fat fie ? Which bread has he ] SBeMje* 23refc> fat cr ? Accusative of the personal pronoun he, er; she, jie; and it, t$t Mas. Fem. Neu, him, ifyn; her, fte; it, e$. Have you my coat? 4ba&cn Setter; the cloth, H* Xud); the wood, fcaS Jpolj* Adjectives of materials : Golden, gotben; silver, ftl&ern; leathern, lebern; cloth, tmfyen; wooden, fyeljern; stone, fteinern; only, nur; No, sir, 9?ein, mem »£err. Have you my cloth coat % $o&m 6ie metnen tucfyenen SKecf ] No, sir. I have it not. 9?etn, mein £ert, id) Oabe iOn ntcf)t. Has he my gold pen 1 £ctt cr meine gctbene geber 1 He has it not. 4t f)at fie md)t. Have you my stone table and my Jpaben @te metnen fteinernen Stfcf) silver ribbon ? unb mein fitberneg 23anb ? We have only your stone table £Btr (jaOen nut 3f)rcn jleinetnen but not your silver ribbon. &tfd), abet md)t 30r fxtbcrnc^ 23anb. SBctc^er Stfann Oat metnen £unb 1 Senet grcfic sjtfann F)at iOn. 9S5cl- cl)en £unb Oat er ? (St fiat ben fd)tx>ar$en. SQBctd&cn £ut Oat 30* leinet SBtubet? (St bat feinen neuen &ut. SGBetcfyc geber Ijat meine franfc (Scfytreftet ? 6ie f>at bte gute. SQBctcfyeS ®(a$ Oaben wit ? <&'u Oaben ba$ Oubfdje ©tag. SBeldjer $ecf tjt bet Sftctge ? liefer fd)tt>at$c SRocf ift bet metnige. 2Md)en (Spiegel Oaben a$ unferige obet tia* S^rtge ? £)a$ 30nge ift nid)t fo grcp rote ba$ meinige, abet 30* $pfetb ift beffet aU t>a§ meintge. £at feine gute Gutter iOten &ifd)l ©te Oat tfytu £at et feinen 0%nten @tuM? ©tfjattbn. £at mein ffetptget at Soutfa tfjt ftlbetnes 23anb i @te Oat e$. £at unfer {unget £tcunb feinen tucfyenen SRcdl (St Oat iOn nid)t. 4Sat er ben (Mnernen Sfifd) ? (St OatiOn. 2Bet Oat 6a£ f$te$te. @dfe-1 Sfa unbofttdjcr $ad>bat Oat c$. £Bet Oat 30te gclbcne UOr? ^avl Oat fie. £at feine ftetfnge Sed)ter ben (eberncn unt). $at 3$t ©oOn mein fcOc- ne^ 23uc^ 1 S^ein, mein ^pett, et Oat e^ nic^ Which man has my new book % That tall man has your book. Which woman is his sister] This pretty woman is his sister. Which child is assiduous] This little child is assiduous and very 3* 30 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. polite. Which coat have you] I have the cloth coat. Which watch has he? He has the golden watch. Which ribbon has your dear sister? She has the silver ribbon. Has your sick friend a stone table and a wooden chair ? He has a stone table, a wooden chair, and a gold pen. My poor sister has a leather shoe. Has your brother his fine (fctn) cloth ? He has it.. Has his father your good gold ? He has it not. Have you my new carriage ? 1 have it. Have we your wooden table ? We have it not. Has she your silver watch? She has it. Has your mother our good butter? No, sir ; she has it not. Has our ugly neighbor his white sugar? No, sir, he has it not. Has she her pretty looking-glass? She has it. Have I her golden ribbon ? Yes, sir, you have it. Have you my gold and his silver ? I have only your gold, but not his silver. Which cloth has your brother ? He has the black cloth. Has your poor friend the good or the bad leather? He has only the good leather, but his brother has the bad. Has his tall son this stOne table or that wooden one ? He has neither the stone table nor the wooden one. Have you my leather shoe? No, sir, I have it not. Has he his black cloth or yours? He has only his, but not mine. Is this golden watch yours? It is not mine. Is that pretty wooden chair ours? It is not ours. Who has my leathern shoe? Louisa has it. And who has my silver pen ? Charles has it. Have you still your large carriage ? I have it still. What has our unhappy friend? He has your money and mine. She has her good sugar and his; We have our pretty cat and hers. thirteenth lesson. — &tci$ehnte Secttom The possessive case or genitive of the masculine and neuter genders: — of the, fceS; of a, or of an, eineS; of my, metne§; of his, feineS; of her, ifyres; of our, unfereS; of your, SfyreS; of this, btefeSj of that, jeneS* Masculine and neuter nouns are divided into two declensions, which nre distinguished by the termination of the genitive (pos- ?e) case. — Ln the first declension this case is formed by adding e 6 to the nominative when it is a monosyllable, or S when it is a polysyllable; e. g. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 81 of the dog, be§ £unbe3; of the horse, be£ ^ferbes; of the father, be$ 2Jatcr$j of the paper, be6 *j)apier$. To this declension belong a part of the masculine, and all neuter substantives. — All the masculine nouns that have been heretofore given, belong to this declension. In German, the genitive or possessive case is generally placed after the noun which governs it : the neighbor's bread 1 ^ ^ ^ ^^ . or, the bread of the neighbor, j ' ; his son's dog, | ( ^ m @ ^ eg or, the dog of his son ; j The genitive or possessive case may also be put before the nominative or accusative as in English; as:ZAe neighbor's bread, be$ 9^ad)bar6 33rob; his son's dog, feine£ Sconce ibunb; but this construction is used only in poetry and in rhetorical phrases. The physician, ter 2(r$t; the merchant, ber i?aufmann; the carpenter, ber Simmermann; the tailor, ber ©cfyneiber; the baker, ber 55acfer; the uncle, ber £)l;eim* Have you the tailor's coat ? Jptibcn ©te ten $ccf bc5 ©cfynetbergl I have it not. • 3d) rjabc ifjn nicr>t. Has he your son's good book? $at cr ba$ gute SBucf) Sljreg ©ofyneg? No, sir, he has the good book of Sftein, metn £err, cr fyat ba^ gute my son. SBud) metneg ©cfyneg. Has she her brother's golden £at ftc btc go(t>cnc ilfyr ir)rc6 25ru= watch 1 berg ? She has not her brother's golden (Sic r)ot ntd)t tic gclbene Uf)r ifjreg watch, but our friend's looking- SBruberg, fenbern ben ©pteget uns glass. fereg greunbeg. Has he this man's wine 1 £>at cr ben SBetn btefeg sDfanncg'? No, sir, he has that man's wine, ffttin, metn Jpcrr, cr fyat ben SBeitt jencg 9J?anncg. 3ft cr ber S*$t t>eg ®Mix#l @r tjr nidjt ber ©efen beg 23ac!crg. Scr> bin ber 25rubcr t>c$ .ftaufmanng. (Sic tft bte gcd)ter beg 2Cr$te& ©$ tft bag $ferb unfercg 95otet& SRetn Jreunt) tft ber £)f)Ctm Sfjres ©cfyietbcrg, £abcn ©tc ben ££ctn beg Stmmermanng 1 9?etn, metn £crr, id) babe t>m guten 2£ctn beg Jtaufmanng. £at cr bag atte g>fcrb beg 23acferg ? (Sr bat la$ atte $)ferb beg JBacfetS unb ben jungen Jpunb beg 9?ad)barg. £at Sfyr grcunb ben ncuen $Kecf metneg ©cfyneibcrg ? (5r (jat ir)n. £at unfer retcfyet Stabbat bte ftiberrie Ufjt fetneg 2Cr$te$1 (Sr I;at ftc. $at fetne junge ©dwefter bag f)ubfcf)e S3 it eft U)rcg Dfyetmg 1 t unferes £)f)etm$ ? S&r flcincr 93tubcr ^at fetnen ftcincrncn &tfd), unt mcine flctjngc ©cfyrecftct &at fetnen fy6($ctncn @tuf)(. £at Sfjr 8er)n fca$ spfcrfc tiefeS Cannes? 9Mn, man £ctr, cr fjat fcaS g>fcct> ieneS tfrjtcS. My young friend is the physician's son. This old man is the baker's father. That rich woman is the tailor's sister. Has he the carpenter's money ? He has it not. Have you the neighbor's good butter? I have it not, but my brother has it. Have I the tailor's silver ribbon ? Fes, sir, you have it. Have we the merchant's wooden table I You have it not. Has the man a carriage 1 He has a new carriage and my friend's young horse. Which looking- glass has he? He has his friend's fine looking-glass. Has your son the beer and the wine of our uncle? He has neither his beer nor his wine. What has he] He has the wood and the stone of your carpenter. Have you my father's golden watch] No ? sir, I have it not, but I have his brother's gold and silver. Has her uncle her book or yours] He has neither hers nor mine, he has his brother's book. Which cloth have you ? I have our tailor's black cloth. Has his sister the leathern shoe and the golden ribbonof your baker? She has neither his leathern shoe nor his golden ribbon. Who has her brother's young dog and pretty cat? This child has her young dog, and your daughter has her pretty cat. Is he the son of a phy- sician ] No, sir, he is not a physician's son, he is the son of our carpenter. What has your dear mother ? She has her uncle's good sugar and bad salt. Has his pretty sister her silver pen or your golden one ? She has neither her silver nor my gold pen. Who has your gold pen? The child's ugly brother has it. Has that poor tailor your cloth coat or mine ? He has neither yours nor mine, he has his own. Has her sick mother her bread or ours? She has neither hers nor ours, she has the baker's good white bread. Is the physician's old brother here ? He is not yet here. Have you still a large dog? No, sir, I have only a small one. Has he the cold water, the old wine and the good butter of his neighbor ? He has only his neighbor's old wine, but he has neither his cold water nor his good butter. Is your assiduous sister older than my little brother? She is not so old as he. Your son is more polite than my daughter, but she is as assiduous as he. Has our friend's mer- chant as good leather as cloth? He has good cloth and leather. We have this man's coat and you have that man's bread. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 33 FOURTEENTH LESSON. — $$iet$ehnte Section* In the second declension, the genitive or possessive case is formed by adding n or en to the nominative, and this termina- tion remains invariable in all other cases. The boy, ber ^na6e; the nephew, ber *Reffe; the German, ber SDeutfcfye; the Frenchman, ber ftranjofe; the ox, ber Dcfyfe; the servant, ber 23ebiente* All masculine substantives ending in e belong to the second declension, and take n in the possessive and all other cases. Nom. the boy, ber i?na6e ; the German, ber £>eutfd)e* Gen. of the boy, beg .Sna&en ; of the German, be$ ber ^rinj; the count, ber @raf; the master, the gentleman, ber £)err* (See Appendix.) Nom. the prince, ber Surjr ; the gentleman, ber iperr* Gen. of the prince, be3 $iirfren; of the gentleman, be$ jJKrren* Ace. the prince, ben $urjren; the gentleman, ben J£)erren* To the second declension belong almost all masculine substan- tives of foreign origin, e. g. (see Appendix) : The soldier, ber Sotbat; the student, ber <&t\\btnt$ the phi- losopher, ber P;itofopf)f &c. Nom. the soldier, ber golbat; the student, ber Stubent Gen. of the soldier, be§ Solbaten; of the student, be$ Stubenten. ^ Ace. the soldier, benSo(baten; the student, benStubenten. All other masculine substantives belong to the first declension. Have you the boy's book ? £akn @tc t>a$ *8udj bc£> ^nakn? I have the book of the German. 3cf) fjafcc bag 23ucfy bog £)eutfd)em Has he the Frenchman's ox ? £at er ben Dcl)fen bes gfrcm$efen ? He has his servant and his ox. (St fiat fetnen S3cbicntcn unb fetnen 34 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Have we the soldier's bread and $aUn w ' xv ^ S3 rc ^ & c $ ^rtbatcn the student's coat % unb ben $ocf t)c^ c£ (Setbaten, not the student's coat. abet ntcbt ten SKocI bes ©tubentcn* Mas. Fem. Neu. terf tie^ ta^ ben. b«/ bat. ., , f Nom. *H {Ace. is a demonstrative pronoun, and is used to avoid the repetition of a substantive ; as : Is this dog yours or that of our 3ft t)icfcr £unb ber Sftrtgc ober friend ? b e t unfeteg gtetmbeg ? It is ^a£ of our friend. (Sr ift t>er unfeteg Jteunbeg. Have you my hat or that of my Sjabcn (&k metnen £ut obct t) c n brother] mctneg SBtubetg? I have that of your brother. 3d) babe ben 3I)re^ 23tubetg. Has he your bread or the $at er 3bt 33rob obet t>a6 beg baker's? <8acfetg? He has the baker's. (St bat b a 6 te^ 33ac!etg* It will be observed that in these last sentences that is not translated by jener> jenen> or jeneg; but by ber, ben, and ba$r according to the gender of the preceding noun to which it relates. In English, the demonstrative pronoun that may be omitted in such sentences as — Has he your bread or the baker's ? He has the baker's; instead of — Has he your bread or that of the baker ? He has that of the baker. But in German, we cannot omit this demonstrative pronoun ; and we could not say, as in English — jr>at er 3l;r SSrob ober beg 23dcferg? but we must say — S^dt er Sfyr Q3rob ober l>a$ be$ 23dcfer$ ? (St Fjat ben ncuen £ut beg jlnaben, SBtr Fjabcn $>a$ fc^roar^c $pfetb btefeg £etten, 9#etn S3tubet r)at bag aire SSucb beg 2Ct$teg unb ben febonen £Ba? gen beg ©tafen. 3cb (jaOe ben guten Sucfet beg 3)eutfcben unb l>a§ roe-ipe (2a(,$ beg $tan$ofen. $abcn ©tc bte ftuxtne Ubr mctneg SRcffen ? 3d) babe ntcbt bte frtbetne Ubt 3bteg 9?effen, abet id) babe feme gotbene. £aben at fd)6ne $)fetb beg $6rjten ober $>a$ i>e$ ©tafen ? (St bat bag beg ©tafen, $at ber £aufmann feincn SBagcn ober ben fetneg 33utbetg? (St bat ben fetneg SBtuberg* £at ber (Scbnetber 3br febroat^eg Sucb ober t)a^> Sbteg 9?effen ? (St bat k a $ fetntge* SMcbcn ©ptegct bat jenct £ctr I (St bat ben beg ©tafen. 2Bcld)e$ ©lag bat bet Heine .ftnabe ? (St bat bag fetneg SSatcr*. £aben @ic bag ©otb btefeg SXanneg ? Scb babe ntcbt bag ©ctb btefeg ^anneg, fonbetn t>a^> jeneg £erretu £abcn rc fteber* Gen. of his daughter, feiner $od)ter ; of her pen, ifyrer fteter. Ace. his daughter, feine 5od)ter; her pen, il>re ^ebcr^ Nom. our city, unfere Statt; this watch/ tiefe llfyr* Gen. of our city, unferer <2tat>t; of this watch, tiefer Ul)V> Ace. our city, unfere Statt; this watch, tiefe tli;r. The aunt, tie 5ante; the niece, tie 9iid)te; the maid-servant, tie iDtagb* somebody, anybody, * some one, Semanb^ nobody, not anybody, no one, -iftiemanb* She is the daughter. of my sister. 3)1 icner iunge SBicmn t>cr Scfyn t>ct SDJagb'1 <5t ift md)f ber Sfofyti meinet £ftagb* #akn (Ste ba$ S3cmb btefct $rau 1 Sfleut, rnetn £ert, id) fyabe bag 23anb jener #rau. £at cr mcttie itljt cber b t e metnet Gutter? (St fat bie 3F)rcr gutter. of the good father, of a good boy, of my good mother, of his good child, Have you my old brother's black hat? No, sir, I have not his hat, but that of your young friend. Has he our rich aunt's gold pen ? He has not hers, but mine. Who has the little child's new book ? His sister has it. be$ guten SaterS* eineS guten ^naben. meiner guten Gutter. feine§ guten .SvtnbeS. £akn @te $>cn fcfctuaqcn #ut mehte$ att'eri SStuberS? Stfctn, rnetn #err, id) Ijafte ntdfjt fets nen .gmt, fenbern ben Sfyte* iungen grcunbe& £at er bie gelbene geber unferet reU d)cn Sante ? (Sr fjat ntd)t bie t^rlge, fenbern bie metnlge* £Bet f)at baS neue SSudj bc<> ffetnen &mbe£? (Seine ©deeper fjat e£* The absolute possessive pronouns also follow the second de- clension, and take in the genitive or possessive case, in all genders, nf as: of mine, be§ or ber meintgen; of his, be§ or ber feinigen; of hers, be$ or ber ifyrigen; of ours, be$ or ber unferigen; of yours, be§ or ber JJfyrigen, Has he the cloth of your mer- chant, or that of mine ? He has that of yours. Have you your mother's looking- glass, or that of ours] I have that of yours. 4 £at er ba$ £ttd) 3foxc§ .ftaufmannS, cber ta$ be$ meintgen ] (Sr [)at ba$ be$ Sftttgen. £aben cn ber unferigen 1 3d) \)aU Un ber Sfytujen. 38 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. #akn (Ste ten fleittcn £unb ber Sante? 3d) fyabe ben £unb meiner Sante. 3ft biefeg bag 25ud) fewer 9ftcl)te ? Sftetn, eg ift nid>t bag fewer JUttcfyte, fonbern bag ber unfertgen. 3ft fie bie Softer etner Sffiagb? kcin, fie ift bie Softer iener gratu vjpat Sfyr 0tad)6ar ^ IjvUfcfye 23anb unferer Sautter! (Sr fyat e& 3ft biefer junge £ftann bet (Sofyn 3ftrcr at fie nid)t. 33*ag fyat er? at ben gropen Jpunb femes franfen SSruberg. £afrcn e ift ber ©ofyn unfereg rcict>cn ©dmcibcrs? 3?ner grope $nafte ift fein (Sefjn* 3ft er ber 23ruber biefeg franfen 9#anneg? 9ltin, mem £err, cr ift ber SSruber meiner rctcfyen Sante. ££er fyat bie fitberne Jcbcr 3r)rcs fletpigen Jiinbeg? £)te unfyofc licfye Softer meiner ungtucf(td)cn 9Ud)te f)at fie, £>at ber ©djneiber ben £Hocl Sfyveg SBruberg ober ben beg meinigen I (Sr fjat ben beg Sfjrtgen. (5r f)at roeber bie Itfyr feineg 23ruberg nod) bie ^ unferigen. 2Md)e Ur)r I)at er? (Sr (jat bie gotbene Ufyr feiner f)6fttd>cn 9?id)te, £at biefe $rau bag (Mb Sfyrcr Gutter ober ta^> ber meinigen ? at 3emanb unferen £Bein? Sttemanb fyat tfjn. 3ft S^manb fyungrtg? Sfaemanb iff fyungrtg. Is he the aunt's son ? No, he is a maid-servant's son. Is she your niece's daughter ? Yes, she is the daughter of my niece. Has he his mother's good money % He has it. Has she her sister's silver watch] She has it. Has the boy our daughter's leathern shoe? He has it. Has the soldier our old maid-servant's good butter? The soldier has her good butter and her old bread. The fine garden of the old prince is very large. Has the physician your good mother's fine looking-glass ? He has the fine looking-glass of my dear mother, and my pretty niece's beautiful stone. Has any- body your rich aunt's stone table and wooden chair? Nobody has her stone table, but the poor Frenchman has her wooden chair. Has any one my sick uncle's black horse? The rich count has it. What is the tall merchant's ugly son ? He is a soldier. Who has my dear father's glass and my good mother's watch ? I have your dear father's fine glass, and my sister has your good mother's silver watch. Has any one the polite count's large dog and fine horse ? No one has his fine horse, but his servant has his large dog. Is this man's sick brother unhappy? He is very unhappy. Is that woman's THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 39 silver ribbon very pretty? It is not very pretty. Has he your cloth coat, or his poor tailor's? He has the poor tailor's. Has the child his little cat, or your good sister's"? He has my good sister's. Has the young tailor your black cloth, or your old brother's] He has my old brother's. Has our sick neighbor his good butter, or that of the tall baker] He has the tall baker's. Has your nephew his father's carriage, or that of yours ? He has that of mine. Which gold is better, yours or mine ? Yours is not so good as my father's. Is my gold pen as pretty as his sister's] Yours is prettier than hers. Has the boy the poor student's new book and white hat ? He has neither his new book nor his white hat. What has he 1 He has the rich German's dog. Which one? The black one. Is your pretty child assiduous] He is not very assiduous to-day, he is tired and sleep3\ Is the old soldier's new horse thirsty or hungry? It is thirsty and hungry. Has any body this young gentleman's wine ? Nobody has it. SIXTEENTH LESSON. — &ed)$$eimte 8?ctw\u The American, ber SCmerifaner; the Englishman, ber (Jnglans ber; the Irishman, ber Srtdnber; the cook, ber .S?od); the um- brella, ber Diegenfcfyirm; the broom, ber 33efen; the chicken, ba$ jpufyn; the paper, ba§ papier; the bottle, bie $(afdf)e; the peasant, ber Q3auer (genitive be£ ©auenv 2d declension); no, none, not any, fein. The indefinite pronoun wo, fetrif has the same declension as the indefinite article a, an, etttf when it is followed by a noun. Nom. no good man, fan guter 9ftann> G-en. of no good man, feineS guten 93£anne$, Ace. no good man, feinen guten SDianru Nom. no good woman, Wxm gute $xau, Gen. of no good woman, feiner guten $tau, Ace. no good woman, feine gute $rau. Nom. no good child, fein guteS ivinb, Gen. of no good child, feines guten jfinbe^ Ace. no good child, Win guteS j?inb. And when the indefinite article ein, or indefinite pronoun 40 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. {tin f stands alone, referring to some preceding noun, it follows the declension of the definite article in all cases; thus: Mas. Fem. Neu. Nom. one, none, einct, Fcincr ; cine, feme; etneS, fetncS; Gen. of one, of none, ctneS, feme* ; etnet, femet ; etneS, feineS ; Ace. one, none, etnen, fetnen ; etnc, f cine ; cmcS, fctncS. He is no American. He is none. Is she a maid-servant % She is no maid- servant, she is our niece. Have you a garden % I have none. Has he no bread ? He has not any. Has your brother a watch? He has none. Is that man an Englishman ? He is not an Englishman, he is an Irishman. Have I a looking-glass? You have one. Have you a pen % I have one. Have we a glass ? You have one* Am I right ? You are right. St ift fetn 2Cmcrtfcmcr. (St ift fetnet. 3ft fie eine %fla$ ? ? St fiat feincS. £at 3I)r 25tut>ct cine itljt'? St fyat feme. 3ft iencr 9}?ann em Snglanbet? (St ift fetn Snglanfcct, et ift etn 3** lanfcet. £abe id) etnen (Spiegel ? at et Unted)t] St fjat tinted)!. Have you the right hat % No, sir, I have the wrong one. Is he wrong ? He is wrong. The right, ba$ 9ted)t; the wrong, £>a§ Unrest; (Adjective) right, recfyt ; wrong, unrest. Jg>ai6cn @te ten ted)ten #ut ? Sftcin, metn #ctr, id) ^abe t>en un* tecfyten. 3ft 3^ gfteunfc etn 2Crjt? St ift femet. (St ift fetn 2Ci#; cr ift cm Jtaufmann. 3ft fcinc ©dfrweftet eine Qttagb? Sttein, metn £ett, fte ift feme 9#agb. £at et etn $)fctb ? St r)at fetn ^pfetb, abet et fjat etnen 2Bagen. SSet fjat etnen 95cfcn ? 3)et SBebtente fyat etnen. $at et gute SSuttct ? (St fjat feme 23uttct. £at S&t Jtcunb einen 9?egenfd)irm ? (St fyat fetnen. £at unfet &od) Staffer ? St fyat fetnet. £at et fetn ©(as ? St fjat etne». £aben nut etnen (StuW? ©ie fyaben etnen. $at ^ ^i n & feme gfofd&e? Si> F)at cine. SBtt fyaben fetnen 3utfcr, feme 93uttcr, unb THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 41 fan ©a(^ after nrir f)at>cn cincn gtfcfe, cine lifer, unb ctn Simmer. $at fcer JUxfe an £ufen ? <5r feat etncS. #at t>er SBauer einen Dcfefen ? (Sr feat fetnen. £aftcn*(£te Cctn papier? 3d) l>abc feineS. £at t>er SBebtente tie red)te -J'tafcfec ? (St feat t>ic recite |ffofa$ tmred)te G5(a<% £afte id) $ecfet ? @te feaften Itnrecfet. #at er Unrecfet ? 9? an, man £crr, cr feat Reefer. Qabm rmt SHecfet ot»er Unrecfet? <£ie feaften SKecfet, after Sfer S3rut>ct feat Unrecfet. ^ Is your brother a merchant? He is no merchant; he is a car- penter. Have you a carriage? I have one. Has our cook a chicken? He has one. Has his sister a pen ? She has one. Has our old neighbor's son a dog? He has none. Has your rich niece's daughter a golden watch ? She has none. Has the baker no bread? He has none. What has he ? He has a small stone table, a silver watch, and a new book. We have no wine, no water, and no butter. Has anybody your student's paper and pen ? No one has his pen ; but I have his paper. Have you the servant's broom or that of the maid-servant ? I have the maid-servant's. Have you the old Eng- lishman's new umbrella and fine glass 1 I have only his new um- brella, but I have not his fine glass. Who has it ? Nobody has it. Has the peasant a big ox and a fine chicken ? He has a big ox, but no fine chicken. Has that sick peasant's brother a large bottle ? He has none, but his son has one. Is this gentleman an English- man? He is no Englishman ) he is an American. Is your friend right ? He is wrong. Are we right or wrong ? You are w T rong 3 but your good friend is right. Has your rich aunt's nephew your new umbrella or your old one? He has neither my old umbrella nor my new one. Who has your new umbrella ? The soldier's tall boy has it. What has the young count's servant ? He has the cook's old chicken, the maid-servant's good broom, and the boy's little cat. Has your little nephew the right book? He has the wrong book ; Charles has the right one. Has the cook the wrong broom ? He has the right broom, but the wrong bottle. Is the ugly peasant's white horse hungry or thirsty? It is hungry, but not thirsty. Has he your dear father's money or that of mine 1 He has that of yours. Has the old prince a son ? He has no son, but a beautiful daughter. Is she handsomer than my aunt's young sister] Your aunt's young sister is not so handsome as she. Has that gentleman a horse? He has none. Is the Irishman right or wrong? The Irishman is right, but the Frenchman is wrong. 4 * 42 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. seventeenth LESSON. — &ieben$ehnte Section. THE DATIVE SINGULAR OF THE MASCULINE AND NEUTER GENDERS. The dative singular of the definite article in the masculine and neuter genders is, to the, b t m. The indefinite article and all pronouns (except the absolute possessive pronouns) take the same termination; em ] as : To a, to an, etnem; to this, biefem; to that, jenem; to which, roekfyem; to my, meinem; to his, fetnem; to her, ifyrem} to our ; unferem ; to your, 3(;rem\ All adjectives and absolute possessive pronouns, following the second declension, have in the dative the same termination as in the genitive, e n ; as : To the good, bem guten; to the bad, bem fcfylecfyten; to mine, tern meinigen; to his, tern feinigen; to hers, bemifyrigen; to ours, tern unferigen ; to yours, tern Sfyrigen, The substantives of one syllable of the first declension, which take e § in the genitive, retain the e in the dative ) as : Nom. the son, ber<2of)tt; the horse, ba§ ^Pferb. Gen. of the son, beS (gofynes; of the horse, be£ *Pferbe$. Dat. to the son, bem gofyne; to the horse, bem ^)ferbe« Ace. the son, ben €ofyn ; the horse, t>a§ ^)ferb* But when the genitive takes only § the dative remains unal- tered, like the nominative and accusative ; as : Nom. the good father, ber gute 2?ater. Gen. of the good father, be§ guten 23ater§* Dat. to the good father, bem guten 2kter* Ace. the good father, ben guten QSater* Nom. the good paper, la$ gute papier* Gen. of the good paper, be$ guten spapierS* Dat. to the good paper, bem guten papier* Ace. the good paper, t>a$> gute papier* The dative of substantives of the second declension has the same termination, n> as the genitive and accusative : N. the boy, ber i?na6e ; the tall soldier, ber grofce ©otbat. G. of the boy, be£ ^naben; of the tall soldier, be$gro£ett<2ofbateru D. to the boy, bem ^na6en ; to the tall soldier, beirfgro§en<2olbaten. A. the boy, ben .SfnaOenj the tall soldier, bengro£en€olbaten* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 43 The butcher, ber $leifd)er; the meat, ba£ $(eifcfy; the letter^ ber 33rief; the note, ba$> billet; the bird, ber SSogel; the ship, fcaS @d)iff ; belongs, or does belong, gefyort* The house belongs to the man. £)aS $au$ gc^ort bem 3]?annc« The garden belongs to this mer- *Dct ©arten ger)6rt btefem $aufs chant. mcmn. Does that coat belong to my ©efyort jettcr 3?ocf meinem 23rubet? brother ] It does not belong to your brother, (£r gcf)6rt md)t Sfjrem SStuber, forts but to mine. tern bem meinigem To which boy belongs the pretty SMcfyem Jtnaben gefyort b&$ f)u6fc^e book] 23ud)? It belongs to the tall boy of our (Ss geftect bem gropett Jtnaften unfes old neighbor. reS attcn 9?aci)bar$» Does this carriage belong to our ©cfyott btefct ££cigen unferem iuttgen young physician % . 2fr^tc ? It does not belong to our young (Sr gefyort mcfyt unferem jungen physician, but to your rich 2Cr$te, fonbetn Serein return nephew. Stfeffem g)a$ papier gcr)crt bem attcn .ftaufmemn. (S5el)crt btefeS gletfer; bem fyofttdjen gtcifdjer? (S$ gefyert nid)t bem fyofticben <5tctfd>cr, fonbern unfes rem jungen SBebtenten, £Mcf)em £ttannc gefyort jener fd)6ne £>oge(? (St gefyort bem Hetnen $nakn bes rctctjeii ©rafen, ©efyort btefet 23ricf unb [eneS S3tflet Sfyrem guten 23ruber? Der SBrtcf ger)6rt meinem guten 58ru= ber, unb ba$ ^Billet bem gropen 6orme teg £)eutfd)en. d5cl)6rt biefe grope (Stabt bem aften gurften ? @te gefyort nid)t bem often, fonberm bem iungen gurftem 3)er £)d)fe gefyort ctnem armen gletfcfyer, ba$ #uf)tt unferem fyaps ftcfyen $od)e, unb ber 93oget fetnem Clemen ©efyne. 3)er neue SRegcnfcfyirm gefyort jenem gropen SBauern, unb bag grope (Scfytff bicfem retcfyen $mcn. £)a3 £auS gefyort bem fyofiicfycn 2Cr$te, unb btefeS f)ubfd)e Simmer meinem tfyeurcn Dfyetm. ©el)6rt bet.SSefcn bem £nakn Sfyrer ©cfynxfier? Stfein, cr gefyort tfyrem tranfen 23ebicnten. (SJerjott btefes gfcijS) Sftrem $ocf)e obcr bem tmfertgen ? (5$ gcF)6rt rccbet bem meinigen nod) bem Sftrtgcn ; e$ gefyort bem Jtodje unferel greunbe^ I The coat belongs to the old tailor, and this bread to that poor baker. Does the money belong to your good son 1 It does not belong to my good son, but to my young nephew\ To which gen- tleman does this pretty house belong 1 It belongs to the rich father of our friend. Does that trig ox belong to our sick butcher? It does not belong to our sick butcher, but to his happy son. Does this new broom belong to your poor niece ? It belongs to my ugly cook, but not to my poor niece. This letter belongs to our old mer- 3 44 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. chant's friend, and that note to the young student. Does the gold watch belong to your mother's brother? It does not belong to my mother's brother, but to her uncle. The chicken belongs to the American, the bird to the little child, and the horse to the poor German. Does this book belong to my son or to yours % It belongs neither to yours nor to mine, but to his son. Who has her little daughter's pretty bottle? The old Frenchman's tall boy has it. What has the Englishman ? He has the rich Irishman's new ship. Has the pretty soldier this letter or that note ? He has neither the letter nor the note. Has the peasant this old chicken or that young one ? He has only the old chicken, but our pretty maid-servant has the young one. Is your good horse tired ? It is not yet tired, but it is hungry. Has the butcher his good meat or ours? He has neither your good meat nor his own ; he has that of the old peasant. Have you my unhappy nephew's fine (fcin) paper or his young brother's? I have his young brother's. Is the weather cold to-day? It is neither cold nor warm. Has she her poor aunt's looking-glass or her sister's ? She has only her sister's. Does this stone table belong to your dear friend or to ours? It belongs to yours and not to mine. This fine (fcin) cloth belongs to the tall tailor, this good money to your assiduous boy, and that bad meat to his black cook. Is the Englishman right ? No, sir, he is wrong, but we are right. eighteenth LESSON. — mdyi^cimtc Section. The dative singular of the definite article in the feminine gender is like the genitive, t) e r. The indefinite article and all pronouns (except the absolute possessive pronouns) take the same termination, e V ; as : To the daughter, fccr £odf)ter; to this maid-servant, tiefec 9D?agb; to a woman, eincr $rau; to my mother, meiner Gutter; to her sister, ifyrer (gcfywejrer; to his aunt, feiner Xante; to our niece, imferer 9iicfyte* All adjectives and absolute possessive pronouns, following the second declension, have, in the dative of all three genders, the same termination, n, as in the genitive : To the good daughter, ter guten Xocfyter; to an old woman ? THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 45 etner alten $rau; to my rich aunt, meiner reicfyen Xante* To mine, tec meinigen; to his, ter feinigen; to hers, ter ifyrigen; to ours, ter unferigen; to yours, ter Sfyrigeru Nom. the good mother, tie $ute Gutter* Gen. of the good mother, ter a,uten Gutter* Dat. to the good mother, ter guten Gutter* Ace. the good mother, tie §uU Gutter* N. his good aunt, feme quit Xante* G-. of his good aunt, fctner §\ittn Xante* D. to his good aunt, feiner guten Xante* A. his good aunt, feine gute Xante* The nut, tie Slug; the bureau, tie Commote; the linen, tie ?einwant; the spoon, ter Soffel; the knife, ta£ 59^effer ; the fork, tie @a⪙ the hammer, ter jpammer; the nail, ter 9?agel; the iron, ta$ Sifen; adject, iron, eifern* Whose? weffen? the game for all three genders. The ribbon belongs to the niece. £)a$ 23ant gcr)ert ter 9?id)te. This bottle belongs to a woman. £)iefe gtaf$e ge^ort etner grau* Does that pretty bureau belong ©efycrt jene t)u6fd)C Commote Sfyret to your little sister? Hetnen <2d)nx'fter? It belongs not to my little sister, Ste gefycrt ntcl)t meiner fteinen but to her old aunt. Whose house is this ? It belongs to my dear mother. Whose pen have you ? I have that of my young niece. This pen belongs to my young niece. (ScWjter, fcntern tfyrer alien Sante* S&cflcn £au» ift btcfc^ ? ©S gcr)6rt meiner tfjcurcn SDZutter* SBcffen Jeter fcfai ©le3 3c!) tjahc tie meiner iungen 9tftdf)te. £>tefe Jeter gefjert meiner iuncjen 9ttdf>tc. Whose looking-glass has his ugly SBeffen (Spiegel r)at fein fyapttcfyer. servant ? He has that of our rich aunt. Does this garden belong to our rich aunt or yours? It belongs to ours. The silver knife belongs to the polite daughter of his sister. Setienter? <5r l)Qt ten unferer retcfyen gemte* ©ehcrt ttefer (fatten unferer reidjen Saute cter ter Sfyttgeii ? (St cjebcrt ter unfertgen. £>a6 fttberne SCRcffcr cjebcrt ter befits cfyen Scoter feiner (Scfynxfter* ©iefeg 23anb gefycrt meiner fletnen (Scfymcfter. ©cf)ert t>a£ 93 ud) 3l)rct iuncjen Scdfcter cter Sfyrcr l)cfitd)en €^tct)tc ? Q& gefycrt meter ttefer neel) iener* ($5er)ort tie fdjene sflup fetnem guten 'Scfyne cter tiefem ftetnen £nas ben? 8te cjebcrt teeter tiefem nctf) ienem. (25cr)crt tie ^a|e ttefer alten $rau ? t ttefer alten £rau, fcntern iener iuncjen. Befjen 46 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Commote ift tiefe ? (Sic tft tic metncr rcid)cn Sante. 28cffen (Stfen Ija&cn (Sic? 3d) fcafcc tag teg franfen ^aufmanng. gBcficn 23efen fjat tie SJtogb? (Sic Ijat ten unfercg gref'en SSettcnten. ©eljort tcr cifcrnc jammer tcm .Stecfyc ctcr tcr 9D£agb? (Sr g'efyort roetcr tcm Jlocftc nod) tcr g^agt, fen- tern unferem altcn Stmmcrmann. d5cf)crt ticfc fcine Ccinrocmt fcincr altcn Gutter ctcr U)rcr 9Hd)tc? (Sie ejefjert tcr 9ttd)te fcincr altcn Gutter. <25et)crt tcr fttbeme Coffcl, tag cifcrnc Sfficfier, unt tie ftftcrnc ©abet Sfyrem reid)en £)r)ctm. £)cr fttbeme £6ffc( gcF>ort mcincm rcid)cn JDFjctm; aOcr tag cifcrnc £fteffer gc^ort fcincm j&cffen, unt tic ftftcrnc ©a&el fcincr 9ttd)te. ©efjott ticfer Sifd) fcincr &ed)ter ctcr tcr Sfjrigcn ? (Sr gc^crt tcr mcinigen. Does this pretty bureau belong to your little sister? It belongs not to my little sister, but to her young brother. Does the umbrella belong to his poor aunt or to yours ? It belongs to yours. Does the bread belong to the poor baker or to the young soldier 1 It belongs neither to this one nor that one, but to our old maid-servant. Whose nut is this? It is that of our little niece. Whose chicken have you ? I have the cook's. Whose broom has her little boy ? He has our servant's. Does that large beautiful house belong to the count ? No, sir, it belongs to this tall gentleman and to his rich aunt. Has the carpenter a wooden hammer and an iron nail? He has a wooden hammer and no iron nail. Who has an iron nail? The Frenchman's child has one. Has the peasant a good chicken? He has none. What has he? He has his sick sister's big ox*. Whose ox has our ugly butcher ? He has our polite neighbor's. Does this fine linen belong to our dear mother ? It belongs not to our dear mother, but to his. Has his uncle the merchant's good iron ? He has it not. Whose iron has he? He has that of the rich American. Does this small town belong to our old prince? It belongs not to our old prince, but to his rich aunt and her beautiful sister. Have you a knife, a fork, and a spoon ? I have a silver spoon, my sister has a silver knife, and my brother a silver fork. Has your cook a silver fork? He has no silver fork; he has an iron one. Has that tall woman's daughter a bird ? She has none. This bird belongs to my good niece, and the chicken to her old maid-servant. This hat (bonnet) does not belong to his daughter, but to mine. which and who. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 47 nineteenth LESSON. — $ic\m$ciyntc 2eciwn+ The trunk, ber Coffer; the rice, ber9ieif 3 ; the thimble, ber Smgerfyut; the corn, ba$ ©etreibe; the dress, bdf> ivletb; the soup, tie euppe. THE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. Mas. Fem. Neu. Nom. roelcfyer, ruetdje, roelcfyeS* No genitive. ■ Dat. roelcfyemv welder; roelcfyem. Ago. rcetcfyert, vt>elc^ef roefcfyeS* The relative pronoun UK t cf) e r is declined like the definite ar- ticle. Instead of rt) e I d) e r , tt> e I d) c f tt) e ( d) e § / the demonstrative pronoun b e r f tie; ba& is frequently employed, which has the declension of the definite article, except in the genitive in which be $> ber> bee is changed into beffen, beren, beffen. T1 , ., • . • i ) (Sv hat ben SBaqen wcldbcn ©te fia? He has the carnage which you f t.L. or have ' > @r fartten 9Sagtn ben ®U fjafcen. She has the pen which her sister b e re ttj beffen. It is also generally substituted for the determinative pronoun berjenigef and sometimes for berfetbe* The latter may be always translated into English by u the same." After a determinative pronoun a relative must always follow. Have you this looking-glass or Jpakn^tc btefen oberjenen (Sirieget! that one % ( 3d) fiafcc beniemgen, nx'(d)cn i )C i,lT,V?J **j&»~ ®?u w ,« . ~ • 3d) f)aoe ben, roeidjen (©to Ijabm ; or 3d) l)aU ben, ben (Sic Fjakn. 48 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Phrases like the latter are to be avoided for the sake of euphony. Which soup has he 1 2£c(d)e (Suppe hat er? He has that which his brother & (jat ttejenige (tie), tt>e(d)e fcin has. SBruter t)at. Which cloth have we ? £Beld)eS Sud) baben nnr ? You have that which your father (Sic fyaben t>a6}cmgc (bets)/ wcfd)C$ has. Sftr aSatcr f)at. Have you the same thimble $aben ®^ c tenfelbcn gtngerf)ut, mU which your tailor has % d>cn (ten) 3()t c tenfetben. Has the maid-servant the same £at tie OTagt) ttefcffce SSuttct, roe(d)C butter which the cook has'? (tie) tcr Sod) f)at? She has not the same. ©te f)at ntd)t t>icfctOe. Has this gentleman the same §o\ tiefer £ert t>aflfet6e §)fett, rock horse which the peasant has ? d)eS (ta$) tcr 23auer f)at 1 He has not the same horse. @r fjat nid)t t)affct6c $)fert, ©iefet gmgerfyut tft beffer a(6 tetjentge, rocldjcn metne ©c^wcflcr fyafc SDtcfc Ur)t tft Heincr ate ttejentge, nxlcfye mem alter $reunt bat Die* fW ©d)tff tft fcfyonet ate tag unfereS retcfyen 9?ad)barS, aber e$ tft nid)t fo grof-L £>er ftetnerne &tfd), roelcfyen ©te Fjaben, tft fd)6net ate tet ienige, tuelcfyen ^ cr iunge ® ra f M» SBctd^cn it offer fyaben ©ie ? 3d) fyafce tenientgen (ben), roetdyen mem SSruter f)at. £at 3&* 23ruber btefe geber eter jene? & fyat bie (btejentge), n>e(d)e id) fjafce. #at ber SSauer etn gu* te£ g>ferb 1 (Sr f>at etneg. £at er taffelbe nxld)e$ fetn Dfjctm f?at ? 9?em, mem £crr, er Fjat tag fetntge. £at unfer jtod) ttefen cber jenen S3efen ? (£r fjat tenfetben (ben), rrx(d)en unfere SRagt rjat. $at ber (Sngtanter nod) ttcfetbe gotbene Jeter? @t Fjat nod) ttcfefte. £at S&r £nabe taffelbe papier, roc(d)e£ @te fyaben 3 (Sr fjat taffelbe papier unb ttefetbe Jeter. SMcbe (Suppe I;at unfere (Scfynxfter ? @te fyat ttefetbe, nxlcfye toil fyaben. 4pat ber DeutfdK etn fyubfdjes ©(as ? @rr fyat eine& #at er tag, n>eld)e$ fein $nabe r)at ? (5r fjat tag fetmge. £at er btefen etfernen jammer ober ienen 1 <5r r>at tueber btefen nod) ienen, fontern ben, nx(d)en ber Simmer^ ntann Ijat* $a\ 3f)re ©d>ix>cftcr baffetbe ^(etb, we(d)eut, roetdjen unfere Gutter ^at Which corn have you? I have that which our neighbor has. Which butter has our maid-servant? She has that which our mother has. Has the tailor this thimble or that one ? He has the one which his boy has. Our iron hammer is better than the one which the carpenter has. This watch is prettier than the one which your sister has. That dress is not so fine as your mother's. This soup is better than your cook's. Has my servant this broom or that THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 49 one ? He has the same which my cook has. Has the Irishman an iron nail ? He has one. Has he the one which his boy has ! No, sir, he has not the same. Has your father the same coat which your brother has ? He has not the same coat but the same book. Has his cook this chicken or that one ? He has the one which the peasant has. Has the student this pen or that one ? He has that which his friend has. Which rice has the soldier'? He has your merchant's. Is that your garden? No, sir, it is my good friend's. Has the boy your bird and that of your son? He has only my son's. Is that the same ship which the merchant has? It is the same. Has he this carriage or that one? He has neither this nor that, but the one which my aunt has. Have you the glass which I have, or the one which the physician has? I have neither the one which you have, nor the one which the physician has, I have mine. Has his mother her watch, or the one which her old brother has? His mother has not her old brother's watch, she has her own. Has the cook the same knife which the maid-servant has ? He has not the same knife, but the same fork and the same spoon. Whose nut have you? I have my little sister's. Whose dress is that? It is my dear niece's. Whose thimble has this ugly child? He has our tailor's. Has your brother the same bureau which you have ? He has not the one which I have, but our sister's. ' Have you the same room which your brother has ? Yes, sir, w r e have the same room, the same table, and the same pern Have you a letter ? I have none, but my brother has one. Has the student a book? He has one. Have you a carriage and a horse ? I have a carriage but no horse. Has the merchant a ship ? He has none. Has your aunt an old cat ? She has none. Does this fine dress belong to that woman's daughter ? It belongs not to that woman's daughter, but to my sister. Has any one a fine looking-glass ? Nobody has one. twentieth LESSON. — $ivan$i$fte Section. The ram, ter jjammet; the glove, ter jjanbfcfyuf); the honey, ber §oni$; the bag, ber 33eute(; the purse, tie 35orfe; the milk, DtcSDWcfy. An adjective before a noun, and not preceded by an article or pronoun, takes the termination of the definite article in all cases. 5 50 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Masculine. Nom. good sugar, some good sugar, guter Surfer. Gen. of good sugar, of some good sugar, guteS SurferS. Dat. to good sugar, to some good sugar, gutem Surfer. Ace. good sugar, some good sugar, guten Surfer. Feminine. gute Sutter. guter Sutter. guter Sutter. e(d)eru £akn ©ie SButtet ? 3d) fyafce roelcfye. 3d) fyabe feme* £aben (Sic ©afe ? 3d) fyabe n>eld)e$. 3d) fyabe reined £at er guten ££ein ? (5r r)at weldjeru £at fte Qute 9)tf(d) ? <5te t)at roefefye. 4?at er guteS obcr fd)(ed)te3 papier ? (St t)at guteS. Something, anything, etrt)a§. Nothing, not anything, nicfytS. £aben e nidjtt. 4bat er etroa* ©ute$ ? <$r r)at md)t$ @d>led)tc& If an adjective does not relate to any particular thing, and is used in a general sense, it takes the termination of the neuter gender. Have you anything ? I have nothing. Has he something good ? He has nothing bad. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 51 £akn ©te ®etb ? 3# r)a&e wetd&e*. £at ber SScbientc ftetp ? (Sr fyat wc(d)cn» #aben rotr SSEUd) ? £Bir fyakn roetcfyc* . £at ber 35aucr eincn £ammel ? (5r f)at einen. £at ber .Steel) ein £uf)n ? (Sr fyat femes. £at Sfae £.ante guten £cntg? c(d)en» £at unfere Sftagb gute eber fd)(ed)te SSutter? 8te fyat gute, £at unfer 23ebtcnter atU4 25rot> ? @r fyat nxfcfyes. £at Sfyre tfjeure Gutter roarme ot)cr faltc (Suppc? ©« |tt roarme. ££er fjat guteS 60(3? £)er @c(t)at fyat tt>clcl)e& #at ber (Stubent gute* 23ier unb gutcn SDSein ? 2)er ©tubent fjat guteS SSier unt> guten 2Bein, unt) fein Seiner SBruber r)at gute 9)Wcf)* #al ber 3r(anber guten #onig? (St fyat mtifym* && bet (Sngtanber etroaS? (St Ijat nid)t& £Bet r)at ben gtofien SBeutel beS (Sctbaten ? Sfttemanb rjat tfyn. 4?at Sfjr gveunb etroaS ©uteS ? (5t f)at ntd)ts ®ute$. £at fein g&cffe etwas #ubftf)e$ cber etrcaS #afjlid)c$ ? (S*t fjat webet ctroa^ £ut>fcr>e$ nod) etroaS .g>ap(tdf>e^ 3 er fjat mcfytS. ©cf)6rt biefe neue 25orfe ber ftciptgen Scoter 3f)tet alten Sante? <£te gefyott nidjt ber Socfyter mciner alten &ante, fonbern tfyrer 9Gidf)te. SOBeffcn £ammcl f)at ber jtcd) ? (5r f)at ben t>e£ armen 33auern. £at meine Softer tfyren £anbfd)ulj ? ©ie fyA tfjn. Have we some rice ? We have some. Have you some butter ? I have some. Has the cook any salt ? He has some. Has the merchant good or bad sugar? He has some good. Has the peasant good or bad milk ? He has some bad. Has our tailor black or white cloth ? He has some black. Who has some old wine 1 The French- man has some old wine, and the German some good beer. What has the cook? He has some white sugar, some good milk, and some old corn. Has he some paper ? He has not any. But has he some money ! Yes, sir, he has some. Has the American some- thing? He has very fine gold. Who has something pretty? My sister has something pretty ; she has a beautiful white dress. Has that boy something? He has nothing. Has the soldier any money? He has no money, but he has some good soup and some good rice. Has your son anything? He has nothing. Who has good honey? The peasant has some. Has your nephew something good or some- thing bad? He has neither anything good nor anything bad ) he has nothing. Have I something fine? You have a very fine watch. Has your sister a fine purse ? She has one. Has the butcher a big ram? He has none. Has he some good meat? He has not any. Has your young daughter her own black glove or her aunt's ? She has neither her own black glove nor her aunt's; she has mine. Has the Englishman his iron or ours? He has his own and ours. 52 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Has your servant the tailor's black cloth coat ? He has it. Has the maid-servant your mother's good butter? She has it. Has this gentleman our old prince's tall white horse ? He has it not. Is your rich brother's fine house larger than ours ? It is not so large as yours, but it is prettier. Does this bag belong to this cook or to that maid-servant? It belongs neither to the cook nor to the maid- servant, but to that tall peasant. Is your horse still hungry? It is not hungry, but thirsty. Is his friend here ? He is not vet here. Is the weather fine to-day? It is very fine weather; it is neither warm nor cold. Has our polite merchant some white leather ? He has none, but his brother has some. Whose dog has your poor nephew ? He has his sick friend's small dog. Whose cat has my sister? She has her little niece's big cat. What has the baker? He has nothing. But he has some bread? He has some, but it is very old. Who has my sister's new bureau'? Her sick nephew has it. Has the soldier the silver spoon which his boy has'? He has not the one which his boy has ; he has ours. Have you the same knife which your cook has ? I have not the same ; I have no knife. Has anybody my little child's fine nut? Nobody has it. Has your dear father this large book or that small one ? He has that small one. Is the German wrong or right ? He is right. Who is wrong? The count's tall servant is wrong. Which linen have you 7 I have that old woman's fine linen. Has the carpenter something good ? He has nothing bad. Has he this iron hammer or that one? He has the one which his old brother has. Has he some wood ? He has some. TWENTY-FIRST LESSON. — ®in Utlb pM%t$i#fte Section* THE PLURAL. The declension of the definite article is, in the plural ; for all the three genders, alike : — Nom. the, tic* Gen. of the, fcer; Dat. to the, ten* Ace. the, tie* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 53 All pronouns are declined in the plural like the definite article^ except the absolute possessive pronouns. For all genders : — N. G. D. A. my, meine. meiner. meinen, meme* his, feine, fetnerf feinen> feme* her. \\jfu ' ifyrer, tfyren, ifyre* our, unfere. unfererj unferen, unfere* yo«r, 2ftre, Sfyrcr, 31)ren, 3t?te. which, mifytt roetdber, mUtyn, roelcfye. these, tiefe, btefetf tiefen, biefc. those, jene, jener, jenen. jene. no, none , feine. feinetv feinerif feine. THE PLURAL OF NOUNS OF THE FIRST DECLENSION, Masculine nouns of one or more syllables, and neuter nouns of several syllables, of the first declension, take, in the nomina- tive plural, an additional t f and generally soften the radical hard vowels rtf Of Uf into d> Of and li ; as : — The sons, tie Sofyne; the tables, tie iifcfye; the friends, tie $reunte; the hats, tie Jpiite; the coats, tie Siocfe; the chairs, tie ©tiifyle; the stones, tie ©teine j the physicians, tie?(erjte; the cooks, tie i?ocfye; the umbrellas, tie Stegenfcfyirme; the let- ters, tie 33riefe; the notes, tie 23illete. The dogs, tie jpunte, and the shoes, tie Scfyufyef do not soften the hard vowel u. There are two exceptions to this rule : — I. All masculine and neuter substantives ending in the nomi- native singular in elf en> and er, have the same termination in the nominative plural, and take no additional e; but most all of them soften the hard radical vowels a f c f u into dj Of and ii; as: The looking-glasses, tie Spiegel; the rams, tie ^dmmet; the bags, tie Q3eutel; the birds, tie SSogel; the spoons, tie 2offel; the nails, tie OZdgel; the carriages, tieSBagen; the brooms, tie 95efen; the gardens, tie ©drten; the fathers, tie 23dter; the brothers, tie 33riiter; the rooms, tie Simmer; the tailors, tie ©cfyneiter; the bakers, tie 33d when the nominative plural has not this termination; e. g. N. the hats, tie jptite, G-. of the hats, ter ipute, D. to the hats, ten jputen, A. the hats, tie §ute. N. the brothers, tie SSruterf G. of the brothers, ter S3ruter, D. to the brothers, ten 23rtitenv A. the brothers, tie 33ruter. Has the cook the chickens and the rams ! The cook has the chickens and the birds, and the butcher has the rams. My friend has our tables and his chairs. Your sister has her dresses and . my looking-glasses. We have your horses and his the gardens, tie ©drten^ of the gardens, ter @drten, to the gardens, ten ©drten/ the gardens, tie @drten. the houses, tie Jpdufer, of the houses, ter QauftYr to the houses, ten *£)dufern> the houses, tie Jpdufer. £crt ter £od) tie £fi&net un't tie #am-me( I Screed) f)at tie £uf)ner unb tie S36gel, unt ter gleifcfyer (jai tie fecmmU 9J?etn greunb r)at unfere SHfd&e unb fcine (Stfifjfe. Sf)re ©dbrocftet ^at ifyre better unb mcine (Spiegel. £Btr fyabm 3()re $)ferte unb fcine ^punte. They, fie. They are, fie fint; they have, fie l)a6en; are they? ftnt fie? have they? r;a6en fie? In German, the third person plural is used in polite conversa- tion or address to a person, and for this reason the English you and they, are in German the same. The only difference is that in writing you, (gie> takes a capital letter, and they, fie/ a small one. dogs. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 55 The real meaning of the second person singular thou, and the second person plural ; which signifies in German ye, will be ex- plained hereafter. Have the men our coats and your #a&cn tie banner unferc Steele unt books'? 3&re 93fid>ct ? They have our coats, but they Ste fyaUn unferc S^ecfe, obcr fie f;as have not my books. ben nid)t metric 23ud)er. Have they these glasses or those? £>aben fie ttefe ©lafer ctcr jcrtc ? They bave neither these nor (Ste fyafcen roetet ttefe nod) ienc those. Are his children good? fct)r gut. Are you sick ? at meine £ftej]cr. #akn tie Winter tie $la§d tes 3immcrmann$ 1 . Gen. of the boys, ber ivna6en, of the soldiers, ber ©olbitten/ Dat. to the boys, ben jfnaben; to the soldiers, ben Solbaten, Ace. the boys, bie i?nabetu the soldiers, bie ©otbaten. Feminine nouns, which have no declension in the singular (see Lesson 15), follow in the plural the second declension; i. e. they take n or e n for all cases in the plural, and never soften the radical vowels a f o and u> as : The women, bie ftniuen; the sisters, bie ©djroefftrn; the pens, bie ftebern; the watches, bie Ul;ren; the cats, bie j?a|en; the aunts, bie Scmten ; the nieces, bie Uiicfyten; the bottles, bie §tafcfyen; the bureaus, bie .Sfommoben; the forks, bie @a6e(n; the purses, bie 93orfetu Except. I. The mother, bie 9Wutter> and the daughter, bie %Q$)* ttXf form their plurals after the first declension : THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 57 N. the mothers, tie Wt&tttt, the daughters, tie Sodjter, G. of the mothers, ter 9)hirtet> of the daughters, ter 5cd)ter> D. to the mothers, ten 9Jiuttem/ to the daughters, ten Socfytertv A. the mothers, tie Splitter* the daughters, tie 5od)ter. Except. II. — Only thirty feminine monosyllables with the radical vowels a and u follow in the plural the first declension ; i. e. they take in the nominative plural an additional e and soften the vowels a and u into d and li. -Three of these feminines have been mentioned in the foregoing lessons, they are : The cities, tie Stdtte ; the maid-servants, tie SJidgte ; the nuts, tie Sftuffe* (See Appendix.) Nom. the cities, tie ©tdtte. Gen. of the cities, ter Ace. the cities, tie tie feinigen, G-. ter guten, meiner guten, termeinigen, terfeinigen, D. ten guten, meinen guten, ten meinigenj ten feinigen, A. tie guten* meine guten* tie meinigen, tie feinigen. Have the boys my pretty glasses? £aben tie jtnaben meine rjubfefyen ©l&fer? They have not your pretty glasses, (Sic rjaben ntd>t Sfyte F)ut>fd>en ®{afer, but they have the fine purses. abet fie fyaben tie fefyenen 236r|"cm Have your servants our good Jpctben Sfyte SSctienten unfere guten brooms and her large bottles ? 23efen unt tr)rc grofkn gtafefyen ? They have neither your good (Ste fyaben wetcr Sbre guten 23efen brooms nor her large bottles. nod) ifyre gropen gfofdjen. Have the peasants your big oxen £aben tie JBauern Sfyte grepen £)d)s or mine 1 fen cter tie metntgen ? They have ours, but not yours. (Ste ftaben tie unferigen, abet ntcfyt . tie Sljrigen. ] These old women have his £)iefe alten grcmen fyaben feine t)oU wooden bureaus. gernen ^ommoten* These little children are more £)tefe ftcinen Winter ftat ftcipiger assiduous than those tall ones. ak jene gtefm Them, f i t, for all three genders. The four English pronouns, she, you, they, and them, are, in German, all expressed by the pronoun fie* 58 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Have the young soldiers our new £akn bte jungen ©otbaten unfere knives and our silver forks ? neuen Sffieffet unb unfere filfoewcn ©a&cfa ? They have them not. ©ie rjafcen fte ntd)t* Have you them ? $aUn ®^ e f* e - I have them. 3d) t)abe fte. Has your sister her leathern £at Sfyre ©cfjroeftet: tfyte (ebernen shoes ? ©dntfye ? She has them. ©ie fyat fte* £akn bie £)cutfcf)en btcfe gropcn £)cfyfen unb Jene fteinen £t jene fletnen £dmmcl. £)ie olten 23es bientcn fyabm unfere grc$cn ©picget, fcine f)%rnen ©tttfyte, unb 3f)re fll* fcevnen ttfytcm Diefe attcn gutter ftnb ntd>t fo mfibc roie iljre Jungen Scd)tcr. £)iefe gtopen ©table ftnb ntd)t fo rctd) trie jene ftetnetu £Ber. Ijat tie fd)6nen SRufie, unfere gotbenen SSdnber, unb Sfyre fyo^ernen ^ommoben? Sfyre aiten SDfcagbe fyaben bte fcfyonen Sflupe ; unfere teicfyen Santcn fyaUn Ssfyve gotbenen S3anbet, unb bte franfen ©tubenten fyaben meine J)6($etnen Jtommoben. Qafom fcine ©cfyueftern metne atten ^ufynet ober bte Sfytigen? @ie fjakn nxbe? bte Sfytigen nod) bte mcinigen ; fie faben feine ^tifyncr. £abcn bie TCmerifaner bie gotbenen $ebetn ober bte ftlbernen ? ©te fyaben bie gotbenen gebem unb nidr>t bie firemen. . £aben Sfjte ^6ftid)en 9fjidr)ten unfere fyubfefyen JUeibet? ©ie fyaben fie nicfyt. SGSer t)at fte? £>ie guten &6d)tet feiner armen gutter fyaben fte* #aben bie ©tafen bie jMnemen Sifcfye, bie gropen ©pieget, unfere fcfyonen Sagen unb ^fetbe, unb biefe pbfefyen £dufet ? ©te fyaben fte. Have the boys my large dogs and my pretty cats ? They have only your pretty cats, and our brothers have your large dogs. Have these old servants the new brooms and our large bottles? They have the new brooms and your large bottles. Have these tall peasants your big oxen and my young rams ? These tall pea- sants have your young rams, but the rich butchers have my big oxen. Have his pretty daughters our fine purses and your aunt's wooden bureaus % They have them. Have our ugly maid-servants the iron knives and the silver forks'? They have our iron knives and the silver forks. Are these old mothers sick ? These old mothers are not sick, but tired. Are these young Germans more polite than those young Frenchmen ? These are as polite as those. Has the merchant his golden watches or his silver ones ? He has his silver ones, and his brothers have the golden ones. Have these gentlemen our horses or yours? They have neither yours nor mine; THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 59 they have the rich count's black horses. Which nuts have your little sisters? They have ours. Whose tables are finer; his or mine? Yours are very fine, but his are finer. Have our maid- servants my silver pens 1 They have not your silver pens ) your little nieces have them. Are your aunts very rich? They are neither poor nor rich. Which thimbles have the old tailors ? They have the iron ones. Have these young women our neighbor's pretty hats? They have them. What have our dear friends? They have the young soldier's wooden trunks. Have your rich nephews the tall merchant's new ships? They have them not. Have we your old umbrellas? You have them not; you have yours. We have these good letters, those small notes, your silver watches, his fine purses, our large looking-glasses, the student's new books, and the old peasant's big oxen. TWENTY-THIRD LESSON. — ©m ttnb 3ttHttt){gfte The sailor, ter 9)?atrofe; the Dutchman, ter jjolldnter; the shoemaker, ter ©cfyufymacfyer ; the candlestick, ter £eud)ter; the sheep, ta$ ©cfyaf (plur. tie ©cfyafe); the flour, the meal, ta$ Singular: — Mas. Fem. Neut. Nom, their, ifyr, tyre, ityv. Gen. of their, tyreS, ifyrer, tyrc§. Dat. to their, ifyrem> tf)rer> ifyrerru Ace. their, if)ren> i!;re, ifyr* Plural, for all genders : — N. i\)u, G. ifyretv D. ifyren, A. tyre* Mas. Fem. Neut. i Theirs, ter ifyrige, tie ifyrige, bad ifyrige* You and they are, in German, the same pronoun, (gie and fte (see Lesson 21st) ; therefore your, 3fy*> and their, tfyr; must be alike; and also yours, ter Sfyritje, and theirs, ter ifyrige* Have the butchers their ox 1 Jpo&m tie gletfcfyet tr)rcn £)d)fcn ? They have it. %u fjaben ifjn. The bakers have their good flour. £)te SBdcfer v)ahm ifjr quteS SBlttjl. Our children have their milk. Unfcre Winter fyaUn \t)xc WlUd). THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Have the peasants their sheep or ours \ They have theirs. Have the shoemakers their can- dlestick or yours ? They have theirs and not mine. Have the Dutch their horse or mine? They have their own and yours. The sailors have their coats and your boots. My sister has her gloves, her purse, and her silver knife. £a6en bte SSaucrn tfytc (Scfyafe cbet bte unferigcn ? (Sic fyabcn bte tfyttgen. $abm t>te re SKocfe unb S^rc (Sttefel. 9!Keinc n>cftor ftat ifjre £anbfd)ur)e, it)re 256tfe, unb if>r ftlbcwcs defter. When an adjective before a substantive is not preceded by the article or a pronoun, it takes in the plural, as in the singular, the termination of the definite article (see Lesson 20th) ; as : — N. good boys, gute Mnabm] G. of good boys, guter i?na6en; D. to good boys, guten j?naben; A. good boys, gute j?na6en; good women, gute $rauen. of good women, guter ftraueru to good women, guten ftraueru good women, gute ftraueru N. good horses, gute spferbe. G-. of good horses, guter spferbe. D. to good horses, guten ^ferberu A. good horses, gute ^ferbe* Has the sailor leathern shoes'? He has some. Have the cooks silver forks ? They have none. Has your servant some % He has not any. Has the peasant good sheep or bad ones ? He has good ones. $at ber sfttatrofe tebernc abcn bte ^ccfte [Metric Wcln? jfgU fyaben feme. Sbat 3f)r 23ebt enter roelcfyc ? dr Fjot feme. £at ber Sauer gute ober fcltfecfjte (Scfyafe. (St: fjat gute. GENERAL RULE FOR THE DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. An adjective before a noun and preceded by the definite article, or by a pronoun which has the termination of the definite article, follows the second declension ; i. e. it te.kes, in the nomi- native singular, the termination i f and in all other cases of the singular, and in the plural, e n $ except in the accusative singular of the feminine and neuter genders, which terminate in t f like their nominatives. An adjective before a noun takes the termination of the defi- nite article in all cases, in which a preceding word has not this termination ; — and in all cases when not preceded by any word. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 61 #at trafere 93?agb ifytcn SScfcn % et$? ^ tl 7oseT m e yUo°L, \ * *<* * *«• *** VVhch oxen has the peasant? Sfeefdfc £)d)fen !)at t>ct SBauer? He has those which his brother £«g Meioiiflcn, »cl*c fctn ®rubet has " ( @t Wt'bie, nwlcfjc fern ffirubcr fjat. Has your uncle the same horses $at 3r)r £)f)Ctm fctefelben $pfcrt>e, which your nephew has? roctcfye (tne) 3$* 9?effe f>at? He has the same. (Sr ()at fctcfelbcn. Which tables have our neigh- SBctdje &tfd)C fjctbcn unfcre 9lafy bors ? barn ? They have those which their sons (Sic fyaben tic, rt>c(d)C ir)rc te(. Has he much money ? Spat cr Mel ©clt> ? He has but little. (gt fyat nur rocmg. .BzjZ in such cases being used in the sense of only, is translated by nur. Have you a little milk ? $obm (Sic ein wctug Sftttd) ? I have too much. 3d) fyafee $u 8te(. We have much good wine. S35ir fyuben Met quten ££citu Have you many cats? &aben (Stc sricle jlagcn? We have few cats, but many SQSir rjaOcn nxntge $agcn, abet t)tcCe dogs. £unfoc# 64 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Have the Americans many good £aben tie 2Cmcrttanct t)ietc gute ships'? ©duffel They have a great many. Sic fyaben fcljr t)ic(c. £aben Sie tie £i$te unfcrer Jtauftcute oter tie Sfyrcr 9taf)barn] Set) f?abc t>ic metncr £ftad)bam, @int ttcfe #rauen t>ie Softer Sfyrer &antcn ? Sftein, mctn £crr, fie fint tie &cd)ter meiner Stfeffcn. $at er tie spfcrfce tcr reid)en ©rafen, oter tie te$ gurften 1 (Sr r)at tie tcr ©rafetu £at tie $Jla$ tie SBcfcn meiner 23etienten ? efd)e Sfyr DFjetm r)at? £)ic SOBagcn mcinc^ £)f)eim$ fint fo feften nrie tie fciucr jungen greunte. $aben tie ©tutcntcn ticfe oter jene 23ud)cr ? (Ste fyaben nxtcr ticfe nod) jene, fens tern tie ifjrer reicfyen Dfyeime. £aben tie SBacfcr ticfetben £id)te, roctd)e tfyre Jtnaben fyaben 1 <§h fyaben nicr>t ticfetben £td)te, after fie fyaben fciefefs ben £cud)ter. 2£tc alt ift Sfyrc (Scfymeftcr ? ie fd)tcd)te$ ©ata? (gr r)at nid)t fo met guteS rote fd>tcdt>te^. £at Sfyr SSater t>xcl atten SBctn ? (Sr r)at nur rocnig. £aben roir ein rocnig 3ucf cr ? iel. A few, einige, has the declension of an adjective in the plural. Nom. a few knives, eintge Sfteffer. Gen. of a few knives, etntger 9)£effer. Dat. to a few knives, einigen SDteffcrn. Ace. a few knives, etnige SDfeffer. How much bread have you ? I have not much. How many rings has your mother ? She has four. How many horses has his father ? He has three • one black and two white ones. Have you wine enough ? I have not much, but enough. Has your brother enough knives ? He has enough knives, but he has only a few forks. Has the Italian a few trees? He has a few. Has your brother a few good books ? He has more good than bad ones. Has the Spaniard more sugar than honey i He has more honey than sugar. Has this peasant less corn than his neighbor? He has less corn, but more oxen than his neighbor. Have the Italians fewer ships than the Spaniards? They have fewer. Has your aunt as many silver spoons as I (have) ? She has quite as many. SOBtemel SBrcb fyaben ©ie ? 3d) r)abe mcfyt me(. mmd Sttnge f)at Sfyre Gutter? ©re r;at titer. mmd spfcrfce fjat fein 9Sotcr? (5r f>at bvei, eirt fd)«>ar3C6 unt> jroci rt>etpc. £aben at 35r 93rut>cr genug defter ? (Sr t)at genug ^tteffer, abet et r;at nut einige ©abeut. £at t)er Stattcncr eintge SSaume ? (St r)at etntge. £at 3fa 23tut>et etntge gute S3ud)er ? (Sr r)at mefyr gute ate fd)fed)te. £at t>er (Spaniet mebr 3udet al3 £>onig? (Sr fyat mer)r $omg a(S Bucfer. #at biefer 23auer roemget ©etretfce ol? fein 9?ad)bar ? (St r)at rcentget ©ctreifce, abet mefjt £)d)fen ate fetn SflacfyDar. £aben tie 3ta(ienet wemget ©d)iffe ate tie ©panier ? @te fyaben roemger. £at gftw Sante fo wU tfftcrne Soffcl roie id) ? (Sic Fjat eben fo we(e. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 67 Has the servant as much coffee $at ter Setiente fo ml -£affee rote as the maid-servant 1 tie 9Jtagt ? He has quite as much. (St tyat eben fo t)tek Every word which has a declension takes, in the dative plural, the termination it. Does this house belong to the (SSefiort ticfeS $axx$ ten teid)en rich counts ? (SJtafen ? It does not belong to the rich @g ge^ort nid)i ten rctcftcn ©rafen, counts, but to my old uncles. fontern metnen alten Dfyeurten. Does that ship belong to his bro- ®el)6rt {mU (gr f)at mer)r guten al$ fd)led)ten. £at tec ©panier roentger &r)ee ate Coffee ? (§r fyat rueniger £affee aU Sfyee. £at ter SSettente nxntger £td)te alS Bit ? (5r rjat niefjr aU B'u unt id* £ciben tie £)eutfd)en tr-eniget ©d)tffe ate tie Jran^ofen? £)ie £)eutfd)en fyaben eben fo mete rcie tie grans scfen. £at ter ©eltat 23rot genug ? (Sr fyat nicfyt ml, aber genug. £az Sen roir genug Sucfer? SBtr (jaben mdr)t genug. fatter <8auer etntge iunge SSaume ? (Sr fyat etntge. £aben tie Winter unferer £%ime mete S^fiflfc? (Sic rjaben nur etnige. SQSiemet r;aben fie? ©ie fyaben fieben* £aben 6ie etnige gute greunte ? 3d) Ijabe etnige. £at ter £oftanter fo met $dfe rote ter £)eutfd)e? (Sr r)at eben fo met. ©eFjett tiefer £Bagen ten (Sofynen unferer 9?ad)bam? jftcin, er gel)6rt ten reidjen 25rutern unfcreS g(eifd)cr£. ($5ef)6rt bicfe* r;ubfdr>e £au$ Sljren alten Santen? (SS gel)6rt nicljt unferen alien Santcn, fontern unferen rjubfefyen 9?id)ten. How many dogs have you ? We have three, but my uncle has more than we (have) ; he has five. Has the old American more glasses than you (have) ? He has more than I (have) ) he has ten, and I have only six. How many golden rings have the sisters of your neighbors'? They have many rings; they have eight golden and seven silver ones. How many cats has your aunt's little daughter? She has two big ones. How many horses has the peasant 1 He has only one small one. Have the servants of the young students many books? They have only a few; they have four. Have the maid-servants of the bakers flour enough ! They 68 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. have not enough. Has the Italian enough silver spoons ? He has silver spoons enough, but he has not enough silver forks. How many silver forks has he ? He has nine. Has he quite as many knives ? He has quite as many. Has this boy more pens than his little sister ? He has fewer than she, but he has more paper than his sister. Have the sons of our merchants more letters than I (have)] They have more letters than you and I. Has the sick peasant more meat than our butcher? He has less than our butcher. Have your carpenters as many hammers as their rich brothers'? They have fewer than their rich brothers. Have the Spaniards a few fine trees? They have a few. Have the friends of our physicians many dogs? They have only a few. Who has a few nuts ? His children have some. Does this beautiful garden belong to the rich Italians ? It does not belong to the rich Italians, but to my good friends. Does that large house belong to yojur sick aunts ? It does not belong to my sick aunts, but to our rich nephews. Does the money belong to , these pretty women or to those ugly ones? It belongs to the hand- some nieces of our merchants. Does this large black dog belong to your friends or to mine? It belongs neither to my friends nor to yours; it belongs to the sons of the Frenchman. Whose horses have you ? I have the black horse of my brother and the two white ones of my nephews. Has the cook a few big chickens ? He has a few, but our servant has more than the cook \ he has six. Has the maid-servant a few good brooms ? She has only one good one. Has the German much cheese ? He has not much, but enough. Has he more than we (have)? No, sir, he has less than we (have). TWENTY-SIXTH LESSON. — &€$>§ ttttb JttWU^fte Qectivxt. Thou, bit* thou art, bu ftifi; thou hast, bu fyaff; art thou? Gift bu? hast thou? fyaft bu? Thou, b it t the second person singular, is in German much more used than in English. It implies familiarity founded upon THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 69 affection and fondness, and is in German employed by parents and children, brothers and sisters, husbands and wives, in address- ing one another. With friends it is a mark of intimacy or ac- quaintanceship from early years, since children never use any other person than the second singular thou, £>u> in addressing one another. ' Art thou tired, my dear child ? S3tft bu mubc mem liebeS jttnb? I am not tired. 3$ bin ntd)t mubc. Hast thou my book ] j£>aft t>u mem £3ud) ? I have it not. 3d) fjabc e$ nid)t. Thou art a good boy. 3)u t>ift cin outer jtnabc. Thou hast a dear sister. Du haft cine ttebe ©deeper* The possessive pronouns £/jz/, t) e i n f and //>iwe, t e r b e i n i 9 e r have the same declension as my, metric and mine, ber meinige. I have thy coat. 3d) fjafcc bcinen $ccf. He has thy pen. (5t r)at betne geber. We have thy good book. £Btr baben bctn guteS 25udv They have thy little birds. @te fjaben betne fleincn SScgel. He has not his pencil, bu{ thine, (5r F>at md)t feinen SStetftift, fenbem ben beimam. The year, ba£ Satyr, plur. tie Safyrej the joiner, ber Xifdjlerj dear, lieb (ttyeuer), G-erman, beutfd); French, franjoftfcfy ; are adjectives. I have a German servant. 3d) fabc cinen beutfd)en SBcbtcntcn. He has a French book. @t fjat cin fratt3Cftfd)cS 25ud)* What kind of book have you? or ) ^ , -* . tYV - „ • _,. ' What book have you ? J ^ a * f ut em ^ u * ^ cn ® te ? I have a German book. 3d) fcabe cin fceutfdje* 23ud), J^Atftf is generally translated by XV a$; but when it stands as a question before a noun, asking after the quality or kind of a person or thing, it is translated by : QB a^ f u r e i n* What table has he ? ) vJ A „ r . ■};„ r What kind of a table has he ? | ^^ f ur cmcn $# ^ at cr • Literally: What for a table has he | He has a wooden table. <5t ijat cinen fjot$erncn Stfd). What kind of a pen has your 2Ba$ fur cine gebct fjatSfJrc ©dbwc* sister? ft cr ? She has a gold pen. ©ie fyat cine getbctre ftcber. What kind of a man is he 1 2£cu1 fur cin s»icmn i)t er 1 He is a bad man. papier; the cloth, t>a£ Xui)^ the money, ba$ @e(b ; &c, also before the plural number. What pens has your brother % } What kind of pens has your bro- > SOSag fur gcbem F)at 3fyr S3ruber] therl ) He has gold pens. (5r r)ot golbcne Jebcrn. What cloth has the tailor ? £Bag fur &ud) f)at bcr (gcfynctbet ? He has French cloth. (Sr r)at fran$6fifd)e$ £ud). O/Aer, anbetf has the declension of an adjective. I have the other table. He has the other bureau. She has the other ribbon. We have the other chairs. He has some other wine. They have some other beer. We have some other horses. 3d) r)at>e ben anberen SStfd). (It foot bte anbcre .ftcmmobe. @te r)at bag anbcre 25anb. 2£tr FjaOen trie anberen (Stttfyle. (5r f)at anberen 3Betn. @te ()aben anberen S3ter. SBtr fjaOen anbere spfcrbe. In English "another" is a contracted word from «w and other. In German they must always be separated : e i n ant it. Have you another carriage % I have another. Has he another bottle % He has another. Have you another glass? I have another. £akn ©te etnen anberen gBacjcn! 3d) fjafce etnen anberen. $at ex cine anbere $lafd)e 1 dr r)at cine anbere. £aben dste ein anbereg ®ta§ ? 3d) r)a&e ein anberes. No other, fein anber. Has he no other wine ? He has no other. We have no other pen. She has no other dress. Have they no other dogs? They have no others. Hast thou my horse or my fa- ther's ? I have neither the one nor the other. Has the joiner his chairs, or those of his brother ? He has neither the one nor the other. £>at er Fetnen anberen SBeitt ? (Sr (jot fetnen anberen. SBtr fyafcen f'etne anbere $eber. @te r)at fein anbereg .ftletb. $aHn fte feine anberen £unbe? Sie r)a&en feine anberen. £aft bu metn $)fcrb, cber bat meineg SSarerg ? 3d) r)abe roeber bag cine nod) bag anbere. £at ber £tfd)lcr fetnc ©tuljlc, cber bte fetneg 23rubcrg7 (Sr r)at rccber bie einen tied) bte an= beren. Sift bu burfttg ? 3d) bin md)t burftta,, fonbern Fjungrtg, imb bu 6tft fcfyafrta,. 2Bte alt fcift bu 1 3d) bin ffinfee&n Sabre alt. 3Bie alt if! bctn SBrubct? (Sr tft sroan^ta, 3abre alt 3ft beine ©djrocfter alter a(g bte mm rttge ? 9Mn, metne c ben metmejen unb md)t ben bctntgen. 2Ctn'r bu feaft metne £anbfcr;ur;c ? 3d) r;at>c ntd)t bte betntgen, fenbern bte betneg 23rubcrg. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 71 £&a3 fur cincn Spiegel feat Sfet $reunb? (St ^at cincn fcfeenen fran$ofifcfecn CpiegeL 23a$ fur em spferb feat feitt SSrubcr? (Sr feat cm F>u6fcf>c^ fcfen>ar.$c$ g)fcrb* 2$a$ fiir cine jtemmobe feat betne itcbe ©cferocftcr ? ©le feat cine neue feetjcrnc Jiemmobc. 3Ba$ fur £anbfcfeufec feat btejer £auf? maim 1 (Sr feat tebcrne. SBag fur £ud) feat bet (Scfencibcr ? (£t feat beutfcfecS £u*. SBas fur Stufete feat bcr Sifcfeter? gc feat fcfetccfete fete gerne ©tiifete* 2£a$ fur 3ucfer feaften tie ZCmcrifrmct ? (Sic feaben guten roeipen 3ucfcr. SSer if! biefer £crr? ofencs, cber $>a* feineS (teben gtcunbcS ? (5r feat l>a$ cine unb t)a$ anberc. £at bcr 3immermann feme anberen eifernen SMcjet ? (Sr feat feme anberen. Art thou sleepy? I am not sleepy, but tired. Am T assiduous? Thou art very assiduous. Hast thou a little cat ? I have a little cat and a little dog. Have I thy hat ? Thou hast not my hat, but thy own. Has thy dear sister her fine ribbon or thine ? She has hers, but not mine. Has the child thy French book ? He (it) has not my French, but my German book. Who has thy leathern shoes and thy iron knife? My niece has my leathern shoes and thy iron knife. What kind of a ring has your brother 1 He has a fine golden ring. What watch has the German I He has a small silver watch. What book has the little boy? He has a German book. What kind of pencils has the joiner? He has bad pencils. W T hat kind of rice have the merchants? They have good rice. What kind of linen has your dear mother? She has fine white linen. What kind of spoons has your aunt? She has silver ones. What beer has the student ? He has German beer. How old art thou ? I am eighteen years old. Is your sister older than you? She is younger than I ; she is only fifteen years old. I have the other carriage. He has the other bottle. We have the other glass. They have the other chairs. Has the physician another servant? He has another. Has your father still the same horses ? No, sir, he has others. Have you no other bread ? I have no other. Has the maid-servant another candle ? She has another, but it is not so good as mine. Has your brother another pen ? He has another. 72 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Has the merchant no other gloves ? He has no others. Has that- gentleman your carriage or your uncle's ? He has neither the one nor the other; he has his own. Has the American the French or the German book ? He has the one and the other. Am I right ? Thou art right, but thy brother is wrong. Has your uncle much French wine ? He has not much ; but enough. Have these poor boys some nuts ? They have some. What nuts have they % They have German nuts. Does this house belong to my uncle's friend'? It does not belong to the friend of thy uncle, but to thy nephew. Does that garden belong to your father? That garden does not belong to my father, but to thine. Whose dress is this? It belongs to thy pretty niece. Has your mother some Ger- man books % She has a few. How many has she ? She has four. Has the joiner many bureaus'? He has but a few; he has only three. Has the Dutchman more cheese than bread % He has less cheese than bread. Have the sailors much sugar ? They have but little sugar, but they have much salt. Have the English more ships than the Spaniards'? The Spaniards have fewer than the English. Has anybody the iron nails of the carpenters ? Nobody has them. Has the shoemaker anything? He has nothing. What has the joiner ? He has some tables. What kind of tables has he ? He has stone tables. Has your uncle the horse which your father has? He has another. How is the weather to-day? It is very fine weather; it is neither too warm nor too cold. Who has my coat? Your servant has it. Has he still my bottle ? He has it. Who has my glass ? Your brother has it. Second Section. — 3n>etter Itbffynitt. TWENTY-SEVENTH LESSON. — ©tefcett Uttb }tttttt* jtgfie Section* THE INFINITIVE OF VERBS. In German, the infinitive of verbs terminates in en. That part which precedes the termination, x n t is the root of the verb ; as may be seen by the following examples : — THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 73 • To work, ar&etten ; to buy, faufen; to drink, trinfen; to write, fcfyrei&en; to make, macfyeiu (Here arfcett, fauf, fcfyretb, maty, are the roots.) The mind, the desire, tie Sufi"; the time, tie 3eit; the intention, tie 2t&ftci)t; to, }U< Have you a mind to work ? $4bm and not by eine ?uf}; but wo mzW, by fetne ?ufi> or nicfyt ?ujh Has he time to write % £at cr 3eit $u fd)tcit>cn ? He has no time to write i ®* ^ tdm 3dt * U f* rcikn i or He nas no time to write. J ^ ^ t ^ ^ ^ ^ xdhm ^ Has he the intention to drink £at ct tic 2£bfid)t S3icr $u trinfen ? some beer % He has not the intention to drink (St fjat mdjt tie 2C6ftd)t SSiet, fens some beer, but some wine. tern SMtt $u trinfen. In German, the infinitive is always placed at the end of the sentence. Has the tailor a mind to make #at ber (Scfynetbet Sufi ttefen JKetf this coat or that one ? etet jenen $u mad)en ? He has a mind to make this (St M Sufi ttefen fd) warden $ec! $u black coat. madjen. Has the butcher the intention to $at ter Jtetfcfyet tie 2Cfcftd)t ben Ddj* buy this peasant's ox ? fen ttefeS S3auetn $u faufen ? He has a mind to buy it, but he (St fjat Sufi ifyn $u faufen, abet et has no time. fyat nid)t 3ett. Has the boy time to work ? $at ter £naOe Beit $u arbeiten ? He has time, but no mind to (St r)at Sett, abet feine Suft $u at* work. ktten. Of, tJOn ; a preposition, which always governs the dative. Has he as much of my tea as of $at et fo Diet tten metnem Sfjce rote yours } t)cn tern Sfyrtaen ? He has as much of the one as of (St t)at fo met oon tern einen rote pen the other. tern anbeten. Care must be taken to distinguish the preposition of, tton, from that of which sometimes, in English, indicates the posses- sive case. Has he a mind to buy something $at ct Sufi ctwag tton tern #(etfd)et of the butcher? • ^u faufen? He has no mind to buy anything (St l)at feine Sufi ctroag sen tfym £U of him. faufen. Have you a mind to drink* the #aben on Sfaem coffee as of mine % $affee rote Don bem metntgen ? He has quite as much of yours (Sr ^at eben fo met oon bem 31)rtgen as of mine. rote Don bem metntgen. $o\ bcr &nabe Sup $u arbetten ? (Sr fat t cine guff $u arbettcn* $aUn bte Stmmcrteutc Sett $u arbetten ? Ste faben ntd)t Sett $u arbetten. $abm 3fae &tnbcr bte 2(bftd)t $u arbetten ? Ste faben bie 2(bftd)t $u arbetten, aber fie faben feme Sett £Ba6 fat ber £tfd)ter $u macfan ? (Sr fat $roet F)6($crnc Stufyte $u macfan. £aben Ste Sufi etroag gu Faufcn? 3d) Fjabe bte ?fbftd)t tebcrnc Scfatfa unb etncn tud)cncn 9?ocf $u faufcn. ££a$ bat fetn £)fatm Suft 3U faufcn ? (Sr fat 2ujt etncn SBagen unb $roci spfcrbe $u faufcn. $at 3fa 93atct bte ?Cbftd)t bas ncue £auS mctncS 33rubcr$ $u faufcn ? (Sr fat Cuft c$ $u faufcn. £aben bte g'tcifefar £uft ben £>d)fen beg atten 23auern gu faufcn ? (Sic faben £uj? ir)n gu faufcn. ^>at er 2uj! btcfe gotbene Ufa $u faufcn ? (Sr fat 2ujt fte $u faufcn. £at bcr Sofyn metner &antc£ujt bte flctnen £unbc $u faufcn ? (Sr bat Suft fte $u faufcn. £at bcr £)eutfd)e Suft SBtcr $u trinfen ? (Sr fat Cupt roetcfa* $u trinfen. £at er bte 2Cbftd)t met $u trtnfcn? (Sr fat Cuft nur rocnig $u trtnfcn. £aft bu faute Sett etncn S3rief $u fcfaeiben ? 3d) fabe faute fctne Sett etncn $u fefaeiben. |>'at 3fae (Scfyrocftcr Suit cin SStttet $u fefaetben ? Ste f)at guft ctnc6 ^u fd)retben, abcr fte Fjat petite f etnc Sett. £at ber ^aufntann fo t)tc(c Srtefc tutc S5tllete $u fer^rctben ? (Sr Ijat meljr S3riefc att SStllete ^u fd)retbcn. .pat bcr (Sd)nctbcr bte 2Cbftd)t cjutcg Sud) gu faufcn ? (St fjat bte 2(bfid)t roe(d)e$ ^u faufcn. ^>at er Sett ctnen JKocf ^u mad)en ? (St ftat Suft etncn $u mad)cn. ffi$a<> r)at ber @d)ur)mad)Ct Cujt 3U mad)en ? (St fjat bte 2£bftd)t (ebcrne (gd)ttf)C ^u macben. 2Ba5 f)Qt bcr £od) F)cute ^u faufcn ? (Sr l)at fjeute etncn ncucn 93cfen, etncn $ammd, unb greet ^ufjnct gu faufcn. ^paben Sic t)ie( gu arbetten ? 3d) f)abe ntd)t fo Diet ttue &g ^u arbetten. SBag r)at bcr ^npjldnbcr gu trinfen ? (Sr r)at gutcn frangofts fd)cn 8Kctn unb bcutfct)Cg 23tcr gu trtnfcn. ^at 3r)t (Sof)n Seit fetnen S3ricf 3U feftrctben ? Sr fat fautc nid)t Sett tfa gu fd)retbcn. .&at unfet ^aufmann fo met ^affee rote Sucfcr? (Sr fat fo met ron bem einen rote *>on bem anbercn. ^at bcr 9$atrofe fo r-tc] guteg rote fd)(ed)teS 6a(g ? St fat mcfa cjuteg atc> fd)tcd)tcg. $o\ bte 9J?aab mefa ^onig a(g Sucfcr ? Sic THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 75 f)ctt fc met t>en ttefem rote fcon ienem* $at bcr 93ac!cr mefyt t>on fctncm SEefyt a($ i>on tern S^rigcn ? @r fyat mefrr »cn £>em feintgert afg son tern , nictntcjcn. #at bet gtetfd&et: tneftt £ammet ati c^ grcm$ofeti 3U feihfttu Have the servants a mind to work ? They have no mind to work. Has your brother time to work ? He has time, but no desire to work. Has the little boy to work? Yes, he has a letter to write. Has the butcher still the intention to buy an ox? He has the inten- tion to buy our neighbor's ox. What hast thou a mind to buy ? I have the intention to buy some sugar and some nuts. Whose horse has your brother the intention to buy ? He has a mind to buy the count's black horse. What has his cook to buy? He has a mind to buy some good honey, four young chickens, and a big sheep. What has your sister to buy to-day ? She has the intention to buy to-day a wooden bureau, a silver ribbon, and two little birds. Have you time to buy something ? I have no time to buy anything to- day. Has the soldier a mind to drink some water? He has no mind to drink any water, but a great desire to drink some good beer ; have you some ? I have some, but it is not very good. Has the Frenchman much wine to drink ? He has a desire to drink much, but he has only a little. What have you to write ? I have some letters to write. How many letters hast thou to write? I have to write only a few, but my brother has to write six. What has your pretty niece a mind to write? She has the intention to write a few notes. Has she time to write ? She has time to write to-day. Has your sister a mind to make something? Yes, she has the intention to make some tea. Has the cook a mind to make our coffee? He has no time to make it. Has our maid-servant to make the soup? She has to make it. Has the peasant still a mind to i buy that big ram? He has still a mind to buy it. What has the i shoemaker to make? He has your leathern shoes to make. Has i the tailor a new coat to make? He has to make one. Has he some cloth? He has none. Has any one a mind to buy thy books ? Nobody has a desire to buy them. Has the Italian as much flour as milk ? He has as much of this as of that. Has our old neighbor as much sugar as salt ? He has 76 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. not so much of the one as of the other. Have the count's servants as many spoons as knives? They have not so many of these as of those. Have you still a mind to drink some of this wine ? I have a desire to drink some. Has the American the intention to buy some of that meat ? He has a mind to buy no meat, but some leather. Of which wine have you a mind to drink ? I have a mind to drink of that of the Frenchman. Whose coat has the tailor to make? He has my brother's coat and mine to make. Hast thou a mind to drink of my beer or of that of the German ? I have the intention to drink neither of thine nor of the German's; I have no desire to drink any beer. Of which peasant have you the inten- tion to buy your sheep? I have no intention to buy any sheep. Has the student something to make? He has nothing to make. Am I right in buying (to buy) these new books ? Thou art wrong in buying (to buy) them : they are too dear. Has he time to write the letter ? He has time to write it. Have we more letters than notes to write ? We have to write fewer of these than of those. TWENTY-EIGHTH LESSON. — $l<#t Uttb gttHWjtgfte Section* To love, lie&en; to see, fefyen; to hold, fatten; to seek, to look for, fucfyen; to break, 6red)en or $er6recfyen; to do ; tfyun; the courage, ber %)lutt); to-morrow, morgetu To be willing (will), molten. I will, I am willing, id) mitt. Thou wilt, thou art willing, tu roittjr. He will, he is willing, tx roitt. We will, we are willing, roir rootten. You will, you are willing, ©ie modern They will, they are willing, fte modem Willi, am I willing? SBitt ict)? Will you, are you willing? SBotten <2ie? J will and J am willing have, in German, only one expres- sion, id) mitt; the same is true in regard to thou wilt, thou art willing, bit roittjr; &c. W?ir7n W hK°y K^ 7 b °° k ' } Mn ® k m ™ ®»* mm ? ! a w Thidft. t0h ° ldit - } 3* nxtl extern THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 77 After the verb rDOtlen follows an infinitive, without to, ju; as after will in English. ACCUSATIVE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. Me, mid); thee, bid); us, un§. Will you love me % I will love you. Are they willing to see us ? They will see you. Is he willing to see thee % He will see me. Will he love my son] He will love him. Will the physician see your daughter ? He is willing to see her. Will you love these gentlemen 1 I am willing to love them. £Mfen (Sic mid) tte&en ? 3d) nntl er Solbat mein Simmer fc^en ? (Sr will c£ fcfyen. QKen wollen tie 23au? em fefjen ? en ? (St will fcinen jtaufmemn fc^cn ; er fjat Suft fcfywargcg &ud) 3U faufen. $at cr bte 2C6ftcf>t ifjn fyeute $u fefjen? Sttcin, er will tlm morgen fefyen. SBill Semanb fcinen $mrit> fatten ? Sftiemanb will irm Saltern £Bct will mcine g)ferbe fatten ? Die <8ebienten baben Suft fie $u fatten* 2£a$ will bet $letfd)ct fyalten ? (St will biefen often Dd)fen fatten, £aben ©ic Suft mcine 23ud)ct gu fatten? 3d) will fie fyalten. 3Ben will 3*)t Stteffe fud)cn? (St will fcine flcinc at fcine Scfyweftct bie 2C6ficf>t unS ^u fucfecn ? (Sie fyat nid)t 3cit un$ $u fucljcn ; fie will etnen SSricf fcfyrctben. SBill bcr (Solbat fcine SKccfe fud)cn ? (St F>at nid)t bie 2(bftd)t fcine ERocfe, fonbern fcine @d)uf)e $u fucfyen. £Sen fyaben (Ste Suft gu fud)en ?' 3d) l)a6e Suft Sfyten SBtubcr ^u fud>cn ; icfy will ifyn fefyen. SBitt bie 9J2agb tfyrc Sfftcffcr cber bie unferigen fud)cn ? (Sic will bicfe unb jene fucfyen. ££a$ fur ©afceln will bcr £ecfy fud)cn? (£r will bie filbcrnen (SJakln fucfyen. vjoat bcr (Stubent Suft mid) $u fud)cn ? (St fyat Suft bid) $u fucfyen ; er will btcfy fefyen. SBill bcr 5QZatrcfe l>a$ fcfyone ©la£ ^etbrccfyen ? (Sr will eS nid)t ^erbrccfyen ; er fjat nur Suft e$ 3U Fjaftetu ^aben ©ie ben S^utf) bicfen Spiegel ^u gcrkcctcn ? 3d) fyabe nid)t ben 9^ut^ es gu tl)um SSa^ will bcr ^nabe gcrbrcc^en? @r will md)ts gcrbrcd)cm 3Ba^ Fjaben @ie ^cute gu tljun ? 3d) fyafce !}cute nid)t^ gu tfyun, abcr xfy will mergen eincn S3rief feferciben. s 2Sill bcr Sdwciber Ijcute mcinen 9?cc! ma? d)cn? (5r F)at ^cute nicbt 3cit tf)n ^u mad)cn, 2Ba^ fyat cr ^u tf)un ? (St tyat bie 2lbfid)t fcinen Sucl) t)on fcincm ^aufmann gu fcmfen. Snellen ^ie morgen mcinen fetter fc^en ? 3d) will ifyn fjeute unb morgen fc^en. Will you love my brother \ I will love him. Will he love his aunt? He will love her. Will this woman love her child? She will love it. Will your friends love me 1 They will love thee. Wilt thou love me? I will love thee and thy brother. Who will love us? Your friends will love you. Have you a mind to see my uncle ? I have a desire to see him. Will you see my niece ? I THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 79 will see her. Have the gentlemen the intention to see my horse ? They will see it. Has the physician time to see our fine dogs'? He has no time to see them. Will the peasant see me ? He has a desire to see you and your dear father. Who will see me ? Our nephew has a mind to see thee. Has the Frenchman a mind to see us? He has a desire to see you. Whom will you see] I have a mind to see your nieces. Whom will you love? I will love his good children and yours. Will the peasant hold my horse? He will hold it. What has the little boy to hold] He has to hold his books and my brother's. Has he a mind to hold my glasses ? He has a mind to hold them. Are you willing to hold my dog? I will hold it. Will the servant seek my hat ? He is willing to seek it. Is your brother willing to seek your watch? He has a mind to look for it. Who will seek you ? Nobody has a mind to seek me. Who will look for us ? Your neighbor's son has a mind to look for you. What will the soldier break ? He will break his bottle. Has he the courage to break this fine glass? He has no mind to break it; he will only hold it. Have the boys the intention to break their pencils ? They are not willing to break them. What will the maid-servant break ? She has the intention to break her old looking-glass. Who has the courage to break his watch? Nobody has the courage to do it. What have we to do ? You have to write. What will the joiner do ? He will make a wooden table. Have you a mind to do something? Yes, sir, I have the intention to look for my paper and my pen ; I will write a letter. What kind of a watch will your niece buy ? She has the intention to buy a fine gold watch. Whose chair has the soldier a mind to break ? He will break his brother's old chair. Have you to drink as much beer as the student? I have more to drink than he. Who has to write more letters than your father? Yours has to write more than mine. Has the butcher the intention to buy an ox to-morrow? He is will- ing to buy one, but not to-morrow. Of which merchant will you buy your coffee ? I will buy it of our neighbor's brother. Has the Spaniard still to work? He has still to work. Has the tailor some- thing to do to-day? Yes, sir, he has some cloth coats to make. How many rams will the peasant buy ? He will buy two rams and five sheep. How many notes has your sister to write ? She will write only two. Will you write a few letters? I am willing to write quite as many as my brother. Has the Dutchman time to 80 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. write a letter? He has not yet time to write one. Have you beer enough to drink? I have a little, but not enough. Has he some money to buy a purse ? He has some to buy one. Have the Irish a ship? They have none. Have they the intention to buy one? They have not money enough to buy one. Is the cook right in breaking (to break) this bottle? He is wrong in doing (to do) it. Whose house is this? It belongs to our neighbor's old friend. Has the tailor his candles or your nephew's? He has my nephew's. Are you willing to drink some of this wine or of that ? I will drink neither of this nor of that. Which table will the Italian break ? He is willing to break this one and the one which you have. Will your cook buy the old peasant's chickens or those which the Ger- man has? He will buy neither these which the old peasant has nor those which the German has ; he is willing to buy those which you have. Whom have you a mind to seek ? I wall look for nobody. TW T ENTY-NINTH LESSON. — 0lctttt tinb Jtoattjt^fte Section* The fire, ba$ $euer; the boot, ter ©tiefel; the stick, the cane, fcer @to an infinitive without to, jtij as after can, in English. Can he work % Mann cr arfcetten ? He is able to work. (St fcmn ar&citen. Are the servants able to make a ^onnen tie 23etuenten etn $euei: fire ? mad)en ? They can make one. (Ste fonnen etneS macfyen. In order, u m ♦ In order, um> is used before the infinitive with to, $Uf to ex- press purpose or design. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 81 Have you wood enough in order £akn @i$ £0(3 genu*) urn cm Seuct to make a fire ? $u mad)en ? I have some in order to make 3d) fabe nnlcfyeS um CtncS $u ma? one. d)cn? Has the soldier a glass in order £at Dcr (Setbat em ©tag um femcn to drink his wine ] £Bcin 311 trtnfcn 1 He has one in order to drink it. (St fat etncS um ifyn $u trmfttn He will see vour horse in order (5r rottl 3fc ^Pfert) fefan, um e£ $u to buy it. faufen. To whom? went? DECLENSION OF THE INDEFINITE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN who j roer* 2Ber applies to persons without distinction of sex. N.who? roer? G. whose? roeffen? D. to whom? roem? A. whom? wen? DATIVE AND ACCUSATIVE OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. DAT. Acc. to me, mix, me, midv to thee, tirf thee, bid), . to him, tynir him, ifyn, to her, il)r> her, fie, to us, un§, us, un0f to you, Sfynettr you, <2ie. to them, ifynen. them, fie. To give, $e6en; to lend, letfyen; to bring, fcringen; to show, jeigert; to send, fcfyitfen, fenfcen. I. These transitive verbs have in German as in English two objects; a thing which stands in the objective or accusative case, and a person in the dative case The dative generally precedes the accusative. Will you give the book to this SSotfen ©te ttefem ^rtafcen t>a$ 23ucf> boy ] gcben ? I will give him the book. ) ~* wy ., . , m < , I will give the book to him. J S * wia l & m ta * ® u * 3 c0cm Can you lend money to my sis- Mermen geben ? Whom will you love ? £Ben wollen 0ie Itcbcn ? jlann td) fycute S^ren SSater fefyen ? ©te f onncn tFjn Fjcute unb morgen fefyeru &annft bu bat $>ferb r)altcn ? 3d) farm eg nid>t fatten, id) bin ned) $u ftctn. &ann er met ££etn trmfert ? (Sr fann ntcfyt met trinfen, er if! ntd)t burfttg. ^atm feme (Sd)wefter em &teib macfyen ? (Sic farm eineg madden, abcr fie will nid)t arbettcn* Gormen rotr biefeg $)fcrb faufen? t ifyn $u faufen. SBttt 3r)re gutter meine (Scfywefter tieben 1 (Sic will fie Itcbcn. £Ber roiU unfere dtfafer aerbredjen ? Sttemanb will fie $erbrcd)en. #at ber ©olbat ©c(b genug urn 23ier ^u fau? fen 1 (Sr f)at nid)t genug urn welc^eg $u faufen. £at ber Sdjneibcr fcfywar* gcg £ud) urn einen 9?ocf $u macfyen ? (Sr fyat feineg, abcr er will weld)eg faufen. £at ber jtocfy £o($ urn ein $cucr ^u macfyen'? (Sr ^at wcld)cg urn etneg ^u mad)em ^onncn @ie meinem SBruber papier geben? 3d) tann il)m welcfecg gcben. #at ber ®raf Suft feinem Sofyne einen golbenen S^ing 5U geben 1 (Sr F>at bie 2(bftd)t i^m einen golbenen 9?ing unb cine fd)6ne U^r ^u geben. Swollen ^ie mir einen £Kegcnfd)irm (ci^en ? 3d) fann 35' nen fetnen tci^cn, id) fyabt feincn. -2Botlcn @te mcincr (Scfywefter bag ncue S3ud) lctf)en 1 3d) witt ir)r bag 23ud) unb einen S3(et(Hft lei^cn. SBeffcn SBtcifttft wotlcn (Sic ir)r (eif)en ! 3cfe will il)r ben ftlbernen 23lcifttft unfercg Srubcrg letrjen. *SSem wotlcn @ic 35te gtber ( c ^ cn 7 3^ ^^l fie 9?ics ntanb leiljen, ic^ fyabt ^u fd)rciben. S^en will ber ^tubent fudjcnl ©r will feme gteunbe fudjen. ^ onnen ©te ung ben (Spiegel bringen? 3c^ fann ir)n S^ncn nicl)t bringen, er ift ^u grofv SBill cr metnen ^inbern feine THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 83 f)ubfcf)cn OS 63d aetgcn ? (St will fie ir)nen getgen. 2Ba$ will ber £aufmann Sfjnen fd)icfen? (St will mir gute* papier unb guten £affee fcfytcfen. 2Bem will bet Stationer feint 9Jleffet gefcen 1 (St will (ie fciner (Scfyweftet geben. SBellen (Sic metnem SStufcer bas 2td)t 6ttngen ? 3d) will e$ tfym fctingen. gBcm wctlcn <5ie tiefei SBillet geirgen ? 3d) will el Sfytet &ante getgen. £ann 3(}r &satet bem gutften etnen S3ttef fatten] (St fann tr)m etnen fenben. SQBcm will fcinc gutter biefeS (Mb geben ? ©ie will es> tfytet 9#agb geben. 2BiU fie e» tf>r ge&en urn ben fitfcetnen Ccud)tcr $u faufen? 6ie will t$ tljr gckn urn tr)n $u faufen. Can I see your brother? You cannot see him to-day. Art thou able to write a German letter? I am not yet able to write one. Is he able to work ? He can work ; he is not sick. Is your little sister able to write a note ? She can write a note. Can we buy some meat I You cannot buy any, you have no. money. Are the soldiers able to hold their horses'! They can hold them, they are not tired. Whom will you love? I will love my friend's good children and yours. Has the boy money enough in order to buy a French book? He has money enough to buy four. Can the servant make a fire? He is willing to make one. Has the shoemaker good leather in order to make good boots? He has no leather. Have your nephews a good pen in order to write a letter? They have a good goMen one. Has your servant a mind to seek my umbrella ? ' He has a mind to seek it. Are the students able to drink as much wine as the Italians ? They are not able to drink as much as the Italians, but they can drink more than the French. Are you willing to seek my boots ? I cannot seek them, I have not time. How many oxen will the butcher buy? He is willing to buy six big ones. Who has the courage to break the count's looking-glass? Nobody has the courage to break it. Whose hats will the sailor seek? He will seek his own and yours. Whom will you seek? I will seek my little sister. To whom will you give the forks and silver spoons? I will give them to our old cook. To whom does this flour belong? It belongs to the baker. Can you give a pencil to the carpenter? I can give him one. How many glasses can you give to my sister ? I am able to give her twelve. Will the merchant give some leather to the shoemakers? He will give them some in order to make pretty boots and shoes. Can anybody give me a good knife? I will give thee one. Who is willing to lend us a carriage ? My neighbor will lend you one. 84 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. To whom will you lend your horse ? I will lend it to my uncle. Can you lend me your umbrella ? I will lend it to you, but you can give me your cane. Have you a mind to lend the ribbon to my sister? I will lend it to her. Has the boy time to bring thee the meat? He has time to bring it to me. To whom will the maid- servant bring the coffee ? She is willing to bring it to us. Will your nephew bring you some paper in order to write a letter? He will bring me some. Will the peasant's son cut me a big stick ? He is willing to do it, but he cannot ; he has no knife. Is the gentle- man willing to show his horse to our friends ? He has the intention to show it to them. To whom will he show his new house ? He will show it to our neighbor. Have you time to show your birds to the little boys ? I am willing to show them to them. Can you send me some German books? I will send you a few. To whom will the Americans send their corn ? They will send it to the English. Is your uncle willing to send me his fine French dog in order to show it to my children? He will send his dog to you in order to show it to them. What table will the joiner send to your father? He will send him a fine stone table. What can you give me ? I can give you nothing. To whom will the count send these letters ? He will send them to the prince. Can the peasant give some milk ancf some bread to my tired sister? He can give her neither milk nor bread, *but only some water. THIRTIETH LESSON. — ©teifHafie Section* The church, tie .^ircfye; the school, tie Scfyule; the wood, the forest, ter SCaltj the theatre, ta$ Sweater; to remain, to stay, fclei&en; to cut, fcfyneiten; where? roo? there, ta; in, into, in; on, upon, auf. The prepositions in, into, in> and on, upon, auf> when denoting repose, or rest at a place, govern the dative; as : — In the house, in tern ipaufe* in the garden, in tern ©arten* in the room, in tern Simmer, in the wood, in tern 2Balte. in the theatre, in tern Sweater, in town, in the city, in ter <2ratt at church, in ter .S?ircr)e, at school, in ter <£cr;ule. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. . 85 The preposition i tt is used when the person or thing is in a closed place, or which seems to be so. For this reason we say, in German : in the city, in the churchy in the school. — The pre- position a u f is used when the place is open. He is in the garden. (St if! in bem (fatten. In which garden is he % 3n rocldbem ©arten if! er ? He is in ours. (St if! in bem unfeticjen. Is my sister in her room ? 3ft meine Scfyweftct to tfpmStmmct? She is not in her room ; she is at (Sic if! nid)t in tfytem Simmer \ fie if! church. in bcr £ttd)C. Where is my coat 1 ££o if! metn nctben ? He has a mind to cut some. (Sr Ijat £uj! roekfyc $u fefynetben. 3ft bet (Sngtanbet in bem (Garten ? (St if! ntd)t in bem ©attcn ; ct if! in biefem £aufe. £$o if! bet Seljn unfetcS 9?ad)6at$? (St if! in bem Sfjeater. 3n nMcfycm Sweater if! et? (St if! in bem Sweater be$ Jurften. (Stnb 35te ittnbct in ticx Sd)u(e ? (Sic ftnb Ijeutc nid)t in bet Sd)u(e ; fie finb in intern cjtcpen Simmer. £Bo if! fetne Gutter? (Sic if! in bet jtitcfyc. 3n tt)e(d)et £ttd)e if! fie ? Sic if! in bet beutjeben Jtttdjc. SGSaS nntl bet 0eutfd)e in bet Stabt tfyun? (St wilt .Eaffee unb Sucfet in bet Stabt . faufen. £$a£ roeflen bte &ifd)(ct in bem 2£albe tfyun ? Sie rcellen gtcf'c SBaume in bem SBalbe fefynetben. £Bet mil bas gffefjSj fefyneiben ? £)et gteifeftet raid c* fcfynctben. ^ennen Sic ba$ 23tcb fcfyneiben ? 3d) fcmn c* febneiben. £abcn Sie cin Stteffct urn c£ $u fdjneiben ? 3d) fyafre etneS. SQStll bet Jlnafcc in bem ©atten bteiOen ? (St toxU t)a titibm urn Staffer $u ttinfen unb etnen iungen 23aum $u fdr)nctbcn# 3ft ifyr Reiner SBtubct in t)cv Sd)u(e cbet in bet jlitd)C ? (St if! in bet Sd)ute urn $u fdjtc&en. Sft 3emanb in 3fytcm cjteflcn Simmer ? SKctn 9?effe if! ba urn einen 23ttef $u fefyreiben. £Bo if! mein neuct SRecf ? (St if! in bem (ebetnen goffer 3%c$ SBtubct*. 3n n>e(d)er £emmobe if! $>a$ JUeib mcinet Sd)rt>ef!et? (SS if! in bet fyo^ctnen. £$o roellcn Sic ben gransefen fucfyen? 3d) n/ttt t!)n in bem franjofifcryen Sweater fud)cn. Is your brother in the garden ? He is not in the garden ; he is in his room. Where is the Frenchman? He is at church. Are your nieces at school % They are there. Are the carpenters in the forest in order to cut trees ? They are there in order to cut some. 8 86 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Are they in the same wood in which the joiners are ? The joiners are not in the same forest; they are in another. Are your friends in the French theatre ? They are not in the French, but in the German theatre. Who is in the city? The peasants are in town in order to buy some sugar and good bread. Can the boy work in your room? He can work in mine and in my brother's. Where will he show me his beautiful looking-glasses'? He will show them to you in his new house. Have your sisters the intention of remain- ing (to remain) in the garden? They have no mind to remain there ; they will work to-day. Has this gentleman a mind to re- main in the theatre? He has not time to remain in the theatre; he will look for his brother. Is his brother in your garden or in mine? He is neither in yours nor in mine. Where are the sailors 7 iron nails and hammers ? They are in these bags. Is your new coat in your mother's bureau? It is not in my mother's bureau, but in my father's. Where can you work ? I can work at school. In which house is the physician? He is in that large house. Will the servant remain in the garden ? He will remain there in order to cut some old trees. Where have you your money? I have it in my pretty purse. Is anybody in my father's rooms ? Nobody is there. Where will you show him your new gold watch? I will show it to him in the theatre. Are your children at church or at school ? They are neither at church nor at school ; they are sick. The square, ber^tafe; the market, ber 93Jarft; the country, t>a$ Sanb ; the field, fcaS $elb ; there, bort* There is translated by brtf when it relates to a near place; but by tort (yonder), when the place is more remote. At the square, auf bem ^)(a§e. at the market, auf tern Sftarfte* in the field, auf bem %tlU. in the ship, auf bem @d)t{fe. on the table, auf bem Xtfcfye* Where is the sailor ? &£o tft bcr SRatrefc ? i(5r tft auf bemem SBatbe. Will he cut some trees ] SQSitt cr SSaumc febneiben ? He has the intention to cut some (St fyat bte 2C0fid)t bctt melcfye $u there. fdmetben* 3ft Sfot £od) auf bem 93?atite ? (St tft auf bent sfltorFtc urn gfeif$ unb |?fif}ner $u faujm SBag mill bet gleifcfyct auf bem Sanbe tfyxn ? (St mill bctt grope Ddbfcn faufen. ££cr tft auf bem atofkn page ? SRetn Jreunb ift ba urn Sfyre JUnber $u fud)en. (Sinb bic 9J?atrefen auf bem ©d)iffc SfyreJ SSatcrS, cbet auf bem be$ jlaufmanne;? <£te ftnb mcber auf bem metneg 83ater$, nccl) auf bem be$ ^aufmannS ; fie finb in bem S^ipjcn. 3ft bet *3auer auf bem gelbe ? (Sr ift bcrt, urn ©etretbe $u fcfyneiben. (Sinb bic Simmetleute auf bem getbc, cbet in bem 28atbe ? (Sie ftnb in bem SBatbe, urn 23aume $u fefynetben. 2£aS mollcn bic (Sclbaten in ben Sftalbcrn tfyun ? (Bic motlen bctt S3aumc fdjnctbcn. SBttt 3^e Sante auf bem Sanbe bkU Un ? (&k mill bott fcletbcn, urn ml 9Jtt(d) unb faltcS Staffer su trtnfem £Bo tft 3$* SKccf? (Sr ift in mcinem fleincn Simmer auf bem fyo^ernen &ifd)e. 3ft unfet 23cbienter auf bem $&avtU, cbet auf bem page ? (St ift auf bem page, urn meine Heine (Scfymeftet $u fucf>cn. 3ft 3f)t £>ut auf bem (Stufyle, cbet in bet Jtommobe ? (St if* auf bem Sifcfye. (E'mb bie 93aucrn auf ben Jetbern be$ ©rafen ? <&k ftnb mcfyt auf ben gelbcrn be$ ©tafen, fenbetn auf ben ifyricjen. Is the German at the square? He is not at the square, but at the market. What is he willing to do there? He will buy some birds there. Are the tailor's sons in the field ? They are not in the field, but in the forest. What will they do there ? They will cut some wood, in order to make a fire. Is the little boy able to work in his room ? He cannot work there : it is too cold in his room. Is it warmer in your room than in mine? Yours is not so warm as mine. Who is at the market? The cook is there, in order to buy some meat. Will your uncle remain in the country to-day ? He will remain there, in order to see the new church. Are your friends at the square ? They are not at the square • they are in the theatre, in order to see the prince. Can these men re- main in the merchant's new ships ? They cannot remain there. Where will the Frenchman show you his fine horse ? He will show it to me in the field of the old peasant. Where can the joiners not 88 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. their wood ? They can cut it in the forests of the count. Where is your brother's new book? It is in his room on the stone table. Is your coat on the chair? No, sir, it is in my bureau. Have the peasants the intention to cut some corn? They will cut some. Where will they cut it ? They will cut it in their fields. Are the sailors in this or in that ship ? They are neither in the one nor in the other • they are in that of the rich merchant. Have you a mind to see our new school ? I have no time to see it to-day. Are your brothers at school ? They are not at school, but at the square, in order to look for their little sister. Has your father a fine garden in the country? He has a large house and a fine garden there. Is anybody in your room % Nobody is there. W T here is the English- man ? He is in the garden. In whose garden is he ? He is in our mother's garden. Have you many churches and schools in your city ? We have ten schools and four churches in our town. Wilt thou give this book to the boy] I cannot give it to him, but I will lend him another. Is it not thy book? It is not mine; it belongs to my brother. How many trees are in your garden ? In our garden are more than forty-five trees. Can you hold my horse? I cannot hold it ) I have to work. Whom will you seek ? I will look for my little nephew. Where will you seek him ? I will look for him in our garden and at the large square. THIRTY-FIRST LESSON. — ©W Uttfc toeifiigfte Section* To be obliged (must), m ti f f e n ♦ I must, I am obliged, id) mu^ thou must, thou art obliged, bu rrm£tf he (she) must, he (she,) is obliged, er (fie) tnu$r we must, we are obliged, rt>tr mtiffenf you must, you are obliged, Sie muffe^ they must, they are obliged, fie miiffetu After the verb must, to be obliged, rmiffen/ follows an infini- tive without to, JU; as after the verbs roollen and f onnen. Must I write ? g)lu0 i c f) fd>rciben ? You must write. (Sic mujjen fd)retkru Is he obliged to work ? 932uj} cr arkttcn ? He is obliged to work. (gr mup arbettcn. The noise, fcer ?drm; to hear, l;6ren; to read, lefen; to take; THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 89 nefymen; to keep (to retain), fcefyaften; to sell, tJerfaufen; to burn, 6rennen; to burn, t>erbrennen, 23rennen expresses the real state of a thing that burns, e. g.: I will burn two candles. 3d) mill $n>et Std)tc brenncru But tterbrennen means to consume or to destroy by fire, as: He will burn his letters. (Sr null feme S3rtefc ttetbrenneru Verbs like jerbred)en> 6ef)alten f t>erf aufen> t>erbrennen f are called compound inseparable verbs.* They are formed by putting a prefix before a simple verb. These prefixes have generally no meaning in themselves, but sometimes they entirely change the meaning of the simple verbs, as: to buy, faufeitf to sell, fcetf aus fen; to hold, fatten; to keep, befyalten. In English there are also such verbs, as: dislike, forgive, undo, &c. The principal of these German prefixes are : 6e^ entf cr^ gef t>et and jer* (See Appendix.) Are you able to hear me ? I can hear you, but you must not make too much noise. Will he read this note ? He has a mind to read it. Will she take our book ? She has the intention to take it. How many candles will you burn in your large room 1 I am obliged to burn three, in order to read anything. Has your sister the intention to burn their notes'? She has no mind to burn them. Will you keep this book? I will keep it in order to give it to my children. Has the peasant a desire to sell his horse % Bennett ©te mid) fyeven? 3d) farm (Sic (joren, aber tc 2Cbftd)t c$ gu nebmen. £Bie met £td)te roellcn Sw in Sfyrem grepen Simmer brennen ? 3d) muji fcret brennen, urn etroaS ^u lefen. £at 3bre etbrenneru Pollen <3te ttcfe* *8ud) bebatten ? 3d) rottl eS beba(ten urn e$ mcinen .£ intern ya geben. £at t)cr 23auer Cuft fein g>fcrb $u »crfaufen ? He is obliged to sell it, he has no (Sr mug c$ wtf aufen, ct Ijat fein money. ©elt). •#£, 6 e i f a preposition, which always governs the dative. He is at my house, or he is with (5t tft bet mir. me. I am at his house, or I am with 3d) bin bet tfjm. him. * Why these kind of verbs are called compound inseparable verbs, will be explained in Lesson 33. 8* 90 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. She is at our house, or she is with @>te tft bet tm& us. We are at your brothers house, £$it ftnb t)ci 3f)tcm *8tubet« or with your brother. He will remain at my friend's (£t will bei mcinem gxcunbe bleibem house, or with my friend. Jit whose house , or wrc/A whom ? bet ro e m ? . At whose house (with whom) are 23et wem ftnt> 3f)te £tnbet ? your children ] . They are at our neighbor's, or Ste finb bet unfetem 9?acl)bar, with our neighbor. At whose house (with whom) are S3et wem ftnt) Sfjre .fttnbet? your children 1 They are at my aunt's, or with Ste ftnt) feet metnet &cmte. my aunt. At whose house (with whom) S3ci wem will bcr ©eutfdje bletben ? will the German remain? He is willing to remain at your (5t will bet Sfyncn bletben. house (with you). Is the soldier at any one's house, 3ft bet Sdbat bei Semanfc ? or with anybody ? He is at no one's house (with no- (St tft bet 9?temanb. body). In the preceding lesson it is shown that the prepositions i n and a u f f with the dative, denote repose or rest at a certain place ; here the preposition 6 e t expresses repose or rest with a person or at a person's house. In such sentences the word house is never translated in German, with the only exception of: At home, ju jpaufe (not bei §aufe). Is your father at home ? 3ft 3f)t SScitet $u £cmfc 1 He is not at home, he is at his (St tft nicbt $u Ixwfe, er ift bei fct* uncle's. nem £)f)cim. We remain at home to-day. £Btt blcibcn f>cutc $u #cmfe. $6nncn Sie mtd) fjorcn ? 3d) fann Ste (joren. 93crs fcmfen, Sic fyaben fcin ®clb urn 23tob unb #(eifd) $u fcmfen. fiiu$ feme Scfywcftct fjcute atbetten 1 Sic mug bcutc atbettcn. -9QBag mfiffen 3!)te ^inbet tbun ? Sie mfiffen lefen unb fefytciben. £ann id) bicfc geber unb 3f)t $>aptet ncfymenT Sie mfiffen bic fiticx unb bag papier ncljmcn, urn cin 93tllet $u ftf)tetben. mfiffen wit icne attc #tau lieben? Sic mfiffen fte (icben, fte ift bic Sante tnetneS gteunbeS. SOSttt bet £nabe S&rcn fttbetnen Ccucfytct nefymen? (St map ifyn nefymen urn ifn mcinem S3tuber$n actgen. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 91 9BU1 bcr 6tubent fctnen S3ncf tterbrenncn ? (St win ifjn mdjt wbrennen, cr roill t&n lefen. SBitt bcr ©raf S&t fd)6nc$ g)fcrt> bcfyalten ? <£r will c* beljctlten. SOBcllcn @te mir S^rcn 3?ccjen|d)trm leibcn ? 3d) mill xfyn 3f)* nen (cifjcn, abet (Sic muffen ir)n nicfyt bcfyalten. SBag mill bet neibet ttcrbrenncn ? (5r mug fetnen alten &tfd) wrbrennen, cr fyat fetn ®elb urn £el£ $u faufcn. ^ann cr md>t ben ncuen 9?ocf serfaufen ? (Sr £cmn tr)n nidbt scrfaufen, cr cjefyort mcincm SBruber. 2Ba$ r)at bcr £otianber $u wr* faufcn 1 (St r)at cmten Jtafe ^u wrfaufctn 3ft 3cmanb bet Sfynen ? 9?ies manb iff bet mir. 3ft bcr (Spanicr bet Severn SSatcr? (St ift nid)t Oct tfym, cr ift Oct mcincm 23ruber, £Bct ift hex un$ ? Unfcrc cjuten grcunbe finb bti un$. 3ft bcr 2Cr# bet fetner Gutter ? (Sr ift bet tf)r. 2Bitl 3(>f Stteffe bci ben (Sngtanbcm btciben 1 (St null bet Sfynen b(eibcn. Jtann mcin SStubct Fjcutc bei bir bleiben ? (St fann nid)t bet mir bleiben, id) l}abc $u met £U arbcitcn. SBci roern ift bcr 2Cmcrifkmer ? (Sr ift bci un*. S5ct roem finb bic Cjuten grcunbe 3r)re6 23rubers ? @ie finb bci ^tememb, fie finb in bem Sweater. 23ei rccm will bcr 3taliener fyeutc btciben ? (St will bci feinem 9?ad)bat bleiben. 3ft Sfyte Scmte su £aufe? t ^u £aufe, fie ift bet tfjrer eftcr. ££a£ fyabe-n (Sic $u £aufe $u tfyun ? 3d) ntup ein bcutfdjeg S3ud) lefen. follows the person in the dative and the thing in the accusative. Will you tell your father to give SBelicn a£ SBucl) $u geben 1 3d) mill m ifyrn nun fagen. £aben r md)t$ su fagen. £Btc tange will cr bet tfjrem Srubet bleiben ! (Sr twill tret (Stunben t?ei tr)m Ucu ben. £aben (Sic tie H&jtd&t tange bet tins fercm Dr)cim $u bleiben? 3d) will nur Cur$e Sett bet tr)m blets ben. To, J ll 5 a preposition, which always governs the dative. The preposition to, J u> expresses motion towards a person or to a person's house. In such sentences, the word house is not to be translated, in German; as after at, be if which expresses rest at a person's house. Will you go to our house % I will not go to your house, but to your aunt's. Will the Englishman come to my house? No; he will go to your father's. Can the boy go to my brothers' ? He has time to go to them (to their house). When w r ill you go to my aunt's I Swollen @ie $u un$ gefyen ? 3d) will md)t gu Sfynen, fenbern 3U 3>r)rcr Sante gefyen. SBiE ber (Sngtanber ^u mir f emme'n 1 9?etn ; ec will $u Sftrem SSater geljen. $ann ber Jtnabe $u meinen Sttu bern gel) en ? (§r F>at Sett ^u tfynen 3U geben. SBann wctlen Sie $u metner Sante gefyen ? 3d) will biefen ?Cbcnb ^u ir)r gefyen. SBann wctlen Ste p mir femmen ? 3d) will nun $u Srjnen Femmen. To whom ? to whose x Aowse ? "j u tt) e m ? To whom will you go this even- 3u wem wcllen Bit biefen 2lbenb ing? gef)en? I will go to nobody. 3d) will 511 9Ucmcmb gefjen. I will go to her this evening. When will you come to me? I w T ill come to you now. 94 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Can he go to him this morning % £cmn cr btcfen SHcrgen $u ifym gefyen \ He can go to his house neither (Sr fann wcber bicfen Stforgcn nod) this morning nor this evening. bicfen 2lbcnb $u if)m gefyen. Will the Italian come to me in SBtll ber Staltenet beg 9}?orgcng $u the morning? mir Common] He can come only in the evening. (Sr fann nur tc^ 2(benb5 fommen. To whose house will the joiner 3u wem will t>er &ifd)lcr tic (Stufyle bring the chairs? bringcn? He will bring them to thy house (5*r will fie $u bir bringen. (to thee). Can you soon carry this letter to itonncn (Sic bicfen 23ricf batb $u bem the merchant I Jtaufmann tragen ? I will carry it to him now. 3d) will ifyn jegt flu ifym tragen. Will he carry his coat home? ^itlerfctnen9?ectnacb£aufe tragen? He will carry it home. (St will ifyn nad) £aufe tragen. Direction towards home is, in German, nacfy jjaufe. 0/ wAom ? t) o n xv e m ? Of whom will you buy the new 93 on wem wotlcn (Sic ben ncucn $Kcd coat ? faufen ? I will buy it of my tailor. 3d) will tr)n t>on mcincm and on, w/zow, a u fr when they express rest at a place. 8Sa$ wollen (Sic bem (Solbatcn fagen ? 3d) will tfjm fagen $u mir $u fommen. SBann mup cr $u 3bnen fommen ? (£r mup bicfen 2(benb $u mir fommen. £Betlcn Sie bem 23cbtcnten fagen mir $>a$ $fcrb $u bringcn ? 3d) will eg tfym fagen ; wann fell er eg Sbtten bringcn ? 3c|t. SQSte tange will 3f)t Dfjeim bei meincm QSatcr blciben ? (Sr will nid)t tange bei tfym bteiben ; cr will nur cine cber gwet Stunben blctbcn* SBic tange fann Sftrc 9Hd)tc bet feinet Gutter bleiben ? @tc fann nur fuv^'c Beit t>a bteiben ; fie mup in bte (Scrmle gefyen. 3ft ber (Scbnciber nod) bci meincm SBrubcr? ($r ijr nod) bei ibm. 2Ba^ fyat unfer £od) bie tfbftcbt $u tragen ? (?r will biefe £tibncr nad) £aufe tragen. 3u wem will ber SBaucr t)a$ ©ctretbc tragen ? (Sr will e$ gu feincm ^aufmann tragen, £Bann will er eg $u tfom tragen ? £)tefen 2C6enb. Jtotrncn (Sie bicfen 2lbenb $u mir fommen ? 3d) fann nid)t bicfen tfbcnb fommen, abcr id) will morgen beg 2#orgcng fommen. ©cfyt 3b* grcunb beg 9J?orgcng obcr beg 2(bcnbg $u feincm 2Cr^te ? (Sr gebt beg SDJor* geng gu if)m. SBann will 3^ OTcffc $u 3bncn fommen ? ©r mufi batb fommen. 2Bollen (Sic baty in bag Sweater gcr)cn ? 3d) will nun ejeben. a&ollcn ©ie miv ctwag 9f?cueg foqcn ? 3d) babe 3bncn nicfetg gu fagen. Swollen 6ie balb cin anbercg g)fcrb faufen ? 3d) will bicfen SJtorcjcn cin anbereg faufen. SSon wem wollen ©ie eg faufen ? 3cb wttt eg t?on bem THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 95 •grcunbe bc$ iungcn ©rafcn faufetn 3ft fcinc Gutter $u £cmfe ? <£k ift md)t 3U ^aufe. S3ci rocm ift ftc ? cfter. ££ann will fie nad) £aufc fommen ? (Sic will t>tcfcn 2C6cnt> nad) .paufc frmmcru Will you tell our maid-servant to bring me the soup? I will tell (it to) her. What will he tell you ? He will tell me nothing, but he will go to you, in order to bring you your boots and your cane. Has he anything new to say to me ? He has nothing new to tell you. Has the American the intention to go to our house? He has no mind to go to your house; he will go to his tailor's. Will he go to him soon ? Yes ; he will go to him this evening. How long will you remain at your brother's? I am willing to remain only a short time there. Has the Englishman the intention to stay long at my uncle's? He will remain only tw T o hours with him. How long will your sister work ? She will work one hour. How long has the little boy to write ? He has four hours to write. Will you come to me this morning? I cannot come to you this morning, but [ will come this evening. Has the Italian time to go to his friends? He can- not go to their house ; he must remain at home ; he is sick. Will your sisters go to their aunt's ? They will go to her this evening. Is your neighbor at home ? He is at home. Is anybody willing to go to his house ? His tailor will go to him, in order to bring him his new coat. Must the shoemaker bring the shoes to your daugh- ter? He must bring them to her. Where is the German? He is at the square. Will he not come to my house ? He has not the intention to go to yours, but to his friend's. Is the Spaniard wrong in going (to go) to the French? He is not wrong in going to them. Who must come to you ? My servant and his boy must come to me this evening. Where is the butcher willing to buy an ox? He will buy one at the market this morning. Has the merchant a, long letter to write? He has only a short one to write. Is your coat very long? My coat is short, but my brother has a long coat. Is your father in his room ? No, sir, he is not there ; he is at the the- atre. Wifl he remain a long time there ? He will remain only one hour there ; he must go to the prince this evening. When will you show me your new watch? I will show it to you this evening. Who will carry these letters to the Englishman 1 My little boy will carry them. When will you carry the boots to the shoemaker? I will carry them to him to-morrow. Who can carry my uncle's chairs to the joiner ? Our servant can carry youra 96 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. and your uncle's. Is he willing to carry them soon ? He will carry them now. When are yon obliged to go to the physician I I must go to him in the morning and in the evening. Can you come soon to our house ? I cannot come soon ; I have to work three hours. Where is your brother at present ? He is at school. Will the stu- dent come to your house in the morning'? No, sir, he will come in the evening* he has no time to come in the morning. To whose house will the peasant carry these chickens? He will carry them to nobody's house ; he will carry them home. To w T hom must your son go this evening? He is obliged to go to his uncle's. Will you soon go home ? I will go home very soon. Are these men willing to carry your tables or mine % They will carry neither yours nor mine, but those of the German. Will the butcher bring the meat to your house or to my aunt's? He will bring it neither to my hpuse nor to your aunt's; he will bring it to my butcher's. Whom must we love ? You must love your good father and your dear mother. To whom must you give the money ? I must give it to the count. With whom must you remain to-day? I must remain at my ne- phew's. To whom must you carry these notes? I must carry them to his niece. Of whom have you a mind to buy a new coat ? I will buy one of my tailor. Of whom will you buy the watch ? I will buy it of my neighbor's son. Is your father at home? He is not at home ) he is at his merchant's. When will he come home ? He must come home very soon. Can he come to me this evening? He cannot come to you this evening; he will go to church. When will you go home 1 I will go home in the evening. Can your brother go home now? He cannot go home yet; he has still some letters to write. How many letters has he still to write ? He has more than six to write. THIRTY-THIRD LESSON. — ©td lUlfc bteifli jjfte . Section* ! COMPOUND VERBS. There are, in German, two kinds of compound verbs. They are either inseparable or separable. Inseparable compound verbs (already mentioned in Lesson 31st) are so called, because their prefixes are never separated from their primitive verbs. Separable compound verbs are formed by placing before a primitive verb a preposition, an adjective, or an adverb ; words which serve to give the primitive verb a more distinct significa- THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 97 tion. These particles have always the principal accent, and are separable from their primitive verbs. (See Appendix.) In English there are also such compound verbs, but they differ from this kind of German compound verbs in this particular: that in English the preposition or adverb follows after the verb, but in German they are placed before it and are united together in one word; as: to bring back, jurucf6tingen; to take away, weanefymen; to go out, ausgefyen; to come again, nnebetfommeru Back, juriicf ; away, meg; out, auS^ again, wieber. Will he bring back the chair] SOSttt er ben at bet SSebtentc tie 2Cbftd)t tetl take away the table? £i[d) rcegjunefymen ? He has a mind to take it away. (St fyctt £uft ifyn n>eg$uner)mcn* Have you a mind to go out 1 SpaUn SGaarens lager; the concert, t>a§ Sonjett; the music, tie 9)Jufif; the river, ber$luf$; the window, ba$ ftenfkr; the wall, bie 5Banb; the door, bk 5r)ur; to stand, fte!;en ; to put, to place, jMeru The prepositions in, into, in, and on, upon, aufj when ex- pressing repose or rest at a place, govern the dative (see Lesson 30); but when they denote motion to a place, they govern the accusative. My father is in the garden! mtin SSatet ijt in bem fatten. My father goes into the garden. 9Tiein &>atct gcf)t in ben ©atten. My brother is in the country. sjflcm 23tubet ift auf bem Sanbe. 9 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. My brother must go to the coun- try. His mother is at church. His mother has a desire to go to church. Our friend is at the concert. Our friend will go to the concert. He is at his store. Will you tell him to go to his store ? The merchant is at his ware- house. He is willing to go to his ware- house. SEflem SBtutet mufj ouf tag £ant gefyen. ©cine gutter tft in ter jtircfye. (Seine gutter fyat Suft in t>te ^ird>e Unfer $rcunt ifl in tern (Sengett. Unfer greunt will in t«6 (£on$ert gef/en* (St ift in feinem £aten. SBotlen <§ie tr>m fagen tn fetnen 2as ben $u gefyen ? £)et Jtaufmann ift tn fetnem 2Baas tentager* (St tulIX in fein &&aarentaget gefyen. Whitherl whereto? roofyin? thither, tafyin; tortfyitt; Adverbs, indicating motion or direction to a place. Whither will you carry my book % I will carry it home. Where has the peasant the in- tention to go to? He will go into the city. When will he go into the city? He will go thither this evening. 5Bcr)tn wetlen @?fc mcin 23ud) ttagen? 3d) will c$ nad) £aufe ttagen. SBefyin bat tct 23auet tie 2(&fid)t $tt gefyen 1 (St wilt in tie (Statt geften. SSann tvttl er in tie ©tafct gefyen ? (St will tiefen 2(ftent tafytn gefyen. In German the adverb of time always precedes the adverb of •place. Can your son go to the theatre to-day ? He cannot go to the theatre to- day. Will the carpenter go into the forest to-morrow ? He will go thither to-day. Jtann Sfyt the dative, when it expresses rest at a place, and the accusa- tive when it denotes motion to a place. He has time to stand at the win- (St r)at Sett an tern genftergu fiefjctn dow. He will go to the window. The table must not stand against the wall. He will put the table against the wall. (St will an tag Jenifer gcljeru £)et St|~d) nmp ntefyt an tet ££anb ftefyen. (St will ten Sifcf) an tie 2£ant fttU ' len. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 99 You must not place the chair at @tc muffen ben ©tufjt nid)t an bie the door. Sfjur ftellcn. My son has a mind to stand by 9Q?etn (Sofyn l)at Suft an tern gluffc the river. £U ftcf)cn. ■ My son will go to the river. SWein a$ 2anb gefyen. £Bag wollen fie auf bem Sanbe tfjun 1 (Sie wollen bcrtbin gefyen urn Scfyafc $u faufen* Jtonnen a$ (5on$crt gefyen ? 3d) will bafyin gefyen urn bie SD&rfti $u fyotcn. 2Bo tft 3f)r Dljetm'J (5r ift in bem Sweater. Swollen at 3f)t: SScbienter 3eit an bem Jcnfter ^u fte^en 1 ©r fann nid)t an bem ^enfter ftefyen, cr mug in ben ©artcn gcr)cn urn mcincn ^unb #1 fudben. SScUen (Sie an bag Jenftcr ge^en urn bie (Sclbaten ^u fel)en 1 3d) I)a&e nid)t &uft an ba» Jenficr ^u geljcn, id) will in meincm Simmer bleibcn urn SBriefe gu febrciben. 2Bcf)in will bie 9J{agb mcine ^emmebe (teilen ? @ie will fie an bie SSanb ftellcn. 2Bc ftc^t ber £ifd) 1 (Sr fte^t an ber SQBanb. 2Scl)in wilt 3bf e fleine ©dbweftcc gcl)cn ? @ie will an bie SEbflr geben. 9©er ift an ber Zfyutl ^iemanb if! ba. S55cf)in will 3f)re Gutter bie ©tafcr ftellcn ? emben) ; early, friil) ; late, fpdt ; to wash, roafcfyen ; to fetch, to go for, to get, fyolen ; to kill, tobten ; to slaughter, fcfyfocfyten. To kill, tobten, means, in German as in English, to deprive of life. He will kill this man. (?t ttntf btcfen SOtenn tobten. He has the intention to kill his (St fyat bie 2(0fid)t fein $)ferb £U tobten. i horse. 1 But slaughter, f d) ( a cr) t e tt, means, in German, to kill animals, the meat of which is used for eating. The cook will kill the chickens. £)et $ecf) nnfl bie |>ufynet fcWacfitcn. The butcher has the intention to £)et g(etfd)Ct fat Me 2Cfcftd)t btefen kill this ox. £)d)fcn $u fd)(ad)ten. To mend, aue6effern> separable v. (to better out) ; to return, jurutffomrmn} or jurueffefyren, sep. v. (to come back). 9* 102 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. There are niany*compound separable German verbs, which are not compound verbs in English. He has a mind to mend my coat. He has the intention to return late to-day. • Will you go for some water? I will fetch some. What must you fetch ? I must go for a candle. (gr fiat £uft meinen 9?ecf au^ubeffern. (Sr bat t>te 2lbftd)t ()cute fpat gtnrficfs gufenunen. SMlen @tc Staffer l)olen? 3d) will rc>eld)e£ Ijolcn* 2£a$ mfiffen en and m e f) r e r e have the declension of an adjec- tive. He has several books (meaning books of different kinds). That is quite different. He has several children. Have you a few friends ? I have several. (St t)at t>erfd)iebene S3ucl)cr. 3)a$ tft cjan$ t>erfd)tet>en. (Sr fyat mefyrere linker* £aben @"te ctntge greunfce ? 3d) fyaOe mcfyrcre. (Meaning more than one child or friend, and even more than a few.) To let, (to leave, to get done,) laffen. I let, I leave, id) laffe. Thou lettest, thou leavest, fcu Idffejh He lets, he leaves, er lafct. We let, we leave, roir laffen* You let, you leave, (gte laffen. They let, they leave, fie laffen. An infinitive, without to, $u> always follows after laffen; as after molten, fonnen, and miiffen* These verbs are called auxiliary verbs of mood. The verb laffen signifies, in German, either to let, to leave, to permit, or to cause, to order, to get, and is sometimes trans- lated by have or had. I let him go. Do you get your stockings washed 1 I get them washed. Does your father get a table made ? He gets one made. Is your mother getting a chicken killed? She gets two killed. Will you get (have) a coat made? I will get one made. Must we have our shirts washed ? We must get them washed. 3d) laffe tf)n gefyen. Saffcn @ie 3t)te (Strumpfe tt>afcr)en ? 3cl) laffe fie mafcfyen. Sapt 3fyr SSoter etnen Stfcl) macron ? <£r lafit etnen madjen. Sapt 3^re Gutter ein £ul)n f$(a$? ten? (£te fafct $roet fcfitachtcn* QMlen (Sic etnen SRcd macfien laffen ? 3d) null etnen mad)en laffen. Stiffen wit unfere £emt>en roafdjen laffen ? 2Bir muffcn fie wafcfyen laffen. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 103 When there are two infinitives in a German sentence, both must be placed together, at the end of the sentence, and the first English verb is always the last in German. I am willing to let him go. 3d) will t$n geben taflen. He has a mind to get his shoes (Sr fiat £uft feme <2d)ube ausbcffcm mended. $u taftcn. The clock, the watch, tie U\)V (all instruments indicating time are called tlfyr in German); half, fyalb; the quarter, lal 2>tertel ; a quarter, ein 25iertel; three quarters, tret SSterteL What o'clock is it % ) 2Btcmet Ubr ift eg ? What time is it? J 28a$ ift bie \\\)X ? How late is it ? SOBie fp&t ift e$ ? It is twelve o'clock. & ift gwolf Ufyr ; or, cS ift gtt)$[f. It is one o'clock. (§6 ift cm Uf)r ; or, eg ift ein*. It is two o'clock. (55 ift $wet \\\)X ; or, e$ ift ^wci. It is a quarter past twelve. ©£ ift cm 23tettel auf eiuS* It is half past twelve. (§S ift balb cins. It is a quarter to one. ©6 ift tret SSicrtel auf etn& It is half past four. (5s ift balb fttnf* It wants a quarter to five. (5S ift tret SStcrtcl auf funf. It is a quarter past six. (5$ ift cin 93tertcl auf fteben. It must be later. ' (5s mup fpctter fctn. No, sir, it is not later. S^ctn, mem $crr, cs ift nid)t fpatcr* In German, time is not counted after the hour which is past ; but on the following hour which has begun. £)iefer 9Jtann will fcincn £unb tobten ; cr ift alt. £)cr ©olbat will ntcbt feincn greunb tcbtcn. 2£cr will tic .Stage tcbten ? £)er 33cbtente will fie tcbtcn ; fie ift £ranr\ 2£ann will ber £cd) bie £ubner fd)lad)ten ? (5r will fie btefen Bergen fd)tad)ten. £>at ber *8auer bie 2C6ficf>t fein (Scbaf $u [cb(ad)tcn, cber will cr e£ serfaufen ? (Sr bat nicbt bie 2C6ftcl)t el $u t>cr- faufen ; cr will eg fcl)(ad)ten. 2£a* fur £>cbfen will ber gletfeber fefyacbten ? ©r will grefie Dd)fen fd)lad)ten. 2Bc mup cr fie fcblacbten ? (5r will fie auf bent Sanbe fd)lacr>tcn» SQBcllen @ie meinen *Rocf bclcn ? 3d) frmn tr)n nicbt bolen ; id) mup $u meinem D()eim geben. £Bcr will ben 2lqt fjclcn ? 9}?ein 8obn will i(jn lieten. 2£ann fann cr it)n belen ? (Sr fjat Sett tfjn jegt $u bclcn. jtann id) meinen SSrubet ^olen ? (Sic f ennen ibn bclcn, abet te unfertgen unb tie tfyrigcn roofd)cn. £>abcn (Sic t)crfd)iebcne 33tid)cr 5U faufcn ? 3a, id) fyafte fvan^oftfc^e unb bcutfdje 23ud)er ^u faufen. £aben bic jtaufkute 9J?efier ^u serfaufen ? Sie fyabcn t)crfd)icbcne $u sertaufcn. £aben (Sic mefjrere SKocfc? 3d) fyabe mefyrere. SStetrict fjabcn (Sie? 3d) fyaU funf. Saffen (Sic eincn neuen $Kocf mad)en ? 3d) faffe cincn macben. fcaffejt bu bcinc ©trfimpfc roafefyen ? 3d) fa fie fie roafefyen. £affen Sic cincn $ammd fd)(ad)tcn ? 2Btt faffen cincn fd)lad)ten. Safit 3f)r SSatcr cincn Stfd) mad)cn? (Sr (apt ^roci niacfycn. Unfcrc Scfyroeftcr lapt ifyrc (Sd)ul)e ausbeffern. 93?u£ 1$ metnc Strumpfe auSbcffern faffen ? (Sic muffen fie ausbeffern faffen. SDBttt 3fyr SSrubcr cincn SKocf macfyen faffen ? (§r will cincn macfyen faffen. SGSotten bie £ftatrofen tfjre £cmben roafefyen faffen ? (Stc muffen fie roafdjen faffen. SjaiKn (Sic bie 2Cbfid)t 3bfc Sifcfye ausbeffern ?ja faffen ? 3d) J)abe 2uft fie ausbeffern $u faffen. 3d) roup rjeutc frur) aufc gefyen ; rotemcl Ufjr ift e$ 7 (55 if! nod) nid)t fpat ; e$ tft ad)t Uf)r. 3ft e£ nid)t fyalb ncun ? 0Mn, es 1 ift nur cin $icrte( auf neun. ££ie fpat ift cs ? (SS ift brci SBwrtd auf cin*. 6* ift cm asicrtel auf ad)t. (S$ ift fyalb elf. SBas 1 ift bic Ur)t? (S3 ift brci SSiertel auf %wtu (5s ift fefyr fpat; id) mug nad) £aufe gefyen. This peasant will kill his old horse. Has the boy the intention to kill the cat? He will kill it. Will the soldier kill anyone? He will kill nobody. Has the cook a sheep to kill ? He will kill one. Where has the butcher the intention to kill the ox? He will go to the country, in order to kill two oxen. Who will fetch some water ? The maid-servant will go for some, in order to wash a dress. Will she wash your sisters dress? She must wash my sister's dress and several others. Will you fetch my shirt? I will go for it; where is it? It is in my room ? on the bureau. Can your ser- vant go for some bread and cheese ? Whither must he go to fetch it ? He has only to go to our neighbor's, in order to fetch (to get) it. Can the joiner mend our tables? The joiner is able to mend them; have you several tables to be mended ? Yes ; I have two wooden tables and a stone one to be mended. Has the shoemaker time to mend my boots and my brother's? He has no time to mend them; he must go to the country. Will he soon return? He will return to-morrow. Will you go to the theatre early ? I will go very early to day. Will you tell your brother not to come to me too late? I will tell him to come early. Has he time to go out in the morning or in the evening ? He can go out in the morning and in the even- THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 105 ing. Has his father several watches to sell? Yes, sir, he has gold and silver watches to sell. He has several to sell. Have you many books to read ? I have several to read. What books have you to read now ? I have German and French books to read. Has your uncle good friends'? Yes, sir, he has several. Will the butcher kill more than one ram 1 He has the intention to kill several. Are you getting a trunk made ? I am getting a leathern one made. Does your mother get a dress made 1 She is getting one made. Does your sister get her stockings washed ? She gets them washed. Who must wash their stockings? Our maid-servant must wash them. Will our nephew get a coat made ? He will get one made. Who will make it? His tailor must make it. Must the soldier get his shoes mended? He must get them mended; he will go out in the morning. W T hither will he go? He will go to the city, but he must return in the evening. Has your servant the in- tention to get his shirts mended 1 He has a mind to have them mended. Who can mend them? This old woman is able to mend them. Has your father a desire to get his ram killed ? He will have it killed. Who will get his shirt washed ? The student has a mind to get it washed. Who will sell the Dutchman's garden ? Our neighbor, the merchant, has it to sell. When will the French- man get his wine sold ? He will get it sold to-morrow in the even- ing. Where has he the intention to get it sold? At the warehouse on the river. What o'clock is it? It is three o'clock. It must be later. Yes, sir, you are right ; it is half past three. What time is it ? It is very early ; it is a quarter past seven. Is it not a quarter to eight? No, sir, it is only half past seven. Who will take away my bureau ? The joiner will take it away ; I will tell him to place it against the wall of my room. Whom will you send to the square ? I will send the servant thither to look for my children. Where is the little boy ? He is at the door, in order to seek his nuts. Can you hear any noise in your room? I can hear nothing; you must not make so much noise. Has the carpenter the courage to cut this big tree? He has not the courage to cut it; but he will go to the count's forest, in order to cut some small ones. What knives have you a mind to keep? I will keep the iron knives of the Eng- lishman. Who will buy his forks and spoons? My father is will- ing to buy them; they are not very dear. How old is your dog? It is only three years old. How long will you keep the student's book? I must give it back soon ; I can keep it only a few hours. 106 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. When will your father return ? He will return soon. What o'clock is it ? It is a quarter past ibur. It is half past four. It wants a quarter to five. THIKTY-FIFTH LESSON. — $tinf unb bteif$i$fie £ectivn+ To wait, marten; to answer, antworteru To wait for, marten auff with the accusative. Can you wait for my brother ? governs the dative of the person answered ; and the accusative, with the preposition a u j> of the thing which is answered. Will you answer this man ? Sweden en Sfyrtcjen, fen- mine. tern auf t)en metntgen antworten. Instead of answer, antrDOrtettf with the preposition auff fceantroorten is commonly used, without a preposition. Will you answer his letter? 3Mlen @te fetnen SBrtef beantwots I will answer it. 3d) will tfyn beantwotten. [ten? Whom will he answer? £Bem witter antworten ? He will answer your note. ( ^ r gj «# ^\ Ilet «*«"♦ J j (St wttt 3f)r SBtttct beantwotten. To w?ri7c fo somebody, an Sertia'nb ferret 6e n. The preposition a n> with the accusative. Will you write to my father? SSolten @te an metnen SSater fd)tet- I will write to him. 3d) will an tfm fd)teiben. [ben? To whom must he write ? 2Cn wen muff er jefyretben ? He must write to his mother. (St muff an feme Gutter fd)tetben. The prepositions auf and an govern the accusative, when they express motion from one place or object to another, either bodily or mentally. The day, ter %a$t plural, tie Sage; whole, ganj; the whole THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 107 day, or all day, ber ganje Sag; the day after to-morrow, u6er* morgen; till, until, bi$. He must work the whole day. (Sr mup ben gan^en Sag arktten. He has to write the whole evening. (St f)at ten gan$en 2CbenD $u fcfyreibctt. How long has the tailor to work? SBte lange r>at bet (Scrmetbet $u at= betten ? He has to work till the day after (St fjat tn$ ukrmotgen $u atbetten. to-morrow. How long will you wait ? SBte (cmge wellen ti Mi btefen 2C£>enb evening. partem At what o'clock ? Km wtemcl Uf)t ? At what time ? Urn wetcfye 3ett? At eight o'clock. Um ad)t itfyr. At a quarter past seven. Um etn SSiertct auf ac^t. At half past nine. Um fyatb ge(jn. At a quarter to ten. Um bret S3tcrtct auf gefyru When will he come again ? SBann will cr wieberremmen ? He will return at a quarter past (St will um cm SStertel auf $welf eleven. autueffemmen. How long can you stay here ? SfBic lange fennen ©te fyier bletkn? 1 can remain here until half past 3d) farm bt$ fyalO £wet (Ufyr) fjtct one (o'clock). Mctfcen. All adjectives of nations have the termination ifd) or fefy : as French, ftanjofifefy; German, beu tfefy. American, amerifanifd); English, englifrf); Irish, itldnbifcfy; Dutch, fyolldnbifcfy; Italian, italtenifct); Spanish, fpantfrf). I have an English book and an 3d) fya&e etn cnglifcrjcg 23ud^ unt) Italian hat. etnen ttattentfd)en £mt. This Irish woman has good Ame- £)tefe irlanbifdje grau r)at gute ames rican linen. rtfantfcfye £etnwanb. QBottcn <&it auf metnen *Brubet warten? 3d) will auf tr)n wartert. $ann bet jtnafte auf mid) warten? (St farm auf @te wartert/ £at bet ©tubent 3eit auf ba$ ftan$.efifd)e 23ud) $u warten ? (St r)at ntd)t Sett $u warten ; et muff $u bem r)ollanbtfd)cn 2Ct$te gefyen. 2Cuf wen muffen rcibcn ; fann cr nur meincn S3rtcf beantworten ? (Sr fann if>n nid)t beantworten ; cr fann ntd)t bcutfd). SMcfyeS 23itlct will fcin SSatcr beantworten ? (S*r will t>a$ Sfyrige unb ba$ feines DfycimS beantworten. 2(n wen mup btcfer Heine .ftnabe fcfyreiben ? (5r tnup an feinc gutter cinen fran$6ftfd)en SBrtcf fcftrets ben* 3Mlen (Sic an ben gurften fcfyreiben ? 3d) r)abe nicl)t ben 9Jtotr) an i(jn $u fcfyreiben. £Bill biefcr Sftann fcfyrctben ? (5r fann nid)t fefyretben, aber er will cinen 23rief fefyretben (affen. 2ln wen will er cinen SSrtcf fcfyrciben laffen ? 2Tn ben itaticnifd)cn ©rafen. SQSie langc mfiffen Sic fyicr wartcn ? 3d) mup fyier bi6 ubermorgen wartcn* £>er SBcbiente mufi wartcn, bis mcin SBrubcr 3cit foot ben 25ricf $u beantworten. Swollen (Sic langc auf Sftte Sante wartcn ? Scr> will ben gan^en Sag auf fte wartcn. £Bte langc wcltcn (Sic fyier bleiben ? 3d) wilt $wet Sage in ber (Stabt bleiben. Urn wiemel Ufyr wilt 3~l)re Gutter in ba$ (5on$crt gefjen ? (Sic wilt urn ftcben lifer bas l)in gefyen. ££ann will fte ^urueffommen ? (Sic will urn fyalb ctf $urtfcfs fommen. £Bann nmffen (Sic in Sfyren Cabcn gefjen ? 3d) muff urn cin SSiertet auf ad)t bafyin gefyen. Stiffen (Sic fange ba bleiben ? 3d) mu£ bi$ brei 83tertel auf ftcben bes 2lbcnbs bcrt bleiben* Itm wcld)C 3cit wilt feme (Scftwcftcr ^uruclfcmmen ? Sic mup um cin tlr)r ^urueffommen, unb id) mup um fyalb ctn£ auSgcfyen. Must I wait for your son ? You must wait for him. Will the carpenter wait for the money ? He cannot wait for the money ; you must send it to him. Have you a mind to wait for me? I have not time to wait for you, but I will come again this evening. For whom must the servant wait? He must wait for my sister. Where must he wait? He must wait at the door. How long can he wait ? He can wait only one hour; he must soon go to our house, in order to fetch an umbrella. Will you answer his uncle ? I have no time to answer him \ I must go to my store. Who will answer me ? My children will answer you. Can the Italian answer you ? He is not able to answer me. Whom will the boy answer? He has a mind to answer this gentleman. Has the student the intention to answer my letter? He has the intention to answer it. When will he an- swer it? He is willing to answer it the day after to-morrow. Can your brother answer the German letter? He will not answer the German letter. Who can answer your sister's French note? My niece will answer it. Which note will the physician answer? He has the intention to answer that of our uncle. Will you write to my friend? I will write to him but he must answer my letter. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 109 Must the tailor write to his merchant ? He has no time to write to him, but he will go to his store to-morrow. Have you a mind to write to the Spaniard? I have a mind to write to him. To whom must your nephew write? He must write to his aunt. When will he write to her? He will write to her to-morrow in the morning. Has the peasant the courage to write to the count ? He has not the courage to write to him. Can the Dutchman write an English let- ter to the prince ? He is not able to write an English letter, but he will get one written. Have you much to write ? I have to write the whole day. How long will you remain in the city ? I will remain here until the day after to-morrow. At whose house will you stay ? At my brother's house. How long must you work? I have to work till this evening. Our children must read the whole evening. What must they read? They must read in their German book. Will you buy an Italian hat ? No, sir, I will not buy an Italian hat, but an English watch. Of whom will you buy the Spanish book ? I will buy it at the store of the old Spanish merchant. How long must you wait here ? I can wait here only a short time ] I must go to the river, in order to see my brother. At what o'clock must you go to school? I must go thither at nine o'clock. When will you return ? I will come back at half past three. At what o'clock will your brother go to the theatre ? At a quarter past seven. Will he remain there long ? He will remain only one or two hours at the theatre ) he has the intention to come back at a quarter to nine. How long must the maid-servant wait for your daughter ? She must wait till half past twelve. Have you the intention to remain long in the garden ? P will remain there the whole morning. When will you go out ? I will go to my aunt's at a quarter past two. Is it not too early to go to church ? It is not too early ; it is a quarter to ten. At what time will you come back ? I w T ill return at a quarter before one. Have you Irish linen? I have no Irish linen, but the English merchant has some. How long has the joiner the intention to work? He will work until six o'clock in the evening. At what time can the tailor bring me the coat ? He will bring it to you this morning at half past eight. Has the shoemaker time to mend my son's shoes ? He has no time to mend them to-day, but he will bring them back to-morrow in the evening. Is the gentleman at home ? He is not at home ) will you wait a little ? I cannot wait, but I will come again at four o'clock. 10 110 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. THIRTY-SIXTH LESSON. — ®*$* ttttfc toeifHgftt Section* COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. It has been already observed in Lesson 8, that the com- parative of a German adjective is formed as in English, by adding er to the positive, as: small, fleiri/ smaller, fleiner. The super- lative is also formed as in English, by adding to the positive ft and sometimes e ft; when euphony requires it, as : smallest, fleinjr; oldest, dltejh In adjectives of one syllable the hard vowels dp and u are in the comparative and superlative generally softened into d/ 6 and li; Small, Hetn ; smaller, flemer ; smallest, Hetnft. old, oft; older, alter; oldest, alteft. large, grop ; larger, proper ; largest, profit. young, iuncj ; younger, juncjer ; youngest, ifingft. assiduous, fXctpig ; more assiduous, fXcipt^cr ; most assiduous, fKctptcjfk polite, fyoflid); more polite, fyofltcfyet; most polite, f)cfttcf)(i The following adjectives form their degrees of comparison ir- regularly : good, gut; better, 6effer ; best, 6efh high, fyoct); higher, rjofyer; highest, fyccfyfh near, nafye; nearer, nd^er; nearest, ndcfyjh much, Diel; more, mefyr; most, meifr. Little, weni^f and bad, fd)led)t> are formed regularly in German. Little, roenig; less, fewer, roeniger; least, roenigfh bad, fcfyfecfyt; worse, fcfylecfyter; worst, fcfylecfytefr. The comparative and superlative of an adjective have the same declension as the positive form, when they qualify a noun. SINGULAR. N. the old man, t>et ofte Wlatm ; the older man, ber aftere 93?onn ; G. of the old man, t>e$ often Sfflon- of the older man, fc>e$ afteren 9Ean* ne$; [ne; ne£; [ne; D. to the old man, tern often 9#ons to the older man, tern afteren Sftan^ A. the old man, ten often sjftann. the older man, ben afteren 9J?ann* N. the oldest man, t>er oftefte SOtann ; • G. of the oldest man, t>e$ oftejten 9J2anneS ; D. to the oldest man, frern dfteften 9#onne; A. the oldest man, ten ofteften 9J?onn. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Ill The old woman, bie citte #rau ; the older woman, tie dttere Jrau ; the oldest woman, tie dltcfte grau ; &c. The old child, $>a* atte ^int) ; the older child, t>a$ dttere ilmb ; the oldest child, t>a$ dtteftc Jitnb. N. an old friend, etn alter greunb ; an older friend, ein dtterer grreunb; G. of an old friend, etneS atten of an older friend, etneS dtteren greunbe* ; grcunbcS ; D. to an old friend, etnem atten to an older friend, einem dtteren greunbe ; -greunbe ; A. an old friend, etnen atten an older friend, emen dtteren greunb* greunb. N. his oldest friend, fetn dttcfter greunb ; G. of his olflest friend, femes dtteften greunbcS ; D. to his oldest friend, fetnem dtteften greunbe; A. his oldest friend, fetnen dtteften grcunb. My old sister, metne atte (Scfyrocftcr ; my older sister, metne dttere @d)tt>cfter; my oldest sister, metne dltcfte (Scfyrocfter ; &c. His old child, fein atteS $inb ; his older child, fetn dttercS £tnb ; his oldest child, fetn dttcftcS itinb, PLURAL. ' The old men, bte atten banner ; the older men, bte dtteren banner ; the oldest men, bte dtteften Scanner. The old women, bte atten graucn ; the older women., bte dtteren grauen ■; the oldest women, bte dtteften grauem His old children, feme atten £tnber ; his older children, feme dtteren ^tnber ; his oldest children, feme dtteften Jttnber* Old men, atte Scanner ; older men, dttere banner ; oldest men, dttefte banner. This carriage is fine, that is finer, SDtcfer ££agen tft fd)6n, jener tft fcfios and yours is the finest. ner unb bcr 3r>rige tft bcr fd)6nfte. His house is higher than mine. (EJetn £>au6 tft rjofyer aU $>a$ metntge. My uncle has much wine, but £ftetn Dfyetm fyat Diet 2Bctn, abet my father has more, and the mem 23ater fyat mebr unb bcr merchant has the most. ^aufmann r)at ben metftem When the adjective high, fyocfyf qualifies a noun, t^odt) changes into t;ot)f as : The house is high. 2)a$ JpauS tft f)0cr;. The high house. &a$ fyofye S?au$. My garden is large, yours is sjftetn ©arten tft grcp, ber Sfyrtge tft larger, and that of my brother grower, unb ber metncS S3ruber$ is the largest. tft ber grefltc. I have an older dog than he has. 3d) \)aU einen dtteren £unb ati er. 112 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. We have a larger bureau than £Btr fafccn cine Cjrojkre $ommcbe our sister has. aU unfere (Scbroefter, He has afiner house than we have. Qx fat etn fd)6ncrc£ $a\x$ aU ttrir. We have more assiduous children 2Btt faOcn flcijngerc .SUnbet al$ tcd)tcftcn chickens. #ufjner. All, a U ; is declined like the definite article. Mas. alter ; Fern, atte ; Neu. allee.; Plur. alte* All the wine, alter 2Bein; all the milk, atte SDJilcfy; all the money, alles> @elb; all the boys, alte ^naben. All is not followed in German by the definite article, as in Eng- lish, but it may be followed by a pronoun, as : All this sugar, alter biefer Sucfer; all that bread, alle§ jeneS 33rob; all these pens, alte biefe $eberu» "When all is followed by a possessive pronoun, the termination of inflection in the singular is generally dropped. You have all my wine. (Sic fakn all meincn SBettu He has all your money. <5r fat all Sfyu (3el$>. But in the plural, all is regularly declined. All his brothers. 2Hle feine *8ttiber, I have all my books. 3d) fabc alte nietne 23udjen Of all i> n alien (dative plural). He has the best coat of all. (Sr &at ben fceftcn $Kcdf t>on alien. We have the finest horse of all. SBtr fafcen ta$ fd)6nfte g^fcrb son at* ten or ba$ fd)6nfte t?on alien ^pferben. Jtfbre, mefyr* (See Lesson 8.) "When more, in English, is used with a definite or indefinite numeral, it must be translated in German by .nocfy, (still, yet), as: One more book (still one book). 9?cdf) ein 23ucl). A few more horses (still a few $lti§ cinige spfcrbe* horses). Several more good books ; or still £)?ecr) fccrfcbiebcne (mefytere) cuttc 23iu several good books. cfar. Have you still a dog, or £afccn (Sic nccf) cincn £>unb, ebet Have you one more dog ? £a&cn (Ste nccl) e t n c n £tmb ? THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 118 is in German the same, only that in the latter sentence a stress must be laid upon the number e t n t n ♦ No more, not any more, f e t n — - m t I) x . Have you no more wine ? $aben <2>te feincn SBcin mefyt ? I have no more. 3d) fyabe fetnen mefjr. Has he one more (another) watch? #at er nod) cine tlfyr ? He has one more. (§r fyat nod) cine. He has no other watch. (gr fjat feme anbere Ufyr ober : (Sr fyat fetne Uf)t mcfyr. Have you a few more silver $abtn (Ste nod) ctnige filberne $ftefs knives ? fer ? I have a few more. get) fjafce nod) etntge* I have not any more. 3d) fyabe'fctne mefyr. The way, the road, be r 2Beg; the street, tie <2traf$e; to speak, fpreifyn. I will speak to your father. \ jg g Sbren »oter fprccficn, or ^ J J 3d) rottt nut Severn SSatct fprcd)cn. After the verb fprecfyen may follow the person spoken to in the accusative without a preposition, when it is taken in a general meaning; but the person must be preceded by the preposition with, mitf in speaking to a person of a thing . With, mit; a preposition which always governs the dative. C SBollen @te meincn SBrubet fprecfyen? Will you speak to my brother? 7 or SMlen @ie mit metnem 33ruber ( fptecfyen? I will speak to him of his horse. 3d) roxll mit tfym t>on feinem $)fetbe fpred)en. Can you come with me ? - £6nnen @tc mit mir fommen ? I cannot go (along) with you. 3d) ton nid)t mit 3fynen Qcfyen. For, benn; a conjunction. I cannot go with you, for I must 3d) ton ntd)t mit 3fjnen gefjen, remain at home. benn id) mufi $u £>aufe bleiben. SRetn £unb ift flcin, ber £unb meines SBruberS tft nod) Reiner unb meine Sante f>at ben fleinften £unb. SBerttn ijt eine grope ©tabt, aber g)ari^ tft groScr unb Sonbon ift bie gro£te ©tabt in (Suropa. ££effen £ut ift fcincr, ber mctnige ober ber bcinigc ? 2)er mcintge ift nid)t fo fein rote ber beinige, okr metn SBruber fyat ben feinften £ut t>on un£ alien. tOfceiti 23ater bat einen fd)6neven SDBagcn unb ein fd)6ncrc$ $)ferb al$ unfer 9?ad)bar. £)ie $ran$ofcn fyakn kffcre lebcrne £anbfd)ur)e al$ bie £)eutfd)cn. SOKeta* WlwU tet fjat eine grojkre $ommobc unb einen fd)6neren Spiegel ati 3f)re ©djroc* Per. Unfer £)r)ctm fyat ba$ bocfyfte £au$ in ber @tabt. #at Sfyr 23vuber 10* 114 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. kffcreg papier ats bet £aufmann 1 93Mn 23rubet r)at fceffeteS papier, aUt fd)(ed)tcrcn Jtaffee ats t>cr Jlaufmann. £>er 23auet will alle* 23rob unb alien JUfe ncfjmen. Swollen @ie alien bicfen 2Bem trinfenl 3d) will nid)t alien trtnfcn. $$X ber ©d)ur)mad)er bie 2(bfid)t all meine et $leifd)et will all feine Deafen fd)lad)ten. 2(lle feine guten ^rcunlDe finb fyter. 2Bir alle wcllen in t)a^ Sweater gefyen. Un* fer OTcffc ift t)er ftetpigftc Don uns alien. <5r will fetneS son alien btefen spferben faufen. liefer 2Beg ift fuqet aU iener. £)iefe (Strafe ift tie angfie in ber ©tabt. fyaUn @ie 3ucfet genug, wollen en er £(eifd)et nod) einen Dd)fen ? (Sr fyat nod) einen unb er will nod) $wei faufen. £at ber $nat>e nod) ein anberes 25ud) ? (St f)at nod) ein anbercS, abet er f>at fein papier mer>t $u fd)tett>en. SBollen enb in tern (5on$ert fpred)en. Jtann biefer Sflann mit tern #urften fpredjen? (Sr fann ifjn nicl)t fprecfyen, er muf an ifyn fd)reiben. $at bet 3ta(iener £uft mit bem ©panier $u fpred)en ? (St F>at mcr>t Sufi nut ifyw au fpred)en. Swollen eftcr tie gotbene Ufyx gold watch ? ibrer Gutter gebabt ? She has had it. ©ie bat fie gebabt* Have we had some honey ? £aben voix £omg gebabt ? You have had some. <£te baben tt>c(d)en gebabt. Have the soldiers had much meat ? £aben bte ©olbatcn oict #(etfd) gebabt? They have had but little. g$e baben nur roenig gebabt. The foot, ber $u§ (plural, the feet, tie $iiffe); the pound, ba$> $funb; the sheet, ber SSogen; the piece, t>a$ @tucf ; the cup, bte $affe; the drawer, bie ©d)ublabe; yesterday, gefftrn; the day before yesterday, ttorgefrerrt. To open, aufmadjen (to make up); to shut, jumacfyen (to make to); are separable verbs. A glass of water, em @(a3 5Baffer. a piece of bread ; ein gtiicf 23rob. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 117 a pound of sugar, a sheet of paper, a cup of tea, a bottle of wine, After nouns of measure, wei^ of, Don, is omitted, in German, they relate are used partitively; IVill drink a glass of wine. I will drink a glass of this wine. He must give me a piece of bread. He must give me a piece of his bread. When have you had my pen? I (have) had it yesterday. Has the servant had your boots ? He (has) had them the day be- fore yesterday. Will you give meabottleof wine? I will give you one; will you have a bottle of this wine or of that ? Must I give him a piece of bread and a piece of cheese ? You may give him a piece of bread and a piece of this cheese. Will you have a glass of water ? I cannot drink now, I am not thirsty. Will the cook buy a pound of butter? He will go to the market, in or- der to bay some butter. Will you drink one more cup of coffee ? I will drink no more coffee. Can you give me three sheets of good paper ? I will give you four sheets of fine paper and one pound of good sugar. Will you shut the window ? I have a mind to shut the door, but not the window. Can you open the drawer of my bureau ? I have not the intention to open it. This man has only one foot. ein spfunt) Surfer* em 35ogen papier, eine Saffe Sfyee. cine ft-lafcfyc 2Beiru fht, or number, the preposition unless the substantives to which as : — 3d) ttntt cm ©(a$ ££ctn trmferu 3d) null cm ©la* son btcfcm SBcme tttnfen. (St mug mtr ctn (Stucf 23reb gcbcrf, (5t mug mtr ein (Stud r>en fetnem 23tebe geben. 2£arm rjaben (Sic mctne Jcbcr gefja^t ? 3d) babe fie Qcftern getjabt. [fjabt ? £at bcr SBebtente Sforc (Sttefcl gc* (St- r)at fie wrgeftern gefjabt. [geben ? ££etlcn Ste mtr eine $(afd)c £Bein 3d) will Sfaen tine geben ; rootten en jenem r)aben ? SWuf* id) tr)tti ctn ©tad 23tob unb ctn Stud £afe geben? en btefem £afc geben, SSotlen @te ctn ©las Staffer Ijabcn ? 3d) fann je|t md)t trtnfcn ; id) bin ntd)t burfttg. £Bttt bcr £od) cm $funb Sutter faufen ? (St will auf ben 9Jfatft gefyen, urn SButtcr $u faufen. Snellen ©tc ncd) cine Saffe Coffee trtnf en ? 3d) win femes Coffee merjt trtnfen. fonnen Ste mtr bret SSegen gutcS spapter geben ? 3d) roill Sfynen met 23egcn fctncS papier unb ctn $3funb guten 3u- cfet geben. Snellen Cf is declined like an adjective, and expresses the co-existence of two objects or two things of the same kind ; as : — both feet, fceibe $u§e. both the brothers, tie beiben Q3ttibet, I have a desire to see both of 3d) fyabe Sujt 3fyte betben (Sdjmeftern your sisters. $u fcr)en» Have you the intention to read my £abcn en mehteS SrubetS ^u tefen ? I will read both. 3d) mitt bett>c tefcru Sometimes both is used, in German, in the singular, when it relates to two things of a different kind ; and then it takes the neuter termination, b 1 i b e $ ; as : — Can the servant bring me my hat $cmn ber SBebiente nut metnen £ut and my coat ? unb metnen 9?od btinqen ? He will bring you both. (St mitt Sfynen betbe$ fcrtngen. ^abe id) beine gebet gefyabt ? £)u fjaft fte ntdjt gelja&t. SBet fjat fte ^cr)abt ? £)et fleinc £nabe fjat fte gefyofct. #at bet (Sotbat fein S5tcb cbet ba£ be$ SBacfetS gefyabt ? (St fjat mebet t>a$ feinige nod) ba£ be$ S3acfet$ gefyabt. £Ba6 fyaben mit gefjabt ? (Ste fjaben nid)t$ ©tttes gefyabt, £aben at fte au$umad)en ; id) fann es t()um SBotlen ^ie mit ein ©lag £Baffet bringen ? 3d) mill Sbnen ein @(a6 Staffer unb ein @(a^ 2Bcin bringem ^onnen ©te mit einen SSogen papier *geben ? 3d) milt 3^nen einen S3ogen feine^ gtopiet, unb eine gute -gebet geben. ^'iil bet ^nabe nod) cine Saffe Coffee trinfen? (St fann feine me()t trtnfen, abet ct mill ein (Stud $rob fyaben, SBollen Sic i^m ein ©tifcf S3rob fc^neiben ? 3c^ mill i^m ein <&tM ^Btob, unb ein ©tftcf THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 119 t>en btefem .5tafc fcfyneibcn. $M$ t>cr Sebtente cm spfunb Sfjce r>Icn ? " loved, geiie6t. to seek ; fiufyn, " sought, gefudjt* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 121 to show, jeigen, to send, fcfyicfetv to hear, fyoren> to say, to tell, fa$en> to put, to place, frellertf to fetch, \)$Un, to buy, faufen> past part, shown, flejeigt, u sent, gefct)icft. " heard, Qefyort* " said, told, gefa^t. " put, placed, Qejreflt, u fetched, gefyolt. " bought, tjefauft. When the root of a regular verb ends in b or t f not only t> but t tf must be added to it ; as : to work, ar&eiten> past part, worked, gear6eitet. to kill, tobten, " killed, getot>t€t. to slaughter, fct)tacr}tett/ " slaughtered, gefd)fad)tet. to wait, rcarten, " waited, gewartet. to answer, antwortetv " answered, geantroortet. The past participle is always placed, like the infinitive of a verb, at the end of the sentence. The servant has made a fire. He has loved my children. He has shown me his new coat. I have worked the whole day. We sent (have sent) you the book yesterday. Have you told the tailor to make my coat? I have told it to him, but he has not made it. Has he fetched (gone for) a glass of water 1 He has fetched one and has put it on the table. Have you answered his letter, or will you speak to him ? Have you heard the noise ? I have heard nothing, for I have worked. Have you w T aited long for me ? I have sought you, but I have not waited for you. £)er SBcbtcnte fyat cm Jeuct cjcmad)t. @r fyat meine JUnber getiebt. (St fyat nur fetncn neuen SRccf cjc^etqr. 3d) f)abc ben cjan^en Sao, cjeatbettet* £Btt f)aben Sfyncn geftern bas 23ud) a,c[d)trft. £at>en S'te bem Scfynetbet ejefacjt meU ncn 9?ecf gu macfyen ? 3d) fydbc c$ ifym gefagt, abev cr fjat ifyn nid)t gemacfyt. £at cr cm (3la$ Staffer gcr)etf? (5t l)at cincs cjcfyolt unb r)at c$ auf ten Sifd) cjcftcUr. ^aben ellen Sic nut tfjm fpted)en? £abcn (Sic ben 2atm cjcbctt? 3d) fjabc md)ts cjcrjOrt, benn id) r)at>c cjearbeitcr. £aben Sic (ana,c auf mid) cjcrcatrct? 3ch ^abe (Sic gefucbt, eifcet id) fyabe ntd)t auf Sic cjeruartct. The perfect tense in German is used to express an action or event as absolutely passed, or perfectly ended, without any refer- ence to any other event or circumstance, when in English the imperfect tense is often used: (£r t>at mir ba$ 33 ud) C|ejiern #t* fd)icft; he sent me the book yesterday. For this reason, in the following exercises, the English perfect tense will often be used 11 122 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. instead of the imperfect, in order to show more clearly the man- ner in which the German perfect tense is employed. ORDINAL NUMBERS. The first, ber, tie/ ba$ erjre; the tenth, beo bie, ba$ jefynte; the second, cc jroeite; the eleventh, cc elfte ; the third, cc britte; the twelfth, cc jrootfte; the fourth, cc t>ierte; the thirteenth, cc brei^efynte; the fifth, CC fiinfte; the twentieth, cc jroanjigfre; the sixth, a fecr^te; the thirtieth, cc breifcigjre; the seventh, cc ftefcente; the thirty-first, CC em u. breU the eighth, cc ad)te; f*df*e ; the ninth, u neunte; the hundredth, cc fyunbettfre; the thousandth, ber, ^t ba$ taufenbfre. Ordinal numbers have the declension of adjectives. (See Ap- pendix.) The work, ba$ 2Betf ; the volume, ter 35anb (plural tie Q3cins be) ; the month, ber SKonat; the lesson, bie Section; the exercise, bie ilebtmg; already, fcfyon; to learn, lernen (past participle ge* lernt). The first volume, ber erfre 33cmb; the second lesson, tk jroeite Section; the fourth book, ba$ Dierte 33ucfy* I have the first volume. I will learn the second lesson. I have had the fourth book. First volume, fourth book. 3d) fyafce ben crften 23cmb* 3d) mil tie ^recite Section fernen. 3d) rjabc bag merte 33ud) gefjabt. (Sifter 23anb, wctteS 23uci). A cardinal number answers to the question how much ? how many? tt)iet>iel? (see Lesson 25) from which an indefinite in- terrogative ordinal is formed in German, by adding fre; ber, bit? lci$ miet)ie(jre? (Latin: quotus.) In English there is no such word ; but it is expressed by which ? and its real meaning is : which of the number? Which volume of my work have you ? I have the third. Which lesson has he learnt] He has already learnt the tenth. £>en ttHcmefften (rcefdrjen) 93cmb met* tics SBerieS fyabcn £ie ? 3d) (jate ben brttten. SJie wtcmclftc.(mc(cl)c) Section r)at cr gclernt ? <5r ()at fd>on bie gcr)ntc gclernt. ©er tt)iei>ielfre? is employed also, in German, to inquire after the day of the month. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 123 f 3)cr wicmetftc Sag bc$ SWonatS ift What day of the month is to- j . feeute ? or day 1 1 £>en wtctuelftcn Sag bc$ SJlonats fea? [ ben wit fecute ? But generally the " day of the month" is omitted in such sen- tences, and the following contracted questions are used in G-er- man: £)et roiemetfre ijl t;eute? or ten roiemetjren fya&etx roit tyuttl It is the eighth. (£* ift bet acfete, or £Bit feaben ben acfetcn. vg)Qt bet (Scfenetbet fcfeon meincn -iKocf gemacfef? (St F?at tfen nod) nidfet gemacfet. £aben (Sic 3feren £)feeim gc(ic6t ? 3d) ^ak it)n fefet gettcbt. SGBo feat ber &nabe mctnen 9?cgenfd)ttm gefucfet % (St feat ir)n in 3fe^m 3tms met gefucfet. &Bet feat Sfencn meincn SSttef ge^ctgt? 3r)r 23tubet feat tr)n mtr ge^etgt, benn ct fann ifen ntcfet (cfen. ££a$ feat mir bcr ,5taufmann gefefeidt ? (St feat 3fenen fcine Setnwanb unb cm aji bu fcfeon bem Stubenten gefagt, fecute ntcfet $u nut $u f emmen ? 3d) feabc e$ tfem nod) ntcfet gefagt. j^>at bie 93?agb bie $(afd)e SSein ouf ben Stfd) geftellt? 3d) feabc c$ tfet gefagt, abet ft'c hat fie ntcfet auf ben Stfd) fonbetn auf bte Jlommobc geftellt. £abcn bte £ollcmbct ba^ (Stfen unb bie Scucfetet gefeott ? ottet] 3d) feabc ifem nod) nicfet geant^crtet, benn id) fann fecute nicfet fcfetctben, id) mup auf $>a$ Sanb gefecn. 3)cn nnetuelften SBanb 3fetc^ iSct= fe^ feaben (Sic mit gefefeidt? 3d) feabc 3fencn ben fatitm, unb 3fetct (Sdjweftct ben bttttcn SSanb gcfd)idt. 2Bciien (Sic fecute bie ^cfentc Section (etnen ] 3d) l)abc fie fcfeon getetnt. ©ie tvtcmclfte molten (Sic (etnen ? 3d) wilt bie aroolfte Section (etnen unb bie acfete Uebung fcfeteiben. Sa^ micDtelfte 23ud) »on (Scfetllct^ SSctfcn moUcn (Sic tefen ? 3d) will ba6 fed)fte (cfen. £>en wtcutelften feaben bit feeutel ®$ ift fecute t)a breqefente. 3ft t$ ntcfet bet Mct^cfente ? C^cin, metn ^ctt, wit feaben fecute ben ctften. £>et wics tjiclfte ift motgen ] 9}?otgen ift ^x ftinftc. 124 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Has the maid-servant made a fire ? She has made one. Has the shoemaker already made my sister's shoes'? He has not made them yet. Hast thou loved thy nephew? I have loved him much (fefyr). Who has loved this poor student? The physician has loved him. What did you seek (have you sought)? I have looked for my umbrella. Whom has your sister looked for? She has sought her mother in order to go to the concert. Have you shown your pretty ring to my brother ? I have not yet shown it to him, for he is not at home. What will the German show us? He has shown me a beautiful German book, and he will show it to you now. Has his father sent the corn to the market ? He has sent it thither in order to sell it. Whither has the peasant sent his rams? He has sent them to the city, for he must sell them. Have you heard any- thing of the prince ? I have heard nothing of him. Did you hear (have you heard) the beautiful music yesterday evening? I have not heard it. Has the servant put the candlesticks on the table ? He has not put them on the table, but at the window. Where have you placed the chairs'? I have placed them against the wall in your father's room. Has the boy already fetched some coffee and some tea ? Yes. he has fetched a pound of coffee and a pound of tea. Has your nephew gone for the physician ? He has gone for him, but our physician cannot come to-day, he is sick. Did you work (have you worked) much yesterday? I did not work (have not worked) very much yesterday, but I did work (have worked) very hard (fefyr triel) the day before yesterday. At what have you w r orked ? I have learnt two German lessons. Has your brother worked as much as you ? He has worked less than L Have you already bought a bottle of wine ? I have already bought a bottle of wine and a piece of bread and cheese. Where have you bought it ? At the shop of our old neighbor. Has the soldier killed your young friend ] He did kill (has killed) him with a knife. When has the butcher killed the ox? He killed (has killed) it at his bro- ther's, and he will kill two more in the country to-morrow. Whose chickens have the cooks killed ? They have killed theirs and those of our neighbor. Have you waited long for me ? I have waited for you three hours. How long has your brother waited for your mother? ' He has waited for her till a quarter to eleven. Has he not waited till a quarter past eleven ? He has only waited for her at the theatre till half past ten. Have you already answered your friend's letter? I have not yet answered it, but I will answer it to- morrow. Has your little niece answered your aunt ? She has not THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 125 yet answered her French note, for she has neither a piece of paper nor a pen. Which volume of my work have you ? I have the second and my brother has the first. Which exercise w r ill you write to-day ? I have to write the tenth to-day, but to-morrow I must write the eleventh and twelfth. Which lesson have you learnt yesterday] I have learnt the fourth, and I will learn the fifth and sixth to-day. Which volume of Schiller's works have you sent to your niece ? I have sent her the third. Can you give me the seventh volume ? I can- not give you the seventh volume, for my uncle wishes to (will) read it, but I will send you the eighth. How many books has the merchant sent you ? He has sent me two English books and three Spanish. What kind of tables has your mother bought ? She has bought fine stone tables. Can the Frenchman come soon] He has not yet had time, but he will come at a quarter past one. Where is he now ? He is at home, he must wait for the Italian. What day of the month is it! It is the ninth. Is it not the thirteenth? No, sir, to-morrow is the thirteenth. What day of the month will the day after to-morrow be ? The day after to-morrow will be the four- teenth. I have waited long enough for your brother, I will go home now, for I have to write some letters to the Italian count. My father has bought a very fine gold watch and six silver spoons and forks, but he has no more money to buy these English knives. I have sent you all the glasses which I have, but you must put them on your bureau, or you will break them. My sister will give you a sheet of paper and a better pen than you have, but you must w ? rite your exercises better. Our uncle is still in the country, but he will come back this month and will bring us a pretty little sheep. What day of the month will he come back? He will be here the twenty- ninth. This month is very long, it has thirty-one days. Have you learnt the first or second lesson ? I have learnt both. Have you show T n your new dress to both of my sisters? I have shown it to them both. Has the peasant bought a candle and a candlestick ? He has bought both. This gentleman has bought a handsomer gar- den than we have, but oars is larger than his. The French prince has the finest and highest house, for he is the richest man in the whole city. 11 s 126 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR'. THIRTY-NINTH LESSON. — Sfamtt Utt& hteifutfte Section* THE PAST PARTICIPLE OF REGULAR COMPOUND VERBS. The past participle of regular inseparable compound verbs is formed like that of simple verbs, by adding t or et to the root of the verb, but having already a prefix, the particle ge is here for the sake of euphony omitted, as : To burn, uerbrennen; past participle : burnt perbrenntf and not ge^erbrennt; to sell, wrfaufen; " sold, Derfauft; to belong, gefyoren; u belonged, gefyort ; to answer, beantroortert; " answered, beantroortet* Have you burnt his letter? &aben (Sic fetnert SBrtef tterbrermt? I have not burnt it, I have an- 3d) fabc tfyn md)t tierbtermt, id) fyabt swered it. tf)rt beantreottet* The tailor has sold this coat. £)et et Fjat ticfcn SKocf tters fauft. That garden has belonged to my Setter ©arten fjat meittem &ater ge* father. f)6rt- The past participle of regular separable compound verbs is formed like that of their simple verbs, except that the prefix ge is placed between the separable particle and the root, as: To mend, ausbeffew; past part, mended, auSgebeffert; to open (to make up), nufmacfyen; " opened, aufgemacfyt; to shut (to make to), jumacfyen; u shut, jugemacfyt. Has the shoemaker mended my $at & cr ^cbufjmacfyer metne aS$)u&enb; the pair, ba§ *))aar; the yard, tie Site; the shutter, ter iabtn (plural tie ?a* ten); the egg, t>a$ @i (plural tie Sier); broad, wide, breit* Masculine and neuter nouns which express the idea of weight, measure, or number, do not take the inflection of the plural when used in such signification. My room is eighteen feet six 9Jtettt Simmer tjt acbtycbn gfufi fecbS inches long, and twelve feet Soil fang, unt> $wclf #u£j -Her Sell four inches wide. Ore It* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 127 Two dozen eggs, jroei SHtfjenb Sier; three dozen gloves, brei £>u§enb ipanbfcfyufye ♦, two pair of boots, jmei ^aar Stiefel; five pounds of tea, funf ^funb 5t;ee; six pieces of broad linen, fecfy$ StucE brette ?einrt>anb. But when such nouns are feminine, they take the inflection of the plural, as : Four yards of cloth, t>ier Stten $ud); two bottles of wine, jroet $(afd)en SBein; three cups of coffee, btei 5affen .Kaffee* Half, t)alif has the declension of an adjective, and stands in German always before the noun which it qualifies. Half an hour, etne \)albt Stunbe; two hours and a half, jmei unb eine fyal&e Stunbe; four dozen and a half, t>ier unb tin f;al6e$ £>u|enb; three yards and a half, tret unb tint fyalbe Gtfte. I have five sheets and a half of Set) r)abc funf unb etnen f>atOcn 33os paper. gen papier. He has bought ten pounds and a ©r fyat $ef)n unb etn f)att>e$ $)funb half of white sugar. tfleifen Sucfet gefauft. Four inches and a quarter, t)ier unb em -Biettet 3ott> two pounds and three quarters, jwei unb brei 23iettel ^funb. This child is three years and a 3)tcfcg ittnb tft brei unb etn fyafi&eg half old. Srtr.fltt My little boy is four years and 9J?em Hetncr itnak iff trier unb brei nine months old. SStertet 3af)t aft. Three months are a quarter of a ©ret Senate ftnb etn £>terte( SaFjr. year. Nine months are three quarters 9? eun donate ftnb brei JBtcrtel Sa^r. of a year. To dwell, to reside, to live, tt)ofmen> past participle: gemofynt; either-or, entruebet — ober. Will you live long in this house? SBotlen @te (ange in btefem #aufc tverjnen ? I will live here only a short time. 3d) tflttt F)ter nut ftirjc 3ett roofynen. With whom did your friend live S3ct tvem fjat 3fyt greunfc getwefjnt? (has your friend lived) ? He has lived at my uncle's. (St fiat Oct metnem Dfyetm gcroeftnt. Which garden will the French- S3Md)en ©atten nritl ber Jran^cfc man buy? faufen ? Pie will buy neither yours nor (St null nxbet ben S&rigett ncd) t>cn mine, metntgen faufen. 128 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. There is in German a kind of compound adverbs which are composed of the demonstrative adverb there, ta^ and a preposition; as: Sarin, bar>cn r barauf, which correspond to the English there- in, thereof, thereon. These German compound adverbs are generally used when, in English, a preposition stands before the personal pronoun it or them ; as : in it, in them^ of it, of them, on it, on them ; when they represent inanimate objects or abstract ideas, as: Have you lived in this house ? I have lived in it. Are our coats in the drawers? They are in them (there). Will yon drink of this beer? I will drink some of.it. Has he the intention to speak of his books? He has a mind to speak of them. Is my book on the table ? It is on it. Will he answ T er my letter ? He will answer it. Have you waited for my boots ? I have waited for them. £akn (Sic in btefem £>aufe geroofynt ? 3d) {jabe barm gewofynt, [ben? (Sinb unfere 3t&fe in ben on btefem S3ter trinfen? 3d) will it>e(d)C6 bason trtnfen, or 3d) rcutt bat-on trtnfen. £at er tic 2(bftd)t son fetnen 23ud)em $u fprecfeen 1 (Sr fjat £uft bar-on $u fprecfyen. Sjt metn 23ud) auf bem &tfd)e ? (Ss tft batauf. 2BUI er auf metnen SBricf antrcorten 1 (Er rottt barauf antworten. £aben @te auf metne ©ttcfel ge* roartet ? 3d) fyabc barauf gercartet. But when a preposition stands before a personal pronoun which represents a person or persons, these compound adverbs cannot be applied, as: Will you speak of my brother ! I will speak of him. Have you waited for my sisters? I have waited for them. 2Mlen en @te auf metne (Sdjroeftern ges rcartet ? 3d) fjabe auf fte geroartet. I Qabtn tic (Snglanber em fyottanbtfdjeS @d)tff tterbtennt? @te jjofcen fcine^ Derbrennt. 3)er 9J?atrofe fyat fetnen alien 9?ocf perbrennt, benn cr rotll ctnen neuen mad)en taffen, £at ber gran^ofe fetnen SGSetn t>crfauft ? (Sr fyat thn ttcrfauft. £aben <£5te fdbon ben SSrtcf 3§re$ ^reunbe^ beants roertet ? 3cf) f)abe tfjn nod) ntd)t beantrcortet, abcr id) wilt eg morgen tfjun. JDiefei $au£ fyat metnem Dfyctm gefyort, aber e£ gefyort nun bem beutfd)en ©rafen. £>aben @te 3^e (Sttefct $u bem @d)uf)mad)er gefefytdt urn fie au$s beffcrn $u laffen ? 3cb fyafo fie $u tfjm gefc^teft, aber er f>at ntd)t £ufT fte au^ubeffern, fie ftnb $u fd)(ed)t. £at ber (Scfynetber metnen $otf ausge* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 129 fccffcrt ? (Sr r)at nid)t 3eit geljabt ifyn fycute au^ubeffcrn, Denn cr r)at ^u mcl $u tbun, abet: er roill Sfynen Den S^ocf mcrgen brtngen. £)er S£ifd>tet fyat allc unfere £ifd)e unD ®tuf)lc ausgebeffert. £aben Sic fcfyen Die ^f)ur aufs gcmad)t ? 3d) r)abe jtc nod) nid)t aufgemad)t. 4>at Der S3cDtcntc Die £aDen gigemaejjtl (5r fyat fie geftern 2CbenD $ugemad)t. ££as fjaben @te ^eute ciuf Dem 9J2arf te gefauft ? 3d) ^abe Dm $funD SButter, sroci DufecnD (Siet unD cin groped Stuc! JTetfd) gefauft. Unfer ©artcn ift nut ftein, er ift groans $ig $u(5 !~ e ** 3ott tang, unD funfeeljn gufi met Sell breit. Der Jtaufmann fyat Drei Stucf brettcS Sud) gefauft. 1 2Bte breit ift e$? & ift em unD cine fyalbc ©lie breit. £fteinc Gutter vM met $)aar (Scfyufye, fccJ>6 $)aar £anD= fd)uf)e unD 3ef)n (Stlen SeinroanD faufen. Dtefe $rau rottl t)icr Saffcn Jtaffee unD ifjr 9J*ann $roct g(afd)en £Bein trinfen. 3d) fyabe fd)cn Drei unD eine JjalOe (StunDe auf Sie gcroartet. 2Jlein SSatcr ljat $roei unD eine fjatbc ©lie Sud) gefauft, er roill einen pi. tie Skater; almost, nearly, 6einaf)e* To end, entic^n, past participle, geentigt; to finish, 6eenti past part, ueentigt* Will you end the letter? Swollen to put, to place ; — jr e U e n means to put a thing in an upright, and I e g e n in a lying position. I will put your umbrella in the 3d) witt Sftren 3?e$enfdf)trm tn tie corner. ' (£cfe ftetferu I will put (lay) your coat on the 3d) will 3f)ren SKecf ouf ten (Stufyl chair. (egen. Will you put my book on the ( ^« (The former demands an upright position of the book ; the latter, a lying position.) To pick up, auffye&erv separable verb ; to visit (to go to see, 132 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. to come to see, to pay a visit), 6efuel)en> past part, fcefucfyt; to pay, 6e$al;(en> past part. 6ejaf)lt. Will you pick up your stockings? I have no mind to pick them up. Will he pay a visit to his aunt to-day? He has no time to go to see her to-day ) he did visit (has already visited) her yesterday. When will you come to see me? I will come very soon to see you. Can you find your cane (stick)? I have looked for it, but I cannot find it. Can you pay the shoemaker for the boots? I cannot yet pay him for them. I have paid the merchant for the book. SBeflcn (Ste 3f)re ©trfimpfc auf r,efren ? 3d) fyabe feme &uft fie aufeufyeben. 2BUI er fyeute feme Sante fcefucfyen ? (?r (jot ntd)t3ett fie fyeute $u kfucfyen ; er fyat fie fcfyon gejrern kfucfyt. £Bann roetfen to lend, leif)en> &c, governs the dative of the person and the accusative of the thing; but when the price for a thing is spoken of, the preposition for, fut> is used, as in English. For } fut> a preposition, which governs the accusative. Have you paid the tailor for your coat ? How much have you paid the tailor for your coat? I have paid him four dollars for it. How much ha3 your uncle paid for these horses? He has paid one hundred and eighty dollars for them. My friend has paid nearly one hundred dollars for his watch, for it is a gold English watch. $aUn (Ste bem ©cfynetber Sfyren died bqcibtt? SOStemeK fyaben (Ste bem f)(t. 3d) fyabc tfym mi Sfyater bafur k* SBtetuel Fjat 3f)t Dfyetm fur biefe 5>fcrbc bcjaljft ? (St fjat fyunbert tmb adjtjtg Scaler bafur kga f)(r. 93?etn greunb M kinase f)unbert Scaler fur fetne Urjr t»cgaf)It, benn fte ift cine getbene eng(tfd)e tlfyr. The conjunction /or, benrv must not be confounded with the preposition for, fur. How much will you take (have) ££teiue( roellen &i fur jenen £unb for that dog? fyakn ? I will sell it for no less than ten 3d) will tfm ntd)t fur roemger o($ dollars, for it is a Spanish dog. $er)n Skater oerfaufen, benn er tffc etn fpantfeber &unb. For whom have you bought this #ur wen fyakn atet ge* he will get six shirts made. fauft ; er will fcd)S £emben mas cbcn taffcn. How much have you to pay my SOBicmel fyaben Sie mcmcm SSrubct brother ] gu bega J)len ? I must pay him fifty dollars. 3d) mup i^mfunfttg Scaler bqa()(crt. What is the price of this house?- £Ba$ tft t)cr $)mff t>tefc^ Jpaufe*? The price of this house is two £>et ^prctp btcfeS £aufe$ ift ^et taUs thousand dollars. fenb Skater. That is a very high pricS. ©as ift cin fefyr fyefyet g)rcip* Have I made a mistake in my $abc id) eincn gefjtet tn metner exercise ? ilebung gemaebt ? You have made two blunders in it. (Sic baben gn>ci Jcrjicr bartn gcmad)t All children have their faults. 2ttle .kinber fyaben tfyre gefyter. SBetlcn (Sic nid)t 3f)r SSUlet enbigen? 3d) fjabc es fd)cn beenbigt. £>aben Sic btefeS SSttd) halt) beenbtgt ? 3d) i\>UX cs mergen enbigen, t)cnn id) fyabc ()cutc feme Sett barin gu tefen. 3d) fann nid)t metnen (Stecf fin?, ben ; ruorjin fyaben Sic tf)n gcftetlt ? 3d) fyabe i|n in cine (Scfe 3fyt-c* 3ims mer$ gejtctlt* Sic fennen nid)t Sfoeti SKecf finben, benn ber 23cbtcnte l)at tbn in mcinc ^enmtebe getegt ; id) will if)n Sfyncn Fjclcn. 93^ctn -Brubet fyat fjeute tangc feme Strmnpfe gefuebt, abcr cr fann ftc nicbt ftnben ; rocrjin bat ftc bic gjjagt) gclegt ? Sic rjat ftc attf ben Stufy getegt, abcr Sfet 23uts bcr fann ftc nid)t finben, benn bcr SBcbicntc fjat 3()rcn 9?ecf barauf gelcgt. Swollen Sic bem jtaufmann bas £ud) bc$ab(en ? 3d) will cs tfcm bc$af)(en. abcr es ift feljr. tf)cucr. £at bcr jpotldnbct feben fcinc g>fcrt>c fcejafytt ? (§r rjat ftc ncd) nicbt be$al)(t, benn fcin SSatcr fyat ir)m fcin (ictb gefebidt. SBcm rjaben Sic ba$ £et$ gu bc^a^cn 1 3d) fjabe e£ bem Simmermann ^u bc$af)(cn» SSicMcl f>at 3I?rc Scbnxftcr fur ba$ neuc £(cib bqablt? Sic foot fed)$ nnb eincn fjalben Scaler bafur fccjafjlt* 3Bte»tct rcollen Sic mir fur mcincn febenen £unb geben? 3cb will Sfyncn brci Scaler bafttr geben. SBas" ift bcr spreu9 bicfer Seinroanb ? £)iefe Scinmanb ift tfyeucr ; id) fja&e gmei Sr)a(er fur brci ©lien bqafylt, Sie fyaben eincn rjofyen g>rcip bafur be$arjlr. Snellen (Sie ba$ 23anb aufOebcn ? 3d) rmlt e$ auffyeben, aber id) fann c$ nicbt fefen. £at bcr 23cbicntc bic 2lbftd)t mcinc Strumpfc aufytfyeben ? (5r fyat nicbt Beit gebabt ftc auf^u^eben, abcr id) will cs tbun. ^at bcr Heine Sinabc Wk $d)Ux in fcinen ttebungen gcmad)t ? ©r fyat nur brci Jc^cr barm gemacbu 3n biefem 23ucbc ftnb bcinaf)c fcinc ^eblen SBietnet F>at 3f)t £)^cim fur biefen ©arten bc^ablt? 3)cr ©artcn t|! tf)euer ; cr (jat beinaf)e neun fjunbert Scaler bafur kp|lt, aber Co ftnb fcr)r febene S3aumc barin* SBcKen Sic micb mergen befucben? Scb f^nn Sic ntcrgen nicbt befttcben, benn id) mup $tt metner Santc gef)en ; aber id) mill ttbermcrgen gu 3l)nen fommen* ^at bcr Deutfcbc Cuft unferen jungen Jreunb git befucben ? (St l)at grope 8u(l il)n gu befucben, aber cr ift franf ; er fann nid)t au^gcljen. 12 134 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. SSantt r)akn @tc Sfyren £)r)ctm kfucfyt? 3$ f>aT6e tf)n wrgejlern (>efucf)t, unt> ct fyat mir alle feme Ijubfcfyen 23 cqc( gcjctgt. £>er alte SSaucr f>at nicfyt met fur tuefe* 3>fett> be^ar^r, term er ijl ein armer SRantn Will you end your letter to your uncle to-day ? I have no time to finish it to-day, but I will end it to-morrow. Have you finished the German book ? I have almost finished it. That noise must either end, or I cannot work. Has youranephew the intention to buy the wine of the Frenchman ? No, sir, for he has not yet finished his own. Has the neighbor sought his little child ? He has sought it, but he cannot find it. You must go into the garden, and you will find it. You cannot find a good watch at that gentleman's store. The servant must lay my stockings in the drawer. Have you put my coat on the chair? No, sir, I have placed it on the bureau. Whither have you laid the paper? I have laid it on the table. Where are my gloves and my cane ? Your sister has laid the gloves in the drawer of the table, and placed your cane in a corner of her room. Who has put a dozen cups on this small table ? The maid- servant has put them on it. She must take them away, for the children will break them. Will you pick up that knife ? you must cut some meat with it. For whom must I cut some meat ? You must cut some for these three children. How old are they? The first is four years old \ the second is ^sq years and a half, and the third is six years and nine months old. Can I pick up this dollar? You may pick it up, for it is mine. Has the boy no mind to pick up his pen ? He has no mind to pick it up, for he will write no more (nid)t mefyt). Will you pay the shoemaker for your boots to- day ? I cannot pay him for them to-day, for my father has not yet sent me the money. Whom has the student to pay for his coat? He has to pay the old tailor for it. Has my brother already paid you for the dog? He has not yet paid me for the dog, for he will not keep it. What has my nephew to pay? He has to pay the Italian for the new carriage. Whom has the baker paid for the flour? He has paid the English merchant for it. Has the butcher killed all his rams ? He has killed them almost all, but he has not paid for them. How much have you paid for your hat ? I have paid three dollars and a half for it. That is very dear; I have paid only two dollars and a half for mine, and it is finer than yours. Has your sister got a new dress made ? She has got one made, but it is very dear ; she has paid eighteen dollars for THE (JERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 135 it. How much has the sailor paid for his boots'? He has paid four dollars for them. That is a very high price. It is not too dear ; for the price of leather is very high. What is the price of this beautiful book ? It has no price, for it is a very old book, and it belongs to the rich count. Have I made many mistakes in my German exer- cises ? You have made many blunders in this short exercise. It is not my fault, for my little sisters have made too much noise in the room. Will you come to see me this evening? I have no time to come this evening, for I must go with my mother to the French theatre ; but I will come to see you to-morrow morning. Have you paid a visit to our rich aunt? I have not yet visited her, for I am still a little sick ) but I will go to see her in a few days. Where has your young friend lived till now ? He was living (has lived) at his uncle's, in Sixth street; but he is in the country at present. How much has the German paid for his coat? He has paid only nine dollars for his coat, for the cloth is not very fine. This French gentleman has paid ten thousand dollars for that house, for he is a very rich man. The boy must either finish learning his lesson, or he must write an exercise, for he has nothing to do to-day. Will you get your stockings washed ? I have got them washed already. FOKTY-FIRST LESSON. — ®itt MXtb fyiet^fte Section* To be, fein; past participle, been, gewefert. This boy has no mind to be in- Diefcr ^nafce fyat feme Sufi: ffciptg dustrious. ^u fan. He will not remain here, in order (St wilt md)t fyter bUibm, urn frfif) to be at home early. ^u $cmfc $u fcin. When will your father come SBcmn null 3f)t $atet nad) #aufe home % femmen ? He must soon be here. (5r mup fcalfc r)tct fcin. PERFECT TENSE OF THE VERB TO BE. I have been, id) bin geroefen. we have been, roir ftnb geroefen. thou hast been, bu fcifr geruefen, you have been, Sie ftnb geroefen. he (she) has been, er (fie) ifi they have been, fte ftnb opyot* gercefen. fen. In German, the verb to be, f e i X\ f does not take the present tense of the verb to have, \) a b e ru for its auxiliary, to form the perfect ; but it forms this tense with its own present. Thus, we eay, in German, i (t) b in fl e \v e f e n ; which is, literally, J am been. 136 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Hast thou been at school ? I have been there. Has he been industrious. He has been good and industrious. Has his daughter been at the concert ? She has been there. Have you been in the country? We were (have been) only a short time there. Have your uncle's children been at your house to-day? They have not been at ray house, but at my brother's. Sift bu in ber (Scrmfe gcrpcfcn ? 3d) bin ba genxfen. 3ft cr fleijng geroefen ? (£r tft gut unt) ftctfHg gemefen, 3ft feme Septet: in tern (Sen$ert ge* tuefen ? @tc tft fc>a gcrcefem 3 f ttl til ??* means, in German, the largest and best furnished room in a house | as, a drawing-room or parlor. ©ie ©tube is the name for smaller rooms; thus, we say, @ cl) 1 a f ji u 6 if sleeping-room ; StrbeitSftubej working-room ; ^inberfr ubef ckildrens' room, nursery. The ball-room, ber 95attfaal. the front room, ba$> QSorberjimmer, bie 23orberfru6e* the back room, ba$ jpinterjimmer, bie £interjru6e. Were you (have you been) at the (Btnb ©ie geftern auf bem S3atte ge* ball yesterday? I was not (have not been) at the balJ, but at the concert. Will you go to the count's ball this evening? I cannot go to the ball; but my mother and my sister will go thither. Is the cook in the kitchen ? He is not in the kitchen ; he is at the market. Has the maid-servant the inten- tion to go into (to) the kitchen? She cannot go into the kitchen ; she must mend her dress. Is your mother in the front par- lor? No, sir, she is in the back parlor. Have you a front room ? I have a back room, but my sis- ter has a front room. nxfen ? 3d) bin md)t auf bem SSafle, fenbern in bem (Sen^ert genxfen. SBollen ©ie btefeti 2Cbenb auf t>cn S3aS bes ©rafen ge&en ? 3c!) fann ntd)t auf ben 95att gefjen, aber metne Gutter unb metne ©cfynxfter rcetlen bafyin geljen. 3ft ber Jted) in ber£ucr>e? (§r ift ntd)t in ber jtucfye ; cr ift auf bem 9J?arfte» £at bie gftagb bie 2C6ftd)t in bie Siu&c $u gefyen? ©ie fann ntcbt in bie Jlucbe geljen ; fte mup tfyr &U\t> ausbeffettn 3ft Sbre Gutter in bem SSerbera'tms mer ? [terjtmmcr. 9?etn, mctn £err, fte tft in bem $tns £aben ©ie etne &>erberftube? 3cb babe etne .ftinterftube, aber metne ©djivefter (?at etne SSerbcrftube* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 137 The brother-in-law, ter (gcfywager; the sister-in-law, tie <£d)rcdgerinn. Feminine substantives can be formed of masculine appellative nouns by the addition of the syllable inn. The ^radical hard vowels a, Or and u are then generally softened in d, Of and u ; as : the prince, ber $iirjr; the count, ber ©raf ; the neighbor, ber 5ftad)6ar$ the friend, ber $reunb; the cook, ber i?od) ; the peasant, ber 35auer ; the tailor, ter @d;neiter; the princess, tie ^urftinn, the countess, tie ©rdfinn. the neighbor, tie 9iad)0arinn. the friend, tie $reuntinn* the cook, tie .S?od)inn. the peasant's wife, tie SSduerinru the tailoress, or the dressmaker, tie Scfyneiterinm [terinn* the Englishman, ter (Sngldnter; the Englishwoman, tie ©ngldrt* the Frenchman, ter ftranjofe; the Frenchwoman, tie ftranjos the English lady, tie englifcfye Same. [firm. The plural of these feminine nouns is formed by adding e rt (see Lesson 22d) ; as : — the friend (female), tie ftreuntinn; the friends, tie ftreuntinnen. My brother-in-law is in the coun- $Rtin ©d)tt>aget_tft auf tern £ante, try, but my sister-in-law is at home. Is your neighbor a Frenchwoman? No, sir, she is an American lady. Will your sister go to her dress- maker to-day? She has not the intention to go to her dressmaker, but to her friend. Have you a male or a female cook ? I have a very good female cook. The young countess has the in- tention to go to the princess this morning. <5tnb ©tc Ijeute auf bem 93?atfte genxfen ? 3d) bin ntd)t auf tern SWarfte, fenbern in" unferem gropen (fatten gcroefen* 3ft ber cfter in ber ^ud)e geroefen? ©U ift ta geroefen urn ben Sfyee p mad&en. 3Btr ftnb ntd)t burftig, fenbern fcfjr mute geroefen* (Stub Sfjre #reunbe geftem auf bem 25atte geroefen ? ®te put 12* abet meine ^cfyroageunn ift ^u £aufe, 3ft Sfyre 9?ad)bartnn etne $ran$6ftnn ? 9?etn,metn ^>crr, fie ift etne ?Imeritas ncrmn/OretneamerifrmtfdbCiDamc* SOStll Sfjre 6d)roefter rjeute $u tfyret @d)netbcrinn gcben ? @te bat nid>t tte 2C6fid>t £U tr)rct ©ebneibettnn, fonbern $u tfyrer greunbinn $a gefjen, £aben ie @ie tort gewefen. 3ft 3fyt SBruber in ber 23orbcrftube ? 9?ein, cr tft in ber £interftube. Swollen agertnn gefyen ? 3d) bin geftern bci if)r geroefen, unb id) will fyeute meine greunbtnn, bie (Sngtdnbertnn, befucfyem #at bie 33auerinn fdjon atle tljre (Sier unb Gutter serfauft? (Sie f)at nod) brci £)u£enb (Sier unb $tr>6tf unb cin fjalbc^ $3funb Gutter $u serfaufen. £Botlen orgeftern ha getucfen. ©inb aufe fettu ©ute jlinber muffen fletfng. fcin. £Btet>iel VL\)t ift t$ ? c* fann nod) nid)t fpdt fetn. <§:$ ift brei SSiertel auf eins. Were you (have you been) at school to-day? I was not (I have not been) there, for my sister is sick. Hast thou been at the shoe- maker's? I have been at your shoemaker's- he has already made your boots. Has the sailor already been at our new church ? He was (has been) there yesterday. Where have you been this morning? We have been at our sister-in-law's this morning, and now we intend to go to our friend, Louisa. What has your sister-in-law told you I She has told us to come to see her again very soon. I was (have been) at the count's house yesterday; the countess is a very polite lady, and her daughters are very handsome, but they spoke too much. Has the peasant's wife been often in the city? Not so often as her neighbor's wife. Where was (has) the butcher (been) the day before yesterday ? He was (has been) in the country, and he has bought two oxen and four rams" there, in order to kill them to-day. How long have you been in London ? I have been there only six months, but I have been in Paris nine months. Who has been here ?• Your uncle ha§ been here, but he will come back to see you this evening. That German gentleman has been in New York three years, but he cannot yet speak Eng- THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 139 lish. Has your brother been sick] He was (has been) very sick, but now he is better. Has the physician been at your house ] He has come to see (visited) my brother very often. Has the student been right in going to the English ship? He was (has been) wrong in going thither. Have we been wrong in baying these pretty glasses 1 You*have not been wrong in buying a dozen wine-glasses, but you have paid too dearly for them. I have«paid only three dollars and a half for mine, and you have paid five dollars and three quarters for yours. When will your father be at home % He has said he will be here at a quarter past* one \ will you wait for him ? I will wait half an hour for him, for I must be at home at a quarter to two. Must children be polite? Good children must be polite and industrious. Is your brother in the warehouse ? He cannot be there, for our father has sent him to the river. Have you already been in our fine par lor? I have only been in your back parlor; will you now show me your front parlor? Yes, sir, I will show you our front parlor j it is almost as large as the* saloon of the French count. Is the Frenchwoman still in the kitchen ? She has been there almost all day. I was (have been) yesterday in the large house of the rich English merchant; in his house are two fine parlors, a large saloon, and twelve other rooms ; they are all very pretty, but they have one fault : all the back rooms are too small. This little boy is hungry, but he cannot yet be thirsty. Where were (have) your sisters and their friends (been) yesterday evening? They were (have been) at the great ball. At whose house was (has) your brother-in-law (been) the day before yesterday? He was (has been) at nobody's house ; he was (has been) at home with his wife. FOKTY-SECOND LESSON. — $ti)ti tfttfc toiet$i#fie &ettwn+ IRREGULAR VERBS. German verbs are called irregular when they deviate from the before-mentioned formation of the past participle. Irregular verbs are prefixed by ge/ in the past participle, if such verbs have not already another prefix \ but the greatest part of irregular verbs change their radical vowel, and are not terminated by t or e t / but by the termination of the infinitive en/ as : 140 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. To write* fcfyreiben; past participle, written, gefcfyrie&en J to lend,* leifyen; to cut,* fcfyneiben; to take,* nefymen; to speak,* fprecfyen; to break,* $erbred)en; to drink,* trinfen; to do,* tl)un ; u lent, geliefyen; cut, gefcfynitten; taken, genommen; spoken, gefprod)en; broken, jwbroctyen; drunk, getrunfen; done, getfyan. (All infinitives of irregular verbs will be marked henceforth with an asterisk.) 2(n men fyaben <&ti etnen SSrtcf ge^ fdbrieben ? 3d) ^abe etnen an ten ©cfyetttanfcet gefefyrteben. £aben (Ste t>cm $ran$ofen 3f)ren $Ke* genfd)trm gclic^cn 1 3d) f)abe trm ifym ntd)t gettefyen. jg>ot t)er.ftnabe etnen (Stctf gefd)nttten? C£r fjat etnen fur mid) gefd)tutten. To whom have you written a letter ? I have written one to the Scotch- man. Have you lent your umbrella to the Frenchman? I have not lent it to him. Has the boy cut a stick ? He has cut one for me. Who has taken the pen from you? My sister-in-law has taken it. Has the servant taken away my table I He has taken it away. Have you already spoken to the Dutchman ? I spoke (have spoken) with him yesterday at the square. How many glasses has your cook {fern.) broken f She has already broken six. Has he drunk much of this wine ? He has drunk very little of it. What has the little boy done to- day? He has done nothing. 2Bet fyat Sbncn tie gefcer genommen? 9JZeme aqertn f)at fie genommen. £at fcer 23et>tente metnen &tfd) roegs cjencmmen ? (St r)at if)tf nxggenommen. £aben 8ie fd)on mtt t>em #oftcmt>et gefprecfyen ? 3d) i)abe mtt tfym geftern auf tern q)(age gefpted)en. £Btet)iel ©tafet fjat 3r)re £od)tnn $er= brod)en ? cr Heine Jlnabe r;cute ge? tr)an ? (St f)at ntd)t$ getr)an* The cotton, tie 33aumtx)ofle; the wool, tie 2Botle; the silk, tie <2eifc>e; the merchandise, the wares, the goods, tie 2BaarC/^>/wraZ tie 2£aaren; cheap, roofylfeil. « Adjectives: cotton, baumwollen; woollen, pollen; silk or silken, feibert. Oftener, ofter (comparative of eft)) why, roarum? The Americans have sold much £)te tfmcrifanct fyaben btefeS 3afyt cotton this year. mi SSaumrcotte ttetrauft. Our sheep have not much wool, Itnfcrc woltene SBaarem $abcn (Ste eft an Sfyven Dljeim ges fcfyrteben ] 3d) I)aOe an metnen Dfjetm cfter ges fcfyrteben, aU Bk an ten SWgen. .paben on biefem 23ier getrunfen ? (§r r)at ntcfyt Dtcl bason gctrunfen. 2Ba$ ()at ber SSauec .getrunfen ? (St bat Staffer unb Wltttf) getrunfen. -£Ba$ rjaben (Sie fyeute getfjan ? 3d) fjabe md)t met gctfyan, benn e$ ift fcfor warm* SSer r)at biefe gaffe $crbrod)en ? £>er Heine .ftnabe Fjat e$ gctfjan. £at er etroaS geftettt. SKann ()at ber 3r(dnbcr mit 3bnen gcfprod)en? ©r r)at geftcrn mit mir in meinem Sa? ben gefprod)en. SOB ill er ctroaS Don 3^nen faufen ? 3^/ er mtft Derfd^icbene baummotlene unb mollene SGBaaren »on mir faufen* 932it tocm bat mem (Scfyruaget gefiern in bem Sweater gefprocften 1 (Sr F;at mit r>erfd)tebenen Scu? ten gefprodjem gur «)en f>aft bu biefe^ S3rob unb biefen Sia\c gefd)nttten? Scr> fjabe betbe^ fur me'me jtinber gefdjnitten, fie ftnb bungrtg* £at 3l)r 142 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. C^cffc ctwag gcrbrod^cn? 3a, er fjat cine 5?fafdr)c SKctn gcrOrcd^cn, unt> fie gerjett ntd)t ir)ro. SDte 2Cmcrtfanct fjaben t>te metfte 23aumn?ette $u ttctfau* fen. gctne SBotlc ift jcgt fefjt tfjeuer. £)tc Staftenet rjaben tie fctnfte ©cite $u Derfaufcn. £)iefct ilaufmann fjat metnet Sante fcfjr fd^cne fetbene SBaatcn scrfauft, after fie fint) ntd)t worjlfetf. SSaumtvcttcne £&aarcn finb n>or)(fcUer a(g roettcne. Sttctne Sautter fyat fjcute $roet 9)aar fcaumrooflcne ©ttftmpfe unb brct spaar fcibene ^>ant>fc^uf)c cjefauft. SOBtemel fyat t>cr 9Jias trcfe fur t>a$ roottcne #emb Oc^a^tt? (Sr r)at e$ roofjlfctt gefauft, er fjat nut em unt) cinen fyalben Scaler bafur bc^a^t. Who has written this letter? Oar niece has written it. To whom has the gentleman written? He has written to his friend. Why has he written to him ? He cannot go out in order to speak to him, for he is sick. Has the soldier drunk much wine? He has drunk two bottles of wine. Is that not too much for him % It is not too much for him, for he can drink more than you. What has the pea- sant's wife drunk? She has drunk all her good milk. What beer hast thou drunk] I have drunk German beer and my brother has drunk a glass of water. What have you done to-day ? I have not done much, I have only written a German exercise. Has that man done something bad? He has neither done anything bad nor any- thing good. Who has lent you that silk umbrella? My aunt's sister has lent it to me, and I will send it back very soon. What has your neighbor's wife lent your mother? She has lent her a dozen eggs and two pounds of butter, but my mother will give it back to her to-morrow. To whom has his father lent money ? He has lent some to the poor count. Has anybody taken your boots? The ser- vant has taken them in order lo bring them to the shoemaker: he will get them mended. Who has taken my brother's cane? The little boy has taken it into the garden in order to show it to his sister. When have you spoken to the French gentleman? I spoke (have spoken) to him in the concert yesterday. To whom has the countess spoken ? She has spoken with my pretty nieces. Have the Eng- lish spoken of my horses? They have not spoken of them, but they have spoken of you. What have they said ? They have said nothing bad of you. Hast thou spoken to that man I No, my dear father, I have spoken to another. What have the peasants cut } They have cut some trees. Where have they cut them ? They have cut thern.in their woods. Have you cut some meat? I have cut some bread and some meat in order to carry it into the kitchen. Who has broken the glass ? The maid-servant has broken it, but she will THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 143 buy another. Whose stick has the child broken? It has broken mine and my brother's. Why have you not put the wine-glasses on the table? Your little brother has broken them. Has yonr father often spoken to the Scotchman ? He has not spoken to him so often as you. Hast thou been at the theatre as often as thy nephew? He has been oftener than I. Have you written oftener to your mother than your sister? I .have written oftener than she. Why has not the cook fetched some water? He has not been at home to go for some. What goods has the merchant to sell? He has cotton and woollen goods to sell. Has he sold you cheap goods? He cannot sell cheap, for all merchandise is too dear this year. But cotton and wool is not dear here. American cotton is cheap, but cotton goods are dear. Why have you bought a cotton umbrella? I have broken my silk umbrella, and now I have bought a cheap one. Have the Italians much silk ? They have not much silk to sell. Has your aunt bought a silk dress? She has bought a beautiful black silk dress and a dozen pair of fine cotton stockings. What gloves has the Dutch sailor bought ? He has bought three pair of woollen gloves. You have been speaking to the soldier the whole morning; what has he told you? He has told me something new. but I cannot tell.it to you. At what o'clock will the tailor bring me the coat? He will bring it to you this evening at a quarter to eight. How often does your father get his shirts washed? He gets them washed oftener than you. Has our neighbor already got a coat made ? He has not yet got one made, for his tailor is sick. The rich merchant has bought a great deal of cloth and many other English goods. Cheap goods are not always the best. FORTY-THIRD LESSON. — ®vei Uttb tnetJUjfte Section* PERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONTINUED. To see,* fefyen; past participle : seen, gefefyen; to hold,* fatten; " held, getyalten; to give,* tjeben; a given, c^e^ebcn ; to carry,* tra^en; i( carried, ^etra^en; to wash,* roa|d)en; " washed, gett>afd)?n; to stand,* jiefyen; " stood, gejhmfceiu 144 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. to read, lefen;* to find, finben ;* to keep, befyalten;* Have you seen my brother? I saw (have seen) him at the con- cert yesterday. Who has held your horse? That little boy has held it. Has he given a book to his neigh- bor's wife ? He has given her several. Has the man carried the iron into our warehouse ? He has carried it thither. Has the maid-servant washed your father's shirts? She has washed his shirts and my stockings. I stood (have stood) there a long time. He stood (has stood) by the river all day. Has your sister's friend read your note 1 She has not yet read it. Have you found this knife in the kitchen ? I have found it there. How t long has the student kept your umbrella? He has kept it nearly one month. past part, read, gefeferu " found, gefunberu " kept, befyolteru £obcn emben Sforc* Voters geruofeben ? @te bat fetne Jpcmben unb mcine ©trfimpfe gereofeben. 3d) babe longe bcrt geftonben. (£r bat ben gon^cn Sag on bem gfuffe p geftonben. £ot bte Jreunbtnn 3brer (Scbrocfter 3bt SBtttct getefen ? @te bat e* necb nicbt getefen ? £oben means, in German, to borrow money or any thing for the use of which I have to pay ; 1 1 i \) t n means to borrow a thing which I intend to give back without paying for its use. Of whom will you borrow the SScn rocm roetlen ©ie bos ©elb bcr? money to pay your tailor? gen, urn Sfyxtm ar geborgt, unt> id) nriti nun $ef)n Scaler t>on meinem better borgctu 53on nxm fyat 3r)t SSrubet bicfeS fcan$6ftfd)c S3ud) geuefyen ? p (Sr r)at eg wn etnem frangcftfcljcn £erren ge(ier)cn, urn es unferec (Scfyruefter $u getgetu Joaben at 3b« Sd)me(lcr mand)ma( an bte beutfebe ©rdftnn gefd)tteben ? ©ie hat cremate an fte gefd)riebcn. £)a$ ift fonberbar, benn bte ©rdfinn f)at Sfrte (Sdjnxftcr fct)r (met) ge* liebt. £Bic oft r)aben ©te btcfeS beutfd)e SSucb getefen ? 3d) fyaU es fd)cn mermat gciefen. £aben ©te fd)cn metnen neuen SBagen gefeben ? 3d) h^U tfyn geftern bet bem %tf$Ux gefeben. 805o r)at 3f)rc ©differ bte bubfefye Sran^cftnn ges fef)en ? ©te r)at fie geftern auf bem SSalle gefef)cn. £at btefcr 23 a iter meiti 5-pferb gefjaften ? $td)t btefcr, fenbern Jener SBaucr f)at e* gebalren. ££em baben ©te bie S^uffe gegeben? 3d) r)abe fte Sfjren JUnbcrn gegeben. SBaS fur ©elb fyat ber (Sngtdnber S^nen fur ba$ spferb gegeben ? (Sr &at mit cimertfantfd)c$ ©e(b gegeben. £3er r)at ben Surfer in bag ££aaren(ager go* tragen ? £)tefer grope 93fcmn r)at tr)n bafytn gctragen ; ruetten ©te tf)m ta? fur be^a()(en? 3d) fyok ran (SJctl) bei (with) nur; ©ie mfifjen ir)n $u metnem ffiatet fd)tcfen. 2£er fiat Sbve ©triimpfc geruakben? Unfere ^ocbtnn bat fte geroafefyetu |>at ber ^odfe fetn |>entb gercafdKn? (Sr bat c$ nid)t geruafdjert/ aber er Ijat eii n)afd)en (affen. s I>on tocm \)at er e^ wafd)en laffen ? SSoti feiner 9?ad)barinn. 3d) ^abc (ange an bem Jenfter geftanben, 13 146 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. ober tdf) fjabc md)t Sfyre 9?td>tc gcfefjcn. (Sic fyaben mctncn 3?egcnfd)frm geftmben; wo rjat er geftanben ? (Sr fyat an meincr ^cmmcbc geftanben. £aben on bag fron^cfifcftc 23 ud) getefen? 3d) fyabc eg jwetmril gelc^ fen* ££cr foot 3fyr 23ittct gctefen ? Sfficinc ©djwefter M eg gebfftu £at tie .5ted)inn ben S3cfen gefunben? (Sic feat ifyn tange gefud)t, abet fie bat tfjn nid)t gefunben. SDBcflfcn $)ferb !>aben (Sie beaten? 3d) F?abc bag fd)war$e $)ferb beg ©rafen bc^altert ; eg tft em fd)6neg $)ferb ; fjafcen on gcfefjcn ? .g>at ber (Stubent Sfyre Urjt kbatten ? 3d) tyabe fie tfym gcttefyen, aber er f)at fie nid)t befjaitcn ; er fyat fie mir $urticfgegebcn. £at ber !tan!e (£d)ur;mad)cr sen Sftrem SSatcr (SJctb geborgt ? (5r fjat son tr)m md)t dklb, fenbern £cber gcbergt. sjftetn better will r-en Sfyncn (S5elt> bergen ; (Sic mujfen ifym aber f eineg kifjen, benn cr !ann eg 3f)nen nid)t wiebergeben. 93on wem r)aben (Sic biefen f)«bfd>cn HBagen gettcben ? 3d) fjabe ifyn t>cn metnem Dfyeim geUcfycn. £aben (Sic mancfymal mctncn Jreunb, ben jungen (Sngtanber, gefefyen ? 3d) fyabc ibn nur breimal gefefyen. £Biet>ie( 50?at fint> (Sic biefe £Bed)e in bem Sweater gewefen ? 3d) bin nur $wcimal barin ges wefen. $at 3fyr ^atcr fcincm armen 9?ad)bar ®clb gegeben ? (5r fyat ifjm cfyematg wc(d)cg gegeben. .£aben pu ben fremben gftann gefefyen ? 3d) I)a6e irm gcfefjcn ; cr ift cm 2(usfanber. 3ft eg nid)t fonberbar, id) fann 3r)ren SSrief nid)t fefen ? Unfer 9?ad)bar fjat t>icfe augfanbifefye SSaaren $u wrfrmfen. Have you seen your uncle to-day ? I have not seen him to-day, but I paid (have paid) him a visit the day before yesterday. Whom have you seen in the country? I have seen many peasants and their wives. Has the boy held my dog? He has held it. What has the servant held ? He has held my hat and my cane. To whom hast thou given some money? I have given some to the poor man. Who has given you that beautiful ring? My aunt has given it to me. To whose children has your good mother given some soup! She has given some to the children of the poor soldier. Has the cook carried three pair of chickens home ? He has carried them home, in order to kill them. Who has carried the bread and the meat to the ship ? The sailors have carried both. Has anybody washed my gloves? The cook has washed them. Has your sister washed her dress? She has not washed it, but she has got it washed. Who has washed it for her ? Her seamstress has washed it. Did the servant stand (has the servant stood) long at the door? He has not stood very long, for my brother has spoken with him. Why did you stand (have you stood) at the win- dow ? I stood (have stood) there in order to see the soldiers. Has THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 147 the tailor paid for the cloth? No, sir; he has borrowed it. Of whom has he borrowed it 1 Of the English merchant. Of whom will you borrow a pen ? I will borrow one of you, for I have broken mine. Who has read in this beautiful book? My aunt has read in it, but it is not hers; she has borrowed it of her sister. Have you read the gentleman's letter? I have not yet had time to read it, but I will do it to-morrow. Has anybody found my umbrella? Nobody has found it. Has the maid-servant looked for your shoes? She has looked for them, but she has not found them. Has that man kept your money? He has not kept it; he has given it back to me. Hast thou kept thy nephew's big dog? I have not kept it ; I have given it away. How many times have you been at your aunt's this week ? I have been there only once. Has this stranger sometimes written to you ? He has written to me only twice, but I have spoken to him more than six times. Has your tailor bought foreign cloth ? Yes, sir; he has bought French and English cloth. Will you go into the country this week, in order to pay a visit to your uncle ? I have a great desire to do so, but I have no time to go this week, for I have to buy new foreign goods. What goods have you the inten- tion to buy ? I have to buy some German cotton goods and French silk goods. It is strange, your sister has always written her exer- cises, and you have not done one this whole w r eek. Dear sir, my sister has not so much to do as I ; she has time to w 7 rite all day, but I must go to the store in the morning, and have to work till evening; sometimes I am very tired ; but I have always learnt as much as I can, for I have a desire to speak German as well as my sister. I have formerly very often seen your brother; is he no longer in the city ? He is still here, but he is very sick, and cannot go out. Your nephew must either buy this horse, or he must give it back; he has kept it almost two months, and has not yet paid for it. I was (have been) at your house yesterday, and I did not find you at home, but I will come again to-morrow ; at what o'clock are you at home ? I have not to go out very early to-morrow; I will remain at home until half past twelve. Did you see (have you seen) the stranger at my brother-in-law's yesterday? I have seen him; is he a foreigner? Yes, sir; he (has) formerly lived in Paris. 148 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. FORTY-FOURTH LESSON. — $Siet tltlh t>ict$i$fte Section. PERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS. (CONTINUED.) To bring, bringen;* past part, brought, gebracfyt to send, fen ben;* to go, geljen;* to come, fommen;* to remain, to stay, bleiben;* Separable compound verbs : To pick up, auffyeben ;* past part to bring back, jurucfbrinQen;* " u it sent, gefanbt* gone, gegangen. come, gefommen* remained, geblteben. to take away, roegnefymen;* to go out, au^efyen;* to come again, roieberfommen;* Has the joiner brought the new- chairs ? He has not yet brought them. Whither have you sent your son 1 I have sent him to his uncle's, for he has a mind to see my sister's small horse. Has the stranger picked up my purse % He has picked it up, but he has given it back to your brother. Who has brought back our pretty little dog] A French lady (has) brought it back to our house. picked up, aufgefyoben, brought back, juriitfge* bracfyt. [men. " taken away, roeggenonu " gone out, auSgegangen* u come again, roiebergefoms men* $at ber Stfdjfct t>tc neuen betm gcs fanbt, benn er bat Cuff ba$ Heine $)ferb metner ©cbrocffcr $u feben. #at ber grembe mcine SBorfc aufges bcben ? (St bat fte aufgcboben, abet er bat fte Sbrem SBtuber gurficfgegebcn. SQSer bat unfercn bflbfdjen Hetnen £unb ^urucfgebrctcbt 1 (Sine grange jtnti (eine fran^eftfcbe Dame) bat tbn un* $u.rficfgcbrad)t. There are in German some intransitive verbs which take for their auxiliary not to have, I) a b e n f but to be, f e i n. The verbs to go, gel) en; to come, font men; to remain, b lei ben; and their compounds, are the principal of them. (See Appendix.) I have gone, (I am gone), id) bin gegangen; thou hast gone, tu biff gegangen ; he has come (he is come), er iff gefommen; she has remained, fie iff geblieben; we have stayed, roir finb geblteben; you have gone out, <2ie finb nuegegangen; they have come back, fie finb juriitfgefommen. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 149 Have you gone sometimes to the theatre ] I went (have gone) thither for- merly. When has his brother come to your house? He came (has come) to me yes- terday. Did your niece remain (has your niece remained) long with her aunt? She (has) stayed at her aunt's oue week. Have your children gone out to- day % They have not yet gone out. (Stub (Sic mcmcfymal in tag Sbcatct gegangen ? 3ct) bin efjcmalS bafyin gegangen. SGBcmn tft fetn SBtuber $u 3fynen ges tauten ? (§t tft geftem $u'imr gefommen* 3ft 3f)te 3ttd)tc lange bet tfytetSante geblieben ? (Sic ift cine 8Sod)C bet ifjtcr Scmtc gcblteben. (Stnb 3t)re timber fyeutc auSgc* gangen ? ©te fint) nod) ntcJ>t au*gegangcn. OwZ o/* ; a it 6 ; a preposition which always governs the dative* The preposition <\u$r out of, denotes a motion from within a closed place, or which seems to be so, as : Out of the house, au$ bem £aufe. out of the city, au6 fc>er ©tabt, out of the purse, au£ ber 35orfe* out of the garden, aue> bem ©arten. out of the church, au$ ber itircfye. out of the drawer, auz ber ©cfyublabe* out of the store, au$ bem Saben. But, as in English, the preposition D o n f of, from, is used to denote motion from an open or distant place, as : From the market, Don bem SDlarfte* from the field, Don bem g-el&e. from the country, Don bem ?anbe* from London, Don bonbon* SJicinc (Bcfyroefter tft au$ ber <5d)ittc gefemmen. £)te SBauern ftnb au$ ber Qtt8 gcfommciu Where has the boy come from % SSebcr tft ber Jtncibc gefonunen'? He came (has come) out of school. (St tft attS ber cr ©rafvnn bie fetbenen (Strumpfe gefanbt ? 3d) fyabe fie tf)t nid)t gefanbt, benn fie f) at fie riCd) nid)t be$af)(t. (Sinb (Sic mancfymal $u t>em 3ta(iener gegangen? 3d) bin niematg $u tfym gegangen. Sift bu geftetn duf bag Cant) gegangen ? 3d) bin nid)t bafyin gegangen. ©inb Sfyre 23rubcr in ba$ (£en$ett ges gangen ? <§w finb nid)t in t>a$ (Scnjert, fenbern auf ben -Bait gegangen. £Bof)in tft Sfyrc (Scfynxfter gegangen ? ©ie ift gu Sforcr Santc gegangen. 3ft meine Gutter fd)cn aug ber .SUrcfye gefommen? @u* ift nod) nid)t t)cn ba $urucfgefcmmen. 6inb bie Jlinbet fefyen aus bem ©arten gefommen ? (Sic finb nod) in bem ©artcn, abev fie muff en balb nad) £aufe fommen. 2£os f)cr ift ber £cd) gefemmen? (5t ift sen ban. QJtarftc gefemmen. £Bef)Ct ^at er $>a$ (Mb genemmen ? (?r foot eg aus feiner 23erfc genommen. 2£te fangc bift bu bet beinem Dfyctm gebfteben? 3d) bin big cm SSiertclaufbrct bet tr)m geblieben. (Sinb bie gremben (ange auf bem Canbe gebtteben ? (Sie finb nid)t (ange bert geblieben. £at 3f)tc Heine en bem Canbe guruefgefemmen. S35cf)cr l)abcn ©ie biefe ©trumpfe genemmen ? 3d) fyabc fie aug 3^rev ^ommebe genemmen. 2Bef)er fyat ber S5auer t>a^ (3c : treibe gebrad)t ? (Sr r)at eg Den bem Sfiarf te gebrad)t. Have you brought the iron nails to the carpenter ? I have brought, them to him. Who has brought us this beautiful bird ? Our neigh- bor's wife has brought it to us. Hast thou sent the letters to the Spaniard? I have sent them to him. To whom has your mother THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 151 sent her silk stockings ? She has sent them to the tailoress in order to get them washed. Whither is your brother gone? He has gone to his store. I have often gone to the theatre, but my father has never gone thither. We have never gone to the ball. When did the soldier come (has the soldier come) to your house? He came (has come) yesterday, but he (has) remained with us only a short time. Why have you not picked up the book, you have remained long enough in the room in order to see it? I have written a note and I have not seen it. Has the Italian remained long at your house ? He (has) stayed at my father's only two hours, but he will come back to-morrow. We have not remained lorfg in the garden, for the weather is very bad. Has the servant looked for my golden ring? He has looked for it, and he has picked it up in your room. Has the tailor brought back my coat ? He has not yet brought it back, for he has not yet mended it. When have you brought back my sister's watch? I (have) brought it back yesterday, but it is not yet mended. Whose hat has the maid-servant taken away? She has taken away my niece's. Who has taken away my woolen stockings? The cook (fem.) has taken them away, she will wash them. Have you gone out to-day? I have not gone out to-day, I have too much to do. Didst thou go (hast thou gone)- out yester- day? Yes, sir, I was (have been) at the river in order to buy some wood. Has the stranger gone out? He has not gone out. He went (has gone) to his friend this morning at a quarter to nine. Have your children gone out ? They have gone to school. Have they come back already ? Not yet, but they must come back at a quarter past two. Have you ever been at the Frenchman's warehouse ? I have never been there. Hast thou ever seen German soldiers? I have never seen any. Whence did the peasants come (have the peasants come) ? They have come back out of the city. Where have you taken these gloves from ? I have taken them out of the drawer of your bureau, in order to get them washed. Did (has) the student come out of that house ? He has not come out of that house, but out of this garden. , Where have you taken the money from? I have taken it out of my father's purse. Whence did (has) our friend come this morning? He has come from the country. Where has the foreigner come from ? He came (has come) from London. Has the cook brought the meat out of the kitchen, or from the market? He has brought it neither. out of the kitchen nor from the 152 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. market, but he has bought it of our butcher. Our uncle came (has come) back from New York, and has brought me from there a fine black coat and a small gold watch for my sister. He is a very good man, and has always loved us very much. He has told me to-day to come to him very often, in order to speak German with him. When did (has) your mother come out of church to-day] She came (has come) back at a quarter to five, and she is now in the garden, for it is beautiful weather, and we will drink our tea there. I went (have) often (gone) to your aunt, but I (have) never found her at home. You must wait for my sister until she has come back from the theatre, for she wished to (will) speak to you. Will you wait for me at the corner of Sixth street ? You must come back soon ) I cannot wait very long, for I must go home, in order to learn my lesson. FORTY-FIFTH LESSON. — %iU\f Ullb t>iet$i$fte Section* England, Snglanb; Germany, £)eutfd)fanb ; Holland, jpottanb; Scotland, Scfyottlanb ; Ireland, Srfanb; France, ftranfreict); Spain, Spanien; Italy, 3ta(ien; the village, ba$> 3>orf; the name, ber 9iame; next, ndd)]T (superlative of near, nafye> — see Lesson 36/A); to inquire, fragenj to arrive, anfommerv* past participle, angefommen. After, notify a preposition, which always governs the dative. He (has) arrived after you. (St ift nad) Sfynen artgefommcru Has anybody inquired after me] &at Scmanb nad) mtt geftagt? Nobody has inquired after you. Sfttemcmb fjat nad) Sfynen geftagt. She will go to church after me. cr neucn £trd)C gefjen ? (Sr tft ouf Den gropen *pia§ gegangen ; or, [gen. (Sr tjt nad) tem grofkn 3)(a§e gcgans (Sr f)at 2uft an ten gfap au getyen .; or, (Sr (jat Suft nad) tern gfafic $u gefjen. To travel, reifen. To travel, reifen, is, in German, always used instead of to go, g e \) e n, when the place could not be easily reached on foot. Sveifeit takes to be, fein, for its auxiliary, when it expresses direction to a place. Will your father travel to Eng- land] He has already gone thither. My friend has traveled to Ger- many. His brothers. have gone to France. SSitt S&r $$ata nad) (Snglanb ret* fen? (Sr if! feften bafytn geretf't. SBctn Sreunb ift nad) £)eutfd)(anb geretf't. [gcreif% (Seine 23ruber ftnb nad) Jranfretd) But reifen takes the auxiliary to have, Ijabett/ when it expresses travelling in a country, or when it is used in a general sense, without reference to any place (see Appendix) ; as : — He has traveled in Germany two (Sr fyat $nxt Saljre in £)cutfd)(anb years. I have traveled a long time in Italy. Have you traveled much? I have formerly travelled very much. geretf't. 3d) fyait (ange in Staltcn gcrctf't. £abcn ©te t>ief geretf't ? 3d) fyak cremate met geretf't. £at Scmanb nad) mtr gefragt ? (Sin £crr fyat nad) Sftnen gefragt. £aft bu tf)m gefagt tmcbcr$ur ! emmcn ? 3d) fyabc trmt gefagt mcrgen t>c$ 9J?ergens urn ad)t Ufir nuebcr^ufommen. 9? ad) roem bat ber *Deutfd)C ges fragt ? (Sr r>at nad) ber (Straffe gefragt in roc(d)cr S^r £)f)Ctm roe font, .pat ber $ran$efe nad) fetnem 23ud)c gefragt? (Sr fjat nid)t barnad) gefragt. SScllcn ©te ben grcmben nad) fetnem Seamen fragen ? 3d) Ijabc ifyn fcfeen barnad) gefragt ; fein Aflame tft ©djmtbt. SBann tft feine Sante angefem* 154 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. men ? Sic tft ttcfen 2Cbcnb urn fyatb ncun angefemmen. 3ft ftc frufjec angefemmen at$ if)rc Scfyweftcr? Stc tft nad) t()r angefommen. 25m td) fpatcr gefommeu aU> mcin 23tut>ct? 3a, mcin #err; (Sic ftnt) nad) tfym gcfoumicn. Sino t>tc Solbatcn fd)on angefemmen? Sic fint> nod) nid)t angefommen. £abcn Stc nad) fccm nad)ften £)crfc gefragt ? 3d) fyabc tar? nad) gefragt; Mcfcs tft t>cr rcd)tc 2£cg urn bafyin ^u gefyen. 2Ber)tn wellen Sic gefyen? Set) mill nad) fcern nadjftcn £)orfe gefyen, Sinb Sic ftmafe bcrt gewefen? 3d) bin nut etnmal t>crt gewefen. 835or)tn tft Shx SSatcr gcrcipt ? (Sr tft nad) (Sngtant) gereif't. £at cr tic 2(bftd)t tort lange $u bleiben ! 9?ctn ; cr will fd)cn nad)ftcn 9J*onat sutucfCommen. ££ann wcllcn Sic nad) £)cutfd)(ant> reifen'? 3d) will nad)ftc &Bed)C fcafyin reifen ; abet mcin greuno tft fcfyon sorgeftcm bafytn gcrctf't. £abcn Sic fd)cn in SDcutfd)* lant> gereif't? 3d) l)abc cr)emal$ t)icl in £)eutfd)lant> gereif't* Sinfc t)te Spanter nad) granfrctd) gereif't? 9Mn ; ftc ftnt) nad) Reliant) gcretf't* £aben Sic Suft nad) 3talicn $u reifen 1 3d) f)abc £uft bafytn $u reifen, abcr id) fyabc Ccin ©ctt>. £Sann f cmntt 3fa 9?cffc t>on Spanicn $urucf ? (St will bis nad)ftc* Safyt tort blcibcn. &Btt fyaben met in Jtanfrcid) gcrcif't* (5r will nad) t>et brcitcn Strapc gerjen, urn meine 3^id)tc ju befucfyen. Has my uncle inquired after me ? He has been here, but he has not inquired after you. After whom has the soldier inquired ? He has inquired after our old servant ) he was seeking (has sought) him the whole day, and he cannot find him. Have youjnquired after the name of that street? I have inquired after it (barnad)) J it is Seventh street. Will you inquire after my umbrella? I will inquire after it. When did you arrive? I (have) arrived here the day before yesterday ; but I will not stay here long, for I must go into the country. Has your brother already come back from New York? He has arrived this evening. Has he arrived earlier than your nephew ? No, sir, he has arrived after him ; for my nephew came (has come) back in the morning. Where did (has) this ship come from ? She has arrived from London, and has brought many French and English goods. Which ship has arrived earlier; the Dutch or the German ship? The Dutch ship has arrived after the German. Whither will you go ? I will go to the next village, in order to see my aunt. Has your aunt lived long in that village? No. sir, she went only this week to the country. When will your father travel to England? He will travel thither next month. Has he the intention to stay there a long while? He has the intention to remain three months in England ; he has to buy many cotton and woolen goods. Whither have your brothers gone? My older THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 155 brother has gone to the warehouse, and my younger to the river, in order to speak to the French sailors. Can he speak French? He can speak a little, and he will go to France, in order to learn it better. Have you ever been in France ? I have never been there, but I intend to go thither next year, in order to learn French. Has your brother-in-law traveled a long time in Germany'? He has traveled there nine months, and he will now go to Italy. Has he ever traveled in Italy? No, sir; he has traveled in Fiance and in Spain, but never in Italy. Has our old neighbor already come out of the garden ? He came (has come) out of the garden, and he w^ent (has gone) to his store. When will he come back thence? He must come back from his store at half past seven in the evening. Has the rich count gone to Holland'? No, sir; he has traveled a long time in Holland, but he is now gone to Scotland. ■ What have you heard of your aunt? I have heard nothing of her. Has she spoken of my book ? She has spoken of it. Has the boy gone to the tailor this morning? He has gone to him, in order to get his coat. Have you a mind to bring this bottle of wine to the soldier? I have no mind to do it. In whose garden have the children been % They have been in ours. Are my books in your trunk ? They are in it. Has the gentleman been in our fine parlors? He has been in them (there). Has your sister gone to school ? She has not gone to school, but to the concert. Has your niece been at the ball ? She has been there. Have you put my stockings on the chair 1 I have put them on it. At whose house has your servant been this morn- ing? He has been at our aunt's. Did my umbrella stand (has my umbrella stood) against the wall? It (has) stood against it. Has that man written to your father ? He has written to him. Has the foreigner spoken to the merchant ? He has spoken to him. Canst thou write with this pen ? I can write with it. Has the cook waited long for me ? He has not waited very long for you. Have you time to wait for the money ? I have time to wait for it. Has the stu- dent come out of this house ? He has come out of it. When will you go to Boston ? I will go thither to-morrow. Have the soldiers inquired after me ? They have not inquired after you, but after your father. Hast thou inquired after thy book? I have inquired after it, but nobody can tell me where it is. 156 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Third Section. — fritter %b\d)nitt. FORTY-SIXTH LESSON. — ©ed)S ttnb frfetjfgffe Section. THE PRESENT TENSE. I write, I do write, I am writing, id) fcfyreibe. thou writest, thou dost write, thou art writing, tu fd)reibfr. he writes, he does write, he is writing, er fd)reibt. we write, we do write, we are writing, volt fd)reiben. you write, you do write, you are writing, Sie fd)reiben. they write, they do write, they are writing, fie fcfyreiben* The first person singular of the present tense is formed from the infinitive, by dropping the n : to write, f d) r e t b e n> / write, id) fcb re ibe* The second and third persons singular are formed by adding fr to the root for the former, and t for the latter; as from f d) r e i b : thou writest, b u f d) r e i b fr ) he writes, e r f cb r e i b t* The three persons plural are like the infinitive : we write, w i V fcfyreiben; you write, ©ie fcfyreiben; they write, fit fcfyrei* ben. I buy not, do not buy, am not buying, id) faufe nid)t* thou buyest not, dost not buy, art not buying, In fauffr nid)t. he buys not, does not buy, is not buying, er fauft nid)t. we buy not, do not buy, are not buying, uoit faufen nid)t* you buy not, do not buy, are not buying, id) fcfyrei&e nicfyt an ifyn. I am not writing to him, ) In the present tense the German verb takes the same place as in English; it stands immediately after the subject, or in ques- tions before it. I work, I do work, I am working, id) ar6eite; thou workest, thou dost work, thou art working, tu arbeitejr; he works, he does work, he is working, er arbettet* I cut, I do cut, I am cutting, icfy fd)neibe; thou cuttest, thou dost cut, thou art cutting, tu fcfyneibefr; he cuts, he does cut, he is cutting, er fd)neibet* When the root of a verb terminates in t or b, efr and et must be added to it to form the second and third person singular. Does he wait for his book ? SBortet cr ouf fctn SBud) ? He does not wait for his book, (£t roartet ntdjt ouf fctn 25ud), fons but for his money. tern ouf fetn ©etfc. Dost thou kill a chicken? (£d)tad)tcft bu etn £uf)n? No, the cook kills it. £ftetn, ber £od> fd)(ad)tet e& Dost thou cut some bread? (Sd)nctbeft bu SBrob? He cuts some. (£r febneibet foetdjeS. Do you love your brother? £tcbcn crf>renncn bte Sflatrofen tfjre £mte? They burn them not. ^ They do not burn them. V Sie scrkennen fie ntd)t. They are not burning them. ) To wish, to desire, umnfdjen; to want, braucfyen; to thank, banfen (governs the dative); the cousin, ber Setter; the bill, bit 9ied)nuncj ; always, immer. He wishes to sell his horse. (?r munfeftt fctn $)ferb *u Derfmifen. Dost thou wish to see him ? -2Bunfcf)ejr bu if)n $u fcf)cn ? I wish to see him. 3cb nmnfebe tfyn $u fcf)cn. Do you wish to buy a ring ? SSfmfcbcn @te cincn 9?tnq ju fcuifcn ? We wish to buy one. 2£tr rmmfeben cincn $u faufen. [qcn. I wish you a good morning. 3d) rounfd)c Sfoncn cincn cjutcn SOier* The verb to wish is in English sometimes used in the sense of to be ivilling (will), and it should then be translated into Ger- man by motten and not by vt)unfd;en. 14 158 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Does your brother wish to buy this horse ? He does not wish (is not willing) to buy it ; he only wishes to see it. Dost thou want a hat? I want one. I am in want of one. We want some money. We are wanting some money. Does the soldier want a coat ? He wants one. He is wanting one. I thank you. He thanks you for the book. You have not thanked me. Why dost thou not thank this man ? He has always thanked me. Have you sent me this bill? No, sir, I have made this bill for your cousin. mil 3t)t SBrubet btefe* $ferb fau* fen? (St will c$ ntcbt faufen, cr tt>£mfci)t e$ nut $u fefyctu 35raud)ft bu etnen £ut ? 3d) fcraudje etnen. SOStr braudjen ©e(fc>. S3raud)t hex (Sotbat etnen $Kocf ? (5r braud)t etnen. 3d) banfe Sfynen. (5t banft SOnen fur tag <8ud). nuna. fur Sfyrcn better a,emad)t. Each, every, Mas. jeber, Fem. jebe; Neu. jebeS; has the de- clension of the definite article. Every father, jeber SBater ; every mother, jebe SDtutter ; every child, jebe£ 3?inb; every day, jeber $a$ ; every week, jebe 2Bocfye; every year, jebe£ Satyr; everybody, every one, 3ebermanrt. Sunday, (gonntag; Monday, 90f ontao, ; Tuesday, £)ienfla$; Wednesday, 9Df tttrooct) ; Thursday, ©ormerfraa,; Friday, $rettag; Saturday, <2onna6enb or SamfJag; are masculines. Every child has its faults. Every mother loves her daughter. This man has three brothers, and each of them is rich. Everybody is able to do that. This gentleman is every one's friend. He comes to me every Monday and every Thursday. She goes to her aunt every morn- ing and every evening. SebeS JUnb (jot fetne -JeWcr. Sebe Gutter Uebt ibre £od)ter. liefer 93frmn fjat bret ©ruber, unb jcber »cn tfyncn tjr retcf). Sebennann fann ba$ tfyun. SDiefer £err tft Sebermann^ greunb. (5r !cmmt ieben ^ttontag unb £)ons ncrjtag. $u mtr, cn 2tt>enb $u ifyrer Sante. In some instances, every, jebet> maybe translated by a II J THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 159 as, every morning, alle 9E)t c r 3 e n ; every evening, alle 2(benb; every day, alle 5 age. He comes to me every morning (St Fommt atle 9JZotgcn unb atle and every evening. 2C0cnt> $u mir. [Sage, I go to see him every day. 3d) befudie if)n jeben gag, or atle He writes to his friend every (St fd)tetbt jebe £Bed)e an fctnen week. gteunb. (We could say here : (Sr fc^rctbt alle 2Bed)e an fetnen gteunb ; but the former sentence is to be preferred.) (£d)tetben @ie etnen SSricf ? 3# fd>rci6c einen. 3Ead)ft bu. cut geuet? 3d) mad)e etneS. £iebt er feme Gutter? (St liebt fie. Cettjft bu beinem SBtubet bie #ebct? 3d) tetfye fte tfym nid)t. S5tingt bet (Sd)uf)mad)et metne ^d)urje ? (St btingt fte tudrjt. Seigcn Ste mtt atle* nxiS ©te fyaben ? 3d) $ctge Sfencn atteS was id) rjabe. S3tcibcn 3f)fe (Sd)tt>eftctn ^u £aufe 1 ejtctn tmmet $u £aufe ? Stfetn ; fte gefyen jeben SCRctgen $u ifytet &ante. 9J?ein Jteunb befucfyt mid) atle gp&orgeru SOBfins fd)en (Sie ben gtemben $u fefjen ? 3d) ti>unfd)e itjn $u fptecfyen. £Ba$ rc>tmfd)t 3f)nen bet ^nabc ? (St nmnfd)t nut etnen guten 2Cbenb. 23taud)ft bu biefeg $aptet ? 3d) btaudje eeftet btaucnt c£ urn if)te Ucbungcn $u feferciben. 3d) btaucfte ntd)t btefeS 23ud) ; rocllcn pie c* Ijabcn ? 3d) banCe Srjtten ; id) f)abc es fd)cn getefen. £Bit banCen S^em SSatet fttt bte 9?uffe. SBcjatyt metn SSettet 3()nen feine 9?ed)nung ? (St t>e$af)tt fte nut tt>enn id) fte tr)m fd)tc!e, SBcHen @ie mit meine $Ked)nung fd)iden ? SBann n?unfd)en (Ste Sfjrc 9?ed)nung $a f)aben ? 3d) bin alte Sftetgen unb atle 2Cbenb ^u |)aufe. SSit ge^cn jeben ©enntag in biejlitd)e. S^eine (Scbrceftet get)t jeben ^ienjlag, S^ettag, unb (Scnnabenb in bte (Sd)ute. Sftein ^Setter tctf't jebe^ 3at)t nad) ^)eutfd)tanb* SKit get)en jebe 2£ed)e cinmat ^u unfetem £)t)eim. £>et gtan^ofe ge^t jeben 2(benb in ba* Sweater* 3ebetmann ticbt 3*)ten SSatet. 3't)r S^'ttnb fdjteibt an 3ebetmann. 2Bit tnuffen nid)t Sebetmann ©etb tei^cn. Do you buy this horse? I buy it. Are you working? I am working. At what dost thou work ? I am writing to my father. 160 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Do you drink ? I drink some water. To whom does he write 1 He writes to his uncle. Whom do you love ? We love our mother. Do the children love their aunt ? They do not love her very much, for she does not love them. What are you looking for? I am look- ing for my cane * I cannot find it. Art thou seeking anybody ? I am seeking nobody. What does that man do ? He is doing nothing good ; he is cutting a stick in our garden. To whom dost thou lend money 1 I lend some to my friends. Does thy father lend money to the count % He lends him some. What do you bring us ? We bring you some good honey. To whom do the peasants bring their rams? They bring them to the butchers. Does anybody show you the right way? Nobody shows it to me. What dost thou show the boy ? I show him a fine bird. To whom does your cousin send this note? He sends it to his sisters. Do you send something to the student ? I send him a new hat. Does the Frenchman re- main long with you? He remains with us until evening. Dost thou stay long at school ? I remain there till half past one. What do the soldiers cut ? They cut some trees, in order to make a fire. Do you hear the noise ? I hear nothing. Is the sailor burning his stockings? He does not burn them, but the boys burn their shoes. Does the merchant sell foreign cloth ? He sells some. What are you selling ? I sell butter and eggs. Whither are you going ? I am going to the river. Does your brother sometimes go to the French count? He never goes to him, but he sometimes comes to see my brother. Does he come often? He comes once every week. Do my glasses stand on the table ? They do not stand on it. I am standing at the window. Whither do you place my coat? I am putting it in your bureau. Do you go for some water ? I go for some bread and water. Dost thou wait for anybody? I am waiting for my niece. Is the servant waiting for the watch ? He waits for it. Do you soon answer the letters of your friends ? I always answer them the same day. To whom does this little boy answer? He answers neither you nor me, but his father. Do you learn German ? I learn it. Who learns French ? My cousin learns it. Where dost thou live ? I am living in Broad street, number twenty-five; you will find my name on the door. I always find you at home ; why will you nol come to the theatre? Do you go to the theatre every evening? Not every evening, but sometimes. Do these gentlemen live at oui neighbor's ? They do not live with him ) they are living in Seventh THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 161 street. Dost thou finish the note ? I am not writing a note, but the bill for the Italian. Has he already paid you? I send him my bill, and he always pays me. When does your sister visit her aunt? She goes to see her every Sunday in the evening. When do you take your German lessons % I take them every Monday. Wednes- day, and Friday, from ten to eleven o'clock in the morning. Does your maid-servant find what she is looking for ? She does not find what she seeks, but I always find what I seek. Whither does he lay your coat? He lays it in the drawer. Does this gentleman pay all his bills ? He pays them all. When do you go to see your niece? I pay her a visit every morning. -Does anybody inquire after the Spanish count] Everybody inquires after him. After what do you inquire? I inquire after the name of the next village. Is your friend traveling in England ? No ; he travels in France. Do you sometimes travel ? I travel no (nid)t) more ; I am too old. I wish yuu a good morning, sir; is your father at home ? No, sir; he has gone out, but you will find him at home every evening. I thank you, sir. What do you wish to tell me ? I wish to tell you some- thing of your uncle. What do you wish to buy, sir ? I want a pair of gloves ; have you any to sell ? Yes, sir ; what kind of gloves do you wish to buy? I wish to buy a pair of French silk gloves; what is the price of them? The price of this pair of gloves is one dollar, but you can have some cheaper. I thank you, sir; I will keep this pair; here is the money. Does your cousin want my pen ? He wants it, for he is willing to write. What dost thou want ? I do not want much ; I wish to have only a piece of paper. Is your nephew sick ? Everybody says so, but I have not seen him this week. When must the sailor be at the ship? He must be there every evening at half past eight o'clock. FOKTY-SEVENTH LESSON. — * in the sense of to give hack. The labor, the task, the work, bie Arbeit; the moment, ber SCugenbltcf ; the language, bie Spracfye; the clothing, the clothes, bie i?(eibet> a plural; the kindness, bie ©lite; kind, gii%; dif- ficult, heavy, fcfyroer; easy, light, leicfyt; also, aud). When does your cousin depart? £Bann retf't Sftr better ab? He has already departed. When has he the intention to return % He will return next month. Has the student returned you the book? He will return it to me to-day. When did you get up (have you got up) this morning? I get up (I rise) every morning at half past six. Do you copy the letter? 1 have already copied it. (£v tjt fd)on attempt. SBann bat er bie 2Cbftd)t $uruc%us f ommen ? ©rrDtllnacbften^onat^urudffommen. £at ber ©tubent 3ftnm tia$ SSucI) gurudgegeben ? (5r will ef'riur beute $urudgeben. ££ann finb ©ie btefen Bergen auf? geftanben. 3d) ftefye jeben 3#orgen um fyatb pes ben auf. ©cfyretben <3ie ben SBrtef ah ? 3d) fyabc ifyn fcr>cn abgefcfyuebcm THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 163 He brings his sister with him. I have brought your watch with me. Has the servant brought your clothes? He has not brought my clothes, but those of my brother. Have the children done their task ? They have finished their work to-day. This lesson is not very difficult. An iron hammer is heavier than a wooden one. He has done a difficult work. I find it easy to learn German. No, sir, it is no easy work. Will you have the kindness ? Will you be so kind ? Will you have the kindness to return me my book ? I will return it to you to-morrow. Will you be so kind as to wait a moment ? I bring you the second volume of Schiller's works ) will you read it? You are very kind, but I have already read it. I buy all my clothing at Mr. Mil- ler's. <5r bttngt feme (Scfyreefter nut. 3d) fyabe 3fyt:e 1% mttgebracfyt. #at tcr 23ettente Sfjre JUettet gc* brad)t ? (5r l)at ntd)t metne ^letter, fontetn tie metneS 23ruter$ gebrad)t. £aben tie Winter iftre 2(rbett ge* mad)t (getban)? (Ste fyaben tfyre 2Crbeit fyeute been* £)tefe Section ift ntd)t febt febroer. (Sin etferner jammer ift fd)tx>eret a(6 etn reenter. (5t fyat etne febwere Arbeit gctr)an. 3d) ftnte e$ letd)t teutfd) gu (ernen. 9?etn, mein ^ett, ec> ift letne letcfyte- ?ttbett. SDBettcn ter ift fie. SBorum fd)reibt Sfyr Waiter ntd)t fetnen SBrtef ahl (5t braud)t ifyn nid)t ab^ufefyretben ; er ift fefyr gut gefd)rieben. SBarum fat ter SSettcntc ntdjt tutfeten $egcnfd)trm $uriicfgebrad)t ? (E'r ift fyeute nod) 164 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. md)t cmsgegangen, aber et ty& bic 2lbftd)t tfyn 3^ncn biefen 2(bcnb $axM$iis bringen. ££ann gcF)cn on bent (ScrjufymadKr gurflefgefommen. SBarum fyat bcr (Sd)uf)mad)cr- nid)t mcinc (Scfyufye geftern auSgcbcfjcrt ? ($r Fjat nid)t 3cit gefyabt, abet et: beffert ftc je$t au6 ; (Sic muffen cin wenig watten. SQBarum mad)cn @ie t>a$ genfter auf? (£6 ift su warm in 3brcm 3immcr ; id) will c$ ^umacfyen, abcr (Sic muffen bic Sfyur aufmadjen* 3d) madje bac> Jenftet $u, abet id) wadbe bie Sfyur auf. SMlen (Sic fo gutig fcin mir mcrgen mcin 25ud) ^u? rucf^ubringen ? 3d) babe c.$ bicfen 2Cugcnb(tcJ $utudgebrad)t, unb id) fyabc e$ in bic ietjt^fte Section* There are, in German, a number of irregular verbs, which deviate from the regular formation in the second and third per- sons singular of the present tense. Of the irregular verbs before mentioned the following belong to this kind of verbs : — I break, id) jer&recbe, tu jer6rid)fr f er jer&rid)t ; plural, wit jerbrecf)ett> gie jer&recfyerv fie jerfcrecfyeru I take, id) nefyme, bu nimmfr f er ntmmr, wit net)men> it. I speak, id) fprecbe, bu fprid)fr, er fprid)t> roir fpred)en> :c. I see, id) fefye, bu fiet)jl> er fiefyt, voit fefyen, it. I give, id) gebe, bu gie6|l> er Qte&r, voit gebertf it. I read, id) lefe, bu liefefh/ er ttef't, rotr lefen, u. I hold, ict) fyalte, bu t)dlt)Tf er I)d(t, voit fyalren, K. I keep, id) fcefyalte, bu 6ef)dltfl> er &el)d[t> vt)ir 6er;attertf it. I carry, I wear, ict> trage, t>u trdgjr, er trdc^tf n>ir tragen, u. I wash, id) rxmfcfye, bu VDafcfyefr, er rt)dfct>tf roir roafd)en> k. Those irregular verbs which have the radical vowels e and a in their roots, are also irregular in the second and third persons singular of the present tense ; the former change e into t, and the latter change a into d. I do not break the cup, but thou 3d) ^evfcrecfye md)t bte Saffe, abet t)\x breakest it. gcrbrid)ft fie. He takes the bottles, and we take (5t ntmmt bte Sfofcfye, unb wxx ne!)s , the glasses. men tie ©tafer. We are speakingthree languages: -28tr fpred)en bret ©pradfjen ; id) fpre? I I speak English, thou speakest d)C engttfet), bu fprtd)ft bcutfd), J German, and our friend speaks unb unfet gteunb fpricfyt frcm* French. 5Cftfd)» He does not see the soldiers, but (gr |tef)t ntd)t bte ©elfcatcn, abet wit we see them. fefyen fie. Thou dost not give the money, £)u Qtefcft nid)t ba$ ©e(b, after unfere but our neighbors give it. 9?ad)barn o/ben e& We are reading: I read a Ger- ££tr (efen : id) (efc etn beutfcfceS man book, thou readest an 33ud), bu Uefeft etn enqftfcbeS, English, and he reads a Span- unb er (left etn fpantfct)C6 23ud), ish one. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 167 You hold the dog, and he is hold- ing the horse. I do not keep your paper, but my sister keeps it. Thou carriest the money, and we carry the books. I wash my stockings, thou wash- est thy gloves, and he washes his shirt. Dost thou take away the boots ? I do not take them away, but the shoemaker takes them away. He wears a black hat, and I wear a white one. Thou art wearing fine clothing. @ic fatten ten ipunb, unb cr fyatt t>a» $)fcrb. 3d) befyaite ntd)t 3fa papier, after metne ^cbnx'fter befyatt c£. •Dn tragft ba$ ©elb, unt> nnr tragen tie 23udKr* 3d) nxifebe metne @trumpfe,bu roafdj* eft betne ^embfefyufye, unb er «>dfd)t fein #emt>« 9?tmmft.bu bte eg^ aber bet ©cl)ur)mad)cr ntmmt fie nxg. (Sr tragt einen fcfymaqen $ut, tint) id) trage etnen nmjkm £)u tragft feine JUetber. The verb trage tt> in German, expresses the meaning of both the English verbs to carry and to wear. The season, tie 3al;re§jeit; the spring, ber $riit;Iingj the summer, tier <2ommer$ the autumn, the fall, t)er Jperbjr; the winter, ber ®inter* To take off, abnefymen; separable verb, taken off, abgenommen. The first time, ta§ erfre 9)iat (9}?a( is a neuter noun); the second time, ba$ frweite 9)?a(; the third time, ba$ britte 9Dlal,&c; this time, biefeS 9)lal; several times, t>erfd)iebene 3)?ale ; the last time, t>a§ U|te 9)ta(; last, le£t (an adjective). Not only — but also, nicfyt nur — fonbern aucfy. ©er Jrfi()(tng ift bte fd) on ftcSafjrc^ctt* The spring is the finest season. He went (has gone) last summer to France. The autumn is a beautiful sea- son ; it is not so warm as in the summer. I have the intention to go into the country this fall, and I will return in the winter. Have you sometimes seen Mr. Smith'? J have seen him several times. When have you spoken to the gentleman the last time? I spoke (have spoken) to him the last time at the concert. <5r ift tegten (B'ommer nad) grantretd) geretf't* £)er &etbft tft cine fd)6ne 3a$te$gett ; es tft rucrjt fo warm tvte in bem (Sommer. 3d) babe bte 2Cbft*t btefen £erbft auf bat Canb $u geben, unb id) wilt in bem 2£tnter ^urueffommen. $aben @ie mand)maLperren (Sdjmibt gefeben 1 3d) babe ibn t>crfcbtcbcnc sjMc gefeften. 23ann baben ©te t>a$ fcfete $M nut bem £erren gefprecben ? 3d) f)abe nut tbm bas (egte 9M in bem (Senjcrt gefprccben. We saw (have seen) him last 2£tr baben ifjn (e£ren SKenat, lefcte month, last week, last year, SBSodje, U%m Sat)r gefc^etu 168 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Instead of last, Ie| i> the adjective D r i Qr prece ding, is, in German, often used. So we could also say — I saw (have seen) him last month, 3d) fycibe trm r-ertgcn 93lenat, ttertge last week, last year. SSScdje, oertgeg Satyr gcfefjen. 3erbrtd)ft bu mcine gtafche? 3d) $erbred)C fte nid)t Sffitr $erbred)en md)t6, aber bu 3crbrtd>ft ben fd)6nen (StccL 3d) ncrjme nicfytS txm btefem ©e(be, benn bu ntmmft avid) nidbts basen. (Sr ntmmt fetnen SRocf, unb roir- nermicn unfere Sttefet weg. ©prccfeen Sic eft mit bicfem £crren ? Set) fprecfye ntd)t mit ifym, benn er fprtd)t nid)t mit mm JDu fprtcfcft engUfd) unb betn 25 ruber fprid)t bcutfd)* sJEc'm £3ruber fpricfyt nicftt nur beutfd), fenbern aud) fran$eftfd), £>crr 2Braun fyat met geretf't ; er fprid)t fcrfcr)tebcnc ©pracfyen. 3d) fefye tfyn fycutc t>a$ crfte 3M, aber bu ftcfyft ifjn oft, (Serpen @ie ben g'remben? er ftefyt un$ nid)t ££a$ giebft bu beiner (Scfyrocfter ? 3d) gebe ifyt einen,- SBegcn papier, unb fie giebt mir ctne $eber. @ebcn (Sic btefem armen 93?anne (Mb? 3d) tyabe tfjm fd)cn t)erfd)iebene 9Mc nxlcfyeg gegcbcm 3d) tefe cm fransofid)e^ 23ud), unb metne Gutter ftcf't etn beutfd&ei S)u licfeft ben gan^en Sag in bem 93ricfc. 3d) tefe irm nur ba$ gwette 9M, £cfcn Sie eft ? 3d) tefe ieben Sag, (St fyalt ben £>unb unb ttiri fjaltft bu ? 3d) fjatte ba$ $>ferb, SSefjalten (Sic btefen $ecf ? 3d) be()a(te ifw, benn icJ> trage nur leid)te iUetbcr in bem grufyftng. SBarum tragft bit immcr einen fcfyroaqcn $ecf ? 3d) F)a6c fetnen anberen ; rootlcn <&& nur etnen (Semmetrecf Faufen? S^r DIjcim tragt immcr etnen greficn £ur* SOStr tragen in bem Winter rcarmere .SUeibct ate in bem $rufyting* £)et £etbft ift cine fd)6ne Satytc^cit, benn e$ ift nid)t nur fefjt fcfycneS SBettct, fenbern eg ift aud) nid)t mcfyr fe worm rote in bem ©emmet; SBofyin tragft bu ben 93egel ? 3d) trage ir)n £U mciner Saute, £>tefer 93?ann tragt bic SQBcttc in unfer SBaarentagcr. ££a$ roafeften @tc? 3d) roafefye mcine (Strumpfe* ££afd)eft bu beinc £anbfd)ur;e ? SJlein; unfere jted)tnn wafefyt fte. SSetlcn @ie nid)t 3$ren £mt abnefymen ? 3d) nefyme ifw nid)t ab, benn eg ift fyter $u Fait. SBe ftnb (Sic tegten 2Cbenb gewefen ? 3d) bin bci mciner (Scfywagermn gemefen. 3d) Fjabc vg)errn (Sd)tr>ar^ r-erigen (Scmmcr auf bem Sanbc gefefjen* 3d) tjakc (Sic (c|ten Senntag nid)t in ber ^ird)C gefefyen. 3d) bin ntdr>t auggegangen, benn id) bin bic gan^c t)erige Sed&e franE getocfen. Dost thou break our cup 1 I do not break it ; I only take it to go for some milk. Does the cook (female) break the eggs? She does not break them. What do you break % I hear some noise. We break nothing; we mend our old table. I take a little of this honey; what dost thou take? I take nothing, for I am not hungry. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 169 Whose coat does the servant take away? He takes away yours, in order to carry it to the tailor. Which way do the soldiers take % They take the way to the next city. Dost thou speak French? I speak German, but my father speaks French. Do you sometimes speak to Mr. Black? We do not speak very often to him. Why does not your mother speak to her neighbor (female)? She does not speak to her, for her neighbor is sick, and cannot go out. What dost thou see ? I see three pretty little boys coming. Do you see those people* what do they want? I see them, and will ask (fragcn) them what they want. Does your uncle see your father often? He sees him every day. What dost thou give to the poor woman ? I give her some bread and a piece of meat. Do you give away your old clothing? We do not give it away; we sell our old clothing, for we are poor people. Does your mother sometimes give you money? She gives me some every week. What book art thou reading? I read a volume of Schiller's works. Which volume art thou reading? I have already read four volumes, and now I am reading the fifth. Does your brother read as much as you ? He does not read quite as much asl, for he has much to do. Are you reading a French book? We now read only German and French books; for, in order to learn a foreign language, we must read much. What dost thou hold ? I am holding my sister's gold watch until she comes back. Does your uncle keep the count's horse? He keeps it, for it is a very fine horse. Do you keep all these cotton stockings and silk gloves ? No, sir, w-e do not keep them; we have the intention to sell them. My uncle speaks several languages, and he has told me that the German is a very rich and beautiful language. The four seasons are spring, summer, autumn, and winter. The spring is a very fine season ; but the best of all is the autumn. We wear heavier cloth- ing in the winter than in the summer. My aunt is very rich ; she wears nothing but silk dresses. She is not only very rich, but also very good and polite to everybody. Why dost thou wear this white hat in the summer? I wear it in the summer and in the winter, for I have no black one. What is the peasant's wife carrying'* She carries some milk and eggs to the city, in order to sell them ; she goes for the first time to the city. What art thou carrying ? I carry these letters to our store. What have you to tell me this time? You are not very kind ; it is the last time that I will speak to you. I was (have been) at the theatre last Thursday, but I did 15 170 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. not see you. I was (have been) there last Tuesday, but not last Thursday. I was (have been) last week in the country, and I saw (have seen) your pretty niece there several times. Will you take off your hat ? I have already taken it off. Why dost thou take off thy hat ? I take it off, for it is too warm here. Whose shirts is the maid-servant washing'? She washes mine and my brother's. Dost thou wash thy silk gloves ? I do not wash them, for my sister washes them for me. Do your servants wash their stockings'? They do not wash them ; they get them washed. You take off your hat; whom do you see coming? I see my dear aunt coming, and I wish to speak to her. I not only read German, but I also write it. forty-ninth lesson. — $ienn unb tnerjtjjffe Sectunu To understand, t>erjrel)en;* past part, understood, ttcrfranben* To expect, erroarten. To eat, effen;* present, id) effe, bu iffejr, er i£t; past part, eaten, gcgeffem To think, benfen;* past part, thought, gebacfyt* Quick, fast, fcfynettj slow, langfam; willingly, gern. When do you expect a letter? $?arm errcarten (Sic ctncn SBrtcf? T expect one to-day. 3d) crroartc fyeutc ctncn* Did he expect (has he expected) Jpat cr (Sic gcftcrn ctrcartct* you yesterday 1 He was not expecting (has not (£r fjat mid) md)t erroartet, bcnn cr expected) me, for he did not feat nid)t auf mid) geroartct wait (has not waited) for me. Do you understand the German? aScrftcfjen Sic ben SDeutfcftcn? I do not understand him, for he 3d) serjtchc tfyn ntd>t, bcnn cr fprtd)t speaks too fast. $u fcfynctl. I can understand yon, for you Scb fann Sic tterftcfyen, bcnn (Sic speak slowly. [me? fprcd)cn tanqfam. Has this gentleman understood £at btefet £err mtd) mftanben ? I think he has understood you. 3d) benfe cr bat (Stc fccrftanbem Do you expect to find him at home'? jDenfen Sic tr)n $u £attfc $u ftnben \ I expect to find him at my bro- 3d) tcnU if)n bet metnem SBrubcr $u therms. ftnbctn Tothmlcof, benfen a n> with the accusative. Do you think of your work ? SDcnfcn Bit an 3fyrc 2Crbctt? I think of it. 3d) benfe baran. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 171 Has your nephew thought of me ? £at Sfyr S^cffe an mtd) gct>acT)t ? He has thought of you every day. C£r fyat jebcn Sag an @te gebad)t. Has she thought ofmy books? £at (&k an meine 33ud)cr get)ad)t ? She has thought of them. ©tc feat baran gcbacfet* Dost thou eat" of this meat? Sffejl bu ton btefem Jletfd) ? I eat of it. 3d) ejfe bason. Does he eat at his father's? Spt et bet jVtncm QSater? He and his brother eat at their (St unb fein £3rubct eficn bet if)tem father's. • SSater. What have you eaten to-day ? 5Ba$ fjaben @tc r)cutc gegefien ? I have eaten a piece of bread and 3d) babe ein ©tficf SSrob unb cm a piece of meat. (Stttcf Jletfd) gegefjen. Do you wish to eat a piece of SBfinfcfjett @te cm ©tucf fyoH&nbtfcfyen Dutch cheese ? ^dfe $u effen ? Most willingly. ©efjr getn. I do it willingly. 3d) tfyue e* gern. In German, almost all adjectives, in their invariable form, may be employed as adverbs, without undergoing any alteration \ as : Badly, fcfyfecfyt; beautifully, fd) on; politely, I^ofttct) 5 happily, glucflicfy; slowly, fangfam; well, gut? roofyl. Well is sometimes translated by rt) \) U and sometimes by gut. SB \) I refers to what pleases our feelings or senses ; g U tr to what is good in itself; as : — He writes well. (Sr febretbt gut. You have worked very well. (£te fyaben fcfjt gut geatbettet. I have drunk, and it has done me 3d) fyakt getrunfen, unb e6 fjat nut good. roe 1)1 getfyan. My friend is good. spjetn greunb ift gut. My friend is well. sjj?etn §veunb xft xvoty. I have been sick, but now I am 3d) bin frattf genxfen, abet id) bin well. jegt roof)(. Adverbs are often formed, in German ; by coalescing a prepo- sition with the definite article. I. The prepositions a rt> i rt/ t) n f j u? coalesce with b e m f the dative singular of the masculine and neuter genders. an bem contracted in am. in bem " irru tton bem " t>om. ju bem " jum. The contraction a m is chiefly used for adverbs of the super- lative degree 5 as — She sings the best. am 2ektn (5r ift im £cmfe. 3m (Sommcr ; im SBintcr. 2Bir femmen t>em Jclbc ^urudf* (Sr gef)t fjeute $um erjten 9M auS. the parlor. She is in the new house, and not in the old one. In the summer, in which I saw (have seen) you. We come back from our uncle's field. Simmers. F)eim$ 3uruc!. II. The preposition j u coalesces with b e r ; the dative of the feminine gender. ju ber contracted in jur. She goes to school every day. f (Sic gefyt jeben Sag gur ©dbufe ; or, | (&k gefy$ aEe Sage in bic @d)ule» III. The prepositions att; auf; fur; in; burd); coalesce with b a $ > the accusative singular of the neuter gender. an ba# contracted in anS, auf bae> ftir ba$ in ba$> burcfy ba$> He goes to the window. She has gone to the field. I take it for the best to remain at home. We have put it in the fire. The boy always goes through the water. " cwfa, " furl " ine. u burd)^ (Sr gefit cms $cnflcr. <&u tft aufg $clb gegemgen* 3d) bafte eg fur* befte $u £aufe gu btiibm. £Bir fjaben eg in$ $cuer gefegt. £>er ilnabe gefyt immcr burd)6 £Bafs fen Through (by means of), buret;; a preposition governing the accusative. He has gone through the city. I have learned it only by your letter (by means of your letter). (St if! burd) bic (Stabt gcgangen. 3d) f)ak eg nur burd) 3fyvcn S3rief gclernt. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 173 The life, ba§ ?c6ert; to be alive, to live, lebert. I am sorry, Ss t\)\it mir leib. Will you come with me ] Snellen Sic rait mir fcmmcn ? I am sorry I cannot go out to-day. (5s tfyut mir (cut), icr) farm fyeute nid)t au^geben. Is my old friend still alive ? I S» »f« °' to S«unb no* am erten ? J ( or, Sebt mctn alter greunfc ncd) ? I am very sorry to tell you, he (5* tf)ut mir febr text) 3bncn $u fagen, lives no more. . cr lebt nicbt mcfyr. [(cbt ? Have you lived long in Germany? &abcn Sie (angc in SDeutfcWanl) ges I have lived there only a short 3d) fyabc t»crt nur fur^c 3eit gckbt. time. [ter's? " [fter? Is your aunt living at your sis- S&ebnt Sfjre Santo bei 3brer Scbrtx- My aunt is no more alive, but she sjjfttnc Sante UU nicbt mebr, aber fie (has) formerly lived with my fyat ebemals bet mcincr Sd)ir>efkr sister. geroebnt. (Srwarten (Sic ^cutc Sfyren Slater? Stfetn, mcin £err, id) crmartc ir)rt morgen. Unfcr greunb ift ncd) nid)t von granfreid) juruefgefebrt ; roir fjaben trjn feben lange erroartet. ^annft bu mid) Derftc&cn? 3d) tterftebe (Sic nid)t ; btc Winter macben $u Diet Sarin. SSerftebt fetn 23rubcr fcr)cn bcutfer) ? (Sr rerftcbt e*, aber (Sic muffen (angfam fpred)en. ^>abcn Sic ben 93?ann t-crftanben ? Scl) babe ibn gef^ert, aber id) fyak tbn nid)t r-erftanben ; er. fpttcfjt $u febnetf. &Bcn ttcrfteben (Sic am beften ? 3d> r-crftebe 3^cn SSatcr am beftcn, benn cr fpricbt immcr (angfam. 8Mnfd)cn Sic cin (Stucf <8rcb unb cin rocnig gfctfd) su effen ? enfc eft an Sic. £)entTt bu an bcinc 2Crbcit? 3d) benf c baran. 2Cn roaS benft er ? @r benft an fcincn franfen Dbcim. ©ie benfen id) fann bicfc tftbeit tbun, abcr fie ijt 3U fefyroer fur mid), ^abcti (Sic Icfstcn 2(bcnb an un^ gebaebt ? 2Bir b^ben an (Sic gebaebt, unb roir baben am mcijtcn ocn 3bncn gcfprccbcn. ^>at er an fcine SBucbcr gcbad)t ? (Sr b«t baran unb aud) an Sic gebaebt* benfen (Sic bcr grangefe b«t Sic r-crftanben ? 3cb benfe fo, benn cr fpricbt gut cnglifcb. SOietne Scbtvcjlcr t-crjtcbt ncd) nid)t gut bcutfd), abcr mcinc S^icbtc fpricbt c^ fd)cn gut. Unferc Santc r-crftcbt unb fpricbt bcutfeb am bejren rcn un^ OTcn. 5cbt 3bt Dbcim ncd) ? (Sr ift ncd) am Gcbcn, unb cr lebt febr gtucflicb/ benn cr ift immer roc()( ; cr fyat t>ic( ©elb unb mcle Jrcunbc ; cr roebnt im Scmmer in ber Stabt, unb im ©inter auf bem Canbc ; unb er rcift iebe^ 3«()V cinmat 15* 174 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. nacf) g)ari& SBarum tcOcn bicfe Scute fc fd)(ed)t. @te ftnt> franf, unb fyafcen ntd)t ©elb gcnug kffer $u le&en unb in ctncm grcpcrcn £aufe $u rccfyncn. 93?cin 25rubcr fjat burd) gang (Jngfonb gcretft, unb cr tefct nun in £cnbon, $abm Sic fyeute ^crrcn ar$ gefefjen ? 3d) fyabe ifjn gcs fefyen ; cr ift burd) btefc (Strape gcgangen. 3ft 3fyre ©cfyroagertnn nod) am £ekn ? ©ie (efct nod), abet fie ift fcf)r frcmf. ©5 tfyut mir feljjr (ctb, bcnn fie ift cine fefjr gute grau. Swollen <&'u fo gutig fein fyeutc $u mir $u ferns men? 6$ tfyut mir leib, id) fann fyeute nicfyt ^u Sfynen femmen ; id) crroarte mcinen better t)on 9?cu 2)orf. Do you wait for anybody ? Yes, sir ; I expect my brother to-day j he comes back from the country. Does your brother-in-law expect us this evening? He expects to see you and your cousin. Have you expected to find your niece here? I have not expected it. Do you understand that gentleman % I do not understand him well, for he speaks very fast. Dost thou understand me, my dear child ? I do not understand you very well. Our nephew has not understood you, for you speak too fast, and his little sisters have made too much noise. When do you wish to eat to-day? I wish to eat something at "twelve o'clock. How many times a day does your brother eat ] He eats three times a day. I eat in the summer only twice a day, but in the winter I eat four times. What have you eaten to-day ? I have eaten a little soup, a piece of meat, and some bread. Did your aunt eat with your mother yesterday ? She ate with us, for she was (has been) the whole day at our house. What does the little boy eat? He eats some cheese, and I eat an egg. Why dost thou not eat ? I do not eat, for I am not hungry. My niece is hungry, for she always eats too fast. Do you expect to find your sister in the garden? I think so. Of what dost thou think? I think of my pretty dog; it is very sick. Do you some- times think of your friend White ? We very often think of him ) he is now in Germany. You were (have been) yesterday at your aunt's • did you think of me ? We did think (have thought) of you, for we spoke (have spoken) much of you. Has your sister thought of my book ? She has thought of it, and she will send it back to you to-morrow. What do you think of this music? I do not find it very pretty. Your son reads well, but he writes very badly. Which of my children writes the best? Charles writes the best of all. Is his brother-in-law still alive 1 He is still alive ) he is a very rich and THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 175 happy man; he lives in the country in the summer; he travels in the autumn ; he has fine children, and all he wishes. Is your bro- ther still living in Italy ? He has lived there two years, for he is sick; but he will return next spring. I have not seen Mr. Black for a long time; is he still alive.? Yes, sir, he is still alive ; he is now living in Broad street. Where is your sister ? Do you not see her ? she looks through the window. Where are you living this summer ? I am living with Mr. Green, at his country-house; all is very good there, but the price of living is dearer than in the city. Which is the nearest way to Garden-square? You must go through this street; it is the nearest way to the square. Will you have the kindness to come to see me this evening? but you must bring your little niece with you. I am very sorry, my niece cannot go out, for she is not w 7 ell. Is Mr. Brown at home ? I wish to speak with him. I am sorry, sir, he has gone out this moment. Will you have the kindness to pay me the bill? I w T ant money. I am sorry, I cannot pay you to-day, for my brother has not sent me any money. FIFTIETH LESSON. — $nnf$igfie 2ectwn+ To intend, beabficfytigert/ getenfen;* p.p. intended, getad)t (like tenfen)* To receive (to get), befommen;* p. p. received, befom* men (like formnen)* To receive (to obtain), erfyatten;* p.p. re- ceived, erfyatten (like fyalten)* The payment, tie S^ung, or tie 33ejal;lung. The verbs befommen and erf) a (ten are synonymes. 55-es fommen is more used, and is generally employed in the sense of the English verb to get. Srtyaltenj to receive, implies the receipt of things of some importance, or from a distant place. He has got (received) his money. (Sr r)at fetn ©ett befommeih Dost thou receive anything? SSefemmft tu ctrua* ? I receive a book. 3d) befemme ctn Stocl). They have got (received) the pens <&\t fjaben tic getcrrt wn tfytcm from their uncle. [to-day ? £%tm befemmcn (errjfllten). Have you received some letters £abcn @te fjcute S3rtefc crfjalten ? I have received some. [London? 3d) f)cibe nxlcbe erfjaltciu Dost thou receive this wine from (Srfjafft tu fctefen 2£ein son Ccutcn ? I receive it from thence. 3d) erfjctitc Hjtl t)0n tort. Does the merchant often receive (Svrjctt tcr jtaufmann oft tieue new goods? SBaarcn? He receives some every month. tc*8c$a(jfong) crfjaltcn* ©ebenfen (2>te tyutt au$$ua,er)cn ? 3d) beafcfidjttge in fca* Concert 91 gef)cn (5r Fjat ntd)t beabftd)tic]t cs $u tijun. SBit r)aben ntemalS gebacbt (Mb son tf)tn $u tcifjen ($u bcrcjen). Received payment. Do you intend to go out to-day? I intend to go to the concert. He has not intended to do it. We have never intended to bor- row money of him. The pleasure, ba$ 93crgnugen; the night, tie 5Wad)t; the use, ber ©ebraudf). To try, wrfucfyen; to use, ge6raucfyen ; to make use, ©euraud) maefyen; to lose, mlimn,* p. p. Dertoren; to give a pleasure, ein SBergnugcn madjen. Will you give me the pleasure to Swollen (Sic mir t>a$ SScrgnflgcn mas come to see me to-night ? d)en,mid) btefen 2Cbcnt> 311 bcjud)en? I am sorry, I cannot go out to- @$ tfjut mir fef>r teib, id) fann biefcn night. * 2(benb nid)t auggcfjcn. In such sentences, the night, b i e 9i a crfud)t. 8£cirum Dcrfucben <&ic md)t mit bem gfirften $u fprccben ? 3d) fyabe nid)t ben SKutr) cS $u tfitm. £)er SinaU t>crfud)t feinc (Sttttmpfe p nxtfdjen. R ennen (Ste biefcS 93?effer cjcbraud)cn? 3d) fann t$ nid)t gcbvaud)cn ; or, 3d) fann f cincn ©cbraucb batwn macfyen. (Mumicfyen (Sic ncd) 3fcr attcs spferb? 3d) cjebtaucfyc c£ nod), abet id) tuun? fd)c e$ $u t>etfaufen. £at fcin S3ruber Sfyre 3Bud)cr gc= braud)t, urn bcutfd) $u fcrncn ? (£r r)at fie gebraud)t ; or, (gr f)at ©c« btaud) batmen gemacfyt. liefer 3J?ann mad)t cincn gutcn G>5cs braudr) wn fetnem ©etbe. ©ic mujfen nid)t Sftre *g>anbfdr>uf)e Dertiercn. 3d) wtttere nicmats mcinc £anb^ fd)uf)c, abet mcinc Heine (Sd)tt>c|U't tterUert jeben Sag cin $paat* &aben cr(orcn. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 177 Who has lost his pen 1 &Ber fyot feme Jeter oerteren ? My nephew has lost it. SEctn Sfteffe (jot fie t>er(oreru The bank, tie 23anf, plural, tie 33anfen; the bank-note, tie SSanfnote; cash, banr; to pay in cash*, baar bejafylen; ready money, baareS ®elt; to buy for cash, fur baare§ @elt faufen; the credit, ter (§retit; on credit, a uf £ re tit; usually, gemot; niter;* Where is your father 1 SOBo ifl Sfa SSatcr ? He is at the bank to receive some (Sr ifl ouf ter 23cmf urn ©elt $u er* money. Is this bank-note good ? I think it is good, for all English bank-notes are good. Do you buy for cash % I never buy on credit ) I always pay in cash. Are bank-notes as good as ready money? Not always, sir. My neighbor usually buys on cre- dit, and he sells dearer than I, for I buy every thing for cash. fjottcn. 3ft tiefe 23anf note gut ? 3d) bettfe fie tft gut, tenn alle cnglis fcfye SScmfrteten ftnt gut. jtoufen (Sic fur boares (Sett? 3d) fcmfe memats ciuf (Sretit; icr) be$ol)le immer boor. (Stnt SBonfrtoten fo gut rate booreS ©ett? £TZtcbt immer, mem £>err. p £Ketn 9?od)bor fauft geroeljnUdf) ouf (Sretit, unt cr t»erfouft tbeurer ote id), tenn id) fcmfe ollce fur boores ©elt. (Sein SBruter gerjt gercobnltd) urn tret $tertel ouf 3«>et ouf tie 23an!. \ His brother usually goes to the bank at a quarter to two. To be obliged (shall), fotlCHf an auxiliary verb of mood, like mollen; f onnen> miifferw lafTen, after which follows an infinitive, without to, $u> as after shall in English. @0 lien signifies to be obliged by moral necessity, or enforced by the command or will of another, pollen can only be trans- lated by shall, when the latter does not express future tense. (See Lesson 62.) PRESENT TENSE. I am to read, thou shalt read, or thou art to read, he shall read, or he is to read, we are to read, you shall read, or you are to read, they shall read, or they are to read, shall I go? am I to go? art thou to do it ? shall he have it, or is he to have it ? shall we bring it, or are we to bring it? follen wit e§ brtngen? are you to work? follen fcrt) beg (SngfanberS $u Caufcn ? <5t fjat niemate bcabftd)tigt eS $u faufen. 3)er grcmbc beabftd)tigt mergen nad) 3)eutfd)(anb ab^uretfen. ©ebcnft fcine (Sd>a>cftcr fran^eftfd) $u lernen ? 9?etn ; fie beabfid)tigt bcutfd) $u lernen. SSefemmt bcr .ftnabe cin $>aar neue @d)uf)e ? (§r befommt cin $3aar neue on 3^er Santc befemmen. liefer arme Jlnabe befemmt feine JUetbcr t»en feinem reid)en 9?ad)bar, unb mir befemmen bie unferigen t>cn unfercr Gutter. (Srfyalten @ic eft 23riefe Den Sftrcm grcunbe ? 3d) fcfyretbe eft an tfyn, unb id) erfyalte alle feine SSrtefe butd) meinen Dfyeim. (Sr^dlft bu betne englifcfyen SBucbcr r>en Cenben 1 9ltin ; id) faufe fie bei £crrcn (Scfymibt. £at Sfjr (Sd)mager fcfyen feine neuen £Baaren crfyatten ? (Sr credit fie fycute ; l>a$ (Sd)iff ift geftern angefemmen. 3d) serfucfte ^u fcfyretben, aber c£ ifl $u roarm. (5r \?erfud)t feine 2Crbeit beffer $u madjetu 4?aben ^ie biefe geber t>crfuc&t ? 3d) fyabc fie »erfud)t, aber id) fann fie nid)t gebraucfyen. £Ba$ fyat er t)erfud)t $u tfyun ? (5r fyat t)erfud)t ben ©rafen $u fprecfyen, aber er Fjat tfjn nid)t $u £aufe gefunben. ©cbraucfyen @ie btefes papier? 3d) fyabe e$ gebraud)t, aber id) ftnbe e£ nid)t gut. (5>cbraud)t Sfyr Cfteffe mandjmal 3fyr $pferb ? (5r f>at e£ cfycmaB eft gebraud)t, aber er braud)t eg je|t nid)t mefyr, benn er Ejat ein $3ferb gefauft. ^ennen ®k Den biefen (Strumpfen ©ebraud) mad)en? 3d) fann feincn ©ebraud) ba$en mad)en, benn fie ftnb 3U flein. ©e t>er* tieren 3f)te vg)anbfd)uf)e ; @ie muffen fie nid)t in ben £ut (egen. ©iefer ^nabe serliert eft cin 23ud), benn er fjat nid)t ^uft ju arbeiten. ^aben @ie etma^o t)cr(eren ? 3d) Fjabe mcincn $King t>er(eren ; id) ftabe i()n feben ben gan^cn Sag gefuebt, unb id) fann iljn ntcr>t fmben. 3Be ^aben @ic if)n scr* (eren ? 3d) &abe ifjn (e|tcn 2Cbenb im ©arten t?cr(eren. 3ft 3b^ 93ruber bie le|te 0?ad)t nid)t ^u ^aufe geroefen ? S^cin ; er ift (cgte 0?ad)t bei unfes rem franfen (Sd)mager geblieben. SBelten (Sic fe gutig fein mir 3&r 23ucr> ^u tcifjen ? 9}jit otctem SSergnugcn. SSelten ^ie mir $>a$ SSergnfigen madfeen mit mir in t>a$ Sweater ^u gefyen ? @ie ftnb fef)t gutig, mctn |>err. ^ennen ^u t>en biefer gebcr ©ebraud) mad)cn? id) roitf fie S^ttcn mit SScrgnugcn gcben. 3d) fd)reibe gemef)n(id) mit cincr gelbenen ^^bcr, benn id) febrcibe fe()r fcr>nctL SSBann fcefyen @te gcmef)nUd) auf ? 3cb pe^c ges n>cr)nttcb urn fed)5 Ufyr auf, aber id) fell morgen urn funf ltf?r auffteben, benn nrir gef)en auf bag Sanb. 3ft 3^ QSater fefcen auf bie 23anf gegangen ? CSr ift fd)en suruefgefemmen, unb er f)at bie 33anfneten fur ®ie mitgcbrad)t. £)iefe Sanfneten ftnb gut ; fie finb fo gut mie baare^ ©elb. SDlaxi Dfycim THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 179 fcmft tmmer ouf (Srebit, akr id) fciufc fur baar (baarc^ Gklb). t auf (Srebtt, Unfcr 9^nd)bar fauft md)t immcr fur OaarcS G5ctt> ; cr foot met (Srcbtr. ©ell mein -Bruber $u Sfyncn lemmen ? 3a ; roetlen @ie ifym fagen mergen be£ 9J2orgen$ in meinen £aben $u femmen ? Gotten wir biefe Ucbung abfd)reiben ? @te fennen (Sic abfefyreiben unb cine anberc (crncn. ©ell id) auf ben SEHarft gerjen, ebcr roetlen ©ic ben <8ebienten baf)in fd)tcfcn ? ©ie fennel $u £aufe bleiben ; bat better iff $u fdtfcdfct. 2Sa$ fell ber £nabe tljun ? Or fell arbctten, unb nid)t immer auf bie ©trapc gefjen* Do you intend to go out to-day ? Yes, sir ; I intend to go to the country. To whom does the Frenchman intend to write 1 He in- tends to write a note to his nephew. What does your uncle intend to buy? He intends to buy a fine carriage, but he cannot use it, for he has no horse. What do you intend to do ? I have the inten- tion to do nothing. Do you sometimes receive a book? I often receive books from my aunts. Does your little brother receive a new coat every summer? He receives one every summer and every winter. What do the sailors receive ? They receive some- thing to eat and to drink, and much money. Have you already got (received) your money ? I have not yet got it, for I did not go out (have not gone out) yesterday. From whom has your sister received this beautiful dress? She has received it from her aunt. You have so many fine books ■ of whom do you buy them ? I do not buy them here ; I receive them from New York. Does your father write some letters every day ? He writes and he receives some every day. Do these merchants often receive new goods? They receive some almost every week, and they (have) received a great deal of mer- chandise from France the day before yesterday. From whom have you received this letter? I have received it from my brother-in- law. Where is your brother-in-law living now? He is now living in Boston, but he intends soon to return. You have not written well ; you must try to do it better. I will try it, but I have a very bad pen. Why do you not try to speak German ? I have not yet learned enough, but I will try to speak it after a few months. Will you try a glass of this wine ? I thank you ; I have already drunk some wine. Have you already tried your new horse ? I have not yet tried it, but I will try it to-morrow. Why do you not send this bag to the warehouse ? Our servant has tried to carry it, but he has found it too heavy. 180 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Do you often use your nephew's carriage ? I cannot make use of it, for I have no horse. Dost thou use this book ? I use it to copy my exercises. Have you used the carpenter's hammer? I have used it to mend my bureau. I will give you one dollar, but you must not make a bad use of it. Why does that boy always use my pens? He has lost his own. He loses every thing* yesterday he (has) lost his paper, and to-day his pens. Do you never lose any thing? I do not often lose any thing. Your sister is looking for something ; what has she lost ? She has lost her golden pencil. Have you found it % I have found it in her room, and I will give it back to her. When do you get up? I usually rise at seven o'clock, but to-morrow I must get up at a quarter to six, for I am going to Balti- more. Art thou to copy this long letter? 1 must copy it. I wish to go to the concert and cannot find my coat ; what shall I do ? You must remain at home, or you must take your brother's coat. When shall we come again ? You may come again this evening. Are you to wait for your sister? I must wait for her ; she has to bring me some money in order to pay for my boots. What shall the servant do? He must try to find my cane; I have lost it in the garden. Where were you (have you been) last night? I usually go every night to the theatre, but last night I was (have been) at my uncle's, for he is not well. Have you been with him the whole night ? No, sir, I (have) returned at half past eleven. Will you give me the pleasure to go with you to the concert? Most willingly; I always find it a great pleasure to go with you, and I never make a better use of my time. I usually buy. for cash ; but this time I am obliged to buy on credit, for I have not yet received my money. My brother goes every morning to the bank ; to-day he has to receive there five hundred dollars in bank-notes and one hundred and fifty dollars in cash. Our neighbor sells all his goods for ready money, bat we pay him usually in bank-notes, for the notes of the city banks are as good as ready money. We buy for cash, in order to buy cheaper, but we sell on credit to make a better profit. You must not sell to that, gentleman on credit; he will not pay you, for he never buys for • cash. I come to pay my bill ; have the kindness to write : Received payment in cash. With pleasure, sir. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 181 FIFTY-FIRST LESSON. — @W ttnb ftittfji^fte Section* The noon, ber SKittag; tlie forenoon, ber 23ormittag; the after- noon, bee ^iacfymittag; the teacher, ber ?el;rer; to teach, lefyren; to spell, 8uct)fiabiren; to study, |rubiren; the heart, ba§> iperj, genitive, &e$ Jperjen$> plural, bie jjerjen; with all my heart, t)orx ganjem jperjen. Have you a good teacher 1 $aUn &it einen guten Sefjrcr ? I have no master at present, for it 3d) fyabe jegt fctnen Center, benn c$ is too warm to study. ift gu warm $u ftubircn. This teacher teaches German gttcfer Cefytet lefytt beutfd) unb ftaru and French. 30ftfd). He has taught me the English (St fjat mir bie englifd)e (Spracfyc ges language. lefytt. The boy has a good heart. JDct .ftrtabe f)at ein guteS ^er^. I love my mother with all my 3d) Uebe meine Gutter sen gan$cm heart. Jpeqetu That child spells very well. £)tejes &tnb bud))Mttt fcfjr gut. He studies the whole day. (St ftubttt ben garden gag. Verbs of foreign origin ending in iren> or terert/ — as to spell, b u d) fr a b t r e n ; to s tofy, fr u b i r e n> — are regular verbs, but do not take the augment ge in the past participle; as spelled, b u d) jr a b i r t ; studied, fr u b i r t- He has spelled badly. (St fyat fd)(ed)t bucfyjtabttt. I have studied the French Ian- 3d) tjabc lange bie fran$6fvfd)e (Sptcts guage a long time. d)e ftubirt. He goes out only in the afternoon. (St gefyt nut be6 SftacfyivittagS au$. You must come to me in the fore- @ie muffen $u mir be* Q3ormittag$ noon. Icmmen. The genitive case, in German, is used to denote indefinite time, when the nouns expressing it are of the masculine or neuter gender ; as : — In the forenoon, be§ 2Sormittag§; in the afternoon, be$ 9?acf)* mttrag$; in the morning, be£ 9J£orgen$; in the evening, be$ 2(6enbe>. Also, once a day, einmal be£ £age$; twice a month, jweimal be§ SftonatS; three times a year, breimal be§ Sft^tei; but not jwetmat ber 2Bod)e, twice a week, but jroeimal bie 2Bod)e, because 2B d) e is feminine. I go twice a day to see him. 3d) befucfye tr)n groetmat be* £age$. He goes to Boston four times a (St retpt metmal t)C6 Sabres nad) year. SBofton. 16 182 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. We go to the theatre three times a week. £Btr gcfyen bretmat bte gBecfye in %>a$ Sweater. The hotel, ba$ §otel, ber ©aftfyof ; the cattle, ba$ 3iinb, plural, bieSiinber; beef,9iinbfletfd); mutton, jpammeljTeifcfy, or ©cfyopfen* fteifd); the breakfast, la$> $x&t)ftM ; the dinner, bae 9)?ittageffen; to breakfast, friifyfruden ; to dine, ju 9)iittag effen, or fpeifen; ready, fertig, 6ereit. Breakfast is not yet ready. Dinner is on the table. Are you ready to depart to-day l . I am ready. Hast thou finished the letter % I have done. [fast % When does your brother break- Dag gtuf)jiucf ift ncdf) ntd)t fetttg, &a$ ^ittageffen ift auf bcm £tfd)& ©inb (Sie bcrett beute afyureifen ? 3d) bin fcerett. ^g>aft bu ben *8rief fccenbigt ? 3d) tun ferttq* 23ann frubftudt Sfct SBruber? He breakfasts early in the morning. (Sr frufyftticft fcur) be* 93?orgen£. £aben fein ; to be contented, to be satisfied, ju* frieben fein. Have you already breakfasted ? Not yet, for I breakfast at half past eight. Does your uncle dine at your house ? No, he dines at the hotel. When did you dine (have you dined) % This carriage is not worth much. His horse has been worth one hundred dollars. The horse is too bad to be worth so much. Are you satisfied with your serv- ant? I am not contented with him. Has he been satisfied w T ith my book] He is contented with nothing. We must have much money in order to be contented. Dtefer 2£agen tft ntd)t met roertf> ©etn $ferb tft rjimbert Staler nxrtr) geroefen. Da^ $)ferb tft $u fd)(ed)t um fo ml nxrtf) gu fein. (Sinb 8te nut Sfyrem SBebienten ^ frieben ? 3d) tun nid)t nut tr)m gufrieben. 3ft er nut mcinem SBucfye ^ufrieben geroefen ? (5r tft mit ntdjtS gufrieben. 2GBit muffen met ©e(b r>abcn um $us frieben $u fein. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 183 (S* ift 9JUttag, roir rootlen nad) £aufe gcfjen, unfcr Secret cartel auf un$ ; er tefyrt un$ bie beutfcfye unb fete fran^ofifdrje (Spradje* 2Bie eft fommt bcr Cefyrer $u S&nen 1 (5r femmt mermat t>tc 2Bod)C $u mir, gweimat bc£ SScrs mtttagg unt gweiwal bes £ttad) mittagS. Sernt tfyre ftcine a* grufyftucf ift bereft. £Ba$ fyaben (Sic fjeute gum Sfttttagejfen ? 2Sir fyaben nur cin roenig on gangem .pcr^n, er fyat Diet ©uteS Don tfyr gcternt. SBtcmel ift bicfer SBagcn roertf) ? (Sr ift nid)t met roertf), benn er ift fd)cn alt. ©ein spferb ift ntcmalS met roertr) geroefen. (Sinb Sic mit Sfjrem Scorer gufrieben 1 3d) bin mit tfjm ^ufrteben. 3ft bcr Sctbat mit feincm 9}tittagcffen $ufricten geroefen ? 3d) bcn!e er ift bamit gufrieben gemefen, benn er fyat gute^ $Kinb^ ftctfd) gegeffen. 2Bir mufjen oft mit rocnig gufrieben fein. 2Ba^ ijr 36ve U^r ? SKetne U^r ift tjatb gn>ei. S)ie meinige ift nur cin 8Sierte( auf $n>et. Sbfe Ur)r gel)t entnxber eine SSiertet (Stunbe gu fruf), ober bie meinige ge^t einc asiertel Stunbe gu fpat. 2Bir fagen im £)eutfd)en gewotjntid), bie Ufyr ge^t gu fru^ ober gu fpat, aber roir I onnen auc^ roic im (Sngtifcfycn fagen : bie Uf)t gefjt au fc^netl, ober fie ge^t gu tangfam. My teacher does not come to-day • he has gone to the next village. What does he teach you ? He teaches me the German language. Who has taught your brother French? Mr. Blanc, a French teacher, has taught it to him. You are reading the whole day; what are you studying] I study the Spanish language. Is it difficult to study it 1 Not so difficult as the German language. I always study in the morning, but my cousin studies in the afternoon. I think you are right in studying early; I also study in the morning, and I have learned much in a short time. Has his niece studied Italian lonsr? 184 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. She has studied ten months, but she is not yet able to speak it ; I think she has not a good teacher. Does your little sister already spell % She spells very well ; she has studied it only two months, and now she already begins to read. Who has taught it to her? Our mother has taught it to her. A mother is always the best teacher for her little children. How has that little boy spelled ? He has spelled badly, for he will not learn anything. My little cousin has a very good heart ; he loves his father and his teacher very much, but he is not assiduous. You will always find me at home at noon ; in the afternoon I usually go out, and often come home very late. My brother-in-law goes to the bank every fore- noon ; he has much to do in the spring and in the autumn, but in the summer he travels. Whither does he usually travel ? He goes three times a month to New York. My father has formerly tra- veled very much, but now he is too old, and my older brother goes to London twice a year for him. How often does your servant go to your store? He goes there twice a day; the first time at seven o'clock in the morning, and the second time at three o'clock in the afternoon. I hear that you go to the theatre every night; I do not go so often ; I go thither only twice a week. What are we to do ? our maid-servant has broken all our cups; we cannot drink any more tea. You must go to a store, and buy a half dozen other cups. But I have no money. You must try to buy on credit. Many mer- chants willingly sell on credit, but they sell dearer on credit than for cash. Why must your little daughter go to her aunt ? She must go to her aunt, in order to wish her a good morning; she loves her with all her heart. When do you dine 1 We dine at half past two. Has your brother already dined? No, sir;* he takes his dinner after me. Will you give me the pleasure to dine with us to-day ? You are very kind, sir ; when do you dine ? We usually dine at half past three. Where have you dined (taken your dinner) to-day? I have taken my din- ner at the French hotel, for my mother is in the country. Is our dinner ready ? Not yet, for it is not yet two o'clock ; are you hun- gry ? I am hungry, for I breakfasted very early. When do you breakfast? I rise early in the morning, and I breakfast at seven, o'clock ; my brother breakfasts after me, for he usually gets up at half past seven. Our breakfast is always ready at eight o'clock, and our dinner at a quarter past two. Has the student eaten much at breakfast ? He has only eaten some bread and butter and a piece THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 185 of cold beef. You eat so very little ) are you not satisfied with your dinner '? I am very well satisfied with it, but I have eaten too much at breakfast. This gentleman is very unhappy \ he is never con- tented, and he always wishes for something which he cannot have. Have you been satisfied with that little boy % I have been well satisfied with him, for he has studied very well, and he has written better than usually. We cannot always have what we wish, and we must sometimes be satisfied with little. How much is that knife w^orth ? It is not worth much \ it is only an iron knife. What is the price of this fine horse'? My uncle has paid two hundred dollars for it ; -it is not worth so much. My watch always goes too fast ; I think I have paid too much for it. Of whom have you bought it ?- 1 have bought it from the foreign merchant, and I paid seventy- five dollars for it. You must give it back \ this watch has never been worth so much. Can you lend me fifty dollars'? I will lend them to you with all my heart, but you must give them back to me next month. Are you ready to go to the concert with me ? I am ready to do all that you wish. Have you already written the exer- cises ? Yes, sir, I have done. FIFTY-SECOND LESSON. — $ttM*t tmh fiittf|tgfte Section* To boil, to cook, focfyen; to roast, to fry, braten; the roast- meat, ber 35raten; the roast-beef, t>er 9iinber6raten; the roast- mutton, ber jpamme(6raten; the fish, ber %\\&) f plural, tie ftifcfye; the cake, ber J?uct)en, plural, bte J?ud)en; the memory, ba$ ®e* bdcfytnijs; by heart, au^roenbig; to leqrn by heart, ctuSroenbig lerneru To be permitted, to be at liberty (may), mogerv an auxiliary verb of mood, like rootten, fonnen, mtiffen, laffen, fotten; after which follows an infinitive, without }Uf to, as after may in English. PRESENT TENSE. I may, icfy mag; we may, rcir mcgen. thou mayest, t>u rrmgjr; you may, <2ie mcgen. he may, cr mag; they may, fie mogem I may work the whole day ; I 3d) mag ben garden Sao, arfcetten ; never have finished. id) fjafce nicmalS a,cenbta> 16 * 186 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. You may expect me to-morrow. (Ste mcgen (fonnen) mid) mcrgen er* roatten. He may go when he will ) I re- (5t mag gefyen roann et will ; tc!) main at home. Wetbe £U |>aufe* It may be. (£$ mag fcin, or e$ fann fein. To like, lie6en> gem fyakru There is, in German, no verb which exactly expresses the English verb to like. When it relates to a friendly affection, it "nay be translated by He&eUf to love ; but otherwise it must be rendered by g e r tt> willingly, accompanied by a suitable verb ) I like little children. He likes his aunt very much We like to see him. Do you like a white hat ? Does the boy like cakes? He does not like them. Dost thou like beer? I do not like it. Does your mother like boiled meat ? She likes roast-meat, and I like fried fish. Dost thou like to learn by heart ? I do not like it. 3d) liefce Heine Jtinbet. (St liebt fefyt feine Sante. SBtr fefyen tfjn gem. f £at>en ©te gem einen roetpen £ut? or \ Stagen @te gern einen roetpen £ut ? 3ft t>et £nabe gern £ud)en ? (St tpt fie nid)t gern. Stint" ft bu getn SSiet ? 3d) ttinfe e£ ntd>t getn. 3ft 3f)te Gutter getn gefocfyteg gfteifd) ? ©te tpt getn SBtaten, unb id) effe getn gebtatene $ifd)e. Scrnft fc>u getn auercentug ? ( 3d) feme nicbt getn auSroenbtg, or I 3d) mag nid)t ausrcenfcig fetnen. To like not can be translated by n i d) t m 6 g e n ; as: — I do not like, id) mag nid)t. thou dost not like, tu magjr nid)t. he does not like, er mag nid)f, :c. 3d) fprecfye nicr)t gem nut jenem 3J?anne, or [d)en, 3d) mag nid)t nut jenem SCRanne fpre* isjfteine a$> ?(6enb6rob); to sup, ju 2(6enb effen (2(6enbbrob effen); loud, aloud, faut. The supper is not yet ready. £)a$ tf&enbefjen iff nod) nid)t fetttg. I do not like to speak to that man. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 187 Will you take supper with us? or, Will you sup with us? I thank you \ I have no appetite. What have you for supper ? We have some roast-beef and some cold roast-mutton. I like boiled fish and roast- chicken. SMlen enbbrob effen ? 3d) banfe Sbnen; id) fyabe Ceinen 2Cppetit SBaS fjafcen Ste pm 2C6enbejfen 1 SBtr fyaben Sttnbetfcraten unb fatten £ammet6raten. 3d) efie gem ge!od)te gtfd)C unb ges bratene £uf)ner* A fish, a chicken, is to be translated by e i n 5* i f d> e i n Jp u f) n ; but J^5^ and chicken, in a general sense, as above, must be ex- pressed by the plural, % i f d) e> £> u \) n e r. I do not like to sup late; or, I do not like to eat supper late. My brother has already supped ; or, he has already taken his supper. I cannot hear him ) he does not speak aloud. 3d) effe nid)t gem fpat ^u 2fl>enb ; or, 3d) mag nid)t fpat 2£benbt>rob effen* £)?ein SBruber fjat feften $u 2f6ent> ges gefjen ; or ; et fjat fd)on 2Cbenb6rob gegeffen. 3d) Eann tfyn nid)t fjoren ; er fprtdjt nid)t taut Without, c t; n e^ a preposition, which governs the accusative. He can do nothing without me. Why do you never go out with- out your brother?. I like to go with him. I like to go only with him. He works without speaking. I have gone away without wait- ing for him. Just as you like. (5t fann cr)nc mid) md)t$ tl)um 2Barum gefyen ©i« menials cfyne 3>fjs ren SSruber au$ ? 3d) gefye gem mit t(jm* Set) mag nur mit tftm gefyen, (Sr arbeitet ofyne gu fprecfycm 3d) bin roeggegangen cfyne auf tr;n gu roarten. f ©an$ mk (Ste e3 m>Um ; or, ( ©an$ tt>tc ta$ jperj, ba$ ®la$, bte 93lume, ba$ ©tiicf f ber ®axtm, ba$> gotyndben. ba$> Sod)terd)eru ba$ 33dumd)en, ba$ jperjd)en. bat ©lascberu ba$ QMumcfyen. ba$> etucfeben. ba$> @artct)en. 188 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Will you give me a small piece Snellen Sie mtr cin (Studcfecn 23rofc of bread ? gckn ? Each child has his little garden. 3ebcs £inb feat fan fleineS ©artcfecru I have found these little flowers 3d) feabe btefe Slttmcfecn auf fcem in the field. gelbe gefunt>en, Diminutives are not only employed to express littleness, but also fondness, and sometimes even ridicule ; thus — dear father ! mein 2>dterd)ert ! dear mother ! mein 9)tiitterd)en ! my darling, my dear love ! mein jjerjefyen ! and otherwise — Have you seen the little man — £aben @ie t>a$ ?Qiannd)en — fcatf the little woman ? • graucfecn — gefefeen ? He has given me a very little (Sr feat mtr cin fteineS ©(aScfeen SBcin glass of wine to drink. $u trinfen gegeben. The girl, ba§ Sftdbcfyen, derived from bie 93? ^ 9 t>f which in earlier times was the name for a maiden, and not for a servant. The miss, t>a£ %xaukin§ derived from the woman, bie $raiu — The girl, ba$ 33Jdb^ d) e fy and the miss, ba$ % r d u I e i rv both referring to unmar- ried ladies, are formed like diminutives, but are now no more considered as such. They are of the neuter gender, but are sub- stituted by feminine, and not by neuter personal pronouns. His sister is a good girl. (Seine tct true icfe fann, id) feabe memafe ®clb. (St mag fagen vba$ er witt, id) fann tfen nicfet oetflefeen. Sic megen son uns benfen wa$ ©te wettcn. (£6 mag fo fetn, aber id) will e& nicbt t> erfucfecn. 2)iefe jUnbcr tteben iferen Seferer, aber ftc arbeiten nicfet germ £err (Scfewar^ ttcOt feine greunbe, aber er gtcbt tfenen nicfet gem etwag $u eficn* £BaS feat Sfere (Scfewcftcr gem ? @te tragt gem fefibfefee £leibcr* (Sflcn Sic gern ffiinte fieifcfe? Scfe effe gern ein Stud Sttnberbraten, unb id) trtnfc gern ein ©tascfeen SQBcin fcaju. 2Mlen @te mit mtr $u £errcn duller gefeen ? 3d) mag nicfet $u tfem gefeen, benn id) benfe er fiefet mid) nicfet gern* ©efet 3fere Sautter fecute in bat Sfeeatcr? S?ctn * 3 fie mag nicfet be* UUnU ausgefeen* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 189 SBann tpt Sfyr £>r)ctm gu 2tt>enb ? (St tpt urn ncun Ufjt ttknbbteb, benn ct ipt fcfjr fpdt $u 9CKtttag» SBctlcn Sie mtt uns 2C6cnt>brct> effen ? nrit f)aben £ammc(bratcn unt) gebtatcne g'ifd)t% 3d) banfe SOncn, id) fyabe feinen 2£ppetit ; id) fyabe ^u Diet gu SJlittacj Qcgcffcn* SBet nxm fyabcn ©te gcfpcif't? 3d) fyafrc bet metnet Same gefpetft. 3d) ^)orc btefett £etten nid)t 9cm fptes d)cn, benn cr fprid)t immcr fefyt taut. SGSarum fprecfyen Sie nid)t tauter? 3d) fann nid)t fefyr taut fpred)en, abet id) benfe Sie t>erftef)cn mid). 3ft jcncS Sttdbdjen 3f)te £5?id)te? 92cm, metri |>etr; fte ift cine g'rcunbtnn meinct Sdjroeftet* SBatum ftnb Sie ofme mid) ausgcaancjcn ? &u ftnb $u fpdt gc!emmcn ; id) fyabe 6t3 fed)S Uf)t auf ©te gcrvavtct* jDtefet £ett gcfyt mematS ofme feme Sd)roeftet in bag Sweater ; fie if! ein fcfjr guteS unb fyfibfcfyeg SJcdbcfyctn £>aben Sic fjeute 3fyten 9?cffcn gefefyen 1 3d) bin cms* gcgangen efyne ifyn gu fc^en. £aben Sic geftctn gtdutetn SSraun gefefyen ? 3d) fcabe fie nid)t gefehen. Snellen Sic fyeute mcinc Saute befucfyen ? 3«/ mcin -gxdutetn ; rcellen Sic mir ba5 SSetgnfigen mad)cn mtt mir $u ge&en ? Sie ftnb fcf>r gfittg, mcin £etr, abet id) fann fyeute ntcbt ausgerjen, benn mcinc Gutter ift nid)t roof)!* ££cllcn Sic mid) mergen befucfyen, ebct fell id) $u 3bncn femmen ? ©an$ rote Sie cS ttmnfd)cn. Snellen Sic nid)t cin ®(dsd)en son bicfem SBetn t>crfud)cn ? 3d) banfc 3fynen ; id) trinfc beg SJZergcnS nid)t gctn SBcin. 3n Jcnem #du$d)en tuefynt cin g(ucf(id)er £ftann, unb in fcinem ©drtcfyen fennen Sie tie fefyenften 23ltmtd)en fmbetu I may do what I will, he never is satisfied. You may go to the theatre, but not w T ith me, for I will stay at home. He may study as much as he can, he will never learn this language, for he has a bad memory. You say Mr. Swartz will never pay me; it may be so, but I think better of him. May I see what you are doing? You may (can) see all I do, for I do nothing wrong. Thou mayest expect thy cousin to-morrow. What do you like to do ? I like to read a good book. Does your brother like to go to the concert ? He does not often go to the concert, for he does not like music very much. Does your aunt like your sister? She likes her much, for she is a good girl. Does your uncle like dogs? He likes his dogs and horses very much. What does your nephew like ? He likes fine clothing. Do you like a black coat? No, sir ; I like to wear a brown coat. Does the student like to study? He does not study very much, but he likes (to have) a good dinner. Does he like boiled or fried fish? He likes both. What do you like for supper? I like some tea and a roast chicken. Do the soldiers like beer? Yes, sir, they like German beer very much. What does your father like for breakfast 7 He likes a piece of roast-beef and a cup of 190 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. coffee. Do these children like their teacher? They like him, but they do not like to study. Why do you like to see that gentleman ? I like to see him, but I do not like to speak to him, for he speaks very badly. You do not like to speak fast — neither do I; but I think your aunt speaks too slowly. Does your sister like to learn by heart ? She likes to learn by heart, for she has a good memory. I do not like .our neighbor; he is a very rich man, but he never gives anything to poor people. Shall I copy these exercises, or shall I learn them by heart ? Just as you like. You learn easily by heart, for you have a good memory ; but for me it is very diffi- cult, for my memory is bad. Will you give me the pleasure to take supper with us ? I am very sorry, I cannot remain so late, for my mother is waiting for me. You must not go, for supper is ready. What have you for supper? We usually take some fried fish and a piece of cold beef or mutton for our supper. Do you like chicken-soup ? I like chicken- soup w T hen I am not well, but I do not like boiled chicken. My brother has a good appetite; he eats almost all day : early in the morning he can eat a large piece of roast-beef and some cakes. Do you not like cakes'? I like cakes, but only for dinner. I (have) dined yesterday with our uncle at the City Hotel ) we ate (have eaten) very good beef-soup, boiled and fried fish, roast-mutton, roast- chicken, and very fine cakes. What have you drunk? I usually drink water, but I drank (have drunk) two small glasses of French, wine yesterday. Do your children like cakes ? I think, miss, all children like cakes. Will you not eat a piece of this beef ? I thank you, I have no more appetite. Do you like to eat bread without butter? I must have a very great appetite in order to eat bread without butter. This boy cannot learn by heart without speaking aloud. You must speak aloud, or I cannot understand you. Can you use your neighbor's carriage and horse without paying for it ? He sometimes lends me his horse, but I pay him for it. Were you (have you bfcen) at the concert yesterday without your aunt? I w T as (have been) there without her, for she is sick. Why are you always speaking aloud when you copy anything? I speak aloud in order not to make mistakes. Miss Brown always speaks so fast, it is difficult to understand her. Does Miss Smith like flowers ? I have bought some very beautiful ones. She likes flowers very much; you will give her a great pleasure by bringing her these fine flowers. Who has given you this pretty little flower? Miss THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 191 Louisa gave (has given) it to me this morning ; I have seen her in the garden. Miss Weed, I have the pleasure to bring you some flowers, but you must have the kindness to wear them. How much may Miss Jenny's new dress be worth? It is a very rich dress; it may be worth nearly fifty dollars. My sister also has a silk dress, but -she does not wear it often ; she is contented with a woolen dress. Will you try a piece of this cake? I thank you, I have eaten enough. FIFTY-THIRD LESSON. — ®tei Wth fihtf $i$$te Section* There are in German some verbs, which can be modified by the infinitive of another verb : To sing, fingen 5 to hear sing, ftngen fyoren; to walk, to take a walk, fpajieren $efyen 5 to stop, to make a stand, to leave off, frefyen 6(ei6en (literally: to remain standing). <2 insert modifies the verb fyoren; — f pa ji cren the verb Q e 1) e n ; — and fr e \) e n the verb 6 1 e i 6 e rt. Such modified verbs may be considered in their construction as compound separable verbs. I will hear him sing. 3>dr) rottt tf)n ftngen f)6reru I hear him sing all day. 3d) fycre tf)n t)cn garden Sag ftngcm I have heard him sing. 3d) f)cik tfm ftrtQcn gebort. Can you take a walk with me this $6nnen eno nut mix evening ? fpc^teren gefycn ? I have walked already very much 3d) bin f)eute fcfyort t>ict fpo^tcrcn $cs to-day. gangem He takes a walk every morning. (Sr gerjt jebcn ^florgcn fpqtercn. Have the kindness to stop (make £akn ©ie t>te ©utc r)tcr ftefycn $u a stand) here. btctberu He stops at every corner. (?r bUiU cm jcber (Scfe ftefyert. We have left off (stopped) at £Btt fint) auf ©cite 76 ftefyen ge^te* page 76. fcen. The side, the page, fcie (geite* AUXILIARY VERBS OF MOOD. Auxiliary verbs of mood are those which convey no deter- minate idea in themselves, but give certain modifications to a real verb, by expressing willingness, desire, possibility, necessity, or permission, of that which is indicated by such real verb. There are seven auxiliary verbs of mood in German ; as : — 192 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. to be willing (will), molten* to be able (can), fonneru to be compelled (must), mufferu to let (to leave, to get done), lafjert. to be obliged (shall), fotfen. to be permitted (may), mcc^en. to dare (to be allowed), burferu The present tense of, I will, id) will; I can, id) fann; I must, i d) m u § ; / let, I leave, i d> la f f e ; / shall (I am to), i d) foil; / may, id) mag; — have been treated in Lessons 28, 29, 31, 34, 49 and 52. The explanation of to dare, turferif will follow hereafter. I will speak to him. 3d) rcntl nut ifym fprccfyen. Thou canst not do it. £)u fcmnjt c£ md)t tfyun. He must work this evening. (£r mup btejcn 2Cbcnb axUitW* We get clothing made. £Btt (affcn ^Icibcr macberu You shall read; or, you are to read. (2>te fotlen lefeu* They may come. ®it mecjen fbmmen. In German, the auxiliary verbs of mood have a perfect con- jugation, and their past participles a^e : — gemottt; gefonnt; $emuf 3 t; getaffen; gefotlt; ir tyabtn gelaffen. you have been obliged, fie tyabm c^efollt* they have been permitted, ) J fie \)abm gemod)t, they have not liked, J { fte fyaben nidjt gemod)t When the past participle of these auxiliary verbs of mood is connected with the infinitive of a real verb, the participle is then changed also into the infinitive ; as : — Have you been willing to see £afcen t gcrooflt. £at er ntcfyt Commen fcnncn ? (St fyat ntcfyt gcfonnt, or (St fyat ntcfyt tommen fonneru $at er ten gangen &acj atbetten mtifs fen ? (ntcfyt a/muft). (St fyat gemupt, or (£t fyat arbetten nmflfen. (Sie fyaben etnen 3cec£ ntacfyen foffen. Scfy fyabe metnen 3?ocf in t>er ©tube gelaffen. 4>at er btcfen SXRorgen fommen fcllen ? (St fyat gefollt, or (St fyat femmen fotten. 3d) fyabe e$ ntcfyt tfyun mocjen. 3d) ijahc eS ntcfyt gemedfyt* The head, ber ^opf; the tooth, bet S^fyn; the neck, the throat, ter ipal§ ; the dentist, ber %al}tiar$t ; to pull out (to extract), ausjiefyen ;* p. p. pulled out, auSgejogen ; to sleep (to be asleep), fd)tafen;* present, id) fct)lafe f bu fd)ldf)T> er fct>ldft ; p. p. slept, gefd)lafen ; the bed, ba$ Sett ; violent, fyeftitj ; about, ungefdfyr ; the medicine, tie 9)iebicin. ^opfrnefy, or ^opffefymerjen. Safynrcefy, or Safynfcfymerjen. ber (gefymetj, plural, bie mer$eru The head-ache, the tooth-ache, the pain, What is the matter with you ? What ails you ] Nothing ails me, but my father ' has the headache. His sister has a violent tooth- ache ; she will go to the dentist. Will she get a tooth pulled out (extracted) ? She has already had a bad tooth pulled out. T have a pain in the throat. Have you slept well ? I always sleep very well. Is your brother still asleep? No, sir, he has already got up. When do you go to sleep? I go to bed about eleven o'clock. 17 I mat fefylt Sfynen ? 9?tcfyr6 fefylt nut, abet metn $atet fyat Jlepffcfymer^cru (Seine (Scfytueftet fyat fycfttcje 3afyn* fcfymet^en, fie wilt $u bem 3afynat$t gefyen. 2SM fte etnen Safyn au^tefyen taffen ? <&u fyat fefyen etnen fcfytecfyten 3afyn au^tefyen (affen. 3d) fyabe £at$fcfymcr$eru £aben @tc rcefyt gefcfylafen ? 3d) fcfytafe unmet fefyr gut. ©cfylaft Sfyr 25tubet ncd) ? £tein, mctn £ctt, er ift fcfyon aufgc* ftanben. ££>ann fefyen (Ste fd)(afen ? 3d) gefye ungefdfyt urn elf Ufyr $11 £ette. 194 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. In Lesson 48, it is observed that, to take off ) abnefyrrmv is used for taking off the hat ; but for all other clothing we use, in Ger- man, the separable verb, aufcjiefyen/ meaning to pull out or to put off; as: — He will take off his boots. (St ttrill feme ©tiefet cw6$ief)en. She has a mind to take off her @te l)at Suft tfytc £cm£>fd)uf)e audits gloves. . Steven. I take off my coat. [ings. 3d) giefje metnen 9£ed au£. They have taken off their stock- @te baben il)re (Strumpfe auSge^egen, He takes off his hat and his (St nimmt fetnen £ut ab unt> $tebt gloves, for he will go out no feine £ant>fcf)ufye aue, benn et rvttl more. ntd)t mefyt auSgefycn. (Sie muffen nic^t fo met 2atm macben, l>enn td) rounfcbe 3bre 9^td>te fin* gen $u fyoten. £aben @te fie nod) nid)t ffngen gefyott ? 9?cin, id) fyafce fie geftetn $um etftenmal gefeben. (Ste fonnen fie jeben £ftotgcn bet ttnS fingen boten. 3d) ()6re ben ^>errn fptecben, ober id) wtfiebe if;n ntcbt, benn er fprtd)t ntcbt taut genug. @ic muffen fjicr ntcbt fteben bletben, rott rcotlen in t>a£ Sweater gcr)cn* ££atum bletbt 3b? SBtubet ftefycn ? (St will auf fetnen gteunb roatten. Sdj fyabe feine Suft ftefien ^u bteiben, benn e§ tft $u fait, (St tjt an bet (Sde pteljen geblteben; er txutl ten neuen £aben fefjetu ©eben <5ie eft fpa^teten ! 3d) ger)c gercobnlid) jeben Sttadjnnttag fpajteren, aber r)cutc fjabc td) feine Cult fpa^teten $u geben. gjjetne Gutter tft md)t $u £aufe, fie tft mit Jtautein 23taun fpa^teten gegangen, £Bte met ©ctten fell td) fyeute (efen 1 SBtr finb geftern auf Cette fieben unb $n>an$tg (auf bet fieben unb ^an^tgjlen ©cite) fiefyen geblteben ; beenbtgen @te biefe (Settc, abet on fctefem SBtaten effen molten ; ct tft gu SBctte gegangen, cfyne ctwaS $u fagen* £at et ntd)t marten wellen, big fetn SBtubet ^utudfommt ? (St fyat ntd)t Qcwtiilt $aben aben ©ie t>a$ SSud) ^oten muffen 1 3d) fjabe e» bo(cn muffen, benn feine Heine ©cbmeftet feat e$ ntd)t ftnben fonnen. 9^etn 93rubcr tjai fed)^ neue ^emben mad)en (affen, abet xeb baU £emben genug; ict) b^bc bte metntgen wafdjen (affen* 2Bo I)aben @tc 3&ve llbr ge(affen ? 3d) ^be fie in 3brem Bimmet getaffen. 2Bann b^ Rtn 9ieffe anfommen felten ? (St |at fd)on geftetn anfommen fotlen, abet et tft nod) ntd)t feteu ^>at btefe^ junge 9}iabd)en if)te Section abfd)tetben fotlen ? @te F)at gefottt, abet fie l>at e$ ntd)t get^an. ^at bet jtnabe getn au^men? big (etnen mogen? (St l)at e^ niemal^ getn gemed)t, benn et ^at etn fd)(ed)? tes ®ebad)tni^ 3Bae; fel)(t 3(jncn ? 3d) babe befttge ^opffebmet^en. 9}jetn S3tubet l)at 3abnfd)met3en, et f)at ^wet fcbled)te 3af>ne ; et mttf s« ^ cni 3abn* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 195 at# gcfjen, fie auSjiefan $u (affen. £abcn @ie [tmaU cincn 3af)n auSjtcljctt taffcn ? 9?ein, id) &abe fefjr gute 3dr;ne. 3* fja&e WW ^mcr^en in meinen g&gen, id) benfe mcine ©ticfcl finfc 3" Kcln. 3* will mcincn £ut abnefymcn unt> meinen SKocf au^iefycn, tenit cs tft f)ter $u warm. |>abcn (Sic Suft 3&rc es 2£t>cnt>$ au& SKetn f (etner 23rufc>er fjat feinen SKccf unb feme ©tiefel au$ge$egcn, tenn cr will $u SBcttc gcfjen. ©tefjt cr fpdt auf? (5r fdfelaft gewo&nlid) ad)t (Stunbcn ; roir ftcfyen ungefafyr urn fjatfc fed)* auf. SCRcin 9?effe fd)tdft (anger ate ©te ; er foot fjeute U$ fyalb ad)t gefd)tafen. 3m SBtnter fdjtafen roir cine (Stunbe Idnger al$ im ©ommer. ©d)(aff Sfa SSater nod) ? S?etn, mein £err, er if! fd)cn auSgcgangen. 3d) f)abc Cegtc £Zad)t fd)led)t gcfcfetafcn, benn id) fyabe #alsfd)mer$en. Will you hear the poor girl sing? I have no mind to hear her sing, for I do not like bad music. I hear your little brother singing all day j has he nothing to do? He is always singing and working at the same time. We (have) heard that gentleman speak yester- day, but we (have) understood nothing. We will walk a little. I have no time to walk this morning; I expect my teacher at nine o'clock. Do you like to take a walk in the morning? I usually take a walk in the evening. Where did you take a walk last even- ing? I walked w 7 ith your cousin for three hours in our uncle's gar- den. Will you stop here a moment ? I must go into this store to buy a pair of gloves. I have no mind to stop here, for it is very bad weather, but I will go with you into the store. I do not like to walk with my niece, for she stops before every store. We will begin to read • where did we leave (have we left) off yesterday ? We (have) stopped at page thirty-eight ; shall I read aloud ? Have the kindness to read aloud and very slowly, for I wish to understand what you read. Has he been willing to speak to you? He has not been willing to speak to me, for he has a violent headache. Have you not been willing to lend this book to my sister? I have been willing, but she has not taken it. I have not been able to use your pen, for it is too bad ; have you no other ? Has the tailor been able to mend my coat this morning? He has not been able, for he has pains in his throat; but he will mend it this evening. Were you (have you been) obliged to wait long for your aunt yesterday even- ing ? I was (have been) obliged to wait till half past eleven. Has your father been obliged to take these bad bank-notes from Mr. Black ? He has been obliged to take them, for Mr. Black has no ready money. My nephew has got a new coat made, but I do not 196 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. like it ; it is too short. Have you already got your cotton stockings mended ? I have got them mended and washed. Where have you left my cane % I have left it in my brother's room, but I will go for it this moment. You make a bad use of your sister's um- brella ; you have left it in the garden. Where have you left my pencil % I am sorry, I think I have lost it ; but I will buy you an- other. I (have) paid a visit to Mr. Brown yesterday, but I have not seen Miss Louisa, for she has the toothache. Why does she not go to the dentist? She has been at Doctor Thompson's; he has extracted two teeth, but she still has much pain. Have you ever got a tooth extracted ? Never, sir, for I have no bad teeth. What is the mat- ter with your brother ? I have not seen him to-day. He has a vio- lent headache, and that makes him very sick. What is the matter with your cousin? I have not seen him in the theatre for a long time. Nothing is the matter with him, but he does not like to go to the theatre any more; he studies every evening. You have no ap- petite ; what ails you ? I have a pain in my throat, and I have lost my appetite ; the physician has given me some medicine, but I do not like to take it. When do you go to bed ? I usually go to bed at a quarter to eleven, and I always sleep very well. I get up about five o'clock, and study until breakfast; but my brother rises late, for he likes to sleep in the morning, and to work in the evening. Is your little nephew still asleep? He is still asleep, for he went (has gone) to bed very late last night. How have you slept ? I (have) slept very badly last night ; our neighbor's children (have) made much noise the whole night. How can you live without sleeping? My dear sir, we do not live in order to sleep, but we live in order to work. I sleep about six hours every night, and I think that is quite enough ; our life is very short, and many people lose a great deal of time by sleeping too long. It is very warm ; I have a great desire to take off my coat. You may take it off, for nobody is here ; but why do you not also take off your hat ? I do not take it off, for I have the headache. Miss Caroline takes off her gloves, in order to give some money to this poor woman. Why has that little boy taken off his shoes and stockings? He has taken them off in order to be able to go faster. This gentleman is a very good friend of my uncle ; he wishes to buy some woolen and silk goods, and he will pay for them in three months. I am very sorry, we do not sell on credit; we sell all goods very cheap, but only for cash. Has THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 197 your sister gone to church with your mother? No, sir; my sister went (has gone) to church after my mother. How many times has that foreigner been at your house 1 He has been only twice at our house, but I think he is a very polite gentleman. How old is Mr. White's father] I think he is about seventy years old. Miss, will you have the kindness to give this book to your brother ? Most willingly, sir. FIFTY-FOURTH LESSON. — 3$iet ttttfc f Uttfji^fte Section* To believe, gtau6en> requires the person in the dative ; to owe, fd)ulbig fcirt {in German, a compound verb, meaning to be in- debted); to forget, t)ergeffen* {conjugated like effen); present, id) ttergeffe, bu t>ergiffef?^ er sergi^r, p. p. forgotten, ttenjefjen. To know, roiffe n>* is irregular in the first, second, and third persons singular of the present tense ; as — I know, id) roei§. thou knowest, bu rx>ei£t. he knows, er m\% Plural, regular, we know, vo'xx wiffen, K, Past part, known, geroujjt; perf. I have known, id) fya&e gett)Uf 3 t. Do you believe that gentleman ? ©faukn ergeflcn 3fyten (Stecf* He never forgets anything. (5t octgipt mentals etroaS. They have forgotten their friends, ®te fyaben ifyte gteunbe itftgeffem There are, in every language, two kinds of sentences — prin- cipal and subordinate. All sentences, hitherto treated of, are called principal sentences : they are such as convey a complete idea in themselves, without the addition of another sentence ; as — I go into the city. 3d) gcr)c in btc <£tat>t. He goes into the country. (Sr gefjt cmf $>a$ 2cmb. He has bought the umbrella. (St i)at ben 9?egenfd)ttm gefauft. He has not paid for the umbrella. (St fyat ben 9?cgenfd)trm nid)t bqafyt You must bring me the book to- (Sic muffen mit l>a$ S3ud) mctgen morrow. bttncjcn. 17* 198 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. You must send me the book to- (&u muffcn nut ba$ JBud) metgen morrow. fd)tcfen. Such principal sentences can be combined together by proper conjunctions, and are then called co-ordinate sentences ; as — I go into the city and he goes 3$ gefye in tic ©tabt unb ct gcfyt into the country. auf t>a$ £ant>. He has bought the umbrella, but (Stfyatben ^cgcttfdjttmgefcmf^abet he has not paid for it. et bat tfyn ntd)t bqatyt. You must either bring me the ie met metn ^aptet genom* paper? men fycit? She has lost the pens, which she (Ste f)at tie gebctn twrtcren, me(d)e has bought to-day. [me. ftc fjeutc qefcmft Fjat* I do not know what he will tell 3d) tuctp ntci)t voa$ et nut fagen mt((. We have forgotten to whom we 2Btr r>abcn wrgeficn mem mtt unfeten have lent our umbrella. 3?egenfd)ttm gcltcfycn fyaben. N.EU. Mas. Fem. Neu. mityii ter. tie, m* teffert, teren> teffen. roeldjem; tem, ter> tern. roekfyeS ; t)en^ tie; ta8* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 199 My sister does not know whose Sffietne ©cfyroeftet ructp nid)t rocffen book she has found. 23ud) fie gefuntcn I) at. The interrogative pronouns who? roer? and what? rt)a§? (see Lessons 5, 11, 18, 28, and 29) are, in German, as in Eng- lish, also the indefinite relative pronouns. 2B e r, Gen. rt> e f f e n, Dat. tDem> and Ace. tt)en> are applied to indefinite persons, without distinction of gender or number. S3 a 8 has no declen- sion, and is applied to indefinite inanimate objects. The definite relative pronouns, which refer to definite persons or things (see Lessons 19 and 24), are, in German : — - Mas. Fem. N. melcfyer, mid)?? G. (is not used.) D. roeUfym, rt)eUi)er> A. roelcfyen, mUty, Plural, for all genders : N. u>e(d)e; tie. G. (is not used) ; teren. D. roelcfyen; tenen. A. weUfye; tie. These two definite relative pronouns are used indiscriminately, as well for persons as for things : thus we say, in German — I have seen the man, whom you 3d) fyafcc ten ^anncjcfefyen.tDefcfyett are looking for. (or, ten) ©ie fudjeru I have seen the umbrella, which 3d) fjafcc ten $K'egcnfd)trm gefer)ett, you are looking for. roe (d) en (or, ten) @tc fud)cn. The hand, tie jpant; the pocket, tie £afd)e; the pocket- handkerchief, ta§ Safcfyentutf), or ta£ gefynupftuefy; the cravat, ta§ JpalStud); the table-cloth, ta$ Xifd)tud>; the towel, tag jpanttud) (aZZ ^Aese compound nouns, with t\ld)t have the plural, tucfyer); the shawl, ter ©cfyafyl; the enemy, ter $eint; clean, rein; honest, e^rtid) ; red, rotl; ; green, griin ; brown, fcraun. Do yon understand the man, who 2SetfM)en <5te tenn 9Jtonn, roe(d)er speaks to my father? (ter) nut meincm aScttct fpridjt? Have you seen the brown coat, £aben @te ten fcraunen SRccf gefefyen, which is in my room 1 roelcbet (ter) in meinem Simmer i(t. My brother has spoken to the sjJlein SSruter fat nut tern fremten foreign gentleman, whom we £erren gefpredjen, ten (n)e(d)en) have seen at the concert. roir in tern (Scngert gefenen Fjctkn. I have read the letter, which I 3d) fafce ten 23ricf getefen, ten (mU have received this morning. d)en) icl> tiefen Bergen erfjatten fcahv 200 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. I have heard the young lady sing, who arrived the day before yesterday. He has written with the pen, which he has found on your table. My father has bought the horse, which you have seen at the square. I love children, who are good and industrious. She cannot find the knives, wmich you have brought into the kit- chen. I have not only seen the soldiers, who are at the market, but also those who are at the square. I have spoken to the French lady, whom w T e saw T (have seen) at the theatre the day before yes- terday. 3d) fyabc t>a£ graufem fingen f)6ren, tt>eld)e (bte) scrgcftem angcfoms men tft. (Sr fjat nut bet $cbct gefd)tiebcn, wcldjc (trie) er auf Severn &ifd)e gefunben fyat. 9ERetn9Scrtcr fjat bag g)ferb gefauft, tx>cld>c^ (t)ae) (Sic auf t>cm ^)(a|e gefefyen fyabm* 3d) tiebe Winter, roclcfye (t)ic) gut unb fUrifng ftnb. ®tc Fann ntd)t tie 9Eefier ftnben, tt)dd)e (bie) <5te in bie JttidK ges bracbt r)aben. 3d) fjabc nicr)t nur bie ©otbatcn ges fcr)cn, btc auf bem sjjfarfte ftnb, fonbetn aud) bte, tr>clcl>e auf bem $)(a§e ftnb. 3d) bcibe nut ber fran$6fifd)cn £>ame gefprecfyen, n?e(d)e (bte) rotr merges jtctn in bem Sweater gcfcr)cn fjaben. The lady, bie Same; Mrs. (mistress), fDtabam* Who is that lady 1 2Bcr tfr jene £)amc ? That lady is Mrs. Brown. 3cnc £)amc ift 9#abam £3raun. (Sjfoukn (Sic atXc^ wag btefer 9#ann Sfjnen fagt ? 3* glaubc tfjm, benn er tfr ein cfjrltdKt $Kann. £cvr $)rcifj gtaubt (Sic rocllen tfym (jcu'tc be^afylcn wag (Sic tfym fd)itlbtg ftnb. 3d) bin trjm md)tS fd)ulbig ; id) fyabi ifym ges jiern $roan$tg Scaler in SSanfnoten &e§a$t. 3d) fyabc gegtaubt ifm r>tcr $u ftnben, abet id) benfe er r)at sergeffen $u fommen. 2Btr finb unfevem $lad)z bar memate (5Mb fdjulbig gcroefen ; roir fyaben son iftm immer fur baareS ©ctb gefauft. 3d) gtaubc ber fran$6ftfd)e ©raf mup Sfyncn met (Mb fdbufe big fcin ; id) fcF?c ifjn fefjt eft $u Sfynen gefyen. 3d) Dergcffe fcr)r fcfinett rca£ id) auSroenbtg (erne. £)u ttergtffeft beine £anbfd)uf)e ; fie licgen auf t>m\ 6>iufj(& SEttetn 23rubcr t>crgtpt geroorjnlid) ctwa^ benn er fyat ein fd)tedr>tcS ©cbacfytnip. 3d) fyabe Dcrgeffen roa$ Sljt better nur gefagt fyat. ££ir rotffen nid)t roaS feme 9?td)te gefagt f)at. (St iff abgeretf't, unb er f)at ttcrgeffen $u beaten roaS er mir fd)u(big if!. 3d) roctfi nid)t roer jener £crt tft. SBetSft bu roeffen Jput bu genemmen Fjaft ? 3d) roctfj md)t, aber id) ben!e c£ ift bee metnigc. (5r roeijj nid)t roem ber $egcnfd)trm gefyort. Stiffen (Sic etroas 9?euc$? 3d) roctf* ividjfl 9?eue$. £)ct £nabc M tjergeffen went er bie 2Mumen bringen foil. Scfe ()abc f)cute ben ^erren gefe^en, ber (roe(d)er) ge? ftern nut un5 gcfprcd)en l)at. ^aben Sie unfercn fletnen S^agcn gefefjen, ber (roelc^cr) in bem ©atten fte^t 3d) fyabc 3()rc Sante gefe^en, bte (mU THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 201 d)c) in tct ncuen (Strode roofynt. 9#etne ©d&roefter bat tic Jeter serleren, tie (nx(d)e) @ie if)t gcftern gcgeben Fjaben. SBtt fyakn tag Sue!) gefuntcn, tt>ctd)C$ (tag) tmt fo lange gefucfet fyaften. 2Ba$ fjaben (Sic in Sforer £afd)e? 3d) fyabe cin Safcfycntud) unt cin £3ud) fcartn. £>at unfet £)f)rim tic totfyen Safd)cntud)cr gefouft, mld>c (tic) cr gefterntn Sfyrem eaten gefefyen r)at? (£r fjat md)t tic retfyen, fentern tic grunen &afd)entud)et gefauft. SStr fyaben tic £auf(cute gcfunt.cn, weldfee (tic) Sfyncn auf (Srctit wrfaufen. 3d) fjafcc mit tern £ctren gefptedjen, ten (roeldjcn) iefe jDame Fjat ten fran$cftfd)en ®$a\)l gcfauft,.tt)ctd)cn (ten) nrit geftern fcet tern englifcfyen Jtaufmcmn gefefyen fyas ben. 3d) tragc im €?oromet cin recipe* £at$tud) unt im SBintcr cin fcfyrcat* §*& 3d) tragc aud) gern roeife ^atetudjer, akt fie muflfen tmmcr fefyt rein fein. gjjeine Gutter fjat f)cute ifjret Sftagt tret rcinc $aribtu$tx unt ein rcineS Sifd)tud) gegeben. SBifien fontern; for, tenn; neither — nor, roeter — nod); either — or, entweter — oter; not only — but also, nicfyt nur — fontern aurf). Have you understood what that $abm fjab'e tf)n ntd)t tjcrftantert. (St t?crfrcf)t Sic md)t, term Sic fprc* d)en $u fd)ncll. @t wrjtc&t Ste md)t, recti Sic $u fefyneft fprccfycrt. 204 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. To play, fpfelen; to perceive, fcemerfen; the tower, the steeple, ber 5t)urm; the roof, ba$> ©ad). THE GENITIVE OF THE DEFINITIVE RELATIVE PRONOUNS. Mas. Fem. Neu. beffen; beren; beffen. berefy for all three genders. Whose, and of which, ( singular, \ plural j The German definite relative pronoun Wild) it has no genitive. (See Lesson 44.) I have spoken to the man whose son you saw (have seen) in my store yesterday. We have waited for the woman w T hose little boy is sick. The lady whose niece owes you money (has) arrived yesterday. He has seen the child whose fa- ther has killed a man. Whose horse is this ? It belongs to the gentleman whose carriage we have bought. I have dined to-day with the two gentlemen whose uncle nas gone to France. My brother has seen the people whose children sometimes play with ours. That garden, the high trees of which you can see, belongs to our rich aunt. The church, the steeple of which you perceive, is a very large and beautiful church. 3d) fyabc nut t>em Marine gefprocfyen, beffen (Sofyn (Sic geftern in metnem Saben ejefefyen fyaben* £Btr f)aben auf bte grew §ewctctet, betcn Hctner £nabe franr: tft. aDIc ©ante, term 9Hd)te S&ncn ©cfo fdjulbtg tfr, tft geftern angefemmen. fit f)at tag £tnb gefef)en, beffen SSas tcr etnen 9#ann gctobtct F>at. beffen j5)fcrbift biefeei? fir ger;ert bem £crren, beffen £Ba$cn roir gc!auft r)abcn» 3d) fjabe fjeute nut ben bciben £crrcn gcfpctf't, bcren £)f)cim nad) grants retd) cjercif't if!. SKctn 23ruber f)at tic Scute cjefcr^en, beren jttnber mancfymat nut ben unfertcjen fpteten* Sencr ©arten, beffen fyofje SBaume (Sic fefyen Fonnen, ejefyort unferct retcben &ante. £)te .ftircfye, bcren Sfjurm (Sic be? merfen, tft cine fef)r grofie nnb fd)6ne £trd)C. The interrogative adverb where? vt)0? is, like the demonstra- tive adverb there, b a (see Lesson 39), always combined with a preposition, when it stands before the indefinite pronoun what I roae? As — of what? wotton? (whereof, or wherefrom.) in what? worm? (wherein.) on what ? IDorauf ? (whereon, whereupon.) for what? mofur? (wherefore.) after what? monad)? (whereafter.) to what? moju? (whereto.) with what? womit? (wherewith.) at what? mornn? (whereat.) THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 205 To hang, fydngen; to lie, liegen,*;?. p. lain, getegen* The scissors, tie ScfyerCf is, in German, a sing. fern. noun. Of what have you spoken ? We have spoken of our horses. In what will you lay my coat ? I will place it in your trunk. On (upon) what has the book lain? It has lain on the table. For what have you to pay that man? I will pay him three dollars for a dog w T hich I have bought of him. After what do you inquire? I inquire after the name of the next street. For what do you use this fine knife ? I use it in order to cut my pens. With what will the tailor cut the cloth ? He will cut it with the new scis- sors which he bought yesterday. On what have you hanged my coat? Your coat is hanging on the door. Of what are you thinking? I am thinking of my, lesson. Did you see (have you seen) your sister-in-law T yesterday? Yes, madam, I saw (have seen) her at my uncle's. £Bot)on fyabcn 6ie gcfprocfycn ? [d)en. 5Btr J)aben r>on Sfyten ^pferben gejproz £Bcttn rootlen @ie meinen 9?ocf tcgen ? 3d) nrill tfm in Sfytm Coffer legen. SBerauf f)at fc>a$ 23ud) gelegen ? & f)at auf bem &tfd)C "gelegen. 2Bcfdr fyaben ©ie ienem Laurie ^u be$afy(en ? 3d) tuttl ifym brei Skater fur cinen £unb beaten, ten id) son tfjm gefauft F)abe* SBonad) fragen ^ie ? 3d) frage nad) tern Sftamcn tor nacfyften Strafe* £8o£u gcbraucfyett @te triefeS fctne SBeffet? [febnetben. 3d) gcbtaud)e c$ um mctne jebern $u SBmntt ruttl ber (Scfynetbet bas 3ud) fcfytctben ? (Sr will cs nut ber ncuen meaning gracious lady, is the polite ad- dress to a married lady. 3d) roctO bap @te metn S3ud) fyaben ; roarum geben @ie eS mir nid)t $u? rucf ? (Sett id) cs nod) nid)t gctefen fjabe. SBarum gefyt 3^ SSruber petite ntd)t aus ? <5r gcljt nid)t au$, roeit es %\t$U$ ^Better iff. 3d) gefye in gutem unb fd)(ed)tem ^Better cmi* SBarum ftcF>cn <3le yon S^em Stttfjle auf? SKett id) md)t mefyr nvube bin. Jtann ber 23ebtente btefe ftetnernen £t[d)C tragen ? 3d) benfe ba$ er fte tragen fcmn, benn fte ftnb ntd)t $u fcfyroet (rt>ct( fte nid)t $u fdjroct ftnb). 3$ nefyme meinen £ut ab, nxnn c$ fcf>r roarm ift ; unb id) atefye meinen 9?ocf unb mctne ©tiefet aus, nxnn id) $u SSette gefye. (5t fann metnen SSater fragen, toenn er mir ntd)t gtauben tt?i(l. 3* fyalK ge()crt t>a$ 3()te Sante angefemmen tjt, unb bap fte 3b«cn eine golbcne Uf)r mitgebrad)t r)at. 2£effcn 5>ferb fjat Sr)r Jreunb gefauft? 18 206 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. (St fyat eg son bem jtaufmann gcfauft, beffen (Sofjn mit ung bcutfd) gctcrnt F)Qt. Beffen ®(a^ fjat tcr Heine itnabe gcrbrcd>cn ? (St fyat bag ©(as bet gtau $ctbted)en, beren £ed)tet unfete £emben auggebeffett bat. 2Bit tjaben unfete neue gebcr bem jlinbe gegefcen, beffen SSatet Sfyten $ed gemad)t fyat. Set) fjabe Fjcute bie (Stubenten gefeften, beten 23ud>et @tc gefauft fyaben. Set) F;abc bte iUnbet fpieten gefe^cn, beten Secret aud) bet unferigen ift. (Sinb ■cn bem atmen 9Xidbd)en, bie ■Blumen $u setfaufen f)at. £Bctin fyat bie &6d)tnn bie £a(6tud)ct gele^t, tt>ekf)e fie fyeute gemafefyen F)at ? @tc Fjat fie in unfete itommebe getcgt^ £Botauf roattet tcv SSebtcnte 1 (St roattet auf bie Setter feines £etten, bie bei bem 3af)nat$t iff, um ftd> cinen 3arm amtufyn ^u laffen. ££ofut bes 3ar)lcn (Ste biefeg ©elb ? 3d) be$af)Ie eg fut bie feibenen ££aaten, bie id) son gtanftcid) crfyaften t)akc. SBonad) fragt bet gtembe ? (St fregt nad) bem £ettcn, beffen (Scfyn et geftetn in bem Sfjcatcr gefefjen fjat. ££o$u ges btaud)t bet £ed) btefeg grope £fteffet? (St gebtaud)t eg um ben 9t inter? btaten $u fdmetben, nxlcfyen et $u bem 9#ittageffen gebtaten fjat. SBomit will Sfyte SERuttct bie Seinrcanb fd)neiben ? ©te mill fte mit t>cx neuen (Scfyere fd)neiben, bie fte geftetn gefauft fyat. SBoran fydngt mein 3?ec! ? (St fydngt an bet £Banb meineg Simmetg (meinet (Stube). 3d) Ijabe meinen £ut an cinen SSaum gefydngt. ££o ftegt mein 23ucrf ? (Sg (jat auf biefem Stfd&e gelegen, abet Semanb (jat eg roeggenemmen. SBeran benfen (Sic, gndbige gtau? 3$ ben^e an meine ungluc!(ic^e Jtcunbinn, bie in Scnbcn Ufa He knows that I am his friend. Who has told you that the prince has departed ! Mr. Smith has told me that he has gone to Paris. Our nephew writes to us that he has bought a carriage and two horses, and that he will arrive here next month. I have told the servant that he cannot go to bed yet, for he must wait for our mother, who is at the concert. Why do you not work? I do not work be- cause I am tired. Why does not the poor boy eat 1 He does not eat because he has no money to buy bread; have the kindness to give him a few cents. Why does not the girl drink her teal She cannot drink it because she has broken her cup. Why does the student take off his boots ? He takes them off because he will re- main at home this evening. Why dost thou not drink? I do not drink when I am not thirsty. Why do you not take off your coat ? THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 207 I will take it off when I go to bed. My son goes to bed when he has supped. When will your sister go out ? I do not know when she will go out, but I will go out when I have taken my dinner. I have not asked the tailor when he can bring me the coat which he had to mend for me, but I think he will bring it when he has done it. My cousin cannot go to the theatre this evening because he must copy two exercises. Whose ring are you looking for 1 I seek the ring of that gentleman whose son played with us in the garden. Whose carriage is that? It is the carriage of the lady whose bro- ther has sold you the fine black horse. That is the lady whose daughter sings so beautifully. My father has spoken to the count whose house you can perceive there. Whose horses has your urfble bought ? He has bought the horses of the peasants whose children always come to see us when they come to town. My aunt is living with the ladies whose daughters never go to the theatre. My friend has been at the Catholic church, the steeple of which you can see from our house. We (have) walked last week through some (a few) villages, the houses of which are all large and very clean. I believe you willingly, for the peasants in this country are rich people. Of what will the tailor make the coat ? He will make it of the cloth which he (has) bought at our neighbor's the day before yes- terday. Of what did you speak (have you spoken) at your sister- in-law's last night? We spoke (have spoken) of the last concert at w r hich Miss Kraft sang. In what has my sister placed my cravats which she has got washed ] Your cravats are lying on a chair in my room ) you may lay them in your bureau. In what has the servant placed my coat ? Your coat has lain in the kitchen a long while, but now it is lying on the table in your room. For what is our cousin waiting ? (What is our cousin waiting for ?) He waits for the flowers which our mother wishes to send to our niece. After what does the foreigner inquire ? He inquires after the stu- dent who was living (has lived) with us last year. For what (to what) do you use these large scissors ? I use them to cut my paper. With what will you pay this large bill 1 I know you have no money. I will pay it with the bank-notes which I have to receive from the City Bank to-morrow. With what has the peasant's son cut these big sticks'? He has cut them with the English knife which his father bought yesterday. Of what are you thinking? I think of my sick . friend who has a violent head-ache. On what will you 208 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. hang this fine French looking-glass? I will hang it on the big nail in our front parlor. You are looking for your hat : it is lying no longer where you have put it, I have hanged it on the tree. Why have you hanged it on the tree ? I have done it because our chil- dren are playing in the garden. Have they played already a long time % They have played two hours and a half, and I think it is long enough ; they must now come in, for they have not yet learned anything to-day. I perceive some men who are walking at the side of the river : what are those men] They are sailors who have lost their ship ; and now they try to find other work. Madam, my sister sends you these flowers ; they are not very beautiful, but they are the first of our garden this spring. I thank you, sir; your sister is very kind ; I will show them to my husband, who likes flowers very much. Madam, I bring you the pocket-handkerchiefs which you have bought at Mr. White's. I thank you, sir; have the kindness to put them on that table. FIFTY-SIXTH LESSON. — ®ed)S Uttfc fiittfjtgfte £ectivn* To promise, wrfprecfyen* (conjugated like fprecfyen), p. p. MX* fprocfyetv governs the dative of the person; the promise, &a$ SSerfprecfyert. A neuter noun can be formed from every infinitive of a verb ; as — To promise, t>erfpred)en — the promise, fcaS 93erfpmf)en; to live, leben — the life (the living), t>a$ ?eben. In English, such nouns are generally expressed by the present participle; as — The eating (the meal), t>a§ (Sffen; the going, ba$ @et)en; the reading, t>a$ ?efen; the writing, la$ Scfyreiben. I promise you to come this Sci) t>erfprcct)e 3r)nen ttefcn 2£6cnt) 5U evening. fommcn. He promises to lend me his horse. (St »etfprtd)t mir fetn $)ferb $u tetr)etu What have you promised me % %&$$> fjaben ©te mir t>erfpred)cn ? I have given you what I promised 3d) r)afcc Sfyncn gcgcben xvq$ id) 3>r)* you. ncn wrfprecfyen fyabe. He has promised me a new book. (5r f)Gtnurcmneucc>JBucf)t)crfprcd)cn a I give you the promise to tell it 3d) cjcbc 3f)nen bat gScrfprcdjen c£ to nobody. Sfttcmcmb 3« f a 3 cn » THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 209 You must keep your promise. Our life is short, and we must make the best use of it. The living is very good in this city. (Sic muffen 3fa SSetfprecfan fatten* tlnfer Scben ill fur^ unt nrir mfijfen ten beftcn ©ebraud) tat>on mad)cn. 3)a$ Ceben tjt fefa gut in ttefct (Statr. To look, fefan;* to look (in the sense of to have the appear- ance), to look like, ausfefan,* and to look at (to behold), anfd;en> are separable verbs ; the painter, ter 9)ial).er} the appearance, fcaS 2(uefefan; the eye, ta$ 2(uge, p£. tie 2Cugen; the picture, the painting, tae> ©emalte; the hair, ta£ jpaar> pi tie jpaare; the cake, ter ^ud;en; sad, traurig; angry, bofe; healthy, gefunt. You look sad. He looks angry. He is angry with me. That beer looks like water. He has a good appearance. You must look at me when you are speaking to me. She never looks at me. Have you looked at that picture ? I have looked at it, and find it very beautiful. He looks through the window, and she looks in the looking-glass. (Sic fcfan traurig cms. (St ftetjt bofe au& (Sr tft bofe auf mid). JDtcfeS SSiet ficfa rote Gaffer an*. (St fat cin guteS 2£u$fefan* &u milfjen mid) anfefan, rcenn ©ic nut mir fprecfan. (Sic ftefyt mid) niematl an. £aben tem. Plural, roeldfan, or tenen, for all three genders. I have spoken to the gentleman 3d) fabc mit tern £errcn gefprecfan, " to whom this house belongs. Have you seen the lady to whom I have lent money? That is the horse to which I have given to drink. To which children have you given books % I have given some books to those to whom you have given some cakes. We saw (have seen) the two ladies yesterday to whom you owe money. My brother sleeps in the same room in which (wherein) I sleep. 18* tem ttefeS £au$ gefart. £aben Sic tic SDame gefefan, ter (wekfar) id) ©ell) gettefan fabe? 2>tefe"$ if! tag spfcrt, tem (rockfam) id) $u trtnfen gegeben bahc* 2Be(d)en ^intern faben Sic SSucfar gegeben ? 3d) fabc tencn 93ucfat gegeben, mU cfan (Sie £ucfan gegeben baben. SBtr faben geftern tie bciten Harnett gefefan, tencn (Sic ©clt fd)ultig ftnt. OTctn SBruter fcfyaft in tcmfelbcn 3immev in tem (in nxlcfam, or roertn) id) fcfylafe. 210 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. The interrogative adverbial compounds in which ? tt) ri n? of what ? w o t) n ? for what ? n> ofli r? &c., are also used as relative adverbs, when in which, of which, for which, are employed as such in English. These adverbial compounds are always fol- lowed by an inversion. We speak of the books, of which 8&tt fprcd)cn son ben SBucbern, rootwt you have spoken. @te gefprocben baben. Your hat is lying on the table on 3br £ut (tegt cmf bent &ifd)C, roorauf which you have placed it. @ie tbn gelegt baben. He knows very well for what I (St roetfj febt gut reofut td) tbm be* have paid him. $af)lt babe. I do not know after what he is 3d) roetp nicbt rconad) cr fragt* inquiring. I have lost the knife with which 3d) babe t>a6 OTcffcr Dertoren, roomtt our father cuts the bread. unfer SSatcr ba$ 23rcb febneibet* She has hanged the towel on the ©te bat bas £anbtud) an ben Stfagcl nail on which your coat is gcbangt, rcoran 3b* SKocf bangt. hanging. I do not go out to-day because my 3d) gebe beute nid)t au$, rocil mein brother goes out. 33?ubcr auSgcbt. Separable verbs, in subordinate sentences, are inseparable in the present tense ; for the verb being removed to the end of the subordinate sentence, there meets its separated prefix. He takes off his boots when I (St $tebt feme ©ttffel au$, roenn td) take off my shoes. mettle a$ $8ud),root)Ott spoke (have spoken) yesterday. rmr geftern gefprccben baben. In German, the imperative, in addressing a person or persons politely, is always accompanied by the personal pronoun, you } © t if having its place after the verb, as in questions. Give the letters to my brother. (SJekn®temetnem23rubcrbteS3rtefe. Wait for me till I come back. SSattcn @ie auf mid) bt$ id) $urucf* Have the kindness. £aben (Sic bie ©utc. [femmc. Be so kind. (Seien @te fo gutig. [ben gtcun be Be not sad. my dear friends. ©eien (Ste nicbt traurtg, mcine lies Do not lend him any money. £etben (Sic .ibnt fein ©elb. Before, ago, Dcr^ a preposition, which governs the dative and accusative, like the prepositions ixir auj> and an* The preposition t)0t is used as well for place as for time. 1st. Rest, dative — He is standing before his house. (St ftebt t)0r feinem £>aufc. We have been here before you. SBit ftnb t>or Sbnen bier gcrocfetu THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 211 2d. Motion, accusative — He is going before the door. (St gebt dot tie Sfyut. He has placed the bureau before (St fat tie Commote t)Ct ten Sifd) the table. gefietlt. 23 or, when it denotes time, always governs the dative. I take a walk before breakfast. 3d) gefa t>ci tern grufyftucf fpagtcretn I saw (have seen) him three 3d) fabe tfm t)Ct tret Safacn gefcfan. years ago. A few days ago. SSor einigen Sagen. The color, tie $arfce; yellow, gel6; blue, 6(au; gray, grau; sore, bofe (fd)(imm); the finger, tet finger* The blue color is handsomer than Die bfaue $atbe ift fcfycnct al£ tie the yellow. getbe. The cat has grey eyes. Die Jlagc fat gtaue 2Cugen. My sister has sore eyes. 20?eine !ann ntdjt (anger fclet&en, abet id) Dctfptecfa Sfacn mctgen wictequfcmmen. (St t>etfptid)t ml, abet id) gtaube ifai ntcr^t, tenn er fait nid)t immer fein SSctfptecfan. Det (Scfyneitet fat rerfprccfan mit tiefen Bergen ten neuen SRcd 5U btingen, ten er fur mid) gcmad)t fat. 2Bie lief't unt fd)reibt mein (Sofa ? SJttt fcinem £efcn bin id) $ufttetcn, aber fein (Sd)teibcn ift fd)fcd)t. (St fat mix tag 5Serfpred)en gegeben tag nad)fte 9M beffet $u fd)teibcn. (Ste faben t>erfptcd)en Sfaem Sfteffen einen neuen £ut $u faufen, unt (Sic muffen 3fa &etfpted)en fatten. 3d) fatte immet meine &etfpted)en. SBarum fcfan (Sic fo trautig aug, metne liebe greuntinn ? 3d) fabe faute einen 23tief crfalten, tet mid) fefa ttautig mad)t. 9J?etne Sante fd)teibt mtr, tap fie ftanf ift, unt tap fie ung tiefen (Scmmet nid)t befucfan fann. 2Ba3 fefyt Sfacm SSrufccr, et ftefa bcfe aus, ift et bcfe auf mid) ? (St ift nid)t bcfe auf (Sic, fentetn auf ten SSeticnten, tet feinen gtcpen (Spiegel $etbtcd)cn fat. Sfa fteinet 23tutet fagr, tap et franf ift, abet et ftcfa gefunt aug ; id) tenfe et win nid)t in tie (Sd)ule gefan. cn ; id) tiebe nur ®ema(be ber atren itaUeni* fd)cn @d)utc ©cfycn ers fauft Fjabcn, finb fyeute nid)t in unferem 2abcn gemefen. SDBc(d)cn 6tubenten fyaben (Sie 3fyre 23ud)er getiefyen? 3d) f)abe fte benen gelicftcn, tt>ctd)Ctt omit fte fo gut fd)teibt. ©er 23ebiente bat bag £atgz tud) nid)t in bee ©dbubfabe gefunben, roorin @ie eg getegt fyaben. ©te $lafd)C ftcf>t auf bem Stfcfye, roorauf bag papier (tegt. 3d) frage nid)t t>az nad), monad) erfpred)en, moran er ntd)t mefyr benft. £8rtngen ®te nur meinen died, unb geben @tc meinem 23rubcr biefen 33rtef. £o(en &k tie (SKafer, unb ftellen (gie fte auf bie neue .5tommobe. 6etcn ©ie nid)t traurtg, id) mill Sfyncn bafi ©e(b geben, roclcfycs ©ic braucfyen. ©eien or bie Sf)ur, unb (Sie f onnen if>n (eid)t ftnbem (Sr fjat bie ^ommobe t»cr ta^> # I bought. When the root of a verb ends in fc> or t> ete must be added; as — uoavttn, itf) roartete, I waited. (See Lesson 46, on forming the present tense.) I loved, id) lie&te. I waited, id) wavttk. thou lovedst, tu ItebtefL thou waitedst, ku martetejl". he loved, er liebte. he waited, er nmrtete. we loved, voir lie&ten* we waited, roir waxttttn. you loved, <2ie (iebten. you waited, <2te warteten* they loved, fie ttefctetu they waited, fie nmrteten. The third person singular is like the first person. The second person is formed by adding j?/ and the plural by adding tu There are, in English, three forms of the imperfect tense, as of the present (see Less. 46) — J loved, I did love, I am loving ; but, in German, there is only one — id) iitbtif which expresses each of the three English forms. Did you wait for me? j ^ @ . f ^ ? Were you waiting tor me i j ' ' I waited not for you, ~\ I did not wait for you, 1 3d) roartete nicfyt auf (gie* I was not waiting for you, j In German, the imperfect tense, also called the historical or narrative tense, is used to express an action which not only took place, or a state which not only existed at a past time, but at a past time which is specified by another past event. In Eng- lish, the imperfect tense is often used, when, in German, the perfect is employed. (See Lesson 38.) Before, el;e (bet) or) f (which must not be confounded with the preposition ttor, before,) and when, aU^are conjunctions , followed by an inversion. The cellar, ber teller; the chimney (fire-place), fc>a£ i?amin; the wardrobe, fcer Scfcranf; the closet, fcer 36anbfd)ranf ; the parents, bte (J (tern (used, in German, only in the plural, and meaning father and mother). 216 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. To clean, reinigen, or rein madjen; sweet, ftifi; bitter, titter; own, eigeru 3d) faufte tat er (Sdwdber beffette ben died aut, fcesor er ifm in bener SBebtente macfyte tie defter unb (Stobcln rein, bet)or roir fpctptem IMPERFECT TENSE OF THE AUXILIARY VERBS I had, thou hadst, he had, we had, you had, they had, To have, fya6en> id) tyattt. tn fyattefh er fyatte* roir fatten. 0ie fatten, fie fatten* and to be, fein. I was, thou wast, he was, we were, you were, they were, id) war. bu roarfh er war* wir roaren* <£ie roaren, fie roaren* I had friends as long as I had money. Thou hadst my paper and thy sister had my pen. We had a mind to go into the countrj', but the weather was too bad. My friend was sick for a long time, but now he is better. My parents were at home yester- day, for they were not very well . My cousin always pays me a visit when he comes to the city. He visited me every day when I was in London. 3d) r)atte greunbe fo fana,e rote id) ©etb tjatte. 2)u fjatteft rnetn Ropier unt> betne ©dbnoefter fyattc meine Jcber. 2Bir fiatten Cuff ouf tat Canb $u gefjen, aber tat SBetter roar $u fdrfecbt. SD^cin greunb roar lange franf, aber er if! nun beffer. 9#eine (Sftern roaren geflern gu £aufe, benn fie roaren nid)t gang rooty. Stfetn better fcefuci)t mid) tinnier, roenn er in bie ©tabt fcmmU (5r befucbte mid) atte Sage, a(^ tdr> in £onben roar. The conjunction when is to be translated by ro a n rt^ if it sig- nifies definite time ; and by ro e n fy if denoting time in the most THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 217 indefinite manner, and it is then used with the present and future tenses ; but when must be translated by a ( §/ if it refers to a definite event of past time. He asked me when I came home (St fragte mid), rcann id) Cjeftcm yesterday evening. Ubcnt nacf) £aufe gcfommen bttn He always shows me his dogs (St $eia,t mit unmet feinc £unbe, when I come to see him. tDenn id) ^u tfjm fomme. He showed me his dogs when I (St ^ctcjte nut fcine £unbc, a(£ id) went to see him yesterday. cjeftetn 311 ifjm tarn (als id) tbn cjcfrctn befucfyte). I learned German when I was in 3d) terntc beutfd), alt td) legteS Sa^t Berlin last year. in 23etlm tear. Besides the imperfect tense of the auxiliary verbs to have and to be, only the imperfect of those regular verbs which have hitherto been employed, will be found in the following exercises. Opposite to, gegenuber. This preposition governs the dative, and is one of those which stands after the case which it governs. He lived opposite to the church. (St tuefynte ber JUtcfye cjccjcnubcr. They live opposite to me. ©te roefjnen nut ejegenubet. To meet, 6e rjeute fetnet (Sdjnxjtet bes day. gcgnct. To taste (in the sense of to try), f often; to taste (in the sense of to savor, to examine the taste), fcfymecfen; the taste, ber ©efdjmacf. Will you taste this wine ? SBolIcn Just as you nice. j ^ ^ gic c5 roflnfd)Cn# My cousin has his own horse, and 9J?ein ^Setter bat fan etgencs $pfcrt> I have my own carriage. unt idb babcmctncn ctgcnenSSagcn. Has your sister her own bureau ] &at 3l)re @cf)tt>eftct ibrc ctgcne ilem^ She has her own. ©ie bat tr)re cigene. [mote? 3d) f)6rtc S^rc or fie eg gu unfercr Sante febtcfte. ©cr SScbtcntc mad)te tic &bur auf, unt cr roartete big tt>tr ityt auf tic SBanE febicften. ©er iunge 93?ann, ten (Sic ttortgen S'onntag 6ci mir Qefcfjcn baben, r-crfauftc fcine Ubr unt feme atten Writer, a(g cr borte, tap fetne ©(tern franf ftnt, urn ityten ©elb febiden gu fonnen. 3d) tegegnete geftern $erren Scbmibt auf tern ncuen $tagc ; cr fragte mid) roenn id) feinc ©ematte gu feben rotmfd)tc, tie er r-en Staltcn crbattcn bat. 3d) tanfte if)m fur feinc ©ute, unt fagte tbm, tap id) feinc Sett batte, roeil id) meinen Df)eim t>cn 9?eu g)cr! erroartc. Sl^ag mad)ten (Sic ten gangen Sag, roenn (Sic tiefen Sommer auf tern Sanfce roaren? 3d) hatte ntcr>t met gu tbun, roie ©ie tenfen fonnen; id) fpiettc mit ten ^intern meiner 9?ad)barn, unt tebrte ibnen tcutfd) unt frangofifeb fcfen. Die jlccbinn f>clte tag g(eifd) aug tern teller, tint ftcflte eg auf ten Stfdb, rocit rotr beabfid)tigtcn frfib gu frubftucfen. (£g roar fd)6nc6 ^Better aH rotr in ^Boston roaren, aber roir fatten nicbt met Sett fpagieren gu ge!)cn. 3d) fyatte Cuft geftern auggugeben, aber eg war fctyecbtcg better, unt id) batte tanen ergnugen 3F)ren (Scbroagcr gu feben, aber er roar nid)t gang rooty. SOStemel ftnt (Sic Sbrem inciter fd)uttig ? 3d) roar ityn ungefabr adtygebn Styiter febutbig, aber mcine (Sttern baben atteg begatyt, rva^> id) ityn fcfeultig roar, ©ebrauctyeft tu tic (Sd)cre teiner ©djroeftcr urn tag papier gu fd)nettcn ? 3cb gebraud)tc ftc nid)t, tenn icf) tyaU meine eigene (Sd)cre. |)at ter SSetiente mcine ^(citer rein gemad)t? ©r b«t fie gereinigt. 2Ber mad)t 3bf Bimmer rein ? 3)ie 9}^agt reinigt eg atle Bergen, ©er (Sc()n teg frangefifeben Sapitang fjatte r-iel ©ett, atg er in teuton roar, aber er madtyc einen fctyed)ten ©ebraud) tar-cm ©u f>Gttcft einen guten Sefyrer; roarf! tu mit ityn gufrteten? Scb roar mit if^m fet)r gufrteten. SSc fpetf'teft tu, roenn teinc (Sttern auf tern 2ante roaren ? 3ct) fpeif'te bet meiner Sante. . 6'te fyaben 3bfen eigenen ^teitcrs fd)ranf ; roarum bangen (Sic Sty^n Sled in ten mcinigen 1 3d) babe ttyt nicbt tarin gebangt; tag 93?atd)en f>at eg gettym. ©ie ^ocbinn mup tie Ci5tafer ntcr>t auf tie .ftemmote-, fentern in ten SQBantfdjranf ftetlen. Spat 3t)t Dbeim feinen eigenen SBagcn, cter muffen @ic ihm ten S^ngcn tetben? THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 219 (?r fyat feincn ctgcncn. £>te SOfagb r)elte &el$ aug bcm teller, unb (egte eg in bog jtamin, urn ein gaiet $u mad)cn, benn eg rear geftern fefjr fatt. cn fyaftcn ; roc ftegegncten (Sic ifpr ? 3d) ftegegncte tr)r geftern auf bcm SCRarfte ber 2Ban£ gegenufter. 3Bo rcofynt ber engltfcfte ©raf ? (Sr rooftnt in bcm grojkn jg>ctct ung gegenufter. awufi id) 3()ncn 3r)t 23ud) $urudbrtngen, cber fann id) eg ncd) cinigc Sage ftcfyat? ten ? ©an$ rate <2ie rootlcn 5 id) ftraucfte eg biefen 2Cugcnft(icf ntd)t. SQScttcn (Sie btcfeg S3ier f often? id) benfc eg r)at cincn guten ©efeftmacf. 3d) banfe Sbnen ; id) trtnfc nicftt gcrn beutfd)Cg 2Bter, benn eg Fjat einen bittern ©cs fcftmad. ££te fcftmedt S^tien bag £ammc(fktfd) ? (Sg fcftmcdt mir fer)r gut ; fyaftcn (Sic btc ©utc mir ncd) cin S'tucfcfyen bawn $u geften. @ic neftmen !einc £ud)cn ; effen ©ic nid)t gern jtucben ? 3d) effe itucfjen gcrn, roenn fie nid)t Ju fug ftnb, SBeflen ®te biefen SOScm feftcn ? 3d) fyafte tfjn fd)cn gefoftet, after cr feftmceft mir ntd)t, benn id) trtnfc nid)t gern fupen SBctn. That house did belong to my father when he was living in this city. He w r orked three hours before he finished the letter which he has written to the prince. Have you already seen the carriage which we bought when we were in Boston ? No, sir ; have the kindness to show it to me. Was the joiner making our bureau when you were at his shop this morning ? Yes, madam, I waited until he placed the drawers in it. I opened the window in order to look after my boy, but he was not in the street. My uncle shut the doors of all his rooms before he departed. Have you looked for my gold ring ? I was looking for it the whole day, but I have not found it. Did your parents love Mrs. Brown's daughters when they travelled with them ? They loved them as their own children. Why did you not visit our aunt when you were in Paris'? I did go to see her twice, but she was not at home : I think she did not w T ish to see me. The painter was showing me his new painting when you sent him the colors which he wanted. Did you hear the noise which the soldiers made % I have heard nothing, for I was not at home. Where were you last night 1 I was at my brother-in-law's, where I had the pleasure to hear your niece sing. What was Mr. Smith saying when you inquired after his brother ? He answered me : I do not know where my brother is living now, but I expect a letter from him next w 7 eek. Did you expect this answer? I did expect this answer, for he wishes that nobody should know where his brother is living. The girl put the glasses into the closet before she cleaned them, and now they are broken. Has the dressmaker mended my dress ? She did mend it before she breakfasted. From 220 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. whom has your son learnt reading? He learnt it from the same teacher from whom your children have learned it. Did that teacher also teach him writing? He did teach it to him. Our poor neighbor paid me his bill and thanked me for the credit, for he is an honest man. The little boy spelled better yesterday than to-day, for he has played the whole morning with his wooden soldiers. Did your brother dine before he departed ? No, sir ; he departed before dinner. Was the water boiling when you wanted it? It was not boiling, for the cook had too much to do. I intended to go into the country yesterday, but the weather was too bad, and I remained at home and played with my children. Did you perceive the man who was working in our garden ? he is a student who has lost all his money by playing. Where are my clothes? I cannot find them on the chair. They are in your room ) the servant cleaned them before he hung them in the wardrobe. How long has this meat already been standing on the table? The cook fetched it out from the cellar before we breakfasted. Why did you not buy the French books ? I had not money enough, and I do not like to buy on credit. Had you many friends when you were in Berlin ? I had only a few, but I had no enemies. We had no time to go to the concert, for we had to work much. Had the count's son the intention to sell his house ? He had the inten- tion to do it, but he had no mind to sell it on credit. Had the soldiers the courage to meet the enemy ? They have always shown much courage. Hadst thou much money when thou wast departing to France ? I had enough. I was in the country last week, but it was very cold. Was the merchant satisfied with the money which you paid him? He was not very well contented with it; he did not like the bank-notes, he w T ished to have ready money. Wast thou at school when the sailors killed the foreign soldier? I was not at school, but at the side of the river, and I saw it. How r much were the rams worth which the butcher has bought from your nephew? They were worth about eighty dollars, but my nephew has sold them for less. We were last night at the theatre, but w T e did not see you. I had no time to go to the theatre last evening, we were at our aunt's. Do you still owe much to the English merchant? I did owe him three hundred dollars, but I have paid him almost all. My parents were last week in New York, where they met with your brother. T meet your cousin every day, when I go to our store. Miss Louisa met me before the theatre, and she THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 221 told me that she will come to-morrow to see our parents. We have met with the soldiers who departed to New Orleans. I have met with the foreign painter, at the American Hotel ; he has beautiful paintings to sell. The servant fetched three bottles of wine from the cellar, and placed them before the chimney before he cleaned the room. Take my shirts out of the closet and put them in the wardrobe, for you must clean the closet. Will you try this roast beef? I think it is very good. I have already tasted it, but I do not find it after my taste. Why do you not taste that beer? I have tasted it, but I do not like it ) it is too bitter. Will your sister not taste these cakes ? She has tried them already, but she did not like them ) she finds them too sweet. Is your uncle still living at your house? No, sir* he lives now in his own house opposite to the Protestant church. Have you lent your German book to your nephew, from which to learn his lesson? I did not want to lend him my book; he has his own. Has your niece her own wardrobe ? Yes, madam; she has her own wardrobe and her own bureau. Where did you meet with my brother-in-law ? T met him at the great square, opposite to the High School. Shall I go to the ball this evening? Just as you like. Shall our. sister go to our neighbor's store, or to Mr. Brown's, in order to buy a silk shawl ? Just as she likes, for I know she has a good taste. FIFTY-EIGHTH LESSON.— 3ld)t Uttb fiittfji^fte Section* THE IMPERFECT OF IRREGULAR VERBS. This and the three following lessons will include, in a certain order, the imperfect tense of all the irregular verbs hitherto treated of; and their perfect tense is here repeated, so that they may be more readily committed to memory. to go, gefyen — I went, id} fling; I have gone, id) bin gegangen. to hold, to keep, fatten — I held, I kept, id) t>telt ^ I have kept, id) l;a6e gefyalten. [laffen. to leave, to let, laffen —I left, id) (ie§; I have left, id) l)a6e ges to sleep, fd)(afen~I slept, id) fd)(ief; I have slept, id) !;abe ge* fd)lafen. [ten. to cut, fd)netben — I cut, id) fcfynitt; I have cut, id) l)a6e gefd)nit* to write, fd)reiben — I wrote, id) fd;rie&; I have written, id) fya&e gefd)rie6en* 19* 222 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. to lend, (eifyen — I lent, id) liefy; I have lent, id) fyabe geliefyem to remain (to stay), bletben — I remained, icfy blieb; I have re- mained, id) bin geblteben* [fommen, to come, fommen — I came, id) fam; I have come, id) bin ges The conjugation of all irregular verbs, in the imperfect tense, is the same as that of regular verbs : i. e. the third person sin- gular is like the first person ; the second person is formed by adding jr; and the plural by adding en; as — I went, I did go, I was going, id) Qtrtg. thou wentest, thou didst go, thou wast going, tu gtngfh he went, he did go, he was going, er cjing* we went, we did go, we were going, rotr gingeiu you went, you did go, you were going, (gte gtngen, they went, they did go, they were going, fie gingen. I was going to the concert when 3d) gtng in £>a£ (Son^ett, att er $u he came to me. mtr ianu He held the meat and my father Grc f)te(t bag gleifd) tmb mem $ater cut it. fcbnttt e$. My brothers were sleeping when I wrote the letter. The peasant held our dog, but he did not keep it. I left my umbrella at your house \ now I come to get it. You leftyour pocket-handkerchief in the garden, w T hen you were playing there. [washed. We did get our shirtsand stockings My brother had a new coat made, for the old one was no longer worth much. Thou didst lend him thy book • has he given it back to thee ? We did lend our neighbor one hundred dollars when he was going to Paris. Charles remained long with me last evening, for we copied our exercises. 5$eine 23ruber fdjftcfcn, alt id) ben SSrtcf fd)rieb. iDcx 23auer fykft unfeten #unb, ctber er bcbtelt ifyn ntcbt. 3d) ftep metnen 9?egcnfd)ttm bet 3b' ncn ; id) femme tbn jcgt $u fjetcn- ©te licflfcn 3br Safebentud) in tern ©arten, atg @ic bert fptetten. [pfe rcafeben. SBtr rteflfen unfere £emben unbStnims Sftctn SSrubet ftcfi etnen ncuen S^ccf macben, benn few alter war nid)t mebr Diet nxttj), 3>u licr)ft tbm betn S3ud) ; fjat er e$ bit gurttdgegeben. £Btr fteben unferem 92ad)bar bunbett Sfyatit, alg er nad) g)ari^ gtng (retf'te). $arl blteb geftcrntfbcnb (ange bet mtr, benn mx fd)rieben unfere tlebungen ab. Compound verbs are irregular when their simple verbs are so. Scb gtng a\x$, ate mem better gttr&f* fatzu 2£tr btteben auf bemCanbe, iU unfer $rcunb anfam. SBtr gtngen fpa^teren, at$ ntcittJDljcim btefen traurtgen SBrtcf crr)tc(t. I went out when my cousin came back. We remained in the country until our friend arrived. We were taking a walk when my uncle received this sad letter. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 223 To ask (in the sense of inquire), fragen* Ask that gentleman when he will graven ann er come to see me. mid) bcfucfyen will. I will ask him. 3d) will tbn fragen. Will you ask the cook (fem.) why SBcUcn (Sic bte £ed)tnn fragen, nxu she has not yet brought the rum fie ncd) nid)t t>as grufyftucf breakfast ? gcbracbt feat ? I have already asked her, and she 3>d) rjak fie fd)Cn gefrctcjt, unt) fie fao/e told me that it is ready. mit, t>ap cs fertifj ift. The compound adverbs of place, whither, where to, VD0l)tn> thither, b a \) i n> whence, where from, tt) o I) e i> (see Lessons 33 and 44,) can be separated, in German, and the particles \) i n and ^ e r prefixed to verbs expressing motion ; as — In compound tenses : Where has he irone to i I mf >™ ift , cr 9 c 9 an 9<« ? or ; wnere nas ne gone to . j m ^ cr ^^^^ ? Has the servant carried the sack £at ber SBcbtcntc ben ©acf in ta^ to the warehouse ? ffiSaarenlager cjetragen ? Hp has carried it thither I fe & at i!)n ^ in fiCtragcn ; or, He nas earned it tmtner. j & ^ .^ ^ in9Ctwgcm Whence has he come 1 f ^ « « 8*™* 1 ' or > ( £So tjl er fyercjefemmen ? In simple tenses : Whither does he go (travel) ! j ^> in "^ ? , or > & v ; ( 3Bc reif t er fytn ? Do you send these goods to your (Sd)tcfen (Sie biefe SOSaaren in S^rcn store 1 Cabcn ? I send them thither. 3d) fenbe fie f)tn. Whence did he come'? SBofyet famm er? Where did he come from ? £Bo famm cr f>cr ? These particles, I) in and f) e r^ express locality: \)in means away from the person that speaks; fyer means to or towards the person that speaks. Into, \)imin f or fyereirt. Walk in (when I am with the per- ($5crjen (Sie Ijtnetru son before the door of a room). Come in (when I am in the room JUmmert @ic !)eteim and another person is at the outside). Above, liber; under, unter; two prepositions, which, like in, auf> an, and t)0r> govern the dative when they express rest at a place, and the accusative when denoting motion to or over a place. The crown, bie jfrone; the chandelier ; ber i?ronleucr;ter; the 224 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. bridge, tie Srucfe; the captain, ber ^apitdn; the captain in the navy, or the master of a ship, tier Sd)i (f^fapitdn; the apple, ber SCpfel; the peach, tie *Pftrfid)e, The chandelier hangs over the table. [the table? Do you hang the chandelier over I went over the new bridge yes- terday. The dog went under the chair. The dog is lying under the tree. The captain remained standing under the tree. I placed your hat under the tree. £)er £ron(eud)ter Ijangt tifter bem £if*e. [ben £tfd> ? fiangen (Sie ben £ronteud)ter uftct Set) gtng gejTcra lifter bte neuc SSr&cfe. £)cr £unb gtng unter ben (£tuft(. SDet ftunb Ikgt unter bem Sfuble, JDcr ilapttan ftltcft unter bem ffiau* me fte ft en, 3d) legte 3ftten »g>ut unter ben 23aum. The king, ber .Konig; the queen, bie .^oniginn; the pocket- book, ba& Xafcfyentmd) ; the oil, ba$ £)el; the gas, ba§> ®a$; the lamp, bie ?ampe; wet, na£; dry, trocfen; immediately, fogleid), augenblitflid); probably, uml;rfd)einlicfy; to put on, anjiefyen* (like au£jiefyen). The auxiliary verbs of mood, trotlen and fcHerif have a regularly formed imperfect tense : — I would, id) roottte; I should (I ought to, I was to), id) follte. He would not believe it. My uncle wished to arrive yes- terday, but he is not yet here. You should not have paid him, for the boots are too bad. He was to bring me the watch yesterday, but he has probably forgotten it. I know I ought to have done it, but I had no time. Thou wast to have read the book before thou sentest it back. We were to learn the exercise by heart, and we have only copied it. You burn oil in your lamp ) you should burn gas. The girl has washedmy stockings- are they dry ? No ; they are still wet. I must put on clean stockings; I have wet feet. (§r roetlte c6 ntcftt gtauften. 9Jietn £)r)ctm roeUte fcften geftern an* fommen, after er ifr nod) ntcbt ftter* (gte fellten tfttn ntcftt ftc^afttt ftaftcn, benn bte (gftcfet finb $u fcftlecftn (5r fctlte nut geftern bteltftr ftrtngen, after er ftat cs roafyrfeftetnud) t>ers geffen. 3d) njcip id) fctlte eS tr)un, after id) r)atte fetne Sett* aDu fcltteft t>a$ ncd) nicfyt $urucfgelcmmcm ££arum finb (Ste nicfyt mitgegangen 1 3* btieb $u £aufe, unb fcfyrtcb cintge S3ricfe t>ie nrir fyeute nad) 9?eu gjorf fenben muffen. *Der 93ebtente ging tnit met* ncm-fteinen SBrubcr in ben ©arten, unb fd>nitt ifym cincn fyvtbfcfycn (Steel, roenut cr fpieltc, bis ber £nabc unfercs 9?ad)barS lam, ber ifyn aerbrecfyen fyat. 3Bo fyaben (Sic bie SSfumcn geiaffen, bie 3fy?e 9Ucfyte 3fyncn gcgeben l)at ? 3d) lief* fte bet meinerlScfyroagcrinn, bie fyubfcfye 23(umen liebt sftltin better fefyrieb geftcrn 2(bcnb cin 33itlct, abcr id) rorip nid)t an rocn, benn cr Itcfi cS SRtcmanb fcr)cn ; er nrill e$ roafyrfcfyetnlid) ^u cincm fctner grcunbe fcfyicfen, um yen ifym ©clb gti borgen. 3d) tier) ifym tegte SBccfye $efyn unb cinen fyatben Scaler, unb cr fyat Icinen Sent mefyr bar-on. 9J?cin SBruber rocllte r)cute frur) aufftefyen, abcr cr fcfyltcf bis fyatb acfyt, benn cr lam fefyr fpdt nad) £>aufc unb ging nicfyt r-cr fyatt) cine $u SBctte. 3d) begegnete geftcrn bem engtifefyen 2Cr$te, ber auf bem ncuen $p(a£e fyin unb fjer ging ; er fytctt cin Safcfyenbucfy in feincr jpanb, roorin er t>en 3cit $u Sett ctroas; febricb. £Bo gingen 3fyte ©(tern geftcrn fyin ! (Ste gingen $u meiner Sante, um bie ^oniginn $u fefyen, bie in bem £otct tfyr gegenttber roofynt. £ragt bie £eniginn cine Jlrone'? 9?ein, mein ticks &inb; roeber ber Jtcnig ncd) bie itoniginn trdgt cine jlrone ; fte tragen JUeiber nrie anbere £cute. (Stub (Sie fd)cn in ber ncuen jtircfyc gcroefen ? 9?ein, id) bin ncd) nid)t fytngegan? gen. ££o tragen btefe banner ben fd)cnen &rcnieud)ter r)tn ? (Sic tragen ifyn $u meincm Dfyeim. Sffic roilt cr ifyn fyinfydngen (affen ? (Sr roitl ifyn in fcin grcpc6 SScrbeqimmer uber baS ^amin fyangen (affen. -^Bc lam ber gran^cfe fyer? (Sr lam au$ feincm grcpen ©arten, unb fyat un^ fcftone 2fcpfe( unb spftrftcben gebracfyt. SKarum fyaben @ie bie Sampe in bie Scfytaf? ' ftube geftetlt ? icfy braucfye fie fyier. 3d) triH \ic fcg(eid) fyerbrtngen. 3d) «)cltte geftcrn uber bie SSrucfe gefyen, um ben engUfcfyen ilapitdngu fpred)en, a(5 id) £erren (Scfymibt begegnete, ber mid) fragte, roarum (Sic lein Del mefyr t»cn ifym laufen ; id) antrocrtcte ifym, bap (Sic jc|t ©as brenncn, unb lein £)e( mefyr braucfyen. ©r roar mit bicfer 2lntrocrt nicfyt fefyr gufrieben. 2)u fcdtejl fletpger fein unb brine Section beffer lerncm S)te Sctbaten feds ten fefyen geftcrn anlcmmen, aber fie ftnb nedfy nid) fyier. 2)aS Sft&frcfyen 226 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. wotttc tic gfafdjcn untcr ben Sifd) ftctXcn, akr id) fagte t!jr, bap fie c$ md)t tfjun fottte/roeil bte jlinbct geroofjntid) enter bem £ifd)c fpiclen* SSarum ftefjen ^ic t>ot bcr Sfjutl atet fprcdjen wcUcn. ^ommen o ^aben <5k cS fjtngcfegt ? 3d) fjabe ntd)t 3f)r Sajcfyenbud) gefjabt, abcr id) fyabc e$ untcr Sfjrer Jtommobe gefefjen ; ©te fcllten eg nid)t immer ouf bem &tfd)C (icgen fafjen, 3d) fjabc metnen naffen a$ $u fagen. I often went to the theatre formerly, but it gives me little pleasure now, for I am too old. Thou didst go to school this morning with- out breakfast; why did you not wait until the breakfast was ready? It was already half past eight when I was going away; I do not like to go to school too late, and I have now a better appetite for my dinner. Our father went out this morning earlier than usual ; he wishes to see the old king of France, who has lost his crown. We were going to our aunt's when we met our old teacher, who told as that he has lost a purse with twenty-five dollars. With what did you cut the bread ? I see you have no knife. I did not cut it ; I have broken it. The peasants cut their corn when w T e were in the country last week. The little girl has written the note badly, for she did not hold her pen well when she was writing it. Why did you not keep the horse which your uncle bought from the count ? I did not keep it, because it was not after my taste ; I have sold it for a very good price. Mr. King w 7 as to come to see me this morn- ing, but he did not keep his promise. Why have you kept my brother's German books so long a time ? We were keeping them, because we paid him for them. Our sister did not receive the letter this morning which she expected. Why did you leave the pen and the paper on the table? I left them on the table because my niece wished to write her exercises. Why did you let the butcher go without paying him for the meat? We wished to pay him, but he had no time to wait. The shoemaker has brought a pair of new shoes; why did you not get your old ones mended 1 ? It was not worth while to mend them, for they were too old. The Dutch sailor did get a new coat made, feut he had no money to pay for it. We did get our shirts washed, for w T e had no more clean ones. How have you slept last night ? I slept very well, but I THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 227 think I have slept too long. My father departed this morning, while I was still sleeping ; he has left a note for you. We slept last night only five hours, for we had the intention to rise early this morning. My brother wrote a note to you ; why have you not answered it ? I received it only two hours ago, and I am now here to give him an answer. My aunt was writing when her daughter arrived. Where is my umbrella ? I cannot find it. I lent it to Mrs. Brown when she was with us yesterday ; she was to have sent it back immediately, but she has probably forgotten it. To whom have you given your French books ? We lent them to Mr. Black, who wished to learn French six months ago, and we have never seen him again. He came also to me in order to borrow some money, but I did not lend him any, for I know he is not an honest man. How long did you remain with your brother-in-law last night ? We remained there till half past twelve. Where was your cousin living last year? He was travelling the whole year ; in the spring he was in Italy; in the summer he travelled through Germany, and in the autumn and winter he was staying in Paris. Did he remain long in London % He remained there only a few weeks before he returned. Mrs. White came this morning to see my sister, but she was not at home. I have met with your nephew ; he was coming from the American. Bank. Where is my pocket-book ? I saw it in your hands this morning; you left it on the chair and I have put it in the drawer of your bureau. What did you wish to tell me when I met you in Charles Street yesterday ? I wished to tell you that you ought to visit your uncle, for he is angry with you, because he has not seen you for a long time. What would your cousin tell the servant ? He would tell him to clean his coat which is lying on the chair. He should not lay his clothes always on the chair; he has a wardrobe in which he has to hang them. We wished to go into the country yesterday, but the weather was too bad and the streets very wet. Ask your sister when she will have the goodness to return my niece the books which she has lent her. You ask me why I do not like to live longer in this hotel : but the people here make so much noise every night, that I can hardly sleep ; I like to live in my own house. Mr. Brown asked me, yesterday, why you never go to the theatre; I answered him that you like to stay at home and see your friends in the even- ings. Where are you going to? I am going to our warehouse; will you have the kindness to send your bill to our house 1 I will send it there. Where has your cousin gone to % He has gone to 228 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. London. Will your mother go to the concert? She will go there this evening. Has the servant time to carry these goods to my store ? He can carry them thither. Whither does the peasant carry the chickens ? He carries them home. Does your brother send that money to the bank ? He sends it thither. Whence dost thou cornel I come from the school. Where are the soldiers coming from ? They come from New York. The new chandelier which our aunt has bought, is in the parlor; if you wish to see it, walk in ; I cannot go in, for rny boots are not very clean. Who is there? The joiner wishes to speak to you. Let him come in. He has brought the new table ; shall I bring it in ? Yes, bring it in. Have they hanged the new chandelier over the table? Yes, sir; it is hanging over the beautiful stone table. I went yesterday over the old bridge, where I met with an old man who asked me where you are living. My father and I went over the river yesterday, in order to speak to the captain who has arrived from England. You always burn a lamp; why do you not burn gas? for oil is much dearer than gas. I think gas-light is not very healthy for the eyes. No, sir; we have burned gas already a long while and I have still very good eyes. Do you like apples? I like apples and peaches. We have several peach trees in our garden, and I will send you some peaches the first of this season. Thou art looking for thy pen ; it is lying under the bureau. Who has put it under the bureau ? I do not know; but I never put my pens either under the bureau or under the table, but always on the table. You are looking for your pocket-handkerchief; it lies in the garden under the big apple tree. Who has placed it under the tree] for I left it in my room. The children were playing in the garden, and they have probably found it and placed it under the tree. What has the maid-servant in the pocket-handkerchief which she carries in her hand ? She has some fine peaches in it, which she has bought at the market. You have lost your pocket-book ; why do you not always carry it in your pocket, as I do? Why do you put on your new over-coat in this bad weather? you will make it wet. I have put it on because I wear an over-coat in bad and cold weather, and not when the weather is fine. My dear child, thy shoes are wet; take them off and put them near the fire, they will soon be dry. I always put on new boots when we have wet weather. It is very wet in the streets; you must put on your over-shoes, or you will have wet feet when you come back ; and you know the physician has told you to keep them always very dry, if you do not wish to have the tooth-ache. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 229 FIFTY-NINTH LESSON. — $letm Utth fitttf Jtgfte Section* THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONTINUED. to see, to look, fefyen — I saw, id) fa!; ; I have seen, id) fyafce gefefyen. to give, geben — I gave, id) ga6; I have given, id) \)abt gegeben* to read, lefen — I read, id) la$; I have read, id) \)abt gelefen. to eat, effen — I eat, id) a£; I have eaten, id) \)&bi gegeffen* to forget, pergeffen — I forgot, id) t>ergaj$j I have forgotten, id) tyabe Dergeffen* to lie, (iegen — I lay, id) lag; I have lain, id) fyabe getegen. [men* to take, netymen — I took, id) na(;m; I have taken, id) babe genome to find, finben — I found, id) fanb ; I have found, id) \)abt gefunben. to drink, trinfen — I drank, id) tvatit ; I have drunk, id) (;abe ge* trunfen. to sing, ftngen — I sang, id) fang; I have sung, id) f)a6e gefungen. And, in like manner : — to spring, to jump, to leap, fprtngen* — I sprang, id) fprang; I have sprung, id) bin gefprungen. The yard, ber £of; the fence, ber S^un; the bottom, the ground, ber 93oben; the floor, ber $uf 3 boben; the voice, tk <2timme; the company, the society, bie @efe(Ifd)aft; cheerful ; fyeiter, frof)ltd); most beautiful (admirable), rtmnberfd)on. I saw the child in the yard, before 3d) far) t)a$ JUnb in bem £>cfc, cf)e I went out. id) auSgtng. He gave me back all my books, @r gab mir alio nictne 23ud)cr ^utucf, before he departed. dje er abretftc. I read my sister's letter, before 3d) (aS ben 23rtef memer ©d)iwjler, I gave it to my brother. bcwr td) tf)n mctnem 23rubcr gab. We ate of these cakes before 2£tr affen t>on btefen jtucfycn ttotbcm dinner {or before we dined). 932tttageffen ; or, d)C nnr fpetfteru My sisters forgot to tell you that Sftetne <§§d)tt>ef!ern wrgapen Sbncn they were at the concert yes- gu fagen, baj} ftc gcjtern in bem terday. (Sen$ert gerocfcn ftnb. Your gold pen was lying on the Sfyre gclbene gcbet lag auf bemg'ufc floor when I came into the beben, at$ id) in $>a$ Simmer room. Jam. I was taking off my hat, for it 3d) nar)m ntctnen £ut at\ benn c$ was too warm. wax $tt warm. Our niece took the apples which itnfere 9itd)te nabrn Me 2fcpfct, mU she found on the table, and cl)e ftc auf bem Sifcbe fanb, tmb gave them to the poor children. gab ftc ben avmen JUnbern. 20 230 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. He took a bottle of wine and drank so long until he saw the bottom of the bottle. We were last night in a cheerfal society; we were singing and playing until almost two o'clock. Your uncle looked very cheerful when I met him this morning. Mr. Smith sang the day before yesterday before a large com- pany. Our children are playing and jumping in the yard. My brother's large dog leaped over the fence. Thisboy has sprung over the chair. (£t ncif)m cine gfafdrje 2£ctn, unb tranf fo lange &ig cr ben. 23eben bcr #(afd)e far). £Bir roaren geftcrn 2C6cnb in einer frcb- ttdjen ®efettfd)aft ; voir fangen unb fpicttcn bit Octnafyc $n;et lifyr. 3f)r £)F>ctm far) fcf)r potter au$, at* idf) tfym biefen Bergen kgegncte. vg)crr (Scbmtbt fang Dorgeftern wr eis ner gro£cn ©efellfcfyaft. ttnfere Winter fpteten unb fprtngen in bem £ofc. £)et grope £unb metneS 33ruber£ fprang tikr ben 3aun. [fprungen. £)tcfer jtnak tft fiber ben re rf? ££0 bat cr ba$ fran!e £ftabcf)cn binges (£r ffiljrte fie $u bem Bafjnaqt, urn tfyt anxt 3af)ne au^iefyen $u lajjen. <8(eikn ©te $u £aufe ; bie (Srbe ift feucfyt, unb bie Suft tft fur)U The mountain, ter SSerg 5 the stairs, the staircase, bie ireppe 5 up, auf; down, afc. He went up and down in his room. Urging in fctncm3tmmer auf unb a&. These adverbs of place, a u f and a 6, are generally prefixed by the particles \) i n and \) e r (see Lesson 58) ; as — \) i n a tl f> t) e rs a u f^ upward, or up to ; \) i n a 6/ f) e r a 6, downward. He went up to the mountain, but (?t ging ben SBerg fytnauf, a&cr er tft he has not yet come down. nod) nttf)t Ijcra&gefemmcn. I went down the staircase because 3d) ging bie Sreppc r)ina(>, rocit ct he would not come up. md)t fjcrauf fommen roellte. Instead of \) i n a 6 and (;era&, fMrtunterandfyerunter may also be used. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 231 We went up the mountain this morning; but my brother went down soon, because his friend was wailing for him. Come down. The shoemaker has brought the boots; shall I bring them up stairs] Yes, bring them up stairs and put them before the door. Carry that table down stairs into the front parlor. Bring my watch down stairs; I have forgotten it in the bed- room. In such sentences as the above translated into German. Sir gtngcn biefen Bergen ben 23erg fyinauf, akt mem 23rubct ging bait) fjinunter, weit fan Jreunb auf ifyn wartete. Jtcmmcn (Sic berunter* £)ct Sd)uf}mad)er fyat tie Sttcfel ge* braci)t ; fell id) pe r)inaufbringcn ? 3a, br'mgcn Sic ftc rjcrauf unb ftcU len (Sic ftc for tie Si)ur. Sragcn Sic ben Z\\d) fyinunter in ba$ SScrbcr^immcr. SSrtngcn Sic meine Uf)t fyeruntet (fjcrab) ; id) l)abc fie in bcr Sctyafs ftube oergeften. the word stairs is not to be Far, roeit; farther, wetter; equal, gtcicfy* Sic rucit wollen Sic gefyen? 3d) will ntd)t wctt gc^en; id) will nut nad) unferem Saarenlager gefjen* Sic roeit i|l eg r>en£enben nad) spans ? (5$ ftnb 265 cngtifd)c SQ&etfen t)cn £onbcn nad) tyavi*. 3ft c$ wcitct son $)ari$ nad) Conbon atS yen spariS nad) Scrim ? ©5 tjt rueitct wn g)arts nad) SBettim Sic wctt gcbenfen Sic fycute fpas gieten $u get) en 1 3d) f)abcbic2CbftdE)t fefyrweit^ugefyen, benn id) bin nid)t gan$ mU* How far will you go ? I will not go very far ; I will only go to our warehouse. How far is it from London to Paris? It is 265 English miles from Lon- don to Paris. Is it farther from Paris to London than from Paris to Berlin ] It is farther from Paris to Berlin. How far do you intend to walk to-day? I have the intention to walk very far, for I am not quite well. The adverb b i hp till, until, expresses an extent of time (see Lesson 35); as — until to-morrow, b\$ morgenf &c. ; but the German adverb 6 i 6 also expresses extent of place, and then it must be translated into English by as far as, or to. How far? mie me it? is, in German, a question about dis- tance, or about any indefinite place; but how far? bi£ n>0 1) in? is a question for a distant place to which a movement is extended; as — Sic weit ftnb Sic fycute fpa^ieren ges gangen ? 3d) bin nur §wci 93icUen gegangen. S3i$ wefyin gebenfen Sic l)cute fpas gteren $u gcf)cn ? 3d) gebenfe bis nad) bem nadbftm *Dorfe ivl gcr)cm fretfen, SEein SSater will bis nad) Scnbon How far have you w T alked to-day ? I have walked only two miles. How far do you intend to walk to-day ? I intend to go as far as the next village. [London. My father will travel as far as 232 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. I will take you as far as the cor- ner of this street. He went as far as the great place. My mother is well to-day; she has gone as far as the new church. He will come as far as my house. As far as, bi$, is generally ax\f in, auf, or ju; according to necessary to express motion to sons 30, 32, 33, and 45.) Whither will you go ? How far will you go ? I will go to New York. I will go as far as New York. to the corner, as far as the corner, to the wood, as far as the wood, to the field, as far a* the field, to your uncle's, as far as your uncle's, Will your aunt go (travel) to Paris'? No, sir; she will only go as far as London. 3d) will ic neue £trd)e gegan- gen. (Sr rotll big $u mir fommen. used with the prepositions nad), the prepositions which would be a place, without biS. (See Les- SBotyn rocllen Ste geben ? S3tg rootyn rootlen (Sic 9cr)en 1 3d) rotll nad) 9?eu gjorf gcben. 3d) rotll big nad) Sfteu 9)etf gcben. an tie (Jcfe* bi^ an tie £crr ; fie roill nur bt$ nad) bonbon reifen. 3d) gab geftern 3^rcm better bag SSucb, alg id) ityi auf bem ncucn 5>(a|e fab ; et fagtc mir, t>a$ er eg febon gelcfen bat, unb id) nabm eg urn c^ 3bnen gurucf$ubrtngcn. £)er cngUfcbe ^aufmann iai ben S3rtef unb gab ir)n feinem (Sotyte, urn ttyt abjufdjtctben, cbc cr ir)n nad) Conbon fd)tcfte. £Btr faben btefen SJiorgen bic jttnber unferes 9?ad)barg in unferem ©arten ; fie a£cn spftrftcben, roe(d)e ftc untcr ben SBaumcn fanben, aber fie natyncn nur bic, roelcbc auf ben 25obcn lagen. 3ft 3b* £%tm febon auggegangen ? (Sr cr* tyelt t>or ciner Stunbe em 23tHet t>on bem fran$oftfcben ^apttan ; cr la$ eg fcg(etd)/ nabm fetnen #ut unb (Stocf, unb gtng roeg ; er Dcrgaf roatyfebetns ltd), baj} Sic auf ir)n roartcn. Sic fucben 3b?e £anbfcbubc ; fie lagen auf bem Jufibobcn ; ber 23cbtentc nabm ftc roeg, unb er bat fte in bte Sd)ub(abe Sbrcg Stfcbeg gclegt. 3d) fanb unjeren Jreunb £arl nod) im SSettc; er fagtc mir, ba$ cr ntcty rooty tft; er bat geftern 2lbenb roabvfd)etn(td) $u ml gcgeffen, benn id) roetp er roar in etner frotytcben ©efctlfcbaft r-on jungen Ccutcn. 3d) roar geftern aucb in etner fletnen ©cfcllfcbaft ; rotr roarcn fehr better, unb rotr fptclten unb fangen big etn ttr)r beg 9J?orgeng ; rotr afou THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 233 xwxx einigc jtucftcn unt tranfcn SCBaffcr nut cm rocnig £8ein. £>er {nnge SBetf; fjat cine ljubfdbe GMmmt ; cr fang einigc fran$efifcr;e unt) englifcfye 23atlatcn nut mctem Ocfdbmadf. Unfcr grope £unt fprang geftern fiber cinen fed)* #uf* f)cf)cn 3aun, in ten #ef teg fpanifefyen ©rafen. SBofytn fafjren (Sic Mcfcn jungen 93?ann ? 3d) f fibre ifyn $u meinem #reuntc &&^oax^ urn mit tfjm tort $u fpeifen. £80 fufyrtc 3$t Srut-cr geftern 2fbcnl> ten jun? gen gian^efen f)in ? <5r ffifyrte ibn in ta* Sftcaftr* 3d) ffifyre meine gante jctcn (Senntag in tie £ird)C £)cr SSeticnte fyat unferc Winter in tie cn fyicr nad) ?((ttcrf ? (§6 ift nid)t rocit ; c$ ftnt nur ffinf 93?ei(en turn fyier nad) tflttorf. SScllen cn ©cfctlfdjaft, mit ter roir fpat nad) $aufc famen ; id) roar fcf)r mute, tranf cin ©(as frifcfyeS Staffer, unt ging 3U SScttc* When did you see the Spaniard the last time 1 I saw him going up and down in the garden last week; he was reading in his memoran- dum-book, and looked very sad: after a while he walked out of the garden, and I did not seen him again. My uncle gave me the book in which he was reading, and said to me: Here, my dear Charles, I give you a book from w T hich you can learn very much; it is a true (roafyrcs) picture of life. I forgot to tell you that your brother's watch was lying on the bureau, when I was in your father's room ) I see you are looking for it. We were eating yesterday at the French Hotel ; we found a large company of Frenchmen there ; who were drinking and singing after dinner; it gave me great pleasure to see these cheerful people. My brother and sister-in-law were 20* 234 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. eating supper when Mr. and Mrs. White came to see them ; their son was already lying in his bed, for he likes to go to sleep early. When my father returned from the store, he found a poor hungry little boy at the corner of our street j he took his cold hand, and led him to our house : my mother gave him to eat, and to drink, and the little boy went cheerfully home. Mrs. Brown dined with us yesterday j she has a very fine voice, and she sang some pieces most beautifully; we were very cheerful until eight o'clock, when she took my sister to the theatre. I met our friend Charles yester- day, on the bridge ; he looked very sad, for he had lost his pocket- book with thirty-five dollars j I took his hand and said to him : Be cheerful, my dear friend ; an honest man has found your pocket- book ; he (has) brought it to our warehouse an hour and a half ago. You did not find us home last night* we went to the concert in order to hear Miss Klein ; she has a good voice, and my mother said that she sang very well, for I do not understand much of music. I saw many students this morning, opposite the university; they took off their hats when they saw their professor coming. The maid- servant found your silk pocket-handkerchief on the floor; she took it up stairs and put it in the first drawer of your bureau. We have a large yard in which our dogs are playing ; they spring sometimes over the fence, but they always come back again. Your children were very joyful, for I made one of the dogs spring over a stick. The strange cat jumped over the fence when it perceived us. The little dog has jumped from the wardrobe upon the table, and from thence upon the floor. The cook took away the bottle, and drank three glasses of wine in the kitchen, at his dinner. I never drink wine ; I like a glass of fresh water. He gave me back the pocket- book without telling me where he found it. The weather is cool to-day ; you must put on your over-coat, and when you wish to walk in the garden, put on the over-shoes, for the earth is damp. It is very unhealthy to remain in this damp room ; you must open the window and let the fresh air come in. Whither do you take the strangers 1 I take them to the Catholic church, to show them the Italian pictures. When w-e were in the country last summer, we went every morning up that mountain which you can perceive, in order to drink some fresh milk, and we came down only a short time before dinner. One day w T hen we were going up, we saw a little girl coming down with a crown of beautiful flowers on her head, which she had found in the forest ; she looked like a queen when we gave her a few pieces of money ? THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 235 and she jumped joyfully down in order to show it to her poor mother. I like to take a walk every morning ; sometimes T go very far, and when the weather is bad and the ground very wet, I walk up and down in our garden, which is always dry. The servant went down into the cellar to fetch the meat for our breakfast, but he came up without it, for the cats had eaten it. Have the kindness to bring those apples up stairs, and tell Charles to come down, for the dinner is ready. Louisa, are you coming down stairs soon? I have to finish my letter, and then I will come down. Be so kind as to bring down my watch which I have left on the chimney. My dear child, thou hast been jumping up and down the staircase the whole morning, but now it is time to come into the room in order to learn your exercises by heart. Matilda, have the kindness to come down stairs; I wish to ask you something. I cannot come down, for I have to study my lessons, but if you wish to ask me something, come up stairs. Is it far from here to the next village ? It is not very far ; if you will go this way. Must I go far in order to find some flowers for my sister ? You have not far to walk ; come with me into our garden, and you shall find more than you want. You tell me that you take a walk every afternoon ; how far do you walk ? I usually walk from four to five miles, but if the weather is bad, I only walk one or two miles. How far is it from Berlin to Dresden ? It is twenty-eight German miles from Berlin to Dresden. Is it farther from Berlin to Frankfort than from Berlin to Dresden? It is farther from Berlin to Frankfort. How far is it ? It is sixty- seven German miles. Four and a half Englishh miles are equal to one German mile. How far has Mr. Schutz travelled? He has gone to France. Has he not gone to Germany? No, sir; he has only gone as far as Paris. Will you go to the corner of this street ? No, Miss; I must^go as far as the comer of the next street. Has your brother a wish to go to the field ? No, madam ; he has the intention to go as far as the wood, but I will not go so far. How far will your uncle go ? He will go as far as New York. How far did you walk yesterday ? I walked as far as my uncle's country-house in the next village. Where are you now going to? I go as far as the bridge. Where does your niece come from ? She returns from her friend ~with whom she has taken a walk. Will we not go a little farther ? No, sir; I cannot go farther, it is very warm and I am too fatigued. Why do you not bring your sister with you ? She went with me as far as your door, but she would not come in. The road from Manheim to Heidelberg is one of the most beautiful in Germany. 236 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. SIXTIETH LESSON. — ®ed)$3%fie Section. THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONTINUED. to break, brecfyen, jerbrecfyen — I broke, id) brad); I have broken, id) \)cibt c^ebrocben. [gefprod)en. to speak, fpred)en — I spoke, id) fprad); I have spoken, k\) l;aOe to stand, fktyen — I stood, id) Iranb ; I have stood, k\) l)abe gejranben, to do, tl;un — I did, id) tfyat; I have done, id) \)abt flettyan. to wash, roafcfyen — I washed, id) n>ufct>; I have washed, id) l;abe genxrfcfjen. to carry, tr wtt _I carried, . , , I have carried, \ id) ()a6e to wear, u 9 I wore, ; l wy > I have worn, j getragen. to pick up, auffyeben — I picked up, id) t;ob auf; I have picked up, id) l)abe aufyeboben. to take off (clothes), au6§iei;en — I took off, id) jog au§; I have taken off, id) l)abe ausgejogen, to put on (clothes), anjiefyen — I put on, id) jog an; I have put on, id) l)abe angejO(jen* to lose, uerlieren — I lost, id) t>er(or ; I have lost, id) l;abe tterforeru to beat, , h r # I beat, . Kf . r I have beaten, ] id) babe tostrike, |a > la 3 m — I struck, 1 ^' ^9} I have struck, } fleftylflflen. Present, I beat, id) fd)Iagef bu fd)ldgf3> er fd)ldgt> n)ir fd)lagenf k. The truth, tie SBafyrfyeit; true, rcafyr; the person, bie ^erfonv pi. bie ^erfonen; the blow, ber ©d)lag; strong, fhirf; dirty, fcbmu^ig; lately, fiirjlid); just, eben; just now, fo tUn\ the word, ba§> ©ort, pi. 2Borter (unconnected words, as the diction- ary, t>a§ ©orterbud)) and 2Borte (connected words). Why do you beat the dog? S&arum fcWagcn Sic ben £unb ? I beat it because it has broken 3d) febtacje i()n / tt>cit cr gtt>ci $(afd)en two bottles of wine which were SBetn sevbvecben bat, bie untet bem standing under the table. &tfd)C ftanben* The boy broke the cup which he 3)et jtnabe serbrad) bie Saffe, tx>ctdE)C was carrying. cr trucj. I did not understand him, for he 3d) oerftcmb tfyn ntd)^ benn cr fprad) spoke too badly. gu fdblcd)t« Yourbrotherpromisedmetocome 3b? SBruber tterfpracb nur, mtd) bie? to see me this morning, bat he fen 93?erqen $u befucben, aba et has not kept his word. bat md)t(fein) SBcrt gc&aften* What didst thou do when thou 2£a£ tf>atcft bit/ nxnn in auf bem wast in the country? Canbe rcarjt? I was doing what other people did ; 3d) tljflt tva* anberc Scute tfjatcn ; tdj I ate, drank, and played. ap, id) tranf, unb fpiette. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 237 The maid-servant washed our stockings before she cleaned our shoes. We wore straw hats when we were in Spain. My sister picked np the ribbon which she sawlyingon the floor. What did you do after dinner? I took off my coat and went into the garden. He came into the room when I took off my coat. My brother put on his new boots to-day, when he went out. The servant cleaned my coat before I put it on. That merchant lost his money, but not his friends. Why dost thou beat the poor cat 1 I have not beaten it; I only played with it. The soldier gave a blow to the sailor; he struck him on his head. What o'clock is it 1 It struck twelve just now. My dear child, thou must always tell the truth. Is it true that your uncle has de- parted to Italy ? It is not true, for he is still in this country. Die 9$agb roufcr) unfcrc (Strumpfe, cr)c fie unfcrc <2d)ur;c retmgte (rein mcict)te). £Btr trugen Strofyrjute aU roir in (spamen nxircn. £ftetnc cr a$ 3fer Dfecim nad) Stolien abgcreipt ift ? (§S ift ntdbt reafer, benn er ift nod) in btefem Sanbe* Since, feitf a preposition, which governs the dative. The travel, the journey, tk Sieife; the arrival, tie 2£nfunft; the return, bie .Surutffunft SStc fange ift e$, feit <2te £errcn ©dbmtbt gefefeen feaben ? 3d) feat tfen ntd)t feit bem (c$tcn £erbfte gefefeen. SGBtr ftnb ntcbt 9J?abam 23raun feit tfercr Surucffunft turn granfretd) begegnet, Nettie &ante ift unmet franr:, feit fie sen 93o$ten $urucfge£emmcn ift. 3d) feabc granlem SBeiS feit iferet le£tcn $cife ntcbt ocfyrecfyen. How long is it since you have seen Mr. Smith ? I have not seen him since last autumn. We have not met Mrs. Brown since her return from France. My aunt has been sick ever since she has returned from Boston. I have not spoken with Miss White since her last journey. 238 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. I have not seen your brother these three months. We have worked very hard these eight days. He has not been at my house these two years. 3d) f)ak» Sfyren S3rubct feit tret 9J?onatcn nid)t gefefyen. £Btr (jafcen feit ad)t£agen fcf>r fdjroet gcarbcitet. <£r ift fcit groci 3aljrcn ntd)t fcci mit: genxfen. The pronoun tffose, expressing a space of time, as in the pre- ceding sentences, is not to be translated into German by fciefe> but by feit. It was yesterday that he arrived. How long is it since you have been at the theatre 1 How long is it since you have been at your aunt's? How long have you been in this country'? (Sr !om fcfyon geftcrn an, SBic tange ift cs fcfyon, tap (Sic nid)t in tern Sweater genxfen ftnb 1 SBie (angc if! c6 fcfyon, fcit (Sic ki 3f)rct Santc gcroefen ftnb, £Bie (ongc fint) (Sic fcr^cn in btcfcm £anbc? I have been here these eighteen f 3d) bin fd)cn 18 denote fyicr; or 7 months. \ 3d) bin (fd)on) fcit 18 93?onatcn fyicr. How long have you been in New £Bie (angc fint) (Sic fd)cn in £fteu York? ©erf? The verb, in sentences like the above, is, in German, put in the present tense, modified by the adverb — fcfyorv already, which gives an additional force to the verb, or to another adverb, in which signification it is often not expressed in English. IMPERSONAL VERBS. Verbs which occur only in the form of the third person, the subject of which is expressed by the indefinite pronoun it, e if are called impersonal ; as — to ram, rcgnen> to snow, fd)neien> to thunder, bonnern> to lighten, b(i|enr to hail, fyagetrtj to thaw, to dew, tfyauen, All these are regular verbs. The rain, ber 9iegen; the snow, ter Scfynee; the thunder, ber ©onrter; the lightning, ter 3Mi$; the dew, ber £f)atu @s rcgnct ben gangen Sag. it rains, e6 regnet. it snows, eS fcfymit. it thunders, e$ bonnert. it lightens, es blifyt. it hails, ee fyagelt. it thaws, it dews, e6 tl)(tut. It rains the whole day. It has snowed enough. It did not thunder very hard last night, but it lightened much. It did snow and hail yesterday, but it is thawing to-day. (5s bat genug gefefyncit* (S'S bonnertc ntcfyt fefyr (lar! Ic|tc sftacfyt, abcr eg Mtptc mcf. & fefynctte tmb fyagelte gcjtern, after ce tfyaut f?cutc. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 239 We have fine weather to-day, for SBir fjnfcen f)eute fcbonc^ SQBctter, tcnn the dew has fallen this morning. cv> Fjat btefen Bergen getfyaut. There is, e5 ifr; there are, e§ [tub; are used when they express a definite existence ; as — There is no beer in this glass. (?S ift !etn 23ter in btcfem (SJfafe. There is nobody in your room. (£s ift CRtemanb in S^rcm Simmer* There is nobody there. (5*6 ift Sfttemanb bo. There are two hundred houses (§s ftnb jwet fyunbert £oufer in bicfer in this street. ©trope. There were sixty children in the (5$ traren fed)S§tg jttnber in bet school- room. (Scfyutftubc* But when there is, or there are, is used to express indefinite existence, it must be translated into German by e$ Qitbt* There is not a house in this vil- (S6 gtcfct Fein $au§ in btefem 3)erfe/ lage which is higher than thirty roeldjes r;cr)cr aU bretpig gup i(£ feet. There are streets in this city (£6 gtcfct ©tropen in biefer (Stobt, which are three miles long. tt>e(d)C brei SffieUen (ong finb. There are not many peaches this (S$ gicbt bicfcS Safyr nidjt mete $pprs year. fid)en. There were many apples last (£$ gaO legten tcte 2(epfe(* summer. £)a* Heine 2Kdbd)cn rootttc au£ ber Safie tftrc^ SSaterS trtnfcn, bte ouf bem Stfcfye ftanb, unb fie $erOrod) bte gaffe a(S fie fie ouf ben ©tufyt trug. SBcr fprad) mtt Sfyncn a($ @ic t>er ber Sfytir ftonben ? ilnfer Sftacfy&ar fprad) nut mir ; er fagte mtr, bop Sftr ftctner £nak feinem crftcf;t ttoltcntfd). *Dte £od)tnn hcO beine fcfynufeigen ©trumpfc sen bem gupbeben ouf, trug fie in ben £of, unb roufd) fte, ofyne cm SQBert $u fogen. 3d) $eg meine ©trumpfe geftetn 2(benb au$, unb (egte fie ouf ben gupbeben, after id) benfe fie rooren nid)t febmugtg* SJJetn 23rubet $tel)t gcroefmUd) feme (Sttefel au$, cf)C cr fetnen 9£ocf ou^tefit, after geftern 2(6enb $eg er feinen $KecF ou5, ftcsor er fetne ers (cren f)at, unb bop er boruber fef)t trourtg ift* ©^ ift roofer, er verier fetn ^d)tff, after cr wrtcr ntd)t fetnen Wlutt), benn cr orftettet nun mel)r att Wdcc; 240 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. £)u mupt ntd)t ben £unb febtagen ; cr bat bir nid)t£ gctban. 3d) febtage ibn md)t; id) rcitl nur mit ibm fpietcn. SQSarum fcfttagt bicfer SBaucr fcitt g}fcrb ? (§r fcfttdgt e$, roeil C6 fcinen .ftnaben gefd)(agcn bat. £)cr go?atrofe rocllte bie $age fdbtagen, abcr cr ^erbrad) fetnen (Stecf, benn er febtug ntd)t tie ^afee, fenbern ben gupbeben. SBtcmel Ubr ift ee? ©5 bat fo eben brei gefd)(agcn. (§S febtug ^ruci, alg id) auf bem grepen ^ptafee war. £inbcr muffen immer bie SBabrbeit fagen. 3ft e$ watjv, bap bie vfteniginn angc* fommen ift ? en $)ari» nicbt gefprocben ; ift cr n)cl)(? (5r fiebt feit feiner Icgtcn SReife gefunber at* gewebntid) au$. SBie tange ftnb Bie fd)on in g)r)itat>c(pl)ta ? 3d) bin feben brei Sabre bier. (Sett tuann baben (Sie nicbt ben frans6ftfcl)cn ©rafen gefprccben ? 3d) bate tbn nicbt feit $n>ct SJlcnaten gefprocben. ££ic tange ift 3b* better fd)cn bier? (St ift feit ber 2Cnfunft bc$ (efcten grepen engtifd)cn cr ber £bur ; fte nmn* feben cin (StficE 23reb $u baben. (56 giebt Sorter in biefer Section, bie id) nicbt in bem SBerterbud) futben fann. 3ft 9^i(cb in ber gaffe ? (5$ ift feme barin. (56 gtcbt sperfonen, bie mit metcn Morten eft nid)t$ fagot. (Sic muffen fegtetd) in 3bren Caben geben ; cs ftnb mebrere tauten bert, bie cincn fran^eftfeben (Scbabt faufen roetten. (56 roar Fein #euer mebr in bem itamin, ate id) geftern 2Cbenb nacb £aufe fam, unb meinc £anbe xuarcn $u fatt urn etnxtS febretben m fennen. (56 giebt nicbt altein bier, fenbern in jebcr *Stabt mete Scute bie arm ftnb, roett fte nicbt arbeiten lveflen, abcr e^ giebt nur roenige ^erfencn, wetebe rcicb ftnb, ebne met gearbeitet ^u baben. The maid-servant broke the lamp when she was bringing it up stairs. The horses did not break the fence when they leaped over it. We spoke to Mrs. Brown before she departed to London. The girl that was standing at the door gave to that poor woman a few pieces of money. The captain spoke very fine words to his soldiers, but I did not understand him> because I was standing too far off. I have not spoken to my father this morning, for he got up before me in order to go to the Country. My friend promised me to come THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 241 to us last evening, but he has not kept his word. What did you do when you were at your aunt's country-house, last month ? We rose early every morning; we breakfasted in the little garden, and we always walked until dinner. Did the peasant's wife wash your shirts and stockings ? She did wash them, but not well, for my shirts never were very clean. My mother picked up your silk pocket-handkerchief which was lying on the floor, and carried it into her room. Whither did the sailors carry their bread and meat ? They carried it over the bridge to their ship. That man who carried the goods to your store w r as formerly a rich man ; he wore fine clothing when I met him in New York two years ago. Did you perceive Miss Weed in the concert last night? she wore a black silk dress and a yellow bonnet with white and red flowers. Your young friend, who always wears white kid gloves (®(acc?£cmt>fd)Ur)e), did not take them off when he paid me the money which he owed me. Why have you taken off your coat? I took it off in order to send it to my tailor ; but I will put on another. The little boy was taking off his shoes and stockings, in order to play in the water, when his mother came, who told him to put them on again. The Frenchman placed his cane in the corner before he took off his gloves. Your coat looks dirty; why do you not clean it before you hang it in the wardrobe? I did clean it before I took it off. Charles, your shirt does not look very clean ; when did you put it on ? I put it on this morning when I got up, but it is the fault of our cook (fern.); she does not understand how to w T ash well. Were you going into company with this coat, last night? No, sir; I wear this coat only in the storehouse, but when I go into company I put on another. Paul, you have not cleaned my boots; they look dirty. Yes, sir; I did clean them before you put them on this morning. Where did you lose your pocket-book ? I lost it in the street, when I was going to the bank ; a stranger picked it up and gave it back to me without saying a word. That poor woman came to my father to borrow some money of him ; she lost a purse w T ith twenty dollars last Mon- day. Why do you beat this pretty dog ? I beat it because it would not jump over the stick. I saw a French sailor this morning, who struck another man on his head, who had done nothing to him ; but this man took a piece of wood and gave the sailor a heavy blow, so that the stick broke. I cannot look at people when they beat their horses. The horse struck the poor boy on his foot, when he was holding it. You must not beat that little cat ; it has done nothing to you. I did not do it; my little nephew beat it. It strikes twelve: 21 242 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. now I must go home. Sir, can you tell me what time it is ? It struck three, just now. It has not yet struck two. In this exercise are many words which I have never seen. When you find a word which you do not know, take the dictionary. I do not like my neighbor's children; they do not often tell the truth. My dear boy, thou must never say a word which is not true. Is it true that you have sold your fine horse to Mr. Smith ? It is not true, sir ; I have only lent it to him, for his horse is sick, and he uses mine until he is strong enough to work again. Have you seen Mr. Brown lately? I have not seen him since his return from Bos- ton. You have a very good appetite; have you not eaten dinner'? No, madam ; I have eaten nothing since breakfast, for I was looking for my uncle all day. Our aunt has been sick since the arrival of her sister. I have never met with Mr. White since his last journey to London. When I lately met Mrs. Weed, she asked me how long you have been learning German. I answered her that you have been learning it these five months, and that you are already able to speak it a little. Since when have you been living here in Market Street % I was looking for you at the French Hotel, and they told me that you lived there no more. I have lived here only these three weeks, and I am very contented, for in a hotel, you know, there is always so much noise. You have put the glass on the table, but there is no water in it. There are several persons in your room who wish to speak with you. There is no butter on the table ; you must bring some. Are there many peach trees in your fathers garden ? There are about twenty peach trees, but there are no apple trees there. There are many rich men who are not happy, and many poor who are so. Were there many people at the last con- cert? There were more than fifteen hundred there. There is nothing worse than a cold room in the winter. There are many persons who never tell the truth. You find very fine streets in this city, but there are only a few which are longer than one mile and a half. I have not been out to-day ; does it rain ? It is very bad weather; it rains and snows. It has snowed these three days, but now it is thawing. I haye slept very little last night, for it was thundering very loud, and lightened longer than two hours. We have to expect a beautiful day, for the dew fell very much this morning. It does not hail very often in this country, but it rains sometimes very violently. How long has your French friend been in this city ? . He has been here these two years. How long has THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 243 your uncle been in Boston 1 He has been there since his return from London. How long were you in Boston ? I was there only a few days. Have you lately spoken to Mr. Brass, your friend 1 ? No, sir; he came to me three months ago, in order to borrow of me thirty-five dollars, which he promised to give me back in two or three weeks ) but since that time I have not seen him. Lend money to a friend and you have lost him, are very true words. SIXTY-FIRST LESSON. — ®ili Uttb fed)£$%fie Section* THE IMPERFECT TENSE OF IRREGULAR VERBS, CONCLUSION. to be able (can), fonnert — I could, id) fcnnte; I have been able, id) fyabe gefonnt, may, mogen — I might, id) mod)te ; I have been permitted, id) fyabe gemocfyt* to be obliged (must), rmiffen — I was obliged, id) mujste; I have been obliged, id) \)aU gemu|t. to bring, bringen — I brought, id) brad)te; I have brought, id) tyabt gebracfyt. [gebacfyt* to think, benfen — I thought, id) bacfyte; I have thought, id) fyabe to send, fenben — I sent, id) fanbte; I have sent, id) l)abe gefanbt. to burn, brennen> or wrirennen — I burnt, id) brannte, or id) t>er* brannte; I have burnt, id) tyabt gebrannt, or id) f;abe t>er^ brannt. The verb to burn, brentutv or Derbrennen, is regular when it has a transitive signification ; but it is irregular when used as an intransitive verb. (See Appendix.) Heburntallhiswoodinoneweek. (St ttetbrennte alt fern #cl$ in etnet [night. ££od)C* The wood was burning the whole &a$ $ol$ brannte t>ie aan^e $la<§t He has burnt his old table. (5t fjat fetnen alten Stfd) ttetbrennt* The lamp has burnt these four £)ie £atnpe fyat felt met (Stunben ges hours. brannt. He was to bring me the pocket- (£r (elite mttbaS gafefyenbud) fcttngen, book, but he could not find it. abet er fcnnte e6 nicftt ffnben. I might work as much as I could ; 3d) megte arbeiten fo otet id) fcnnte, I never had money. id) batte niemate ©elb. Iwasobligedtolendhimmypen, 3d) nwfite tfym meine $ebet tetben, for he could not write with his benn er fcnnte ntcfyt nut bet fct? own. ntgen fd)teiben. 244 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. The student was obliged to sell his watch, for his father sent him the money a week too late. I thought of you, when our uncle brought me two tickets for the next concert. He sent me back the book which I had lent him ; I thought no longer of it. £)et ct JBtflete fur t>a§ nad)fte (5on$ert 6tad)te. (St fanbte nut ba$ 23ud) jurficf, tt>e(s d)c£ id) tr)m % qcUcl)cn fjatte; id) t)ad)te ntd)t mefyt baran. The ticket, t>a$ 25ittet; proud, frotj; light, fyett; clear, bright, flat; perfect, perfectly, completely, ttollfommett. To know, miffen* — I knew, id) tvufjt**, I have known, id) fyafce gevxmfct. (See Lesson 54.) It is not very light here. The weather is clear to-day. 1 did not know what to say. He knows that you took his paper. I know that Mr. Klein is an honest man. (£$ ift ntd)t fcf)t fjefl fyier. £)a$ BBctter ift f)cutc Han 3d) tDupte nid)t tx>a$ id) fagen fottte. (Sr rcupre bap @tc fern papier genems men fyaben. 3d) nxtg bap £err jUctn em cfjrtt* d)et 9J?ann ift* 3Biffen> to know, (French, savoir^) signifies, in German, to have a general knowledge, and is always without a direct object; but when to know has reference to a particular object, it must be translated into German by f e n ne n (French, connaitre), meaning to be acquainted with a person or thing. To know, fennen* — I knew, idj fannte; I have known, id) fya&e gefarmt. I know Mr. Klein; I know he is an honest man. Do you know that the French captain has arrived to-day % Do you know the French captain who has arrived to-day 1 Do you know who has inquired after me ? Do you know the man who has inquired after me % I do not know him. I do not know what he is. You did know the horse; why have you bought it ? I knew him when we went to school. We knew the English lady who has departed to London. 3d) fenne £ettcn £{ein; id) roetg $>a$ cr ein efjrttdfrer Wlcrnn ift. •Stiffen @ie i>a% ber fran^oftfebe Jtas pitan fyeutc angctommen ift ? jlennen (Ste ben fran^eftfekn jtapttan bet fyeutc angctommen ift ? Stiffen (Ste nxt nad) mtr aefraat M? £ennen^ie ben sjftann, roetdjer nad) mtr gefragt fyat ? 3d) fenne if)n nid)t. 3d) mcip nid)t roaS er if!. (Sic fanntcn t>Q$ g)fcrt> ; marum r)a* ben @te c$ gefauft? 3d) fannte ifyn, al$ wit in bie @d>ute gingen. ££ir Fjafcen bie engfifefte 3>ame ges fannt, bie nacfy Conbon a&gercift ift* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 245 Do you know German ? ^onnen (Sic bcutfd) ? Can you speak German'? £6nnen (Sic bcutfd) fprecfyen? I do not yet know it, but I am 3d) farm c* nod) md)t, aber id) (erne learning it. cS. When /mow relates to a thing which must be learned ; it is expressed, in German, by f onttett. (can). Does your son know how to read $arm 3f)t olltommen fectly. (gut) fpred)cn* THE PLUPERFECT TENSE. The German pluperfect is formed, as in English, by the im- perfect of the auxiliaries, to have, fya&eiv or to be, feitt, and the past participle ; as — I had had, id) fyatte er gerjabk Thou hadst nothing had. £)u rjatteft md)t$ gefyabt. He had been at the post. (5r roar auf t>er $)eft geroefen. We had already paid him. SSir fatten ir)m fd)on bcjafjlr. You had gone to the concert. (Sic roaren in bag (Sen^ert cjeaangcn. They had hardly seen it. (Sic fyatten eg faum gefcr)cn* As soon as, fo 6a(fc> al§, or fo 6alfc) roie> (inner.) As long as, fo lange al$ f or fo lanon 23ogton ^utttefge femmen roatcn. 3d) fyatte nut ffinf Scaler in metnet Safcfye, nad)bem id) meine SKed)? nung be^afylt fyatte. (St ging aug, nadjtem fein 23tutet ausgegangen wax. 2Btr fanttcn tie 25tiefe auf tie spoft, nad)tem n>tr fie gefd)tieben fatten* 3d) fyatte gteunte fo lange ate (rote) id) ©elt fatte. (St roill Sfynen tag -Bud) lafyen, fo bait ate (rote) et eg gelefen fjat. 2U#/ in such sentences as the above, is sometimes omitted, and we could as well say — 3d) fjatte gteunte fo lange id) (Mb (St mitt 3ftnen tas 23ud) lichen fo ftatte. bait et eg gelefen \)aU The indefinite pronoun 2 # £, e 6f is, in German, sometimes used as an object relating to a predicate, a noun, an adjective, or even to a whole sentence, when, in English, it is either not expressed at all, or so is used in its stead. He did so more than once. Is that man your neighbor ? He is. Are these women poor ? They are. Do you know that my father has departed ? I know so. (St fjat eg mef)t ate einmal gctfyan. 3ft jenet 9ttann Sfjr £fiad)bat? (St ift & (Sinb biefe £tauen atm ? (Sie ftnb eg, Stiffen 6ie tap mem SSatet abgeteif't iff. 3d) roeifi eg. Besides this indefinite pronoun, &, e§, there exists, in Ger- man, an indefinite personal pronoun, man (French, on), which must be rendered into English by one, people, or they. This indefinite personal pronoun, man, occurs only in the third per- son singular. One is never so. unhappy as one believes. People see other's faults easier than their own. 93?an ift niemate fo ungtucfltd) roie man eg glaubt. 502ah ftefyt tie gttyettfnbetet (eid)tet ate feine cigenen. ' THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 247 They say that the kinghas arrived. 93ton fagt bapbet&cntg angefemmcn Have they brought my coat] #at man mctnen SRod gebtad)t? [tjt. They have not yet brought it. Sftan fyat tfm nod) ntd)t gcbtad)t. People speak this and that of the sjEan fprtcbt btefee unt) jeneS oon t)cm French count, but it probably ftan$6fifd)en ©rafen, abet e& tft is not true. n>al)rfd)Cinltd) md)t tvafyr* They said so. SQton fjat e$ gefagt — 9J*an fagte fe. Switzerland, tie 2d)tt)ei|; the state, fcer ©taat; the United States, tie 23ereinigten ©taaten; to consist of, 6ejrei)en* au§; to persist in, or to insist upon, fcejiefyen* auf (Wff A f Ae accusative) ; to light, to kindle, anjunbert; scpar. ver&, pas* joar^. angejunbet. France is a large state. * gxanfteid) tft ein gtopet ©laat. The United States of North £)te SScteinigtcn on 9?otbs America consist of thirty-one 2Cmmfa beftefyen au* ein unb btcU states, and Germany of thirty- pig (Staaten, unb £)cutfcl)lanb au$ eight. od)t unb btctptg. He insists upon his right. (St bcftcf>t auf feitt 9?ed)t* He insists upon it. (St bcftef)t batauf. My friend has the intention to 932etn greunb f)at tic 2Cbftdjt ein light a fire. geuet an^unbem I light not a candle but my lamp. 3d) aunbe nid)t ein £td)t fenbetn mctne 2ampe an* [junber. We have not yet lighted the gas. SBtt fyaben ncd) ntd)t ba$ ©a$ anges 3fyr SSettet btac^te nut geftetn la$ S3tllet fut ba$ (5on$crt fcf>r fpat ; td) bad)te (Sic roollten nid)t nut mit bafyin gefyen* £Bit fanbten unfete S3ricfe ftufyct auf trie $eft, roetf bit gcbad)tcn bent engtifd)cn ^apitan ctnen 23efud) 3U macftcn, abet bet (Sdjnetbet btad)te mit ntd)t ben neuen fd)roat$en SRccf, unb id) mupte $u #aufe bletben, benn ic^ rocttte ntd)t mctnen atten 9£ocf an^ ${ef)etu Da£ Jeuet brannte Fjctl in metnem $amin, unb id) ttctbtennte atle ^papiete t)cn benen id) nid)t mefyt ©ebraud) macfee* £abcn <&k aud) bie 23ttcfc Srjter gtcunbe ttcrbtcnnt ? £)te SBrtefe meinet gteunbe ftnb mit $u tfycuet, at$ bap id) fie tJCtbrenncn feflte. £)et 23ebtentc ^unbete fd)cn urn Diet UF)t ba$ ©as an, abet e6 btannte fefyt fd)(ed)t ; id) benfe c$ war $u fruf) urn e£ an^u^unben. 3d) $unbe meine Campe an, benn id) f)abe atle meinc £id)te ttctbtennt. 9Eefn 25tubet megte fucfyen fo met et roetltc, et fennte nid)t ba$ beutfcfte SSortcrbud) ftnbcn, ruckles @ie ifjm gcttefycn f)abcn, 33Zein SSatet megte ben 23ebtenten nid)t mebt fcf)en, nad)bem et unfet g)fetb gefd)lagen fjatte. @$ tegnete geftetn fcr)r Fjefttg, unb id) mupte efjnc $Kegen|"d)ttm nadr) unfetem ^Saatentaget gefjen, benn id) fonnte ben meintgen nid)t ftnben, unb Ccin anbetet roar su |)aufe, 3c^ vt>eip, (Bie fennen ben 9JJann, bet metnen 9?cgcnfd)ttm genommen f>at, benn ©ic roaten l)tet, a(» et ^egging. 3d) tt>eip, bap man Sbnen 3(jrcn $Kegenfd)itm genemmen Fjat, abet id) wetp ntd)t 7 wet e5 gctr)an ^at ilannten ^ie ben ftan$cftfd)cn ^aufmann, bet nac^ bet 248 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. ©d)tt>ct| gewtf'i i% urn U^ren $u faufcn ? 3* fannte tf>n, unt> id) wctp, tap cr cm ef)rltd)cr 93?ann iff. 9J?ein better lernt fcbon fctt ad)t SJlonaten bcutfcb, abcr cr fann c£ nod) nicftt fprec^cn, unb (Ste (crncn eS nut r-icr £0?c* nate unb fonncn (ebon cm beutfcbeS 23ud) lefen. Sa, mem £err ; abcr fprc* d)cn ift del fd)rr>crcr al$ lefctu gftetne Sautter gab unferer atte« 3Eetn SBruber fdbrieO geftern fo lange n>te er clme £id)t feben fonnte, benn eS tft bell in fcinem Simmer unb t>a$ SSctter roar febr Uax. Sftabam <8raun rcif'te at>, nad)bem fie nod) cinmal tfjrc grcunbtnncn bcfud)t fjatte. £)er SSttef tarn an, nad)bem mem SSater fd)on au£gegangen roar* ($6 gtebt t)iele £eute, roetcbe glauben, ba$ all unfet ©liicf nur im (Mbe beftcbt. 9J?an mup nid)t ftc($ fcin, roenn man geliebt fein null. 93?an Ijat tie Sbeater^SBillete gebracbt ; ^aben ©ie fie fdjon be^ 5a bit ? SQBaS fagt man in £)eutfd)lanb Don ben SSemntgtcn ©toaten ? £Ran benft, bap e$ cin febr fcboneS 2anb fein mup, roeil fo mete Seute au£ bm bcutfeben (Staaten babtn geben. 2)cutfd)lanb beftebt au3 ad)t unb breifng (Staatcn, son benen bic mcijlen febr flein ftnb. 9J2ein greunb iiart beftebt barauf, t>a$ bie a$ ftc au$ 3tt>ci unb $roan$tg (Santonen beftebt* (Sie befteben immer auf Sbr SKccr)t ; <&k t onncn aucb mancbmal Unrcd)t fyakn. 3d) fagte £erren (Scbmibt, ba$ id) fd)on brei ®laS 2Bein getrunfen tyfltt, aber cr beftanb barauf, bafy id) nod) eine$ trinfen fotlte* 3d) ttnmfcbe Fjcute nicbt au^ugeben, benn id) fjabe Sabnfcbmeqcn, unb bie Shift ift febr feud)t, abcr icb roill mit 3^nen geben, roenn (Sic barauf befteben. The tailor brought me the coat just when I was about to go to the ball : I thought that he had forgotten it. We thought of you when we were at the concert last night, for I know how much you like music. Mrs. Smith brought two new French books to my sister the day before yesterday j she did not know that my sister could not make use of them, for she understands but little French; but my sister took the books, and thanked her very much for them. T thought you brought me the ticket for nhe theatre which you had promised me, but now I see you have forgotten it. I have not for- gotten my promise, but I thought you would not go to the theatre to-day, and I sent the ticket to my niece ; but you shall have one to-morrow. Our uncle in Baltimore sent us the first peaches of this season ; we could not eat them all, and we sent a dozen to Miss Caroline, who likes them very much. It was very cold yes- terday for this season, and we burnt a fire in the chimney the whole THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 249 evening. My brother wished to burn some paper, and he burnt his coat. The weather was not very clear yesterday afternoon; I was obliged to burn a candle in my room. Do you not burn gas ? Yes, we burn gas, but only in the evening. I had to write last night till one o'clock ; my lamp did not burn very brightly, and I was obliged to light two candles. Our store is not very light ; we light the gas in the winter generally at four o'clock. You must go for some wood; I like to have a bright fire. My mother received a note this morning. I do not know from whom ; she was very sad, and burnt it after she had read it. I could not come to see you last Monday; I was obliged to stay at home, for my father was very sick. I might ask him as much as I would, he never would answer me. My nephew might work from morning until evening, but he never had a cent in his pocket. I might do what I could ; he never was satis- fled. Mr. White could not find me last night : you knew that I was at my brother-in-law's ; why did you not send him there 1 My dear friend, I would not tell him where you were, for I knew he would borrow money from you. The servant was obliged to go for my boots, for the shoemaker did not bring them. My cousin lighted his beautiful gas-lamps last night, which he has received from Lon- don, for he expected company; but nobody came, because it rained very hard. I did not know that you had bought another horse; have you sold your old one ? I have not sold it, for I want two horses; my carriage is too heavy for one. Do you know the gentle- man who brought us the letter, this morning % I do not know him, but I thought you knew him, for you were speaking with him half an hour. Yes, sir, I know him ; he is a Frenchman, who has lived here these two years : we knew him when he was living at New York. Have you seen Bulwer's new work? I have not seen it ; I have read several of Bulwer's works, but I have not yet seen his new one. Did you know the German physician who has de- parted for France 1 I did know him already before he came to this city. I knew him, but I did not know that he would go away so soon. When did the Frenchman depart ? He set out as soon as he had received his letters from the post. We take our dinner as soon as our father returns from the store. My brother sent the letters to the post as soon as he had copied them. You are looking for your pen : it is here ; you thought that I had it. Keep the money which I have lent you as long as you wish. My mother has gone to New York to-day ; we looked after the carriage as long as we could per- 250 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. ceive it. We are happy as long as we are contented with what we have. He gave me back the knife after he had used it. Mr. Brown went out after he had given me the letters to carry to the post. It thundered after it had lightened. You ask me why Miss Caroline would not wait for you ) she was waiting here two hours ? and when she saw you did not come back, she went away. I knew Mr. Klein perfectly well, and spoke to him almost every day, before he went to Paris ; but now, since his return, he is a stranger to me; he is a perfect gentleman, only he is too proud. Miss Small has almost lost her voice ; she sings no more as clearly as formerly. My bro- ther thanks you for the ticket which you sent him yesterday ; he went into the theatre after he had eaten supper. It is not light in your room; you must light a candle. I have no candle, but I will light the gas. When do you light your lamp ? I light it as soon as I can no longer see clearly in my room. Do not light the candle ; I can see perfectly well. Mrs. Black visited us very late yesterday ; we had already lighted our gas when she arrived. France is a large state, but not so large as the United States. Switzerland con- sists of twenty-two cantons, and the United States of thirty-one states. We must not believe all that people say. Does your sister already know that you have lost her purse % She does not yet know it. Is the Spanish count as rich as people say ? He is. I met Mr. Brown yesterday opposite to the new bank, and I asked him why he had said that you could not pay his bill ; but he persisted that he had never said so. My aunt insists upon my going (that I shall go) with her into the country next Thursday. We must not always insist upon our right ; we might perhaps sometimes be wrong. I have never insisted that you should learn all your exercises by heart, and I am quite satisfied when you learn by heart only the words which you want. People will not believe that the queen has already departed. Have they brought my new boots ? They have brought them, but I have not paid for them. One must not believe all that people say, for they do not always say the truth. One is not un- happy when one has friends and money. But, my dear friend, what is all that when we are not healthy ? What new do they say at the great square 1 They say that the lightning has struck the steeple of the new church in Oldtown, and that it has killed some persons. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 251 SIXTY-SECOND LESSON. — 3tt>Ct tmb fetyfyitfie Section* THE FIRST FUTURE TENSE. There are, in German, three auxiliary verbs of tenses : to have, I) a ben, to be, fein, and roerben* The first future tense, in German, is formed from the present tense of the auxi- liary verb vo e r b e n and the infinitive of a verb ; n> e r b e n being represented, in English, by will or shall. The present tense of the auxiliary verb ro e r b e n is — id) roerbe, rcir roerben, fcu tDtrfi-f <2ie roerben, er roirb, fie rcerben* I shall work, id) roerbe arbeiten* thou wilt love, bu roirfi tiebcn. he will drink, er rotrb trinfen. we shall go, roir werben geljen. you will bring, ©te rcerben bringem they will find, fie rcerben ftnben. shall I eat? roerbe id) effen? wilt thou write? VDtrfr bu fcfyreiben? will he send? roirb er fenben? shall we take? roerben roir nefymen? will you carry? roerben ©ie tragen? will they do ? roerben fie tfyun? The verbs will and shall are translated into German by roollen and foiled when an actual wish, will, or necessity is to be expressed ; but when they merely denote future time, werben is employed. I shall work when I have time. 3d)trcrbe ar^eiten, wenntcfe 3ctt fjaibe* I am to work when I have time. 3d) foil arbcitcn, roerm id) Beit fyabe. I am willing to work when I have 3d) will arbeiten, roenn id) 3eit fyafo, time. Wilt thou go to school to-morrow ? SStrft bu morgen in tic ©d)ule gefyen 1 I shall not go ? for I am not well. 3d) nxrbe md)t gc^cn, benn id) bin ntd)t roofy. Will your brother drink this beer? SGBtrt) 3^»r SSrubcr bkfeg S5tcr trtnf en ? He will drink of it when he is (gr mtrb bason trtnftn, roenn er bur* thirsty. fttg iff. Shall we go into the garden this SBcrbcn nrir btefen 9?ad)mtttag in afternoon ? t)en ©orten geben ? We shall not go into the garden, 2£tt rocrben ntd)t in ben ©cirten, but to the field. fonbern auf $>a$ gclfc gcben. Will you do it, if I do it ? SBerben (Sic e^ tfjun, n?enn xc^ e^ tt)ue ? 252 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. I shall do it, if you do it. 3d) nxttc e$ tfjun, roenn (Sic eg tftun. Will your brothers love me ? SBerten 3^c SBrubcr mid) lic6en ? They will love you, if you are (Ste n>erben@ie lte&en,tt>enn (Sic gut good and polite. unt) f)6fltd) ftnb* I shall write the letter, although Sdr) wcrbc ben 25rtcf fcf>rei(>en / cbgtcidr) I do not like to do it. id) e$ ntd)t gem tr)ue. Then, tann; though, although, ofcgleici), o6fcl)on (inver.)) to catch (to captivate), fangen* — I caught, id) fing, past part. caught, gefangen, present, id) fange, tu fangfr, er fdngt The cat catches the mouse. £)te $a|e fangt tic 9(ftau& The table caught fire. £)et &ifd) ffng gtuer. The boy has caught a bird. £>ct Jtrtabc r)at etnen 23ogct gefangen. The pupil, ber <2d)u(er; the gate, ba$> Xl)0t> pi tie Sfyore; the bench, tie 23anff pi tie 23dnfe ; the mouse, tie %)lau&, pi the mice, tie9J?dufe; pale, 6ta§; to repeat, roieterfyofen (insep. ver~6)\ to sit, ft|en* — I sat, id) faj$, I have sat, id) fya&e gefeffen; to be- gin, to commence, anfangen* (sep. verb, conjugated like fangen). Have you repeated this lesson. Robert (Sic ticfc Section tuiebcrftett ? I repeat it now. * 3d) rmetcrfjete fte j[e|t. [2Botr. Repeat this word once more. ££teterr)o(cn with the accusative. Do you listen to your teacher? £>6ten ®tc auf Sfyvm £cr)rer? I do listen to him. 3d) fyore auf tf)n. Does the little boy listen to what £ort tcr Heine Jlnafcc auf ta$, wa$ his mother tells him? fctne gutter ifym fagt? He listens to it. (5*r rjott tarauf. The sentence, ter <2a|; the ice, ta6 (£i£; the thing, baling, tie @ad)Cf jo/, tie Singe, tie r £act)en. £>a$ £)ing means, in German, every real existing thing; but tie €rt d) e is generally taken abstractly, in the sense of affair, concern, or purpose; and the plural, tie ©act) en, often signifies effects, baggage, and all things that a person possesses. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 253 SJian fcmn ntd)t alte £)tnge faufen, bte man fterjt. £)et ttaUemfcfye £nak rjat erne rcet£e SEauS; cm f)ubfd)e6 fteines £)ing* liefer £etr fpricfyt t)on 2)mgen, roo* t)cn et mcl>t^ Detftefyt. We cannot buy every thing which we see. The Italian boy has a white mouse; a pretty little thing. That gentleman speaks of things of which he understands no- thing (/• t. of pictures, books, countries, etc.)- That gentleman speaks of things of which he understands no- thing (/. i. about sciences, medicine, laws, etc.). That is quite a different thing (affair). That is my concern. That is nothing to the purpose. He has taken with him all his things (effects). Behind, fyinter; between, jtnifcfyen; at the side of (near, next to), neben; prepositions, governing the dative and accusative. £)et grope S5aum jtefyt Winter tern £)iefer v£>ert fpttcftt son (Sacfyen, roo? t>on er mcfyt* wrfiefyt. 3)aS tft eine gan^ anbete (Sacfye, £)a£ tjt meme (Sacfye. £>a$ gefyort md)t $ur (Sacfie. (Sr r)at atle feme (Sacfyen mttgenom* men. ^aufe. (£r gtng Winter bag £au6. Unfere Sante jap ^rotfd)cn metner ©d)tt>eftcr unt> mm (5r fMlte bag Heine SWabcfyen 5n>tfd>cn metne (Scfyroeftet unb mid). (St fop nekn bem geuer, als id) tot .ftmb nefcen ifm ftcttte. The big tree stands behind the house. He went behind the house. Our aunt was sitting between my sister and me. He placed the little girl between my sister and me. He was sitting near the fire, w 7 hen I placed the child at his side. The prepositions which govern the dative, when rest or a state of permanent locality is implied, and the accusative, when a mo- tion from one place or object to another is denoted, have now all been treated of; they are — In, into, in; upon, auf; on (at the side of), an^ before, ago, ttor; above, u6er; under, tmter; behind, fyinter; between, $roi* fcfyen ; at the side of (near), ne6eru THE IMPERSONAL VERBS. (LESSON 60, CONTINUED.) There are, in German, a number of impersonal verbs to which there are no corresponding ones in English. To succeed, gelingen,* is impersonal, in German, and takes to be, f e i tt, for its auxiliary. Present, it succeeds, e$ getingt; imperf. it succeeded, e$ gelang; perfect, e$ if} gelungen* 22 254 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. I succeed in learning German. (Sg cjetincjt mtr teutfd) $u fcrncn : literally. It succeeds to me to learn German. Has he succeeded in selling the horse 1 He did succeed in it. I am glad. I am sorry. lam very glad that you havecome. I am very sorry that your brother did not find me home. Impersonal verbs occur, in German, which express an intran- sitive action, the subject of which has the form of an object; these are — To be hungry, l)un$em; to be thirsty, burfren ; to be sleepy, fcfyldfern; to shudder, fcfyaubern; to freeze, to be chilled, frieren,* imperf. it froze, e§ fror> perf. e$ l;at gefroren* Sfi c$ trmt gelungen bas spferb $u tictfaufen ? ©6 ifr ir)m Qduncjcn : literally, It did succeed to him. (5$ tft mtr ftcb : literally, It is pleas- ing to me. (SS tfyut mir Setb : literally, It does me harm. [fint>. (5* tjt mir ltd), bafj <§u Qefwrimcn & tfyut mtr fcfjr Sett, tap 3% 23rus tcr mid) nicr>t $u £aufe geftmbcn fyar. I am hungry, he is thirsty, she is sleepy, we shudder, you are chilled, or \ you are very cold, j e$ fyungert mid). e$ turret il)n* e§ fd)ldfert fie. e$ fd)aubert tm£. e§ friert ©ie. The subject, c §j of these impersonal verbs which express a feeling, is generally omitted, and the objects, m i d), bid); i I) rtf i I) r> un^f or e§ bunft mid)* I am hungry. 93tfd) ljungert* Are you thirsty ? £)urfict ©tc ? We are not thirsty but sleepy. Un$ turftct mcfyt, akv un$ fcfjlafcrt. He shudders when he thinks of it. Sfyn fcfcauberr, roenn er taran bcnrt. Art thou hungry ? I am not hungry, but I am very cold. She was very thirsty. Methinks I have seen your hat in the garden. We were chilled. He has been very cold. ^mngcrt bid) ? Sfttcrj fjuncjert md)t, afcet mid) friert fe&r. (Sic burfktc fef)r. 9Jad) bunft id) r)a&e Sftrcn £ut in tern (Garten gejefyen. Un6 fror* Sfjn fjat fcr)r cjefroreru Instead of 1 am cold, mid) frierf> we may say e§ ifr mir Paltf or mir ifr fa If, which expresses the feeling in a less degree than mid) friert THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 255 Are you cold ? 3ft Sfaen fait ? We are not cold. ItnS if! ntd)t fait. You are cold. Sfynen ift fait. I am warm. (S* ift mtr warm, or nut tft warm. Is your sister cold 1 3ft 3fout ©d&wejtet fait ! She is cold. 3&t tft fait. I am too warm in this room. Sfltt tft e$ su worm in btefem3immct. My hands ape cold. 9J?eine £cmbe finb fait, or mtr ftteten tie £dnbe. The verb to freeze, ftieten> is not impersonal when it ex- presses a condition ; as — The water freezes. £)a$ Staffer friert. It froze last night. (5s fror lekte 9?ad)t. It has not frozen much last win- (5$ fyat r-ertgen Winter ntd)t met ges ter ; we have but little ice. frcrcn ; rotr fyaben nur roenig (5i$. The river is frozen. £)er glufi tft gefroren. 2£ann rotrb 3&t Dbetm son Cenbcn jutueffommen ?' 3d) rocip nid)t, roann cr jutueffemmen rotrb, abcr td) glaufce, er roirb ben gan^cn SBintcr bcrt 6Ceis ben. 3d) benfe roir roerben moreen fd)6ne£ SBetter fyakn, benn e$ r)at fcfyon btet Stage getegnct. 8GBit roerben biefen ©emmer #1 unfeter &ante auf bag Canb geftcn ; unfer better unb unfere fflt&fim roerben aud) bafyin fommen, unb unfere gan$e gamtfte roirb bann r>eretnigt fein. .Unfere &age fangt atle Stfdufe, bie in ben $ef femmen. £)cr $nat>e r)at bicfen 23egct in bem ©ars ten 3«ufd)cn ben g)prfidr)udumen gefangen. 3d) fange an mctnen Cer)rcr $u t>erftef)en, roenn er mtt mir beutfel) fpticfyt, obgletd) id) nod) mcfyt.fefjt mete SBortcr fenne. 9#eine (g'efyroefter fangt fd)cn an fur^e franjofifefye (Sage ofyne gefytet 3U mad)cn, oogtetd) fie feincn frang6fifcf>cn Ser)rer fjat ; fie (emt e$ in ber a$ #au$ gefyen. £flid) bunft e$ roirb nur roemg regnen ; rotr roclten un£ unter ben groflen SBaum ftcflen. ($S fing bicfen 2Binter fcr)r frur) gu frieren an ; rotr fatten fd)on (Si$ tm Stoemfcer* $art r)at mete £)inge gcternt, abet er r)at nod) mcr)t anges fangen einen guten ©eoraud) ba»cn $u mad)en. ££ir muffen nur £)inge anfangen, bte roir aud) kenbigen f onnen. 3Bo ift grdulein Sardine ? ©ic fi|t an bem Sifcfye, unb roieberfyelt bie Ucbungen. 2$ieberl)olen Bie niemals 3 bte Scctiencn'? 3d) roiebetfyefe fie atle Sage, benn man mup e$ tr)un, roenn man etne frembe (Sptacfye ternen roitl. 3d) roieber^cle es Sftnen ncd) einmat : Bk muffen auf ba^ (jorcn, rr>a$ 3^t Setter 3r)nen fagt, cber es rotrb 3^nen niemals geltngen, etne <£ad)i gut unb odtfemmen ^n ternen. SQBtt faflen" in bem ©arten Winter bem £aufe, $t»tfd)cn ben $m\ gref'en 2(epfeU baumen, unb fprad)en »cn ber 3urucffunft unferer Sante, al^ bte fleinen ^inber, bie neben un^ fpietten, cine Dame 6emcrften, bie in i>a$ ^au^ ging; e^ roar unfere Sante, t)cn ^cx rott fo ekn gefptoc^en fatten, ©ute ^inbet 256 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. muffen auf attcg fyoren, wa£ ifjre ©tern ifyncn fagen. £ort ber Heine £nabe auf t>a^ mas fein Sruber tfym fagf! @r f)6rt barauf. 3d) fjabe niemats cmf btcfen Wlcmn gc^ort, benn er fpricfyt nid)t tmmer bie SBafyrfyeit. (Mingt es Sfjnen btefe fatten (Sage ausnxnbia, $u ternen ? (§S gcltngt mir, roenn id) fie oft rcieberljote. ©elang eS SfttemDbeim feme atten g)ferbe $u vets faufen ? (£S tft tfym gelungen fie gu t>erfaufen, aber er f)at fie auf (Srebtt Mtfauft. (S£ gclingen unS nic^t alle ©inge, meldje tt>ir anfangen. .ftonnen ©e fiber biefe S3anf fpringen ? 3d) Fjabe e$ oft Berfudjt, aber e$ ift mir titemaUl getungen. 2)er engltfcfye $aufmann fyat feinen Coffer mit alien feinen (Sacfyen ttertoren ; id) glaube e$ ttrirb ttjm nid)t geUngen tfyn nucber$u* ftnben. (S6 tfyut mir fefyr teib, benn id) roeip, er ift few reicfyer SWann (baft er fein reicfyer 9#ann ift). (5$ ift mir lieb, ba$ id) nlid^ fefyr fd)nett. (S3 fjat lejrte 9?ad)t ftarf gefroren ; bat £Baffer in bem £ofe ift ttotlfommen cjefroren. We shall go to Baltimore to-morrow, if the weather is fine. My brother will bring you the German book this evening, although he has not yet finished it. Wilt thou carry my boots to the shoe- maker, or shall the servant take them? I will carry them to the shoemaker, but not this moment; I shall go this afternoon to the post, and at the same time I shall take the boots with me. It is very clear this evening, but I think we shall have some rain to-morrow. No, madam ; it will not rain to-morrow, for we have much dew this evening. We shall not have many peaches this autumn, and they will be very dear. Will my teacher be satisfied when I know how to make these sentences right ? He will be satisfied with you, for I know you will write them well. I shall pay for the goods which the French merchant has sent me, though T am not quite satisfied with them. Do not put the cups on the floor; they will break. I shall be very happy to see your sister soon again. Will the ser- vants have time to-morrow, to clean the whole house ? They will have time, for they shall do all the work to-day which we want for to-morrow. Our little dog has caught a mouse in the garden ; it is THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 257 playing with it. The peasant who brings us the milk every morn- ing, catches many birds in his fields, which he sells when he comes to the market. I have a mind to catch the yellow cat which comes always into our yard, for I do not like cats. Let the poor cat be; you have other things to do. When will you repeat your lesson % I shall repeat it as soon as I have dined. Repeat once more this sentence ; I have not understood it. You must always repeat the words which you have learnt by heart, or you will soon forget them. You must now begin to work * you have played long enough. I have already finished my task, and thou hast not yet begun yours. My father never begins a thing which he does not finish. We should never begin a thing which we do not understand. My friend Paul began to take lessons in French, but he gave it up because he found it too difficult. He is wrong : he knew before he began that he could not learn French in three months. My cousin always repeats a lesson before he begins to learn another one. We have not yet repeated our exercises, but I shall repeat them as soon as my sister comes from school. I now know all the words perfectly well by heart, for I repeated them before I began to write these sentences. Does the boy listen to his mother ? He listens to her, for he is a good child, and he does every thing that his mother tells him. Will you listen to me ? I will listen to you ; but you must not speak too fast. Does your brother listen to what his father tells him ? He does listen to it. Why do you listen to that man % he is speaking of bad things. I did not listen to him, and I was standing too far off to understand him. One must not listen to every thing that people tell, for they tell many things w r hich are not true. Do these pupils listen to their teacher ? They listen to him, and they ask him if they do not understand what he tells them. Did you listen to the beautiful music last night] I did listen to it, but I could not under- stand it perfectly, for the music was too far from our house. We listen to our German teacher, for it is clear one cannot learn a foreign language without listening to his teacher. All the things which our uncle showed me were very pretty, and he insisted upon my taking one of his little birds which sang very beautifully; but I thanked him for his kindness, for I know he likes them very much. We must never speak of things which we do not understand. Put all your things into the bureau before you go out, because I do not wish the children to play with them, and perhaps break something. When Mr. White meets me, he always speaks of things of which I do not like to hear. The soldiers carry all their things with them, 22* 258 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. for they have not too many. His aunt will depart to-morrow for New York : she takes all her things with her, in four very heavy trunks. What is the matter with you ? you look very pale. I am cold ; I was obliged to stand a long while in the street. You are sitting at the table ; why do you not write ? I cannot write well, if my sister does not sit near me. The children were sitting one hour on their bench; their mother made them repeat their lesson. I was sitting on one of the green benches of our gar- len, and the black dog was lying at the side of me, when I heard some noise — the dog rose — I looked behind me, and I perceived a strange man between the trees, whom I had never seen before ; he walked slowly behind the house, opened the gate, and went away without saying a word. I was last night at my sister-in-law's ; there w r as a very large company : I was sitting between Miss Louisa and Miss Caroline ; we were speaking very much of Schiller's Maria Stuart, and Miss Louisa repeated some beautiful sentences, with her fine clear voice. There are no apples this year on the big apple-tree behind our house. I already succeed in writing some German sentences, without one mistake. My nephew does not succeed in selling his horse, for it is too old. Have you succeeded in buying a good French dictionary ? I did succeed in it ; I found a very good one in Mr. Smith's bookstore. You will succeed in learning the German language, but you must not lose courage. Send the servant up-stairs. I do not succeed in lighting the fire. I am very sorry that you have not succeeded in finding out the Scotch- man who owes you the money; perhaps I shall succeed in it. I am very glad that you have come in time to hear my niece sing. You do not succeed in finding your pocket-book : methinks I saw it in the drawer of your bureau, yesterday. I am hungry ; let us go home to take our dinner. You are thirsty; why do you not drink ? I am not thirsty, but hungry. Is your brother hungry 1 He is hun- gry and thirsty, for he has been at the river the whole day. Are you sleepy? methinks you do not understand what I tell you. I am not sleepy, but I have a very violent headache. We are chilled in your room ; why have you not got a fire lighted ? I am not cold, for I have walked very fast. My father is never cold in the winter, for he wears warm clothing. I shudder when I think that I am to go so far in this cold night. Is your sister cold ? she looks very pale. She is not cold, but she has the toothache. You are chilled; you must drink a cup of warm tea. It has frozen last night ; I have seen ice in the street this morning. We shall not have much ice this THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 259 winter, for the river is not yet frozen, and the spring will soon begin. My room is very cold ; the water near the chimney was frozen last night. It did freeze yesterday, but to-day it is thawing. It does not usually freeze much in this country, but this winter the river is completely frozen. He could not succeed in borrowing money at London, for he had no friends there. My uncle is sorry that you* never come to see him; he asked me the day before yesterday when I had seen you the last time. I told him that I had seen you last Monday, and that you were sick. I am very glad to hear that you have found your purse which you had lost. We are sorry that you cannot find a good and honest servant. My aunt is very glad that your niece has succeeded in learning the German and French languages. SIXTY-THIRD LESSON. — Qtei ttttfc fe^^tgfte Section* THE SECOND FUTURE TENSE. I shall have had, id) roerbe ger;a6t fya&ert. thou wilt have been, bit mirfr gemefen feiru he will have worked, er roirb gearbeitet fya&eru we shall have written, rcir n>ert>en gefcfyrieben t)a6eru you will have gone, efter roar in bem ©arten fell over a bench. unb ftel fiber cine SSanf. The boy has fallen from the chair, ©cr$nabetjlt>onbcm@turjlegefatten. Thou wilt fall down, if thou dost £)u nnrft fjinfatten, roenn bu md)t not go slowly. fangfam Qcf^ft. I fell down when I came out of 3d) pel f)in, at6 id) au£ bem #efe the yard. fam» The little girl has fallen down the 3)ct6 Heine £)2abd)en tft bie Sreppe staircase. fjinuntcrgcfallcn. All people fell on their knees. Wit Scute ftelen auf bie Jtntce. Do you drop something? £af[en &c etruaS fallen? I have dropped my pocket-hand- 3d) fabe mein @d)nupftud) fallen kerchief. laffert. He dropped his knife. ($r licp fein gjjeffer fallen* To send for (to get fetched), fyolen (affen* Do you go for (fetch) some water 1 £elcn ©ie SQBaffcr ? No • I send for some. Sflctn, id) laffe tt)e(d)e$ r)olen. He did send for the physician, (§r licp ben 2Cr$t ^olen, benn er war because he was sick. franf* Your uncle has sent for me. 3r)r £)r)etm fyat mid) r)o(cn laffen. Around (about), UJIt; a preposition^ governing the accusative. We are sitting around the table. £Btr fi$en um ben &tfd). The stranger went around the £)cr gtembe gtncj um ben &ird)f)of. churchyard. To beg, to ask for, 6ittettf* with the preposition um> and the person in the accusative : Imperf. I asked, I begged, id) bat} Perf. I have asked, begged, id) \)abt ge6eten. to allow, to permit, erlau&en; the permission, bie (5rfau6nij$; the pardon, bie QSerjei^ung. The boy begs money of me. 3)cr jtnabe btttct mid) um ©elb. What did the servant beg of you ? Um nxi* (rcarum) bat tc(5r(aubnt^tcfcn2(bcnb go to the theatre this evening. in bas Sweater $u gefyen* For what has your nephew asked Urn roag (roarum) F>at 3fyr S?effc * takes the verb to be, feitv for its auxiliary : Pres. id) fafyre, fc>u fdfyrfr, er fdfyrt; Imperf. I rode in a carriage, id) fufyr; Per/*. I have ridden in a carriage, id) bin gefafyren. To ride orc horseback, reiten>* takes the auxiliaries to be, fein> and to have, fyaben (see Appendix) : Imperf. I rode on horseback, id) ritt; Per/*. I have ridden, id) bin genttenr or id) fyabe gerttten. We take a ride (in a carriage) to our aunt every afternoon. I was going (in a carriage) yes- terday, when I met your brother. My father has gone (in a carriage) to the next village. Do you like to ride in a carriage? I do like to ride in a carriage, but my sister likes to ride on horse- back. Our cousin rides on horseback every day, one hour before breakfast. He rode his new black horse yes- terday. My brother has gone on horse- back to Knoxville. Sffitt fafjren jeben 9?ad)mtttag $u un* fctct Scmte. 3d) fufjr geftern, aU id) Sfjrcn 23ru* bcr begegncte, SKctn SSatcr ift nad) tern nad)ften £)crfe gefafyren. gafjtcn (Sic germ 3d) fafyre gcrrt, abet meine c bcute brei (Stunbcn gcrtttcn. ttnfcrc 9?td)te r)at r)cutc unfer roeijkS gpfert) gcrtttcn. 262 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. The verb leave, la f fen/* must be translated into German by t>ertaffen> when to leave is used in the sense of to quit to abandon. Will you already leave us? I leave you at present, but I shall be here again very soon. He left his wife and went to London. Mr. Smith has left his family, and has gone to California, to seek his fortune there. SG&etten r bait) wtebcr fjter fetn* (5r Dccltep feme grau unt gtng nad) Conbon. #ett (Scfymibt f>at fctne ganulte t>er* foffen, unt) tft nad) (Sattfornten ge- gangen, urn tort fetn ©(fief $u fudjen. The family, tie $amilie ; the happiness, the fortune, the good luck, ta$ ©lucf ; the misfortune, the bad luck, ba£ UngtiidE 5 the boat, ta§ 23oot; hardly, scarcely, faum; dark, bunfel; some- where, anywhere, irgenbroo; some whither, irgenb roofyin; no- where, nirgenbS, or nirgenb; no whither, nirgenb roofyin. I have seen your umbrella some- 3d) fyafte Sfyten 3tegenfd)trm irgenbwo where, but I do not know where You ask me whither you shall go : go anywhere, only go out, for you are not well. I can find my hat nowhere : have you seen it anyw 7 here ? My sister is at home : she has gone nowhere. gefefyen, abet id) wctp nid)t roc ©te fragen mid) rookie fytngerjen feflcn, gefyen <&k trgenb wofytn, nur gefyen ©tc attf, benn ©te ftnb md)t wof)U 3d) fann metnen£ut nirgenb* ftnben ; $abm Sie t r)n nitgcnbwo gefefyen ? 9#etne (Scfywefiet tft $u £aufe ; fte ijx mrgcnbwofyin gegangen. A principal sentence begins, in German as in English, with the subject; as — I will now write. His father arrives to-morrow. He has probably not known it. My brother had scarcely time to get up. You must show my letters to nobody. 3d) will nun fdjteifren* c r 3ett auf? jufte&ctu THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 263 My letters you must show to 93?eine SBrtefc muffcn @ie $u 9?ie* nobody. manb ^ctgcn* This is called the inversion of the subject in principal sen- tences, and must be distinguished from the inversion of the copula in subordinate sentences. (See Less. 54, and Appendix.) 3d) benFe id) nxrbe ben 33-ricf beenbigt fyafcen, cbc eg bunFel ift, benn id) febreibe nicbt gem bet £id)t. £Bir nxrben gefpetf't fyaben, efye (Sic Den bet g>oft $urucf femmen. SOBatum fyaben (Sic nid)t bte. *Ked)nung fertig ? tie ^auflcutc rocrben abgercipt fein, roenn (Sie tbnen tie SKedjnung fd)icfen roerben. fatten erlieren, roenn (Ste fie immer in bem £ute tragen. Unfere ^cdjinn (apt geroebnttcb ctroag fallen, roenn fte bag 93iittags effen beraufbringt. £crr Scbmibt liep fetn Safcbcnbud) fallen, alb er »cn ber SBanF Fam, abcr ein efjrudjct Jlnabe fycb eg auf unb gab eg ifjm aurucf. a$ man Faum ctroag fct>cn fann. £affcn 8te 3W ^tnber aug ber (Scbule belen ? 3d) laffe fte fjetcn, bag SBcttcr mag gut cber fd)led)t fein, benn id) laffe fie nid)t gern allein gefyen. Z£a$ (apt ber gfraryeje bclcn ? (5r (apt feinen SBagen fyolcn, benn er mill auf la* £anb fatjren. ££ir lieffen geftern ein (Stucf Jleifd) t?en bem 5J?arFte l)den, benn unfer Jleifcber fjattc t>ergcffen ung roelcbcg $u fd)icfen. ©cine Santc fyat ben Sabnaqt fjelen laffen, benn graulein (Sepbie fjattc fjeftige 3af)nfd)mcr^en. Pollen Sie ben Ttxfi fyeten ? 3d) Fann md)t auggeben, abcr id) roerbe if>n belen laffen, tvenn (Sic eg rounfeben. 3d) bitte (Ste nad) bem DoFtor £lein $u fenben, benn id) babe ein befe^ &nie ; id) ftel ate id) bic Srcppe l)tnaufging. 3d) bitte <§k urn cinen 23egcn papier ; id) wfin* fd)e ein Met $u fd)reiben. bitten eld)c£, tvenn id) eg braud)e. Urn wag (warum) bittet bicfer 5Qjann 3()ren $$atet? (Sr bittet i^n urn fein $)fcrb ; er wunfd)t bicfen 9^ad)mittag nad) bem ndd)ften 5)crfc $u reiten. ^err S55ctf? bat mid) um cinen $Kegcnfd)irm, abcr id) fennte il)m nid)t ben meinigen leif)en, benn id) fennte ibn ntd)t finben. 3d) glaubc (Sic Ijabcn meinc Jcber genemmen. 3d) bitte um aSer^eifyung, id) babe fte nid)t genommen ; fucben Sic fte, fte mup irgenbwo tiegen. er* gctbung, icb b^bc eg nicbt gern gctban. Um uoa$ fyat ber Stubent @ie gebes ten ? (Sr bat um bic (Srrtaubnip in unferen ©arten $u gel)cn ; fein 5Hccf wax 264 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. fiber ben 3aun gefatfen* (Srfauben @ic mix Sfynen baei (SJem&tbc meineS •greunbeg $u aeigen ; er fyat eg mir gegeben er)c er biefe ©tabt ucrtaflfen r)at. £)er £nabe lief urn bag £aug, unb cr pel/ roett eg $u bunfel roar. SOBtt fafyren ftcute auf bag Canb ; rcetten (Sic mitfommen ? (£g tfjut nur fcfjt Ccib, aber id) mup $u £»aufc bleiben, benn mein SSatcr ift nad) Stfeuberf ges ttttcn* Unfere &ante unb ifyre &6d)tet fufyrcn geftern nad) bem Canbfyaufe- meineg 93aters ; id) unb mein -Bruber roaren fd)on ben Sag t-orfyer babin gerttten. SBir pnb fycute in bem fd)6nen 23oote beg engUfdjen Jtapttang ben glup fytnuntergefafyren, $l\xn muff id) ©ie Derlaffen, aber id) t>er(affe @ie ntd)t auf (fur) immer* £>ag ©{fid t>etfafjt ung eft fd)netler aU roir eg glau* bem 2)ag ttnglucf btefer gamitie ift grog ; bie Gutter ift alt unb franf, unb bie JUnber pnb nod) $u Ftctn urn t>tet arbciten $u fonnen. £>ann rootlen wit tfmen tag(id) (alte Sage) etrcag $u effen fdncfen. ©eftern begegncte id) Sfyre £ftid)te, aber id) ^abe nid)t nut tf)t gefprecfyen. Jlaum fa!) £err (Sd)roar$ meinen SSater, a(g er ifyn bei ber £anb nabm, unb ifm bat mit ifym nad) fet? ncm®arten $u gefyen* £art fjat mid) nid)t urn mein beutfd)eg <8ud) gcbeten ; cr fragte mid) nur roc id) eg gefauft Fjattc ; roafyrfefyeinltd) fjat er t>a^> fcinige tterloren. We shall go into the country to-morrow, if the weather is good ; and I think we shall have much pleasure. You will always find me at home, if you will come in the afternoon. He will soon find that, with all his money, he never will be happy. I shall ask Miss Caro- line, as soon as I shall meet with her, why she has not come to see you. Thou wilt soon perceive, my dear child, that thou must learn to speak well before thou art able to read. The soldiers will arrive this afternoon, and we shall go to see them when you shall have finished your exercises. Mr. Brown will depart to London when the people shall have paid him what they owe him. Your watch will soon be worth nothing, if you will always play with it. We shall take a walk to-day, for I think it will rain to-morrow. You think it will rain, but I think it will snow, for it is very cold. We shall have dined before our nephew returns from Baltimore. My sister will have finished the note before you go to the post. She will show me the note when she has written it. You will fall if you do not take a light, for it is dark in my room. Do not let the little child go alone ; it may fall. This child never falls when it goes slowly. Our servant has a sore knee; he fell yesterday when he was going into the cellar. You look sad; what is the matter with you? I have fallen, and I have broken the new lamp. When did you fall 1 I fell down when I was going into the kitchen for some THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 265 oil. I know our niece has fallen, for she has a sore hand ; but she will tell it to nobody. Do not go out this evening without a servant; you will easily fall down, for it is very dark and there is much ice in the street. Madam, you have dropped your pocket-handkerchief; that poor woman has picked it up. I thank you, sir; she may keep it, for it is not worth much. This boy drops every thing that he has in his hands. I dropped my watch yesterday, when I took off my coat, but it is not broken. I have dropped my pocket-book on the staircase ; will you have the kindness to go for it ? I have already picked it up; here it is. Will you send for some water? I am thirsty. I have sent for some beer; the servant must soon be here with it. We send for our children ; they have been long enough at their aunt's. The tailor did not bring my black coat, though he had promised me to send it early ; I was waiting until eight o'clock, and was obliged to send for it, for we expected company at half past eight. My father sent for our physician last evening, for he had a violent headache and was very sick; but Doctor Smith was not at home and we were obliged to send for another physician. It is very dark in your house, one may fall in coming in ; why have you not a lamp lighted ! We have no gas in our house, and the girl has forgotten to get some oil; but now I have sent for some. I expect you will have finished your task when I shall have returned from the store, for you shall have nothing for supper if you have not done it. Mr. White insisted upon my going with him and seeing his family ; but when we arrived at his house his family had gone out, and I remained with him until eleven o'clock without seeing either his wife or his daughter. I went around the house, but I could not find the door, for it was too dark. The children were running around the trees in order to catch the cat, but they could not get it. I beg you for your pencil, for I have lost mine. He asks me for money every time he sees me. We ask you for a sheet of paper; we want it to copy the sentences which we have written at school. The stranger begs an umbrella of me, for it rains. I met you in the street yesterday, but you would not see me. I beg your pardon, sir; I cannot see well, because I have sore eyes. What does the poor peasant ask you for? He asks me for a piece of bread, and for a glass of water. Does he not also ask you for a piece of meat? He is asking me for it. What does the little girl ask your mother ? She is begging some flowers which she has seen in the garden. Mr. Black asked 23 266 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. me yesterday for his bill ; he wishes to pay it. I thought he had already paid it to you; it is more than six months since you sold him the goods. I beg your pardon ; he bought the goods only three months ago. My sister begs me for a pen every day, for she always ]oses hers; she begged yesterday for two, but I gave her only one. What did Chjarles ask you for? He asked me for six cents to buy some cakes. Did you ask the French merchant for a pair of silk gloves when you were at his store? I did ask him for them. I asked the student for his new German book; he promised to give it to me, but he asked me when I intended to return it to him, for he does not like to lend his books a long time. I have asked you already more than three times to come to see me, but you have not yet kept your promise. What have you asked your mother for? I have begged of her a new coat. Why have you not asked your father for it? I would not ask him for it, because he does not like us to (that we) ask for any thing ; he always gives us what we want without begging. Miss Louisa, will you allow me to send these flowers to your house ? I will give you the permission most willingly, for you know too well that I like flowers very much. Our uncle would not allow his son to go to the theatre, but he went there with- out his permission. He has done wrong, for children are never to go out without the permission of their parents. Our father never allows us to go to the theatre without his or our mothers company, although we are no more very young. How old are you ? I am nearly fourteen years old. I could hardly believe that your brother had bought a horse, for his uncle always lends him his when he wants to take a ride. My brother wishes to have his own horse, for he likes to ride every day. Whither does he usually go on horseback? Formerly, he rode to our aunt in the country; but now he is riding to White village ; one of his friends is living there. I rode our new black horse. My nephew has gone on horseback to Blackstown, but I do not like to ride so far, for I am not a very good rider. We shall ride (in a carriage) to-day to Bergen ; will you go with us ? With much pleasure, for I like to ride (in a carriage), although it is a little far. I ride (in a carriage) every morning, but my sister will never go with me, for she likes to ride on horseback. My aunt took a ride (in a carriage) yesterday and returned only late in the evening. Have you ever gone (in a carriage) to Newtown? 4he country is very beautiful. No, sir; I have never been there. Look how quietly that little boat goes down the river. You have tried THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 267 your new boat yesterday ; did you go up or down the river? We were going down as far as Greenwood. Why will you already leave us; yon have hardly arrived. I must leave you this time so soon, for we take our dinner at half past two. Miss Brown left the city last week ; she has gone to the country. Where has she gone to ? She has gone somewhere, but I do not know the name of the village. It is a great misfortune when all our friends leave us; but it is a still greater misfortune, when a father leaves his family in order to seek his fortune in a foreign country. I have seen your brother and sister-in-law in London, and I have left them with the promise to return soon. I have left my cane somewhere; have you not seen it 1 I have not seen it anywhere, for I have not left my room since yesterday. I will take a walk; will you go with me? Whither will you go? We will go anywhere; just as you like. You must go nowhere ; you have to stay at home and learn your lesson by heart. Now I have done my work, and you will allow me to go out. To-day you cannot go out; you know that our uncle arrives. Scarcely had he said that, when we heard his voice on the staircase. Never shall I forget what you have done for me ; all my happiness I have to thank you for. Now you may go, but come back soon, for you know your father will go (in a carriage) with you into the country this afternoon. His kindness I shall never forget. '-Now," said he, "let us talk of some other things." SIXTY-FOURTH LESSON. — SSiet Uttfc fe$§J%#e Section* To become, roerben. Pres. id) werbe, bu mirft, er roirb, n>ir rnerben, ic; Irnperf. I became, id) murbe; Perf. I have become, id) Din geroorben. The neuter verb to become, r» e r b e n, must be distinguished from the auxiliary roerben, with which the future tense is formed (see Lesson 62). It takes the auxiliary verb to be, f e t n, for its compound tenses, and has the noun which follows in the nominative. Become, roerbcn, has, besides the imperfect I became, id) murbe, a second imperfect for the singular — icf) watt), t)\i U) a r b fr, e r xv a r b ; but it is seldom used and almost obsolete. 268 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. What has become of yourbrother? He has turned sailor. It grows (becomes) evening. What will become of me ! My nephew fell sick, but he soon recovered again. It became late before we could find him. What has become of your neigh- bor's son I He has become a lawyer. I do not know what has become of him. ££a$ ift cmsSftrcm SBrubcrgeroorbcn? (St ift cm gjjatrefe geroorbcn. (Ss ix>irt> 2C0cnt). ££as rutrt) aus mtr roerben ! 97?cm 9?cffc routbc franf, abcr cr if! bait) gcfunb gerocrben. (§6 wurbe (pat, efyc tvtr ibn finbcn fennteru ££a$ ift au$ bem^ofyne SfyrcS 9?acl)' bars gercerben ? (5r ift cm 2Ct>t?ofat Cjcrcorben. 3d) tt>ct§ ntd)t was cm$ tfym a/roor? ben ift. The progress, ber $ortfd)rittf generally used in the plural, tie $ortfd)ritte; the lawyer, ber 2(bt)ofat; the newspaper, t>ie 3et* lung; the will, ber 2Bille; lately, neuttcfy, furjlid); alone, attein; certain, certainly, i^ ; to fear, fiird)ten; blind, bfinb; lame, lafym; to call, rufert* — imperf. I called, id) rtef, per/. I have called, id) fyabe gerufen. Towards, tbet> against, which always denotes hostility, or in opposition to. Will you read to-day ? s newspaper? SBcftcrt Sic bte bentta/ Settling tefen ? It is already too dark ; I can see (£$ ift fd)cn $u bunEcl; td) fann nid)t$ nothing. Bo you fear to meet Mr. Weed ? I do not fear him ; I met him lately, and he was very kind towards me. I fear only a certain man. Who is this man, and what has he against you ? I shall come to see you towards evening. You probably know that my uncle has departed. Certainly; I know it. It is certain that he is an honest man. mcf)t feben. [ncn? gurd)ten ©te £errn 2Beeb $u begeg* 3d) furd)tc tfjn ntd)t ; id) begegnete tfym neuttd), unb cr tvar fefyr ^utig gcgen mid). 3d) furcbtc nur etnen genujjen 93?ann. £Ber ift biefer $flcmn, unb roa6 bat cr tt)tbcr <&u ! 3d) nxrbc . (£t> ift gennj-i, bap cr ctn ef;r(tcf)ct SMcmn ift. Sure, fid)crf ger»i£; to be sure, e§ iji fid)er, or e£ ifi gewig. I am sure of it. 3d) bin gemtj}, or id) bin beffen grtDtfe I go out to-day against my will. 3cb gefye beutc nnber metnen SBMttcn aus. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 269 We must not only love our friends, but we must always be kind to our enemies. Why do you come alone? I feared to bring my sister with me, for it is very dark in the street. Whom do you call % I call your brother ) is he alone ? He is reading, and quite alone in his room. I called him. but he would not hear me. You have called me ) w T hat do you wish ? I have called you in order to give you the newspaper. Have you seen Mrs. Brown lately? I saw her the day before yester- day ; she called me in order to show me her little white dog. The good man has nothing to fear. 2£ir muffen ntcbt mtt unfcrc Jreunbc licftcn, fonbern retr mujjen cuid) guttg gegen unfcrc gctnbe fcttu SBavum femmett 6w atlcin ? Scb furd)tete metne (2'cbivejlcr mityt? bringcn, benn c6 tft fefyr bunfcl in t)cr Strajje. S&cn rufen (Sic ? 3d) rufe Sbten Srubcr ; tft cr attcin ? @r It eft, tint) cr tft oanj attctn in fcU ncm Simmer; Set) ricf tfjn, after cr rcottte mid) ntd)t (jorcn. fmen Mc Settung &u geften. [gefeben ? £aftcn @ie Htqftcf) £Rabam SBraun 3d) bafte fie &crgeftern gefeben ; jte ricf mid), um mtr iftrcn Etetnen metfjen 4bunt) $u §eigen. ©cr ©ute fjat ntd)t$ $u furd)tcm Not only plural, as in English, but also singular nouns may be formed from all adjectives; thus — the lame man, ber Safyme, plural, the lame, tie ?af)men. the wicked man, ber SBcfe? " the wicked, tie SBoferu the blind person, ber QMtnbef " the blind, tie QMtnben. The nouns thus derived, however, have the declension of ad- jectives ; and hence — the poor man, ber %xrw f the rich man, ber 9vetcbe f the German, ber Eeutfcfye, the servant, ber 33ebientef the learned man, ber ©elefyrtCf the clergyman, ter ®ei]Hicbe> the relation, ber SSerrcanbte; a poor man, ein firmer, a rich man, un SKeicber* a German, etu ©eutfd)er. a servant, em 33ebienter. a learned man, ein @elel)rter. a clergyman, ein ©eifili ber. a relative, ein SBenvanbter, The last five nouns are, in German, formed from the adjec- tives : German, beutfeb; served, bebtent; learned, gefel;rt; cleri- cal, geijrlict); related, t>ermanbt. The rich man must give money to the poor man, Rich people must give money to the poor. A blind man is unhappier than a lame man. 23* £)ct JRcicftc muj} bem 2Crmcn G3c(b geftcn, Die 9?ctd)cn muffen ben 2Crmcn ©etb geben, (Sin SSUnber tft ung(uc!(td)cr ati tin Safymcr. 270 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Mr. White is a scholar, but he is no clergyman. He is a relation of mine. He is one of my relations. Miss Green speaks of her dresses, as soon as she sees me. As soon as Miss Green sees me, she speaks of her dresses. £crr SKetp iff em (Meljrter, after er ift texn ©etjt(td)er* (Sr tft em £3em>anbtet t>cn mir, (St if! etnet meiner 23em>anbten. grautem ©run fpricht t>on ifjrcn JUet* bern, fo Mb mte fie mid) fier)t. (So ba(b mie grautein ©run mid) fierjt, fprid)t fie t>en ifjren JUeibern. In the preceding lesson, it is stated that when a principal sen- tence begins with any other word than the subject, the subject is placed after the copula. The same inversion of the subject takes place when a subordinate sentence is placed before the principal one. When I was in London, I saw him every day. Although Mr, Klein has paid us, my father will not sell to him on credit any more. 7li$ id) in Conben nxuvfaf) id) ifyn atte Sage, £)bg(cid) £>etr Mem un$ fcegar)ft bar, raid m e i n 23 a t c r i f)m nid)t mef)t auf (Srebtt wrfaufem To please (to suit), gefattetv* governs the dative of the person. Pres. id) gefatte, t>u gefdttjr, er gefattt; Imperf. I pleased, id) geftel ; Per/. I have pleased, id) fyabe gefattem I know I do not please him. Does that music please you 1 It pleases me much. The horse did not please him, and he sold it. Has the book pleased you ? It has not pleased me very much. How does this room suit you 1 It does not suit me much. Do these horses suit your bro- ther ? They do not suit him ; they are too small. 3d) meip id) gefatte ifym nid)t. ©efattt Srmen biefe gjiufil? as gbfert) gefxet tfym nid)t, unt> er tterfaufte c& £at Srmen bag 2$ud) gefatten ? (&$ tjat mir nid)t fefjr gefatten. SQBie gefattt Sfmen biefe* Simmer ? (56 gefattt mir nid)t fcr>r. ©efatten Sfjrem SSrubct biefe $>fet? be? @te gefatten tfym md)t; fie finb au flcin. To be pleased, gefatten,* is given, in German, by the impersonal form : — Pres. e$ gefattt; imperf. e£ gefiel; perf e6 f;at gefatten. 2Bte gefattt e$ Snnen bier? How are you pleased here ? I am pleased very much in this agreeable company. Was your sister pleased to wait so long a time for mine ? She was not pleased. (£$ gefdttt mir fef)t in biefer ange* nehmen ©efellfcbafr. ©eftel e$ Sftrer^dttvefret- fclange auf bte metnige gu roarten ? (St> geftet tt)r nicl)t. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 271 Were you pleased at the concert, yesterday ? I was much pleased. £at Sfjnen geftctn ba$ (5on$crt gc* fallen ? ©6 \)at mit fcf>r gefattcti* To 6e pleased with, must often be translated by juftiefce tt fei ttf to &e satisfied. Are you pleased with your new f ©cfdllt Sfynen Sftt ncucr 9?ocf ? or, ( 8tnt) (Sic mit Sfomn neuen SKocfc $us @t gcfdllt mir nid)t. [fcic^cn ? Scb bin nid)t bamit gufrtcben* f 2Ba$ gefdltt Sbncn ? or, ( SBomit finfo ©ie gufcicben ? f 9J?it gefdtft nid)tg ; or, I 3d) bin nut nid)t£ jufriebctu 3ft S&w 9Ud)te mit tfytet Sederunt ^ufrtcben 1 Stteinc Qfacbte tft mit ifyr gufrtcben, fcenn fie bat in fuqct 3ett (EurgUd)) tuele gortfebritte gemacbt. SERit mem ftnt) ©te gufricben ? 3d) bin mit km fletnen 9J?dfc>d)en gufricben ; fie ift fefyr fleipg ges roerfcem ©6 gcfallt mit nid)t ) v c v 1t • ^ shouldstalways 3d) l)aU es nid)t gern V ™L 2 JT J play. 3d) mag md)t J mCr lpm ' T * coat ? It does not please me. I am not pleased with it. With what are you pleased ? I am pleased with nothing. Is your niece pleased w T ith her teacher (female). My niece is pleased with her, for she has in a short time (shortly) made much progress. With whom are you pleased? I am pleased with the little girl; she has become very assiduous. I am not pleased] that thou I do not like The verbs to please and to suit, when they are used impersonally in English, must be translated into German by gef&llig feiru It pleases me j or, it suits me. It did not please him ; or, it did not suithira. It has pleased (suited) her. It will please me. Does it suit your sister to go with us 1 Did it not please your father to go to the prince ? I think it will never please him to go there. If you please. Come to see me soon, if you please. If you please, we will take a walk this afternoon. He may come to-morrow, if it pleases him. What is your pleasure ? (5$ iff mir gefdtltg, (5S mar ifym ntdjt gefdfltg. (£6 iff ir)r gcfdllig gcroefen. (5* mitt) mir gcfalltg fein. 3ft cs Sbver (Scbmefter gcfdllig mit uns su gcr)cn ? 5£at e$ 3brem SSatct nid)t gcfalltg $u bem Jurften $u gel) en ? 3d) benfe c$ n>irt> if)m niematS gc^ fallen fcaljtn ^u gebem SBcrtn C6 3bnen gcfalltg ift; liter: ally, If it is pleasing to you. 23efud)cn (Sic mid) bait), nxnn c$ Sfynen gcfalltg tfc ££cnn es Sbncn gcfdtlig ift, mcllen mir 9?acbmittag fpa^tercn gefyen. (5r farm (mag) mcrgen £cmmcn,mcnn eS tbm gcfalltg ift. ^a* ift 3Nn gcfdllig? 272 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. As you like ; as you please ; at £Bte e£ 2>Fmen gcfatltg ijt» your pleasure. [fig tfU Do just as you please. &r)im <&k gcm$, note C5 Sbnen gefal? 7/* t/0w please is sometimes expressed by the German adverb gefdlltgfr. Will you give me a glass of water, SBotlcn ®tc mtr gcfcitttgft cin ©tag if you please] SBaffer gcben ? Walk in, if you please. ©efyen Sic gcfalltgft btnetn. The favor, t>er ©efallem Will you do me a favor ? SQSollen <&ic mtr etnen (SJefatlen tfjun ? With much pleasure; what one? gfttt wetcm SSergnungen ; roaS fur etnen 1 In Lesson 21, it is mentioned that, in German, the third per- son plural is employed in polite conversation, or in addressing one or more persons, and that for this reason the English you and they are the same in German. But there is, in the German language, a real second person plural, the personal pronoun of which is i \) r, corresponding with the English ye. In the mid- dle ages, this pronoun i \) r was used, as in English, for the polite address to a person, and it now only occurs in that sense when the scene, in poetry or romance, is placed in that period. In the modern language, ye } i\)tf is very seldom employed, and only in addressing more than one person, to each of whom thou, b Uj would be applied ; and hence it) r ia the real plural of the second person singular, thou, bu. This second person plural, in the present tense of verbs, is formed by adding t or et to the root of any verb, either regular or irregular ; as — to have, f)aben> ye have, it)r J)a6t. to be, fein, ye are, ifyrfeib* to love, lieben, ye love, ifyr liebt. to see, fefyen, ye see, \\)X fef)t, to work, urbetterv ye work, tfyr. to become, roerben> ye become, arbeitet. tyr werbet* The second person plural of the imperfect tense is formed by adding t or et to the first person singular; as — ye had, il)r fyattet; ye were, ifyr umret; ye loved, ifyr liebtet; ye saw, il;r fatyt; ye worked, \\)X arbeitetet; ye became, i fyrrtmr M. My dear children, ye must be SKetnc fieben jlmbcr, tf)t muj5t gut good. fettt. If ye work well, ye shall have SOBenn if)t gut arbeitet, follt tr)r tfepfel some apples. V)aben* Ye are not assiduous; ye learn Styr fett) ntcbt fWfitg ; tr)r Icrnt ntd)t not enough by heart. genuq am'recnbtg. Ye have written badly. Sfr fabt fd)ted)t gefefjrieben. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 273 Ye were here; why did ye not Sfyr roaret rjicr ; warum fragtct tf)t ask me* % mid) nicbt ? Ye found the books, but ye did Sfyr fanbet Die 23ud)cr, aber tfyr gabt not give them back. fie nid)t $urucf. The dative and accusative of the personal pronoun ye 9 i ty x? are eucr). I love ye ; we seek ye. 3d) Hebe cud) ; roir fud)cn cud)* He has spoken to ye ; why did ye (gr fyat mit cud) gefprecben ; roarum not answer ] fyabt ifyr nicfet geantrocrtct 1 I do not listen to ye ; but ye must 3d) f)6re mdjtaufeud), after ifjr mupt listen to me. auf mid) fyorm The conjunctive possessive pronoun your (ye), is — Mas. euer ; Fem. euere ; Neut. eucr. Your (ye) parents love ye. (Sucre ©(tern tieben cud). Ye must love your (ye) teacher. 3fyr mupt euercrt 2cf)rer Itcben. The boys read in your (ye) books. ©te .Knaben lefen in euer en 23ud)erm The absolute possessive pronoun yours (ye) is betf Die/ fc>a6 euerige* He has not his pens but yours (ye), (gr r)at nid)t feinc gtbern, fenbern tie cuerigem The paper is not in my drawer, ©a$ papier ift nid)t in meincr but in yours. ofat gcroorben ; cr tebt (eft in 33o$ton. £Keinc tieben &tnber, tbr roerbet !ran! roerben, roenn ifye gu trieie £ud)en effeU 3br mtift gut unb l}eflicr) gegen Sebermann fein, unb man roirb cud) tieben. 8£a$ fyaben @ie rotber mid) ? 3d) fyabe nicbte rotber (Sic ; id) rotfl @?ie nur bits ten fjcfitd) gegen arme £cute gu fein ; benn ber armc SRann, roenn er cbrtid) , ift, ift cben fo t>iet roertb roie ber 5KeicJ>e* ©er SBtinbe furd)tct nid)t gu fallen, benn er fann feinen 2Beg mit bem (Stocfc ftnben. ©ie Socmen ftnb nicbt fo ungtucfticb rote Die SBlinben, roenn fie aud) nicbt atlcin gcf)cn f onncn. 3d) f)cre Sfyre ©cbroefter bat grope ^ertfebrttte in ber gHuftf gemacbt. 3a, gna* btgc $rau, meine (Scbrocftcr tiebt Die SBuftf febr, unb fte mad)t fo gre^e Jcvts fc^ritte, roett fte cinen guten Scfjrer fyat. 3cb babe nicbt gen>uft, t>c$ $m SBeip, 3^r SSerruanbter, cm 2Ct>t>ofat cjeworben ift; id) fjabe feinen Cabmen in ber ^eutigen Scitung gctefen. ©r ift c* gcgen ben 2Billen feinen Raters 274 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. gerocrben; fcin SSater roollte, bap er ein ©ciftttdfecr roetbcn fettte. £ert ■granf, ber btcfes <3ud) gcfd)tieben bat, tft cm ®etcf)rtet ; cr ift turbid) iDcftcr geroerben. Static!) las id) in bet 3citung, bap eg ntct)t erlaubt ift fiber tie neue 23rucfc fcbnetl $u fasten ebcr $u retten ; man furcfytct bap fie md)t fcf)r ftar! ift. SDBarum furd)ten ^ie icne Scute ? 3d) furd)tc fie ntc^t, abet id) rcunfdjc allctn su gefyen. ££er tuft mid) ? on bencn man nid)t gem fprtd)t. 2Bie gefdllt eg 3bucn t)ier? (§g gefdllt mir Fjtct fefyr gut, unb eg t()ut mir febr Sctb, bap id) bicfe (Stabt fo balb r-crlaffen mup. SQBie geftel eg 3brem 23rubcr in spang ? (£g bat ifjm bcrt febr gut gefallen, unb eg gefdllt cittern 3cben in $)artg, menu cr ®clb bat. 2Bie gefdllt 3f)tcm SSatcr ber neue SBagcn, ben cr t>on Scnbcn erfyaltcn fyat ? (5r gefdllt tfym, nur cr ift nid)t mit ber garbe ^ufrieben ; fte ift $u F>eXX. SKte fjat 3(mcn bag geftrige (Scn^crt gefallen ? (£g bat mir nid)t fefyr gefallen ; bic Sfluftf roar $u laut fur ben fletncn (Baal £Bas ift 3*)ncn gefdllig, mcin #rduletn ? 3d) reams febe 3f)re (Scfyrocfter $u fprccften ; ift fte $u £aufe ? 3a, mcin grdulein ; id) will fte rufen ; fyaben Sie bie ©ute in $>a$ Simmer $u gefyen. SBte gefdllt Sbncn 3br ncucr 9?ocf ? (Sr gefdllt mir md)t fchr ; er ift ein menig ^u f ur^ SSclten on ^inbern, unb eg mad)t ifym met SSergnugen mit if)nen $u fpiclcn. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 275 This boy always becomes sick when he eats cakes. .We grow old without knowing it. Our neighbor, the English merchant, be- comes rich without working much. You must now get up earlier, for the days are growing longer. That poor man has sore eyes; I fear he wiJl become blind. It grows (becomes) dark* we must light a candle. Mrs. Klein became pale, when she heard that her brother had lost his ship. It became late before we arrived at the city. My uncle fell sick after his return from London ; but now he has completely recovered. Do you know that Mr. Brown has be- come a clergyman ? I know that he is a scholar, but I did not know that he had become a clergyman. What has become of our old French teacher ? I do not know wdiat has become of him : I heard, last month, that he had gone to Baltimore. What has be- come of the student who was living at your house last winter] He has taken the degree of doctor, and he is travelling now in Europe. Have you read to-day's newspaper? your relation, Mr. White, has become a lawyer. What has become of my book w^hich I lent you three months ago ? you have probably lost it. No, my dear friend, your book is lying in the draw r er of my bureau, and it has not be- come worse than it w ? as. What will become of this young man? he has no mind to learn anything ; but he is rich, and he has to live. That is just his misfortune ; it makes him think that he has no need to study ; but he may lose his money, and then what will be- come of him ? What has become of the German family with which you w T ere travelling last spring ? This family has become very un- happy, for the father has gone to California, and has now written that he has fallen sick and is not able to work; he will soon return, but certainly poorer than before he departed. To be sure, when he cannot work in a country where the living is so dear, he will come back a poor man. My father lately spoke w T ith Mrs. Green ; she fears that her son has fallen sick, for he has not written these four weeks. You fear that you will not be able to do your task : but with a good will we can sometimes do more than we be- lieve. You cannot pay Mr. Klein ; but do not fear him, for he is a good-hearted man, and very kind towards everybody. Whom do you call 1 I call my servant ; he shall go to the post in order to get (fetch) my letters. Thou callest me ; but I am certain thou hast nothing to tell me. Mr. Srrifth called me when I was going to the store ; he told me that he had lately received some cheeses from Switzerland, and he wished me to taste them. My uncle did not call you, but me; he wished to speak with me alone. I beg 276 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. your pardon ; I have not called you ; I called my brother who is up-stairs. You are always alone; why do you not go into company sometimes'? I like to be alone when I study; towards evening, I generally go to my cousin, in order to take a walk with him. I called you yesterday in Broad street, but you would not hear me ; you feared, perhaps, that I wished to ask you for something. When I was lately walking in Market street. I met Miss Caroline, who was carrying very beautiful flowers ; she called me and gave me some of them for my sister : you know how kind she always is to my sister. What have you against Mr. Brown ? you do not like to speak to him ; he is an honest man, and will pay all he owes. It is certain that he is an honest man ; but I do not like to meet with him, for he always talks too much of his dogs and horses, and of other things which I do not like to listen to. The poor man is sometimes happier than the rich man, for he has no misfortune to fear. Give some money to the blind man who is standing at the corner of the street. Who is the most unfortunate — a blind man or a lame one % To be sure, a blind man, who is not able to see anything around him, is more unhappy than a lame man. Be always kind towards the poor, for you do not know how long you will be rich. My servant has a very good heart ; though he' has but little money, he always gives some to the poor. Mr. Klein is a German, but he speaks English very well. To be sure, he must know it, for he has lived here these twelve years. Napoleon said : He who is not for me, is against me. Place the picture against the wall, and call my sister; I will show it to her. He was obliged to do it against his will. As soon as he had finished his note, he called me in order to carry it to our aunt. Though Mrs. Short is a very rich lady, she never gives anything to the poor. To-morrow we shall go into the country, if the weather is fine. Lately I saw a lame man, who walked faster than any. other person. Before you depart, you must come to see me once more ; come to-morrow, to- wards evening, and we shall be quite alone. What o'clock is it? It is a quarter to two. Then I must go home, for we dine at a quarter past two. How does this book please you? It does not please me very much, for it is not written in the best language. Does the music of the new opera please your sister? The music pleases her very much, but she does not like to go to the theatre; she only goes to the concert. I have bought a new English hat ; I think it will please you. My uncle likes to buy everything that pleases him. Does the coat, which the French tailor has made for THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 277 your brother, suit him ? It does not suit him, and he has given it back. Why does it not suit him ? My brother is not pleased with the color ; it. is too light : he likes only dark colors. Was the nephew- pleased with the horse which his father had bought him ? It has not suited him, for it was blind in one eye, and he has sold it without saying a word to his father. It pleases me better to live in the country than in the city ; for I like to walk, and to ride on horseback when it suits me. That you can do also in the city; you may walk and ride in the city as well as in the country, just as you please ; but I think you love the country in order to be alone, for I know you do not like to see company. Does it suit your cousin to go with us to the ball ? I am sure it will please him very much to go to the ball in your company. Is your mother pleased with her maid- servant ? She is not very well pleased with her, but it is very diffi- cult to find a girl who completely suits us. How is your German friend pleased here? He is pleased here very much, for he has found many friends in a short time. What is your pleasure] I wish to speak to your father ; is he at home ? No, sir ; he has gone out, but he is at home in the afternoon. Then tell him, if you please, that I shall be here at five o'clock. We will take a drive this afternoon, if you please. What is your pleasure, sir? Have the kindness to tell your brother that I wish to speak to him; he will find me at home at half past seven, if it pleases him to come to see me. Walk in, if you please, and wait a moment ; my bro- ther will be here very soon. We cannot always have what we wish, and not always do what pleases us. Will you shut the door, if you please ? Does it suit you to sell to me on credit ? Most wil- lingly. Will you do me a favor? With much pleasure, if I can. Shall I go to the concert, or shall I stay at home? Do just as you please, for you know better what you have to do than I. Please give me the book which is lying on the table. My dear children, ye have not learnt your lesson well ; ye must repeat it, or ye shall not have permission to go into the garden. When ye write well, I will give ye pretty books. Your (ye) parents will love ye when ye are assiduous and good. Why do ye take these pens ? they are not yours (ye) ; they belong to that boy. Ye must not write the exercises on a piece of paper; ye must write them in your (ye) books. I am not pleased with your (ye) writing; if it does not suit you to write them in the evening, do it in the morning. We must study to please everybody. That is very difficult, sir; for what pleases you, vyll not always suit another. 24 278 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Fourth Section. — SSierter 2Cbfd)'nitt* SIXTY-FIFTH LESSON. — $Uttf Wlb fcdj)§Jtgfte Section* REFLECTIVE VERBS. Verbs expressing an action, the subject and object of which are identical, are called reflective. Most of the transitive verbs are, therefore, capable of being made reflective, and then they generally require the reflective pronoun to be put in the accusa- tive ; only a few being put in the dative. The accusative of the reflective pronouns is — myself, mid); th} T self, tkh*^ himself, herself, itself, fid)} ourselves, un 6 ; yeselves, eud) 5 yourselves, fid) ; themselves, ft d). I teach myself, id) lel)re mid)* thou wastiest thyself, bit tt)dfd)efr t>id). he loves himself, she loves herself, we lay ourselves, ye answer yeselves, you cut yourself, they burn themselves, er liebt fid). fie liebt fid), rcir legen un§. \\)v beantrcortet eud). is also placed before the infinitive, to indicate a reflective verb ; as — to wash one's self, fid) roafctyen; to love one's self, fid) lieben. The past tenses of reflective verbs are, without exception, formed with the auxiliary to have, I) a ben. He hasnot washed himself to-day. (5r fyat fid) fycutc ntd)t cjcrcafcftcn. Thou hast always loved thyself 3)tt fycift bid) tmmer £U ml gettebt* too much. [fcbnttten. I had cut myself with that knife. 3d) battc mid) nut btcfem Sfteffcr go* There are, in German, many reflective verbs which are not such in English; some of them have the reflective pronoun in the accusative, and require the person or thing in the genitive. (See Appendix.) to rejoice, to be rejoiced at, to enjoy, to shame, to be ashamed of, to remember,, to recollect, fid) freuen, ubet> or the genitive. fid) erfreuett> with the genitive. fid) fd)dmenj liber, or the gen. fid) ertnnern; ax\ f or the gen. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 279 The genitive of the personal pronouns is — of my, memcrj of thee, betner; of him, fetner ; of her, ifyrer; of it, fetner; of us, unfer; of ye, euer; of you, S^rer; of them, ityrer. The earlier form of this genitive was mein; bein, fetn^ &c, which are now obsolete, and are found only in poetry. T . . ■ ,. , . (Set) fecue mtd) fiber fctrt (Sjlucf ; or, I rejoice at his happiness. j ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^ The preposition ti b e r is more frequently used than the genitive. At what was that man rejoiced ? SBorfiber freute fid) jener 93tonn ? He was rejoiced to see you. (Sr t)at pel) Qcfrcut, <3te $u fefeen. You enjoy very good health. (Sic evfreuen fid) ether fe§r cjuten ©e* funbrjett. Art thou ashamed of thy idleness? Sd)cunjt t)u bid) betner Sragfyctt, or fiber beine Srdgbett? I am ashamed of it. [of? 3d) febemie mtcr> barfiber. [ftern? What were your sisters ashamed SBorfikr fcbcimten fid) Sfyre @d)tucs They were ashamed not lo under- (Ste fd)dmten fid) nid)t beutfd) $u Der* stand German. jte()en. She is ashamed of her poor aunt. Ste fd)dmt fid) ir)rer armen Scmte. Be ashamed ! (£d)cunen <2te fid) ! Do you remember that man ? (Srmnern , or an ben (egten grafting. It is preferable to use the preposition a n when to remember relates to a thing. Did your uncle recollect his (grtnnerte fid) 3fyr £)fjctm cm fein p ro m i se 1 2S erfpred) en ? He did remember it. (5r erinnerte fid) bctran. To find one's self, fid) 6efinben* (conj. like ftnben); to be afraid of, fid) furd)ten t>or; the toe, ber 3^)> the childhood, bk i?inb* tyit) the health, bie ©efunbfyeit; the idleness, bie Srat^eit; idle, lazy, trdge; agreeable, pleasant, angenefym; disagreeable, nutans flenefym; slippery, §\M f fct)lupfrig ; at last, enbtitf); tolerably (rather, pretty), jiemlid); continually (always), jretS; the leg, la$ 23ein; the joy (enjoyment), bie $reube* 280 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. How do you do ? I am very well. How is your father? He is tolerably well. How is your family'? We are all pretty well : only my sister has a toothache. How is your lady (your spouse)? How are you? &Bte beftnben (Sic ftc£> 1 [fefyr rooty, 3d) beftnbe mid) febt rooty, or 3d) bin SGSic beftnbet fid) Sftr $ater % or, very politely, S&te befinbet fid) Stjr .g)crr SSatcr? (Sr befinbet fid) (er tft) jtemltd) rooty. 2Bie befinbet fid) Sbvc Jamtlte ? 2Btt fint) 2ttle ^temlid) rooty, nur met* nc ©d)tt>cftcr Ijat 3af)nfd)mer$en. SQStck'ftnbctftdbS&tcSrau^t'matytnn? 2Bte gety e$ S&ncn ? or, SGBte gety'6 ? 2Bie Beftnben <2ie ftct> ? is a less familiar expression than 2Bie gcljt e$ 3t)nen? or, 3Bie get)t'S? and, in German, 3Bie ftnb €ie? is improper; though %i) bin roofyl, for 3^ fcefinbe mid) wotyl, is proper by way of reply. How were you when you were in the country 1 ££te befanben <§k fid), aU Sie auf t)cm £anbe roaren ? . 3d) r)abc mid) roatyrenb beS ganjen I have been very well during the J er* fcrennt. 3d) feabc mtt ben $Hcdf Dcrfcrennt. £)u feaft bir ta§ 23etn ttenpunbef. 3'cfe feabc mid) in ben 3efe gefefenttten, (St feat fid) bie 9?age( befebnitten* 3enct gleifefeet fecit fid) etnen ginger abgefefenttten. In such sentences as the preceding, when a person is affected, the reflective pronoun, with the definite article before the object, is employed, in German, instead of a possessive pronoun. To cut (to trim), 6eftf)neiben;* to cut off, aufefyneiben;* to wound, tterrtwnbert; the wound, bie SBunbe} the question, bit $rage; the reason, the cause, bk tlrfacfye; therefore (for this reason), beefea(6; the wind, ber 2Binb; to bite, &ei£en,* imperf. I bit, id) b\f>, perf. I have bitten, icfy l;a&e ge&iffen; whether, o&; to go on foot, ju $u§e flefeeru Whether, o&, a conjunction, followed by an inversion, is used only in indirect questions, or before sentences which denote doubt or possibility, and is sometimes expressed, in English, by if That is the reason. Therefore I tell it to you. The question is, whether he will come or not? I do not know if he will remem- ber me. He did ask me if I would do it. My father is sick * that is the reason why he has not gone out to-day. I have too much to do to-day, therefore I cannot take an airing. £>aS ift bie tttfacfee, £)esfea(b fage id) eS Sfenen* (5$ ift bie grcige, 06 er fommen wlxb cber nicfet. 3d) rocip nicfet, ot> er fid) meiner erins nern nurb. (Sr fragte mid), ct> id) eg tfeun rooltte. Sflein 58otrt iji txanf, bat ift bie Ur* facfee roarum er feeute nicfet au*ges gangen ift* 3d) feabe feeute ^u met gu tfeun, be^ featb fann id) nicfet fpa^ieren faferen, or fpqieren reitetn ©pajieren faferen, fpajieren ret ten f and fpajieren § e t) e n (see Lesson 53), mean, in German, to drive, to ride, to walk — for pleasure. To take care, to beware, ftcfy in %djt nel;men (to be cautious or careful). Take care ! 24* 9?efemen @ie ficfe in 2Ccfet ! 282 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Take care not to break the glasses. £Rcf)men (Sic fid) in 2td)t, ntct)t t>te ©Idfcr 3U gcrbrccfecn, or bop Ste ntd)t t>tc ©lafer $erbrcd)en* Beware of that dog; it will bite £ftef)mcn Sic fid) t»et jenem £uube in you. 2(d)t; cr rcirb (Sic betpen. 3d) tun $u grcp ; id) Conn mid) nid)t in bicfem Heinen (Spiegel fer)cn. £)u lictfi bid) $u Diet ; bu broud)ft ntdjt fo oft in ben (Spiegel $u fcf>cn» (£t fann fid) otic btefc grogen tcid)t bcontmortem SBir ftefyen jcben Bergen urn baib fcd)d Ur)r ouf, ober mtr n>ofcf)cn und nid)t fogteid). StfcFjmen Sic nid)t Cicfed sjEeffer, ed ift $erbrod)en ; id) ffircfyte Sic rcerben fid) fcfyneibcm 3d) freuc mid) Sic ix>ot)( $u febem (5r freuct fict) fiber bod (SHucf feincd greunbed. £ftetne (Sttcrn crfrcuen fid) etner guten ©efunbfyctt. ££oriiber frcuft bu bid) fo fefyr? 3d) freuc mid) fiber ben ncucn Sloe!, ben mein SSoter mir fjat mos d)cn to|fen. Sd)dmen Sic fid) nid)t fo fp6t oufeuftefyen ? 3d) fcfeame mid) beffen nid)t, benn id) orbcite ieben 2Cbcnb bid fjotb ctf, unb id) gefye besf)o(6 fpdt $u SSctte. £)iefe jitnber fd)dmen fid) ir)rcr Srdgbett, Sic fct)dmcn fid) barfibcr. 3d) f)obe mid) nid)t gefd)dmt biefc 2(rbett $u tfyun, benn mon mup fid) Cetner Arbeit fcfyomen. 3d) crtnnere mid) nid)t mcfyr 3fyred SSerrconbten, ber oor brei 3of)rcn nod) ^porid rctf'te. 2£ir freutcn uns, bop fie fid) nod) tfyred $erfpred)cnd ertnnerte* 3d) fyobe mid) ftctd mcined $crfpred)cnd cr? tnnert, unb ed tr)ut mir 2cib, bop id) ed bid (c|t nid)t gotten fonnte. £Btr roerben und ftetd ber ongenefjmen goge crinncrn, otd tx>ir in 3fyrer ©cfeflfdjoft nod) (Suropo reif'tem (Srinnern (Sic fid) meincr, menn id) nid)t mcfyr fyier fein nxrbe. (Srinnert fid) 3*)r 33ruber nod) unfered otten £ef)rerd ? (?r er; innert fid) fciner oft- &Ber erinnert fid) nid)t mit #reube on feme $inbr)cir, on grcuben bie mir nid)t mefyr fennen, menn mir otter rocrben. SBte beftn* ben Sic fid) ? 3d) bin fefjr rcofyt. SBte bepnbet fid) 3*)re £rou ©emofyinn? (Sic ift nun $iemttd) mofyt ; fie rotrb fjeute $um erftenmot mit eincr greunbinn fpo^icrcn fof)rcn, £Sie bepnbet fid) 3f)r £err SSotcr? (Sr ift fyeutc $iemttd) mob(, ober id) nxip nicftt ob cr oudgefjen nnrb, benn er fyot jretd Sd)mcr$en in bem red)ten #upc, ©uten 9}^orgcn ; rr>te gct)t cd 3f)nen ? (5$ gef)t mir fo ^iemtid) ; unb mod mod)en (Sic? 3d) bin fet)r rno^, ober mein better ift fran! ; cr ^ot fid) mit einem cn ©orten gefyen ; cd f)ot geregnct, unb ed ift fcr)r febtupfrtg in ben ©dngen. 9DZeine Heine Sd)mefter furd)tct fid) t-or 3f)rcm gropen ^unbe ; morum t)Oi ben Sic ir)n mitgebrocbt ? 9)Mn ^unb ift fetjr gut ; er beipt S^iemanb. SBie fyoben Sic fict) mof)renb bed tegten SSinterd befunben ? 3d) befonb mic^ nic^t fctjr rootjt/ bedtjotb bin ic^ nur menig oudgegongen, benn ic^ furc^^ THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR, 283 tctc ten fatten SOBtnt. Stfcfymcn ©tc ftd> ror tern fd)tt>ar$en g^fcrbe in 2Cd)t; cS bip geftern meinen Stfcffcn, a(*> cr fpa$tcr<'n reitcn mettte. (S$ fyat if>n in tag 25cm gcbiffen, aber tic 2£untc ift nid)t fcfyr bofe. SBarum fragten @ie £erren 23raun nid)t, eb e$ rcafyr iff, tap fein SBruter feine gfamttie t>et(affen F>at ? 3d) ffirdjtctc mid) ifjm tiefe gragc ^u macfyen, tenn id) nxtp rote fcfjr er fcinen SBruter liebr. £aft tu enttid) tcine Arbeit becnttgt 1 tu ftgeft nun fd)cn roabrcnt trei (Stuntcn an tern &tfd)c, unt tu fyatteft nur cine ©cite $u fcfyretben. (Sntlid) fommen ^ic; id) fyabe $roet (Stuntcn auf (Sic ges roartet. £)aS ^Better ift fjeute ffar, abcr ter SDBtnt)" ijl fcfjr unangenermi; rotr roerten nid)t fpa^ietcn fasten, 3fyre £aare ftnt $u tang ; Sic muffen fie bc|d)nctten taffen. 3d) laflfc meinc £aare niemals im SBintcr befdwcU ten, id) furd)tc mid) ttcr jtepffefymcrsen ; tag ift tic itrfacfye roarum id) mcinc £aare }c£t befd)neitcn taffe. Itnferc Heine 9ttd)te rootite mtt" ter gropen (Severe ta$ papier befdjneiten, unt fie fd>nttt fid) in ten finger. 3fyr roertct fo lange mit tern £td)te fptetcn, btS xfyr cud) tic ginger wrbrcnnt fyabt. £Ba$ ift tie itrfacfye tap (Ste fjeute $u £aufe bteiben ? 3d) roottte nur geftern 2Cbent mcinc 9?agc( befefenciten, unt id) fyafcc mid) in ten grepm 3ef) gcfd)nittcn. SBir fennen eft nid)t tie Urfacfte unferei ItnglficfS, aber cs ift gcroofmticl) unfer cigener gefyler, roenn rotr nid)t fo gtucf(id) ftnt, rote rotr eS rounfefyen. I wash myself every morning as soon as I get up. Canst thou see thyself in this small looking-glass? Yes; it is large enough for me. He struck himself ; as he was beating the dog. We some- times love ourselves too much. You may answer this question yourself. The children are playing with the knives ) I fear they will cut themselves. I am rejoiced to see you again ; you have not been here for a long while. I have been sick and was not able to go out, but now I have recovered. At what art thou rejoiced ? thou lookest very cheerful. I am rejoiced to have finished this difficult lesson ) now I know it almost by heart, and I shall make no more mistakes in it. The little boy is pleased with the pictures which are hanging in our back parlor. We rejoice sometimes at things which we should fear. You are rejoiced to have at last found a horse which pleases you ; but I fear it is not strong enough for your heavy carriage. Our relations in Boston will be rejoiced to see you. I was at Mrs. Wood's yesterday, and I was much rejoiced to meet there one of her relations, who played the piano most beautifully. Do not rejoice too much ; it is not yet certain whether we shall take a drive this afternoon. I am not ashamed of my friends, although they are poor. My sister speaks German tolerably well, but she 284 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. is always ashamed to speak it to a stranger. Art thou not ashamed of thy dirty shoes? why didst thou not clean them this morning? I would have done it, but I was afraid of a big dog which was in the yard ; I feared it would bite me. We are not ashamed to take a walk on foot, for we find it healthier to go on foot than to go in a carnage. Be ashamed ! how can you rejoice at other people's mis- fortunes? Be never ashamed of your work, if it is good; but be ashamed of your idleness. We expected you last night ; why did you not come ? My tailor did not bring me the new black coat, and I was ashamed to put on my old one, for I knew you had company. I am very sorry that is the reason, for w 7 e like to see you, not your new coat. Do you recollect what you have promised me ? I re- member it well, but I could not find the book in any book-store; that is the reason why I have not sent it to you, but I expect it to- morrow from New York. I remember still the happy days when I was living in your house. Dost thou remember the gentleman who was living opposite to our house last summer, when we were at New village ] I recollect him well, for he liked to play with your children; have you seen him since ? Yes; I met him yester- day with Mr. Klein in Charles street ; he is a relation of Mr. Klein, and a clergyman, from Brownstown. With joy I remember our journey during the last summer, and the pleasure which your com- pany gave me. Remember me when 1' shall be here no more, and write to me as often as you can. We shall remember you, and never forget your agreeable company, which has given us so much pleasure during this winter. You have no reason to be ashamed, for you know how to answer every question. We remember always with pleasure the enjoyments of our childhood ; the happiest days of our life. Good morning, sir; how do you do? I thank you, T am very w^ell : how is your lady, to-day? She is a little better, but she has still a violent headache. Good evening, madam ; how do you do ? I thank you. sir; I am pretty well : and how is your .family ? My mother is not w r ell ; she has a sore throat, and our physician will not allow her to get up. I am very sorry; I shall come to see her, to-morrow. How are you this morning, Charles? have you slept well ? Not very well, for it was rather late when I went to bed. I have not seen you these two weeks; what have you done during this time? I have not been in the city. My mother is afraid to go out, for it has frozen last night and it is very slippery in the streets. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 285 Be not afraid of that dog; it will not bite you, for it has never bitten any body. Of what are you afraid? I am afraid of falling, for your steps (stairs) are very slippery. Get up ; George; be not so lazy ; it has already struck seven, and you have slept long enough. What is the reason you have come so late ? I have waited for you an hour and a half. My nephew fell in the yard and wounded his head; he was obliged to go to bed, and I went for the physician ; that is the reason why I came so late. Idleness is the cause of much misfortune; therefore we must work as much as we can, and try to find our pleasure in it. You will go to see the arrival of the new French ship; but it is a question whether she will arrive to-day, for we had a very heavy vrind last night. They tell me that Mr. Smith is angry with me ; but I have never been afraid to meet with him, for I know that I have done him no wrong. I do not know if you will be able to read my brother's note ; for he has cut his right hand. Our uncle has promised us to come to the city to-day; but the weather is very disagreeable, and it is therefore a question whether he will be here or not. Ask no questions, but do what I tell you; for it is all for your best. I w T ill do all that pleases you, and you shall have no reason to be dissatisfied with me. Of whom are you afraid ? I think you have no enemies. You think so, but every one has his enemies, although we sometimes do not know them. Has anybody beaten your poor dog? he has a very bad wound on his neck. Nobody has beaten it, but our neighbour's dog has bitten it while we were at school. Have you at last found a servant-girl who suits you ? We have found a good and honest on*?, but she is very lazy ; she never gets up before seven o'clock. If we shall have a pleasant day to-morrow, we will take a drive to New village and pay a visit to my friend Green, whom I have known since his childhood, and who has been a true friend to me during twenty years; therefore, my dear children, we must get up early. Has George at last given back the French dictionary to you ? he has kept it, I think, more than one year. Not yet ; when I met him in Charles Square and asked him for the book, he did not remember it ; but when I told him it was a French dictionary which he had borrowed of me a long time ago, then he recollected it, and he promised me to bring it back the next day; but he has not kept his word. Good morning, miss; how do you do? my sister sends me to inquire after your health ; she heard, yesterday, that you were not well and could not go out. I thank you, sir : your sister is very 286 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. kind to think of me; I was indeed not very well yesterday, but our physician gave me some medicine, after which I slept very well, and now you find me better. Yon look very strange ; you have got your hair cut, but I think they have cut it too short. Mamma, have the kindness to give me a pair of scissors; I wish to cut my nails. Here, my dear child, is a pair of scissors, but take care not to cut thy fingers. I have not seen your nephew in your store to-day; what is the matter with him 1 When he was cutting his nails last evening, he cut his finger; I fear he will not be able to go out during this week. How is your grandmother % She is very well ; although she is seventy years old, she always enjoys very good health. Our cook was very unfortunate yesterday : when he was cutting some meat for dinner, he cut off a piece of his little finger. Do not go too near the chimney; I am afraid you will burn your hands at the iron. Take care not to burn your coat; you are standing too near the fire. I think you are playing with a bad dog ; it will bite you, if you do not take care. I am afraid to go out this morning; it has rained and frozen last night, and the streets are very slippery : I have seen several persons fall. I have heard of a man who broke his leg yesterday, and the physicians fear that they will be obliged to cut it off. The wind is very disagreeable this morning, it makes the air very dry; therefore do not go out so early, for you are not in very good health. I have not seen Mr. White, your relation, for a long time; what has become of him? He went to Boston six months ago, and I do not know what is the reason he has never written to me ; perhaps he has gone to Europe. I have seen you in company with very cheerful young men, but remember the words which your father told you when you departed : Beware always of bad company. You light the fire ; why do you not call the servant ? he understands it better than you. Our servant is very lazy ; I sent him to the post this morning and he has not yet come back ; that is the reason why I am obliged to light the fire, for it is very cold in this back room. Ask no further questions ; I cannot answer them before I have asked my cousin whether I shall tell you the whole affair. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 287 SIXTY-SIXTH LESSON. — am efjefren; willingly, getn ; more willingly, debet; most willingly, debjl> am liebjleru (See Lesson 49.) To like better, defcer mogeiu I like to read better than to write. 3d) mag tkkt (efen ate fcbretbem He likes playing better than (St mag debet fpteten ate atbetten. working. We did like to see her better than her brother. My uncle likes bread better than meat. He likes beer better than wine. SStr megten fie Uekr ate tf>rcn SSm? t)cr fe'ben. 9J?ctn £)f)etm mag debet 23teb ate gtctfdi effcm (St mag licbcr 33tcr ate SQBctn tttnta The verb meg en may be omitted, and then the preceding sentences will be formed as follows (see Lesson 52) : — 3'd) tefe debet ate baj} id) fcbtetbc. (St fpictt debet ate tap er atbeiteu S£tr far)cn fie debet ate tfyten 23 tu* bet. #)?etn £>f)etm ipt debet SSteb ate S(etfd). (?t tttnft debet JBtcr ate SBctm (St tttnft feincS t>on betben genu ^at( unb ©ecrg maren in meinem Stmmet ; etnet son betben rjat ba» ©(as ^etbrcdn'm Reiner ten bc'ben bat e$ getban, fens betn bet Sebiente bat C6 ^tbtoefaeiu 3d) fpred)e am debften nut Sbrem &satet. [beftem SBit deben ben jtmgeten SSruber am 3d) fyabe ifyn efyet ate &u gejeberu I like to read better than to write. He likes playing better than working. We did like to see her better than her brother. My uncle likes bread better than meat. He likes beer better than wine. He likes neither. Charles and George have been in my room : one of the two has broken the glass. Neither has done it, but the ser- vant has broken it. I like to speak the best with your father. I like the younger brother the best. I have seen him sooner than you. The — the } 3> e — b e fr Of always precede two comparatives in such sentences as the following : — The more you study, the more you learn. The more you write to-day, the less you have to work to- morrow. The sooner the better. 3e mebt @ic ftubtten, bejlo mcfjt tetnen &e. 3>e mebt Ste fyeutc febtetben, bejxo nxniget fyaben @te mctgen ju at: bettem [bejjer. 3c efjet befto debet; or ? 3e ebet befto 288 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. The sooner you come, the longer 3>e efyer (Sic Femmen, befto mer)v Un* we can talk. nen rott fprecben. The waistcoat, tie 2Befre; the news, tie *fteuicjfeit, />/. tie !Keu* it^feiten; amiable, Itebenerntirbig; to surprise, uberrafcfyen (insep. verh)^ to wonder, at, fid) retmbern/ liber; not at all, ganj unt) $ar ri\d)t. You do not surprise me at all. (Sieuberrafcbenmtd)Cjan$unb garment I did surprise him in his bed. 3d) fibetrafebte ibn tm 23ette. She has surprised me with her (Sic fyat mid) nut tfyren : gortfd)tittcn progress. fiberrafd)t. I wonder whether he will come. 3d) rcunbrc mid) eb er femmen roirb* He did wonder at what I had (St rcunbertc fid) fiber bas, nxiS id) written. cjefd)ricbcn batte. We wonder at it. £8ir rcunbern un5 barfiber. I wonder why you come so late. 3d) rcunbre mid) roarum (Sic fo fpdt fommeru To be surprised, to be taken by surprise, at, uberrafcfyt fein> tiber. To be surprised is often expressed, in German, by fid) it) u i^ bern; but iiberrafd)t feitt is also used in the same signifi- cation, although it conveys more properly the idea of to be taken by surprise. At what are you surprised ? SBerfibet rounbern <&\e ftd) 1 T am surprised at this ouestion J 3cb rmmbrc mid) fiber biefe ffroge ; or, 1 am surprised at tftis question. | ^ bin fito ^ ^^ j bcrrfl ^ t We were surprised not to find ^trn;unbertenun£,@teqeftern2(benb you at home last night. nict)t ^u £aufc $u ftnb'em I see you are surprised at my 3d) fer)e (Sic fmb fiber meinen $Jlntf) courage. fibcrrafdbt. [rafrfjt. You are surprised at these news. @ie (inb fiber biefe 9?cutgFctt fibers He believes all news which peo- (£rg(aubtQUe^eutgfettenn>e(d)e2eute pie tell him. i|m fagen, or bie man tfym fagt. To mistake, tterfennen* (co?i/. Zzfe fennen) — Imperf. I mistook, id) t>erfannte; , Perf. I have mistaken, id) \)abt tterfannt* To misunderstand, mi§r)erfrel)en* (insep.v., conj. like frefyen) — Imperf. I misunderstood, id) mif^rjerfranb; Pg?/. I have misunderstood, id) l)abe mi^erftanben. You mistake me; I am not the 6ie ttctfenncn mid); id) bin nicbt bet man who sold you the book. Sftann, ber 3bnen l>a$ S3ucr) otr* fauft bet. Your brother has mistaken Mrs. 3br SBrubcr bat 9J?abam SOB riff r>cts White; she is not as proud as fannt; fie ift ntcbt fo ftef$ roie bie people say. Scute facjen, or wie man fagt. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 289 She is not at all proud. You misunderstand me ) I do not come to ask you for money. My father has misunderstood you : he thought you would come this morning. (Sic tft gan$ unt) gar md)t ftof$. (Sic mi|it>erftef)cn mid) ; tcb fcmme nid)t (Sic um Gktb £u bitten. SCflctn 83ater f)at Sie nuftocrftanben ; er bad)te (Sic roelltcn biefen 9}?ers gen fommen. To dress, to clothe, Hetben; to undress, auefletben; to dress one's self, fict> anHeiben; to undress one's self, fid) aueHeiben. iOitetne Gutter Hetbet ir)rc armen -Tad)ten. Unfcr rcid)cr 9£ad)bar fleibet Jebcn 9?cujar)r6 Sag fed)* armc JUnber. SBie war Jrauletn IBraun geftctbet ? Sic roar fd)6n gefteibct; fie fjattc cin retfycS fctbencs JUeib an. (Sic war rotf) gcflctbet. Unfere Santc ftctbet mctne fleintn (Sd)tt>ejrern bcc> 93?orgcn$ an, unt) fie ftcibet fie aud) bc5 2((>enbS au$. 3d) bin ncd) nid)t angeftetbet. TOcin ^Srubcr ftetbet fid) t?cc bem grubftmf an. 3d) fyaOc mid) btcfen Sftergcn fcr)r fruh angefietbet. £^un muffen Sic fid) auSflctben, unb fd)tafcn gefyen. My mother clothes her poor nieces. Our rich neighbor clothes six poor children every new year's day. How was Miss Brown dressed? She was beautifully dressed ; she had on a red silk dress. She was dressed in red. Our aunt dresses my little sisters in the morning, and she un- dresses them in the evening. I am not yet dressed. My brother dresses himself be- fore breakfast. I have dressed myself very early this morning. Now you must undress yourself and go to sleep. The verb f lei ben is, in German, also used in the English sense of to Jit, to be becoming, to suit, and then it governs the dative of the person. This coat fits you very w T ell. A white w r aistcoat has never been becoming to me. The yellow bonnet suits your sister very well. Differ ffiecf Hcibet 3f)nen fefjr gut. Sine luetic SQBcfte fjat mir ntemate geftcibet. £>er gelbe .put fleibet Sftrer ©djroe* (ter fcf)t gut. The sickness, the disease, tie ^ranffyeit; the fever, ba$ $ieber; the consumption, bie Sd)rcinbfud)t; the death, ber Sob; dead, tobt; natural, naturlid). To die, of, jrerben,* an, with the dative — Pres. id) frerbe, bit frirbjJ* er jiir&t; Imperf. he died, er frarb; Perf. he has died, er iji gefrorben. Nobody likes to die. ^icmanb frtrbt gem. When did your cousin die ? ££ann ijr 3br better gcftor&en ? Ue died last month. g (§r ptarb (egten SJienat. 25 290 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Of what disease did he die ? He died of consumption. This soldier died of his old wounds. Is your old uncle still alive? No, sir, he is dead. He died a natural death. 2fn roctcfycr .Sranfbctt tjr ex geftcrben ? (£r til an t>cr (Scbmtntfucht\]e)lcrban liefer 8e{bat frarb an fetnen attcn 2£unt>en. Q'efct 3()r alter Dfjctm necb ? 9icm, mctn £err, cr tfi tebt. (Sr flarb etnen naturttd)cn Seb. The proposition, the motion, ter 25orfd)lag; the law, ta$ ®e* fefe ; the mountains (chain of mountains), fcaS ©ebircje. To pass by (at the side), tw&eicjefyerv* an> iw'fA 2/*e dative. To pass before, Dorbeigetyen,* i>or, mji/Zi ^e dative. I have passed by him, but he did 3cf) bin an tfym aerbctgegangen, akr not perceive me. cr f)at mid) ntd)t bemerEt. He never passes by me without (Sr gefjt mentals an nur ocrbct ofyne speaking to me. nut nur $u fprccben. Did the prince pass here ? ©tng ber giirfi f)ter wrbci ? No • he passed before the new D?cm ; cr fufyr x>ov bcr ncucn ittrcfye church. sorbet. To pass may also be translated by ttorfceifafyrcttf Dorbei* re i ten; or by 3 el) en, prefixed with a suitable preposition or adverb ; as — To pass over, tiOenjefyen* (separable). To pass through, burcfygefyen* (separable). To pass (relating to time), Dergefyen* (inseparable). She passed before our house on (Sic ritt t?cr unferem £aufe ttcrbct. horseback. We passed over the long bridge. SDStr Qtnqcn ubcr bte (anqc 93rficfc* He has passed through Germany. (£r ift burd) £)cutfd)(anb qcaanqen, or qeretpt. The motion has passed, and has £)er £3orfd)(aq tft burebqeqanqen tmb now become a law. ift nun ctn ©efefc gcrvorben. Time passes very quickly. -Die 3ctt t>crqef)t fef)r fcfyncll. On this side, of, biesfeitS; on that side, of, jenfeitS; preposi- tionSj governing the genitive. On this side of the mountains ®ie$feif$ bc$ ©cbirqeS fprtcpt man they do not speak French, but ntd)t franaoftfd), fenbevn bcutftf). German. Yonder mountain stands not on Sencr or Serge tragen. Socmen (fur) is employed in a stronger and more particular sense than i n % d) t n e I; m e n. You must take care of your books. Ste mfijjen 3!)re 25ud)Ct -in 2(d)t nebmen. My servant takes care of my 9#ein £3ebientcr nimmt metric &UU clothes. t)cr in 2Cd)t, fSScHcn <5te mem spferb in 2Cct>t neb* Will von take care of mv horsed m - cn ? ( keep il safel 3 7 -) Will >ou taKe care ot my nor^e . < ^^ ^^ ^ ^ ^^ ^ cn ? [ (attend to, feed, and water it.) My neighbor's wife took care of 50?etnc 9?ad)barinn nabm mein JUnb my child when I was at the in 2Cet)t, aU id) auf bem 5)?arite market. wax* Who will take care of my poor ££er tt>irb fur meinc armen Winter children when I am dead] forgen ((Serge tragen), roenn id) tefct bin T God will care for them. ©ctt roirb fur fie fcrgem Do not care too much for the ausroenbig (emen, aber ber meinigc ttjut femes t>en beiben gern. ttnfet £>f)etm mag lieber fafjren ate reiten, aber metn 9Sater gebt am Itebften $u guft Cernen (Ste Ueber beutfd) ate fran$6ftfd)? 3d) (erne betted gern, Seutfd) unb fran$6ftfd) ftnb mcberne (Spvacbcn ; cine sen beiben muffen 6'ie lernen. ©ffen @tc gem £>ammetbraten ? 3d) mag Ueber gifciK ate £am* mctbratcn effen. 3d) effe tieber S3reb a!| £u*en. 3d) will lieber fterben, $ti Unred)t tfjun. OTctn dsebmager trinft Ueber 33ier aU SOBctn, aber fein SBruber trinft femes t>en beiben gern ; er trinft am liebften Staffer. 3d) ttmnbre mid) md)t, ba£ (Sie franf ftnb ; £ie effen immer $u met 2(benbbrcb. ££eruber tvunbern ©te fid) ? 3d) nmnbre mid) fiber 3bre Sragbeit ; wk !ann man bis ncun Ur)r im SSctte bteiben ? (Ss ill feben 3ct)n Ui)x ; id) nmns tre mid) ivarum unfer better nod) nid)t tier ifr ; cs mufj ifjm ctnxts begegnet fein. greunb & Q rt iiberrafd)te un$ geftern ; wk gtaubten er wax nod) in 23ostetu £)te 9?euigfett son bem Sobe ber £ftabam SSraun uberrafd)te un£ ; wix n?u(5ten nid)t t)a$ ftc txant wax. itnfere gute Sante ttebt uns ^u uber? rafeben, unb fte fvcut fid) n?enn ftc unS ein s ^ergnugen macben fann. 3d) wax uberrafd)t ba$ |)err (Scbmtbt mid) rerfannte *, er gtaubre nut meinem 23ruber ^u fpred)en. SSctfcnncn 8ie nid)t meine gute ZCbficfet, menn id) 3b' nen fage 3br G3elb beffer in 2fd)t ^u nebmen. S^abam 2Bei9 ill turn JBtclen fefjr serfannt ; fte ifi ntd)t (lota ; fte.I)at ctn gatd .peq, unb ift fcf;v ticbens^ 292 .. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. rourbtg, abcr man mufi fie fenncn. 3d) gtaube Sic mifberfte!)cn mid) ; bet 93orfd)fag ben id) madjc ift nid)t rotber t>a$ ©efc£. Sfjr hort mentals auf t)a^ roaS euer Scorer cud) fagt, unb ee ift bc$f)atb gan$ naturtid), bap ifyr ibn nujfocrftefjt. 3c mefjr (Sic rjeute arbeiten, befto rocnigcr fyaben Sic mergen gu tfjun. 3c mefjr bcutfd)c ^Sorter Sic auSrocnbig (ernen, befto leid)tcr roirb e* Sfyncn roerben, bicfe Spracfye ^u fprecfycm 3c alter rcir rocrben, befto mefyr furd)ten renr ben Sob. Unfcr ^crrcanbtcr fam cfycr an, a(6 rotr tf)n erroartctcn. 3c efyer Sic fommen, befto liebcr nnrb e$ mtr fan. Unfere Santc tr)ut ben 2Crmcn Diet ©utcs ; fie fleibet $cF)n armc jUnbet jeben 9?cuiaF)r$ gag. 3d) Heibc mid) an, fo balb n>ie id) gefrufyftueft fyafce, unb id) fteibc mid) au$, rcenn id) $u 2E5ettc gefye. Sfficiti 23rubcr braud)t nur cine SSiertetftunbe urn fid) an^ufleiben, unb rcenn cr angeflcibet ift, gefyt er nad) bem SBaarcnfagcr. G5corg femmt $u fruf) ; id) fyabe mid) ncd) nid)t angeftetbet; bitten Sic ifyn cin tuemg gu marten. £Benn (Sardine tfjre flcinc Scfynxfter angcHcibct r)at, fteibct fie ftcf> an ; fie ift cin fcfyr IWbmfc rcurbiges 9J?dbd)cn ; Sic nxrben fie immcr fcr)r forgfalttg gcfletbet ftnben. SBie fteibct mir bie neue feibene ££cftc, bie mcinc Gutter mir gefauft fjat I 2)tc SOBcftc Keibet 3fyncn fefyr gut, benn 3f)re Gutter f>at cinen fefjr guten ©efdjmacf, aber ba$ recipe £afc>tud) fteibct 3f)nen nid)t; Sic foflten cin fcfyroarjes £a(£tud) tragen. Scbt 3f)r after 9?ad)fcar JUctn nod)? (Sr ift tcbt ; er ift biefen Scmmer an ber Sd)rotnbfud)t geftorben ; el)c cr ftarb, bat cr meinen SSater fur feinc jlinber $u forgen, bie cr fo fefyr (icbtc. Wltin SBater forgt nun fur fie, fo gut er fann ; cr fenbet fie in bie Scfyuie, unb er fleibet fie. £)er Sob uberrafcfyt un$ oft efycr als nrir tljn ermartcn. £ert ©rop gefjt ieben 9J?tttag an unferem Caben sorbet, rcenn cr auf bie 33anff gefyt. 3d) bin rjeute an Sfyrem 23ruber sorbcigegangen, abcr er l)at mid) nicbt gefefyen. grdulein Couife ging geftem r-or unferem £aufe t»orbci ; fie trug cin ncueg SUexb, tpctdjcg i^r fcfjr gut Hcibct. I>tc Beit gc^t {djncll »orbci ; mi muffen nid)t $u md fur bie Sufunft forgen. 3)er N ^Sorfd)iag be^ Jiirften tft in bem 5)ar(amcnt burcbgegangen. 2Bir ritten geflem ror tcm neue-n Sweater »orbei ; c^ ift cin fcfyr fcr)6nc^ $w$. 3d) fufyr geftern in cinem S5oote ubcr ben gtu(} urn bie neue fatfyoHfcfye Jlird)C 311 fefyen, bie jenfeit^ be^ $lu$t$ ftcfyt. 92euftabt tiegt nid)t bie^feit^, fonbern jenfeit^ be^i ©ebirge^ Du mupt beinc Jltciber forgfdltigcr in 2fd)t nefjmen ; fie fcljcn immcr fd)mu§ig au^. Sic muffen ubcr bie SSrucfe gefjen, benn bie a(tc 95onl ift jenfetts be$ ^(ufe^. ©^ giebt menige £eutc, wcldfec gern fterben, benn e£ ift cin ©cfc| ber Sftatur, $>a$ wiv t>a$ Seben Ueben follen. My Jittle brother likes to read better than to write. Why do yon like to ride on horseback better than to go in a carnage ? I like to THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 293 * ride on horseback better, because I think it is healthier. Our aunt ..likes to speak German better than French, but I like both languages. Do you like to read in the evening? I like to read in the evening better than to write, for my eyes are not very strong. . My nephew likes tea better than coffee, but his sister likes neither; she only drinks water. You are both afraid to go into the dark room without a candle; but either (one of the two) must go, for we want a chair, and you can find it without alight. Which do you like best — boiled beef or fried fish ? I like neither ; for dinner I like a piece of roast meat best. Our uncle surprised us last evening, for he arrived sooner than we expected. I wonder how long Charles will stay at Mr. John's? He will be here sooner than you think, for I know he does not like to come too late for supper. Which of your two nieces do you like to see best — the younger or the older ? I like to see both, for they are very amiable; people believe they are proud, but they are not. The more you think of your young friend's death, the more unhappy you will make yourselves. The more we learn, the more we find how little we know. We go into the coun- try to-morrow, but on Saturday I shall come to see you. The sooner you come the better, for we always like to see you. We wonder sometimes at things which are quite natural, and are surprised at news which we might have expected. You think you have surprised me, but I expected you early. At what are you surprised ? I am surprised at the progress you make in the German language ; since when have you begun to speak it? I do not know much yet, but I speak as well as I can. You are right, miss; that is the best way to learn a language. We were much surprised at the bad news which we received yesterday; Mr. White, our relation, whose dear wife died last autumn of consumption, has also fallen sick ; and we fear for his life, for he is not a very strong man, and he has no- body to take care of him. My aunt did surprise me very agreeably ; she gave me a new black silk waistcoat and two silk cravats; things which I was just wanting. I am not at all surprised to hear that George has lost his purse, for I know how careless he is; it is a good lesson for him to take better care of his things; he will be ashamed to tell it to me. We mistake often our best friends. Mr. Jones, it is true, has lost much money; but he did mistake my cousin, to whom he would not sell on credit, for my cousin always pays every cent he owes. Sir, you have asked for Voltaire's works at my store; now I have received them. You mistake me, sir; I have not asked for these 25* 294 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. i Dooks, but I think my nephew did so. Do not misunderstand me, but take me as your friend, for all that I am telling you is the truth ; I only care for your future. He did misunderstand me ; I asked him to come this evening, and he came in the morning. I have misunderstood you : I thought you told me you did not wish to buy my uncle's horse ; that is the reason why he has sold it to his neigh- bor ; but I think you can have a better one for the same price. Our friend William lives very carelessly ; he never thinks of the future, but sometime he will be surprised to find himself poor and without friends. I am old and sick, and shall soon die ; who will take care of my poor children ? Be not sad ; God, who clothes the flowers in the fields, will also take care of your children. My father takes care of the children of our neighbor, who died last spring; he sends them to school and clothes them. When do you dress yourself? I dress myself as soon as I rise. Do you not yet dress ; it is late and we shall soon breakfast. Yesterday I dressed very early, for I was obliged at seven o'clock to go to our aunt, who departed for Boston. My brother undresses himself after supper, but I do not like to do it so early; I undress only when I go to bed. Our niece needs two hours to dress herself; that is the reason why she is always so care- fully dressed. Why are you not yet dressed? it is already half past nine ; there is a gentleman down stairs, who wishes to speak to you. Beg him to wait a moment ; I shall soon be dressed ; I have only to put on my cravat and my coat. You always go to bed too late, and therefore you are never dressed at the right time ; the sooner we go to sleep the sooner we can rise. You lose too much time in dressing, and therefore it is quite natural that you always come to breakfast too late. Did you see the two French ladies at the theatre last night? they were dressed very carefully, only they wore too many flowers on their bonnets, and that did not become them. How does this new silk dress fit me ? It fits you very well, only I find the color a little too dark. I do not like to wear a white cravat, for it does not become me, my hair is too light. A gentle- man must always be cleanly dressed and with some taste ; but if he does it with too great care, he shows that he thinks too much of himself. I met young Mr. Klein yesterday; he was rejoiced to see me, for he thought I was not well : this young man although he is poor, is always nicely dressed. Do you see my cousin often? Yes; he passes every morning before our store, but I do not speak to him THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 295 often. I passed by Miss Brown this morning in Eighth street, but she was speaking with one of her friends and did not perceive me. The French count passed through our street this afternoon in his new carriage : all who were passing by stopped and looked at it, for it is very beautiful; he received it from Paris last week. I met his daughter yesterday ; she passed on horseback before the new theatre ; she was dressed in green, and wore a long white fea- ther in her hat. We have received very bad news ) Mr. Black, in Whitetown, has lost his eldest son • he died of consumption, after a very long illness. Mrs. Green did expect her brother in the ship Aurora, from Europe • but upon the arrival of the vessel, she heard the bad news that he had died on the passage. Of what sickness did he die] He died of the ship fever, a few days before the arrival of the ship. Is your old uncle still alive ] I have not seen him for a long time. No, sir 3 he is dead : he died last autumn at his country-house. Time passes very quickly, and death surprises us when we expect it the least. Every body desires to die a natural death. When I passed before the new Protestant church last Mon- day, I saw on the opposite side of the street a poor horse which had fallen down on the slippery ground : two men tried to raise it, and they did succeed at last, but not without great trouble. It strikes two o'clock, and I thought it was only one ; how quickly time passes in your agreeable company. The winter has passed, the days are growing longer; now we have to expect warmer weather and the ^pleasures of spring. The house of our nephew stands on that side of the river, and we always pass over the Market-street bridge when we go to see him. The large white house which you perceive on this side of the mountain, belongs to the rich English merchant, whose only son died this summer of the fever. You have already made great progress in German ; and be sure, the more words you learn by heart, the easier you will find it to speak this language. Take care of your coat, and when you take it off, always hang it carefully in your wardrobe. The new law has passed ; now we shall have cheap woolen goods. My uncle made me the proposition yesterday, to go with him to New York; but I must stay at home, foi my brother is sick : he has a bad fever. The people of Switzer- land speak three different languages: on this side of the mountains they speak German, and on the other side, they speak French and Italian. 296 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. SIXTY-SEVENTH LESSON.— @iefett lltlb fcd)$$Ulfte Section* THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. The subjunctive mood has four tenses : the present; the per- fect, and the two future tenses. The first person singular of the present tense of the subjunc- tive is formed from the infinitive by dropping the n, and then it will terminate in e, like the first person of the present indicative ; the second person is formed by adding ft to the first person, and the third is always like the first. The first and third per- sons plural are formed by adding n to the first person singular, and the second person by adding t to it ; as — I love, id) Hebe, we love, voir (ieben, thou love, bu liebeflv ye love, il;r liebet> he love, er liebe, you love, €ie (ieben> they love, fie litbtn. Verbs, irregular in the present tense of the indicative, are regularly formed in the present subj unctive ; as — I have, id) \)abt r I be, id) fei, thou, have, fcu fyabefr, thou be, bu fei|T, he have, er fyabe, he be, er fei, we have, roir \)abm, we be, rcir feien (fein), ye have, il;r fyabct, ye be, \\)V f«ief> you have, €ie tyaben, you be, efr^ thou know, bu YDtffefJ/- he become, er werbe, he know, er tuiffe, we become, rotr werben, we know, rt>ir wtffen, ye become, il)r werbet, ye know, \\)x wiffet, you become, Sie werben, you know, £ie rciffen, they become, fie roerben* they know, fie rcifjen. The perfect of the subjunctive is formed by the present sub- junctive of the auxiliary to have, I) a ben, or to be, fein: — I have loved, id) Ijabt geliebt. I have gone, id) fei gegangen. The two future tenses are formed by the present subjunctive of the auxiliary rt> e r b e n : — he will love, er roerbe lieben. he will have loved, er tnerbe geliebt fyaben. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 297 The pupil will observe that there is but little difference between the indicative and subjunctive moods, and that it exists merely in the third person singular. The subjunctive mood is, in German as well as in English, but very little used, and only in sentences by which doubt or uncertainty is intended to be expressed. f (Stc bcnfcn cr fei etn cr)rlici)ct Sfllcmn. (doubting that he is honest.) You think he is an honest man. \ 0il benfen cr tft etn cfjrltcbcr 93tonn. (agreeing in opinion with the They told me that Mr. Brown had left the city. Do you think our uncle will arrive to-day in this bad weather ? Charles told me that his sister was sick. person spoken to/ sjftan fagtc mtr, tap £crr 23raun bte (Stabt Kriajjen fyabe. (doubting.) £)ent:cn (Sic, fcap unfcr £)f)ctm bcute in btcfem fd)(cd)tcn ^Better onfoms men mcrbe? (being uncertain;) anfommen rvirt) ? (a direct ques- tion.) &axi fctQte mtr, bo(5 fctne (Scfynxftet ivant feu (doubting it.) The present tense of the subjunctive is of importance, because the imperative mood, which will be explained in the following lesson, is formed from it. To lament, Hagen; to pity, 6ef(agen, fcemitteiben; the pity, fca§ 9)£ittciben; to bind, to tie (to fasten), fcinben* — imperf. I bound, id) banbf perf I have bound, id) l)a6e ge&unben; to be called (to distinguish by a name), fyeifsen* — imperf. id) \)k% f perf. id) fyabe gel)eif;en; to name (to give a name), nennen* — imperf I named, id) nannte, perf. I have named, id) fyafce ges nannt; the fortune, the wealth, ba§> QSermogen; the fool, t?er 9iarr (second declension) $ the world, tie 2Belt; hard, {>art. That lady laments without any Scnc £)amc ffacjt ofyne Urfacfye, reason. 3d) &effacn nut mm 5?tcmanbbQttf}nt>cHa3t(0c!iutlctbct)« ©arum fctnben (Sic bac> S3anb urn 3r)ren 2frm ? 3d) btnbc c$ urn metnc £anb, benn tel) fyabc Wje ginger. I pity that man, for he has lost his whole fortune. Why do you pity Mr. White ? I pity him, because he has lost his only child. Have pity upon me. Nobody has pitied him. Why do you bind the ribbon around your arm 1 I bind it around my hand, for I have sore fingers. 298 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. £)er SBucfybinbet fyat. btcfc^ 33ud, fd)ted)t gcbunbcm (5r bant) ben £>unb an ben <8aum. 3d) rann nicbt OTe$ tbun rea* id) n>unfd)e, benn mir (int) Die &anbe a/bunben. [bunben. (5r hat bag spfcrb an ben Baun i^~ ££arum baben (Sie beute ein roeifies jjpatstucb umgebunben ] 3d) aiefyc einc weipe £Bcftc an, unb btnbe ein recipes £alstud) urn, nur rcenn id) auf einen 23all gefye. SQBic fptgen fid) $)lu\)t ge&en; to be worth while, ber SDJtifye vt>ertf> fern (to be worth the trouble); the man (in the sense of mankind), ber 9)cenfd) [second declension)*^ rare, seldom, felteru I beg your pardon, if I trouble you. 3d) bitte. urn SSeqeifyung, roenn td) @ic bemuse.. 3d) ttjeiji id) \)aW (Sic bemtibt, abet id) fennte e$ ntcbt anbere* tbun. (St gtcbt fid) mete 3£R&$e beutfel) ^u (em en. 23emuben gcfatltajt t)tncm. £>er STflenfd) tft fettcn gificfltd). [Sob. SBctnafye allc 9JJcnfcb«i furd)ten ben £ftein £)r)et«i fyat etn fcfyr feltencs fpa^ ntfd)c$ 23ud) gcfcmft ; es lf>at if)m mete Sftufye gc^cftct e^ *u fmben. 3ft e$ bte 93iul)e rocrtf) in bte £>pet $u gerjen ? @£ tft ntdbt ber gttfifje nxrtry £Bar es ber 9JUUe wertf) bte f)cutta,e Scttuna, $u lefen ? (S'5 roar faum ber ^ftufje rccrtr). newspaper of to-day % It was hardly worth while. To rent, to hire, mietfyen; to let, Dermietfyen; to set (to seat), fef$en; the landlord, the host, ber 2Birtf)J to be mistaken, to err, fid) irren; the error, the mistake, ber 3rrtl)iim; to rely, upon, fid) tjetlaffen,* auf (like laffen) — imperf. I relied, id) r-ertiefc mid), perf. I have relied, id) l;a&e mid) berla'ffen ; the story (of a house), bae €toa$ tft fein greater 3rrtf)um. Mann id) mid) auf 3rjr935ortr>crtaficn? (Sie fennen fid) barauf oertaffen. 3d) tjcrttef mid) auf fetnen 23ruber, aber id) trrte mid). 3d) f)abe mid) nicmatS auf ba$ £>crs fprccben metnes ^ebnetbere; t?er(a|fen. 3ft Sfr SSatcr cben ? 9?cin, metn $erj ; cr tft unten. Sofyann, brtnejen (Sic mcine (stiefel (grbgefdjof* Have you rented the whole house? I have only rented the first and second stories lives above. Of whom have horse % The host of the French Hotel has let it to me. ) my landlord you hired that fcaUn (Ste bas gan$c£>auS $enrictf)Ot? 3d) r)abe nur ben unterften unb ten etften (Stcc! cjemietfyet ; cben tvefynt ntcin 2Bittr> $3 on roem fyaben er SQStrtf) be$ fran$6fifd)cn ^ctc(g f;at c$ nur wrnuctfjet. Instead of, anflatt; a preposition, which governs the genitive. He took my hat instead of his own. instead of my I went thither brother. The children are talking, instead of listening to you. They play instead of working. We remained home instead of going to the concert. (Sr nctfym metnen £>ut cmffatt be* feU nigen. 3d) ging anftatt meincg SBruberS t>a \)'m. £>H jttnbct fprcd)cn, anftatt anf @ic $u bcren. (Ste fpieten anftatt gu arfretten. (Sir Wtefcen $u £aufe anftatt in bag (5cn$ert $u ge^'ecu As (since), ba; a conjunction, which implies a cause from which an inference is drawn; — it differs from when, al£, which refers to time. £)a (Sic $u fpat femmen, fc fctlen (Sic fcin 2tt>enbbrcb fyafcen. £>a e$ r>cute fcbcne*5£etter tft, fc tvcU (en n>ir einen (Spajtera/ma, macben. When a subordinate sentence, beginning with the conjunction t>c\, xv e n n, ro e i l, n a d) b e m, or o 6 a, I e i d> stands before a prin- cipal sentence, then f Of thus, is generally placed before the prin- cipal sentence. As you come too late, you shall have no supper. Since it is fine weather to-day, we will take a walk. When Mr. Black comes, tell him that I was obliged to go out. Because I could not find my bro- ther, I went alone to the theatre. ££enn &m rict>cn he gave it to his son to copy. fyatti, fo qab cr ifyn fetnem Seljne, urn ifjn aft^ufcbretben. Although my uncle has lost his Dfcgfeid) metn Dfyctm fein SBermegtn fortune, yet he is a happy man. r>erleren tyat, fo tft cr ted) cm glucfttcfycr sjHanm SRrfn SBrubct afouftt, tap e£ F?cutc regnen nterbc* £err SBetf fagtc mir, tap cr mid) fefjr licft ^aDe* 3d) fagtc tfym tic Urfadbc, roarum unfer £)bcim nad) ^au5 gcretf't iji ; cr anhuertetc mir after, tap cr eS fteffer rotfje. ©eerg, fagt tap cr franf fct, unt tcsfyatft ntd)t in tic (Sdbutc ger)cn ferine ; cr $eigte after fteim ^tttagejfen cinen fefyr guten 2Cppctit. S'ie muffen ntd>t immcr fclagcn, tenn e*> gieftt mU SOJenfcften tic ung(ucfttd)cr (int aU @te; roer ims mer ftagt feat nid)t $u cnuarten, tap man tfjn ftcflagt. 3d) fteflagc 93?atam £Braun ; fie bat ifyre attefte Securer r-crteren ; fte roar cin fefjr buftfebeo unt (teOfR^tofirttges 9Jiatd)en. 2Cn roe(d)er Jlranffyctt tft fte gefrcrften ? (Etc ftarft an ter (Sd)ttrinbfud)t, cine ^ran!f)eit tic in ticfem Cante fefyr geruobn? ltd) tft. 3E£em Sflcffe gtauftt, id) roertc tr)n fteftagen, roeit cr feinc 23erfe s?crs leren bat; after er tft cin Sttarr, tcr fcinc crgnugungen tenft* SBfce mellcn eutfd)em SBtemcf fejtet tiefer $Kegenfd)irm 1 (Sr feftet fed)* Scaler; tclleid)t fted) pnten, after Cic roertcn aud) fetten cinen febeneren 9?ecjcnfcbirm a(§ ticfen feben* 3Bir feben (Sic feit cinicjer 3eit febr fetten ; id) tenfe 0te cjeftcn te$ 2(ftent<> in ta^ Sweater, anjlatt un^ gu ftefucbem 33?ein fritter nannte unferen better cinen barren, rpett cr immcr pen fctncn JUettcrn fpricbt. ©ejlern bant cr cin ruetpe^ #afstud) um, unt ^eej cine grauc fettenc SBcftc an, um in fca$ SBaarcntacjer Ju cjeben. 3db ^erc tiefe^ ^>au5 ift $u t)crmietb;en ; ftnt Sic ter &£trtn, metn $m% 3a ; after (Sic fennen nur bag erjte unt grucitc S'techr)erf mietben ; ter tin? terftc (Stecf ift fd)en ^ermietbet, unt in ter trttten (Stage ruebne id) ; m&a* feben Sic tie Simmer $u fef)cn ? $Bcmu[)en Sic ftd) nicbt ; id) merte mergen mit ntcincm 23rut^r femmem 3>^ btttc um SScr^etfyung, wenn id) Ste ftc= 26 302 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. rnfirje ; id) roar fcbon eben, abcr id) fenntc nicbt Sljrcn SBcbicntra ftntm SBemuben (Sic fid) ntcbt, gnabige $rau ; id) roerfce mctncn 2B«J aXlctn fin? ben. £)er £nabc giebt fid) otic 93*uf)e um gut $u febreiben, abcr c$ gctingt if)m feltsn. 3d) fucbte ben bettanbtfeben jtapttan ben gangen £3crmirtag unb id) tenntc if>n nur mil meter 9JJuf)C ftnbcn. £)er SDienfcb ift felten mit bem ^ufricben, was er bat. £abcn 'Sic 93Zit(etben mit bicfem perron ; or bat mabrcnb fcinc* gan^en Zebm* b^rt gearbcitet, unb nun, ba er alt ift, b^t cr bas Itnglucf gcbabt, fein ganjeg SScnuegen $u tterlieretn (5S ift ein gtcffef Srrtbum, roenn mir glauben, fcajj roir in biefer SBelt r-cllfcmmen gtticfltcb fein fenrncn. 3ft el ber SR&fte rocrtf) bas neuc engtifebe (Scbiff $u feben ? . (£-6 ift ber 9#ube nxrtb, benn ct> ift etnc» bcr febenften (Scbtffe, roefebesiebjema^ gefeben \)abc. SBiemct if! biefer ©arten rocrtb ? (5r ift febr met mcrtb, benn cr ift ncben unferem £aufe. ©arum fefeen (Sic bic gtafebe auf H$ Siamm ? 3d) fege fie auf ba§ jtamin bamit bic &inbcr fie nid)t gcrbrecben. £aben (Sic bic ©fire cin roenig $u marten ; id) rcnmfd)C mit 3rmcn einige 2(ugcnb(idc $u fprecben. 3b* Jrcunb irrt ficb/ nxnn cr gtaubt, bap id) ibni fein SSucb ntcbt juriicfgcbcn mcrbe ; cr fell e$ mergen baOcn ; cr fann ficb barauf r-ertaffen. 3cb wrttcfj micb auf fein QSerfprccben, abcr id) febc icb f)aU micb geirrt, benn anftatt mit £U bc$ab(en reif'tc cr ah, cljnc mir (aucb nur) cin ££ert gu fagen. ££ir irren un$ eft in unfercn greunben, abcr fel* ten in* unfercn $eint>cn. ($r ging anftatt feincS SSruber* in t)cn £abcn. OTcin grautetn, Bic roiinfcbcn meinc Scbnxftcr $u fprecben ; id) femmc ans ftatt ibrcr, um Sbtten $u fagen, baj} fie ntcbt roebl ift unb ntcbt au^geben fann. ©a 3btc liebc Scbmefter ntcbt au^geben fann, fe nxrbc icb mir to* SSers gnugen macben, ftc bcutc 9?acbmittag git befucben. £Bcnn (Sic cs mir ntcbt gtauben mcllcn, fe fennen (Sic meinen QSatcr fragen. £)a 3br £T?cffe ntcbt um $roclf ilbr tarn, fo bin id) allein gegangen um bic ncucn SBafferrocrfe $u befeben. Vou told me that Charles was sick, but I saw him in the street to-day; he passed before our store. Thou thinkest he does not know that you have lost his umbrella, but you are mistaken; for he told me just now that he had lent it to you, and that you have not yet returned it. He promised me that he would bring back my book to-morrow, but I know I shall have to wait some weeks longer. Why do you lament so much ? I know you have lost your dear aunt who has done much for you, but you are still young and able to work. I do not lament without reason, for you do not know how much she has done for me, and how much she loved me : pity me, madam, for I shall never again find happiness in this world. Men often lament without any reason, and think then^elves unhappy THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 303 when they cannot have all that they desire. My little brother laments the death of his dog; but he is wrong, because for one dollar he can buy a better one. I pity that gentleman, for he lost his only son in the last war. Why do you pity IV] r. Black ? I pity him with all my heart, for he has lost his whole fortune. You may be right in pitying him, but I have never pitied a young man who loses his money and is able to work ; T only pity men who lose their good name. Mr. Green died on his last journey ; but nobody pitied him, for he only loved his money, and was always very hard towards the poor. Have pity on me, my dear friend, and lend me one hundred dollars; I have been sick these two month?, and I have no money to buy bread for my poor wife and children : I shall be able to give it back to you in three months. Most willingly ; for I know you are an honest man, and I pity you and your family with all my heart. It is very hard when we are willing to work and are not able to do it. Why do you bind your pocket-handkerchief around your hand? I have sore fingers and I fear the cold air. These books are very well bound; who has bound them for you'? Mr. Brown, in Sixth street, has bound them ; he is a very good book- binder. The student fastened the horse to the fence, and left it standing there five hours without giving it anything to eat or to drink. You always wear white cravats; how often do you put on a clean one? I put on a clean cravat every morning, and sometimes a secpnd one in the evening. What is your name] My name is Charles. What is your brother's name? His name is John. What is the name of this street ? It is called Apple street. What do you call this in German? It is called as in English. I have written to-day from morning until evening ; that I call working. How was the last king of France called ? His name was Louis Philippe ; He died in England of a broken heart. Can you tell me all the rivers and all the large cities of this country? Name to me the seven days of the week. They are called, Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Saturday. My brother called our cousin a fool, because he thinks of nothing but his horses and dogs. Mrs. Johns always calls me William, and my name is George. W 7 hat is the price of this cloth? It costs three dollars^and a half a yard. I find it too dear; have you no cheaper? Yes, sir; this piece is cheaper, it costs only two dollars and a half, but it is not so fine as that. W r hat is the price of that pretty book ; which is lying on the stone table ? It has no 304 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. price, for it is a very rare and old book which 1 received from my grandfather. It has cost much trouble to get the money for the carriage which I sold to the French count. It has given me great trouble to find a good and honest servant, but we have at last suc- ceeded in finding one. I beg your pardon, if I trouble you* but they told me that you knew the price of this house. No, sir, I do not know it ■ but the landlord lives above in the third story, you can speak to him, he is at home. Do not trouble yourselves, I shall find the newspaper, for I have seen it up stairs. We have troubled you for nothing, but we did not know that you had already sold your horses. Men often trouble themselves for nothing, or for things which they do not want. Take the trouble to walk in, sir; I wish to show you an old painting which I have bought in New York. I know I have troubled you, but I could not do otherwise, for you alone can tell me where your uncle lives. He lives in the next house, but he is very seldom at home ; if you will ask his landlord, he can tell you where to find him. My sister took great pains to learn French, and she has succeeded in it. Is it worth while to read this new book? It is not worth while, for it is very carelessly written ; there are many mistakes in it. How were you pleased at the concert last night? The music was very bad ; it was* not worth while to listen to it. Set the cups on the bureau until you have brought the tea. I have set your glass on the table, but somebody has taken it away ^perhaps you will find it up stairs. You are mis- taken when you believe that I will not pay what I owe you ; you shall have your money to-morrow, you may rely upon it. Is your brother above (up stairs) ? Yes, sir; he is in his room in the third story. John, take my boots down and clean them, for I must go out soon. They are already cleaned, and are below in the kitchen. Then bring them up stairs, and tell the maid-servant to clean the first story, for I expect company this evening. Does Mrs. Klein live here 1 No, sir, she does not live here. They told me she was living at Number 22. Then you are mistaken ; this house is Number 32. Have the kindness to send me the new waistcoat to-morrow; I rely upon you, for I wish to depart the day after to-morrow. You may rely upon me, you shall have it to-morrow in the afternoon. I relied upon his promise ; but I was mistaken, for instead of sending it in the afternoon, he sent it the next morning. You come to see us very seldom; what is the reason of it ? I have rented a house very far from Market street ; that is the reason why I so seldom THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 305 pass your house ) but I am not quite satisfied with it, and lam trying to find another one nearer Market street. We have rented the first and second stories of a very fine house in Eighth street; our landlord is living in the third and fourth stories. Has your father been at the bank to-day 1 No, I have gone there instead of my father. If thou wilt always play instead of listening, thou wilt learn but little. Charles came this morning instead of his brother, in order to bring us the French journal. I beg your pardon ; I have been mistaken, I took your hat instead of mine. Do not rely upon the future, but do at present as much as you can. Since it is fine weather to-day and not windy, we will take an airing. As the days are growing longer, you must now rise earlier. Since it has not rained last night, we shall take our breakfast in the garden. If the English merchant should come w T hilst I am not at home, tell him to wait till I return. I will write you a letter as soon as I arrive in London \ you may rely upon it : thus he spoke when he departed, but he has never written. Because you have badly written your (ye) exercises, you are obliged to copy them \ but take care to make them right, for there is hardly one sentence in which ye have not made a mistake. After Mr. White had finished the letters, he gave them to me in order to take them to the post. Mr. Green thinks he is never mistaken, and thus he is always angry when his younger brother makes a mistake. Although Mr. Thompson did not know me, he gave me the silk gloves without payment; he only asked for my name, but he may rely upon it, I shall pay him for them to-morrow. SIXTY-EIGHTH LESSON. — 31t lilt!) fe&>$$i#fte Section* THE IMPERATIVE MOOD. The imperative expresses a command, concession, or wish ; and this mood is formed, in German, from the present of the sub- junctive, except that the second person singular drops the ji$ as — love (thou), Ite6e (t>u) f love (ye), (Met, let him love, liebe er, or er litbt, love (you), lie&en @te, [&en* let us love, roir roollen lie&en/ let them love, lie&en fie, or fie lit* 26* 306 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. be (thou), fei (bu)* be (ye), feiet, let him be, fei er, or er \i\f be (you), feien Sie, let us be, wit rcollen feietv let them be, fein fie, or fie feien. know (thou), n>iffe (bu)> know (ye), roiffetj let him know, vnijfe er> or er roifie, know (you), tuiffen eie, [vriffen. let us know, voir roollen irifferif let them know, roiffen fie; or fie Irregular verbs, which, in the second and third persons singu- lar of the present indicative, change the radical vowel e into \ f have two second persons singular, in the imperative, formed by dropping fr from the second person of the present indicative and subjunctive; e. g. from to see, fefyen} to give, geben; to die, frer ben; &c. See (thou), fie!) (bu), and fefye (bu). Give (thou), $ieb (bu) f and gebe (bu). Die (thou), flirb (bu), and frerbe (bu). The former is a stronger command than the latter. Love God ! liebe ©ott ! Love (ye) your parents, liebet euere SItern. Give me the book when thou ©ebe nur bat 23ud) nxnn bu eg qefrs hast read it. fen fa ft. Give me the book immediately. ©teb nur bat SBucf) fecjictcJ). Let him go. gaffe ifa qefan. Look if the gentleman has come, ©cfa cb ber £err artqefemmen ift* Look in thy book. &kt) in betn £3ud). Break this stick. Serbrecfa fctefen ©tecf. Do not break the cup. Serbrtd) md)t bte Saffe. Copy these exercises. ©efjm&e btefe Ucbunqen ah Let him do what pleases him. (Sr tr)uc roa$ tfym gefatlt. Be he as rich as Crcesus. I ® ei « & ff* raie *ft« ' or > ( (Sr fei fo retcb rote <5rcv|u& Let the rich man never forget SScrgeffc ber SRetdfa rue, bap er arm that he can become poor. rcerben farm ; or, £)er 9?etd)C tter* qeffc me, ba$ er arm nxrbcn famu Let us go. ££tr rcollen gefan. Now let us wotk. 9?un ruetten wit arbettert. Do not care too much for the <£erqct mcl)t $u ml fur ben nadjfien morrow. £ftorqen. ' Give me a glass of water, if you (SJcbcn Bit nur ctn ©lag £Baffer, please. nxnn e£ Sbnen qefdlliq ift. Have the kindness. JpaUn ®tc bte ©lite. Be so kind and take this note to ol;ann. The genitive or possessive case of names, without the definite, article, is formed, as in English, by adding §, with an apostrophe. Virgil's poems. 93trgtr$ ©cbicfyte. Goethe's works. ©etfye'S 2Ecrfi\ Henry's sister. 4>eumd)'$ (Sdwcftcr. Louisa's dress. Ceutfcn'S .ftteib. Francis' hat. grain's $ut. Names ending in e, ^ X)t or fr take, for the sake of euphony, It*$; or en'Sv in the genitive. When an adjective is added to a name, the definite article must be used 3 as — Little Henry's sister. [Goethe. Die @d)wej!e? beg f(cinen £etnridfj« The works of the renowned Die g&erfe beg berufymten ©ottje. The works of Frederic the Great. Die £Ber£e grtebrtd) bes ©rojjen. The wars between Charles the Die &tFege $*uf&en Jtart tern gfefs Fifth and Francis the First. ten unb fivaty tern (Srftcn- Ravaillac killed Henrythe Fourth. $Kat>ai(lQct6ttcte^cinrid)bciVl)ierten» Names of countries and places follow the same rule. America's riches. ftmcrifa'g $Hetd)tf)unu England's commerce. (Sngtonb'S ^ontcL The inhabitants of beautiful Paris. Die SSeroofjnet be* fdjenen tyant. ? The poem, ba§ ©ebicfyt; the war, ter Jfrieg; the peace, ter $-riete ; the riches, the richness, ter 9vetd)t()um> pi tie SKctdp ttyiimer; the commerce, the trade, ter jpanbel; the inhabitant, ber 93erool)ner> ter Sinroofyner; the use, the profit, ter Sftufcen; useful, nufelid) ; useless, nu|Icfv or imnti§; to be of use, to be 308 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. good for, tauten; the rest, the repose, the tranquillity, tie 9iuf)ej quiet, tranquil (peaceful), rul)ig; uneasy (restless), unrul)ig; the uneasiness (the trouble), t)ie llnrul)?; to alarm, to make uneasy, beunrutyigen; to be uneasy, to be alarmed, at, fid) 6eunrul;ti)ertf uber; to disturb, freren; to complain, of, fid) 6ef(agen> uber ; to sit down, fid) fe|en5 to P ar d° n ? W^eifyen* — imperf. I pardoned, id) Derjiet), perf. I have pardoned, id) \jabi t)erjiel)en. War disturbs trade 3 peace alone brings riches. The inhabitants of this town are living upon trade. What is he living upon ] He lives upon a small trade. He has enough to live upon. A commerce without proiitmakes poor merchants. Is it useful to write these words without learning them by heart? That is useless. It is of no use to buy books, if you do not read them. Of what use is that? This knife is good for nothing. All his propositions were of no use (were good for nothing). Why are you so uneasy 1 I am uneasy at not having re- ceived a letter from my mother. You make me uneasy with your complaints. I will not alarm you, but I think your brother is very sick. You make yourselves uneasy for nothing. I became uneasy as it grew dark. Be quiet, my child ; thy mother will soon be here. You want rest. I like the tranquillity of night. Of wdiat do you complain ? I complain at the price of this new coat. He did complain at not having found you at home. [plain I Of whom does your brother com- ber .ftrtcg ftcrt ben SpanM ; nur bef grtebe brtncjt SKetdjtfyum, £)te fficwehnir btcfer Stabt fetai t>em £cmM. SGBooon (ebt cr ? (Sr (ebt son cinem tfeincn $anM. (Sr l)ot genug urn $u teben. (Sin SpcrnM efyne £ftugen macfyt arme .ftauftcute. 3ft t* nu£(icb biefe Shorter %u fd)reU ben cfjnc fie ausroenbtg $u (erncn ? ®d$ tft nufciefc (S3 tft sen Ecincm ^ttgen 23ucber $u faufen, tvenn (Sic fie ntd>t (efen iw'fien. £Bc$u taugt $>a$ ? SDiefeS 93?efTer taugt nid)t£. 2ttlc feme 33erfd)tage taugtcn ntd)t& SBartim beunrufyigen <2>ie fid) ? 3d) beunruf)tge mid), t)a$ id) fetnen S3rtcf t)cn metner Gutter erfyaltcn r)abc. tc ft ore. <2ie fteren mid) ofmi unt) Qar ntd)t ibicfcr 9J?ann port mid) fccinafjc alle grin SSatcr &er#ef} trjm fetnen gefyter. (Er bat mir nic seiateben. 3d) tt>finfd>e mid) $u fcgcn* (£r fcjte [id) auf bicfc ©artenbanf. SBarum jcgren (Sic fid) nid)t? 8egen ©tc fid) gcfaUtgft* The sentence, ber Srt|; the sun, tie Sonne 5 the moon, ber 93tenb; the star, ber Stern; the heaven, the sky, ber jjimmel; bright, glanjentv fyell; correct (right), rid)tig; to shine and to seem, fd)einen* — imperf. he shone, he seemed, er fd)ien; perf. he has shone, he has seemed, er tyat gefdjienen. To rise and to set are translated by aufgefyen and unters 9 el; en/ when these verbs relate to the sun, moon, or stars. Die (Sonne febetnt md)t mer-r, abet The snn does not shine any more, but the moon will soon rise. The moon rose after the sun had set. The moon does not shine ) we have no moonshine. The moon did shine very clearly the whole night. The sky is clear and the stars are shining brightly. This sentence seems to me not correct. All right. He seemed to be dissatisfied. It seemed to him not to be enough. It seems to me you will not work. Methinkshedoes not like to work. There is, in German, an which is used as follows — I myself, id) fel&fr> thou thyself, bu fe(6ff, he himself, er fe(6|l> she herself, fie fe(bfr> He did it himself. I myself have spoken to him. ber $)?ent> rutrb bait) aufgebett. £)er sjjfrnb gtng auf, nacbbem bic ©enne tmtergegangen mar. £)er sjftonb febetnt nid)t; rottfjaben fetnen 9J?onbfcbetn. ©er 93?cnb f>at bte gauge 97ad)t fcr)t flar gefebienen. £)er £>:mmel ift tiav, unb bte (Sterne febeinen lydl. liefer (SaB fcfyeint mir ntcbt ricf)ttg. Xtfe* ift ricbttvi. (£r febten un^ufrteben ju fetn. (SS febten i()m ntcbt genua, $u fetn. (56 febetnt mir, (Sie roellen ntd)t ax* betten. 9)Ur febetnt, er fttbettet ntcbt gem. indefinite pronoun, self, f e I & jr, we ourselves, mir fe[&|T> you yourselves, Sie felblT, they themselves, fie fetbjh (Sr tfjat e* fel&ft. S'd) feibft r;abe nut tr)m Qcfprcd)cn* prepositions governing the genitive. 310 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. I have spoken to himself. 3d) fictfic nut tfym felbft gcfprecbcn. You yourselves have written it. (Sic felbft baben es gcfcbriebcn. This little girl dresses herself. *Dicf«6 Heine sJHabcbcn ftetfct fid) felbft art* (without any help.) Without, on the outside of, aufcerfyalb; Within, in the inner part of, innertyalb; Above, on the upper side of, oberfyalb; Below, on the lower side of, unterfyalb} I met him outside of the village. 3d) begegnete tfym auperbatb be$ £)orfe*. You will find him within the Sic roerben if>n inncrbalb beg ©ars garden. tenS fin ben. Within a few days. Snnerbalb cinigcr (roenigcr) Sage. Mr. Klein lives above Fourth pm Siti'm roebnt eberbalb bev &tet? street, Number 36. ten (Strafe, Summer 86. My aunt lives in Charles street, 9)?einc &ant£ roebnt in ber (SbartcSs three doors below Sixth. ftrafc, unterfjalb ber (Sccbstcn. Rather, (ieber (meaning more willingly). He will rather lose his money (5;r will licber fein ©elb tu'rfieren, ate than ask him for it. ifyn borum bitten. Rather than take this medicine, Ciebcr roill id) fterben, alS btefe 9J?cs I will die. bi^in nefjmen. (Set rubig, metn Ite&eS itinb, bein SSoter roirb balb gurueffommen. ©cbc in bie (Scblafftubc, unb bringe mir meinc Ur)r ; id) r)at>c fie auf bem Sifcbe licgcn (affen. ©ieb bctnem SBruber bat 35ucr) ; er braucbt eg urn bie llcbuns gen at^ufebreiben. (Sicb micb an, roenn id) mit bir fpreebe SSergip nicr>t rcas bu Derfprccbcn baft. Stebet ©ett, cuere (Sltctn, unb euere 9?acbftcn. ©ebet eucb alle TOubc cuere tfrbeit gut unb cbne Jcbler $u macben. £oret auf bat, roaS euere £ebrer eucb fagen. SBeunrubtgcn (Sic ficb nid)t fc febr ; id) benfe 3br £>beim tft nid)t fo franf: roic <&u cS glaubcn. itaufen r -l)abt ben gan^en 9Jcorgcn in bem ©arten gcfptclt; mir roollen nun arbetten, unb ctrx>as 9lfi$s licbcs tbun. £>tefer £err gebt immer febr ffetj an uns r>orbet, aber er nebme fid) in ?fd)t, bap er nicbt fa lie. (Set er nicbt fc fiefe auf feinen SKcicbtbum ; id) babe reicbere Scute al>> er ift, arm roerben gefeben. jg>err ©cbroaq glaubt ber bejle 9^ann r>en ber £Belt $u fein ; ber £immet m$tity ibm btefen Srrs tbnm. Scbann, bringen @?ie bem itarl biefe gcbern, unb fagen (Sic ibm, bap er mir $ran$en'$ Scbretbebud) fd)ic!en felt. £)tc (Scbnxfter be? Heinen ©cerg bcflagt ftcb fiber bicb ; fie fagt, bu baft ibren 93mbcr gefcblogen. ©uftao 2(bc(pf\> Scb beenbigte nicbt ben breifngfabrigcn $ricg. Reiner ren (Surepa'S gtupen ift fo grop roic ber ^tfftjjippi in jfterb^Cmcrtfa. J)ic ®«r THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 311 bidhtc be$ gropcn filter finb in ber gangcn 2Mt bcfannt, £)cr jtrtcg ftort ten .panbel, unb mad)t bie 23emobncr etneS SanbcS arm ; bcr griefce nur format $eid)tbum, unb macbt btc Sflationcn gtiicHtcb. SBeunrubigcn ©tc (id) nicbt, Sbw 3*cd)nung tfr ricbtig ; id) ftnbe feinen getter bartn. 4>err 2Beip macbtc miv oerfefyiebene &>orfcblage, aber fie taucbten alle nicbtS; id) finbe e$ unnttjs cine fc langc 3?eife $u mad)en ttm ££aarcn $u faufen, bie man tyci fur bcnfclben $)reip faufen fann. SBarum beunrubigen 6'te fid) fc fc()t ? glaubcn ^ic mir, (Sic roerben utncrbalb einer 2£ecbc r>cn Sfyrem SBrubet borcn, ber in spatiS r-crgeffen bat, mit meld)er Unrobe Sie einen SSricf son tfjm crmartem £Ber>on tc6t 3bt better grans? (§r UU t>en eincm fteinen £anbcl nut (Stfenmaarcn ; fetn Saben ift nur Hein, aber er braucbt nid)t met, benn er lebt bet feinen (Sltcrn. itnfer 9?ad)bar, bcr 23acfer, ift lein rcid>er Sftann, aber er fyat genug $u tcbciu 93cr$ciben (Sic mir, bap id) (Sic fc frub frere, aber id) mdltc fclbft fommen, urn (Sic $u fragen, rote 3brc Gutter ficb btefen Bergen beftnbet, (Sic bat U'gte 9?ad)t rubig gcfdblafen, unb unfer 2Tr^t fagt, bap $ube fur fie bie beftc 9ttebt$tn fci. 9J?cinc &ante bat cin Jpau$ auper? balb ber (Stabt gemtetbet ; fie femmt nur $wmM bte SSecfyc $u un$ ; es ift baber unnuk, bap (Sic beute auf fie marten. 3ft e$ nuklicb ml ^u febretben, urn etne frembe (Spracbe $u (ernen ? (5$ ift gut jeben Sag ein mertig $u febreiben ; aber c£ ift cbne 9Ju$cn 4 menn man bie Shorter, metcbe man febreibt, nicbt au£menbig femt. (Steren a$ gan^e ^>aus ftcrte ; ber SSater r-eqieb e^ ibm, mil er nicbt gan^ roobt mar, unb nid)t rubig febtafen !cnnte. ©s mar gefTern ber erfte febene ?(benb in btefem -Jrubling ; ber .£ummc( mar f(ar, unb bie 6'terne febtenen bell ; icb fegte mtcb gmtfeben bie 23(umenbeete uns ter ben grcpen 2Cpfe(baum, unb erfreute mtcb an bcr (Scbcnbett ber 9?atur; icb fap in £er mttben Suft, bi^ ber 93?cnb aufgtng, unb fein blape^ Stcbt auf unfer £au$ febten. (Ste febctnen unrubtg ^u fetn ; voa§ feb(t Sf)nen? ©c|cn ^te fid) gefalltgft ; id) mill 3'bnen fagen, ma$ micb bcunrubtgt, unb icb bin gemip, S'te merben micb ber'lagen. 93iir febetnt, Sie mcllen mir nicbt gfous ben, bap £crr Sl-arm feine ^fcrbc eerfauft bat ; aber eg ift geivill, benn er fctbft bat £$ tmt gefagf. 3d) mill liebcr in einem f'teinen £au[e mebnen, aUS meinc typxU Mrfrntfcm JBringcn 6te biefe? fillet §u g}Jabam SBraun ; aber 6ie muffen ce il)r fe(b|l gebem Snellen Sic bie ©ute l;aben mir ju 812 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. fagcn, rco gjfafcam ©run rucfynt 1 man fagtc rntr, fca£ fie ekrfyalfc ber 2&\U fycimsjkafe reefjnt, unfc t>a|j tfyr IMamc an tcr SI)iir t>c? ,paufc:t> ift ; after id) !ann c$ ntd)t ftnbetu (Sic irrcn fidb, man £crr ; 9Jfabam ©run wefynt tud)t efccrijaffc, fcnbcrn untevfjalb fcer ®t(r)dm$fta*{Se ; el ift cm fd)6ne$ £aul unt> funf (Stocf bed) ; er funftc Sfyur sen ber er(or, beat, id) fd)lugf went, id) ging* Imperf subjunct. (pres. cond.^ if I had, wenn id) fydtte, if I were, roenn id) watt, if I became, roenn id) itmrbe? if I were compelled, wertrt id) muf 3 te, if I might, rcenn id) mocbre/ if I brought, n>enn id) 6rdd)tej if I saw, wenn id) fdfye, if I lost, rcerm id) uerlore. if I beat, wenn id) fd)luge, if I went, rcenn id) ginge* The conjugation of this tense is the same as the imperfect in- dicative ; thus — if I went, rcerm id) ginge, if thou wentest, mnn fcu gingejl> if he went, iDerm er ginge, if we went, wenn wiv gingen, if ye went, mnn i!;r gingetf if you went, wenn <£ie ginger if they went, mnn fie gtngen. 27 if I saw, roenn id) fd!)e, if thou sawest, roenn fcu fdfyefrj if he saw, roenn er fdl)e f if we saw, wenn roir fdben> if ye saw, roenn il)r fdl>ef f if you saw, roenn ©ie fdfyett, if they saw, roenn fie fallen. 316 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. The first future conditional is formed by the imperfect sub- junctive (present conditional) of the auxiliary verb merbenj which is id) XV u V b e , and the infinitive of a verb ; as — I would go, icf) nwrbe gefyert; we would go, rcir roiirben #z\)tn, thou wouldst go, bu wiirteji ges ye would go, ifyr rourbet fyen> you would go, Ste roiirben gel^erif he would go, er roiirbe ger;en/ they would go, fie rciirfcen get>en* The conditional mood is employed to express a condition which is not actually possible, but only conceived to be possible ; as — ■ I would pay you, if I had money. 3d) ttmtbe Sftnen &c$af)(cn, roenn td) <35ctt> &&ttc. But when we say — I will pay you, if I have monev, 3d) wctbe Sfynen b^afyten, roetm id) ©clb r,abe, then the condition is expressed as actually possible, and there- fore the indicative is used. I would tell him so, if he were 3d) rcuttc e$ ifym fagen, mcnn er here. fytcr wave* He would give it to me, if you (£r rcurbc es nvir gckn, ruenn ©ie e$ brought it. kacbten. She would keep it, if I gave it <§k wutbe e6 kfyatten, rocrm idf) e£ to her. tfyr #abe. We would thank him, if he £Btr ttmrben tr)m bemfen, tvenn et waited for us. auf un$ rcattetc. In German, as in English, the subordinate sentence, beginning with if, may be placed before the principal sentence. If I found him, I would tell it to SBenrt id) ifyn fanbe, wutbe id) e$ him. tjjm fagen. If he drank of this medicine, he SBenn er son btcfer 20?cbt$tn tremfe, would recover. er ruurbe gefunb wetberu When the principal sentence stands after the subordinate sen- tence, thus, f Or is generally placed before the former. If I had money, I would lend £Berm id) ©rtb fyatte, fo rotttbe td) you some. Sfynert tt>eld)e$ Ictrjetu [mem If I called him, he would come. 2£cnn id) ifyn riefc, fo rcurbe er ferns To bear, to endure, ertragen;* to suffer, teiben* — imperf I suffered, id) littj perfi I have suffered, id) fya&e gelitten; the pain- ful feeling, baft ?etb; the sufferings, bie Seiben; insupportable, insufferable, unertrdgtid); to hope, fyoffen; the hope, tk £>off* rtung; to injure (to wound), t>erle|en; the fortitude, bie ©tarfe* bie Stanbfyafttgfeit; the honor, bk Sfyre. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 317 To hurt I m ^ tt)tin ' v h y sicall y> t0 S ive P ain ^ ? ( etmas ju ?dt)e ttjint, morally, to hurt one's feelings. To injure, t>.e r U 6 e it/ has the meaning of both the preceding, but it is not so often used in conversation as the former. SDtefct (gelbctt (etbct ftctS an fctnctt altcn SBunbcn. (§r ertracjt fctne Cciben nut (Static. (Sr tttt met cfye cr ftatlv 3d) fcnntc ifyn ntd)t (ctbcn. 3d) fyabe ntemate fjetttten, &aj5 metne .ftinber allctn in bas Sweater fjefyen* SBtr fjaben met burd) ten ^rfcg a,e= littcn. Ipabc id) S&ncn rocr) gctr)an ? £>ct (Sd)facj war $u (far! ; (Sic fyafcen mir ®s§ getfyati £>et ^InaOc r;at fid) tx>cr) gctfjan ; er fjat fid) in ben Singer fjefdnutten. 3d) r)offe eg nnrb3f)nen nici)t wet) tfjun. SHefet 9J?ann ift fehr gut; er tr;ut mentals Scmanb etwaS $u £etbe* SOBarum tint) fjs nen fetnc ^joffnung ejeben. 3d) \vc\[i Sic fyaben ifyn rmbcr (35 s ren) SGBiffen wrfeft ©te t>erle£en jene gran, rcenn ©ie sen bent Sebe tfjrcS itinbeS fprcs d)cm ©c fyaben feine (Sftre »crle$t* [ben. 2Bir fjefftcn Sic in bem ©arten $u fins To oblige, Derbinben* (like bhtben) — imperf. I obliged, id) Derbanb/ perf I have obliged, id) fyabe perbunben; to help, fyetfen* — pres. id) fyelfe/ bu fyilfj}/ er l)ilft> imperf. I helped, id) f;alf/ perf. id) I;a6e gefyotfen; the- obligation, tie 23erbinblid)feit; the help, bie Jpiilfe 5 the present, the gift, ba$ ©efcfyenf ; the loss, ber 2>ers tuji; to guess, to advise, rattyen* — pros, id) ratfye/ t>u rdttyjr/ er rdtl> imperf. I guessed, I advised, id) rietfy/jper/*. I have guessed or advised, id) I)abe geratf)en ; to solve, lefen; the advice, ber 9varl); the council, or the counsellor, ber Dvatl); to consult, um 9vat() fragen ; the state-house, ba§ 9iatl)l;ait6; the riddle, the enigma, ba$ 9vdtl;fel; the business, ba£ @efd)dft> pi bie@efd)dfte; This soldier surfers always from his old wounds. He bears (endures) his sufferings w 7 ith fortitude. He suffered much before he died. I could not endure (bear) him. I have never suffered my children to go to the theatre alone. We have suffered much by the war. Have I hurt you ? The blow was too hard ; you have hurt me. The boy has hurt himself; he has cut his finger. I hope it will not hurt you. This man is very good ; he never hurts anybody. Why are you angry with me ? I have not hurt you. I am sorry, but 1 cannot give you any hope. I know you have hurt him against your will. You hurt that Woman when you speak (in speaking) of her child's death. You have injured his honor, [den. We hoped to find you in the gar- 318 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. else, otherwise, fonfr; the place, ber Ort; the spot (the place), tie <2telle. The place, b e r O r t? denotes any extent of space ; b i e <2 1 e 1 1 e refers to a particular place. £) i e ©telle may also be taken as a part of ber Oxt. I have seen him in this village (at this place), on this spot. I am very much obliged to you. You will oblige me, if you help me to work. He helps me when he can. I was helping him to write his exercises. 3d) f)abe tf)tt in btefcm 2)orfe (an bie? fem£)rte) auf bteferStette gcfefyen. 3d) bin Sfynen fefjt berbunben* (Sic wcrben mid) netbinbe^wenn Sie mir arbettcn fjetfen. (St fytlft mir, wenn cr frmn. 3d) fyalf tfym fctne ilebuna/n ferret? ben* When the verbs fo AeZp, fyelfenj to learn, lemen> to teac#, lefyren; to hear, tycren, Zo see, fefyen, and to find, fin be n, are followed by an infinitive, such infinitive is not preceded, in German, by to, jUf. — as after the auxiliary verbs of mood, xvoU len> fonnen, lafjen> miifferif fallen, mogen, and biirfen. (See Lesson 52.) I have helped him to work. He learns me writing (to write). J teach him to read. We hear her sing. She saw you coming. I found him sitting under the tree. I asked him for help. Guess what I have brought you. I guessed the riddle without much trouble. You have guessed it. Only his sister can solve this enigma. Thou advisest me to do it, I advised him to pay you the bill. We have advised him to remain at the same place where he is now living. I ask for your advice. I have consulted my lawyer. Mr. Smith is a city-councillor. If you will find him you must go to the State-house. It is the largest house in this place. I was long at this place; on this spot. I have often sat. 3d) fyabc trmi arbettcn a,er;ctfen. <5t (crnt mid) fcfyreibcm 3d) lerne trm leferu SBtr f)6rcn ftc ftncjen. (Sic far) (Sic fommen* 3d) fanb tf)n untcr bem 23aume ftgem 3d) bat tfjn urn £fitfe. [tjabc 1 SKatfyen (Ste, was id) 3f)ncn gebracbt 3d) rtctf) ia$ 9^dtt)fc( cfync tricle (Sic fyaben e$ cjeratrjen. 9£ur fctne rte $u bteiben, wo er jegt fcbt. 3d) bttte (Sic urn 3&rcn SRatlj. 3d) fabe metnen tfbttofatcn urn $atr) ^fraat £crt (Sd)mtbt if! ein (Stabtratf). iBcnnStc trm fmbcnwottcn,fomuffcn (Sic in bat SKathfyaus a>'ben. (J$ ij!ba$ grcptc &aus in 'btefcm £)rrc. 3d) war iana/ in btefcm £)rtc ; auf btcfer Stetie fjabc id) eft gefefjen. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 319 5£enn id) in Sftrct u 311 £aufe bleiben. ©ie muffen ftttf) be$ SWorgcnS fonts men, fenft roerben or l;a(6er; On account of, roegen; two prepositions, which govern the genitive. J) a 1 6 e n, or f) a k b e t> denotes a particular motive ; tt) e g e fy a motive in an indefi- nite manner. jj a I b e n is preferred when the substantive to which it belongs 820 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. is preceded by an article or pronoun ; otherwise, f) a 1 6 e r is used. They always stand after the noun which they govern. Man does much for the sake of £)ct 93?cnfd) tfyut 93tele$ be£ ©e(be$ money. ftalben* He is here for the sake of pleasure, (gr tft SScrgnfigenS fyatbcr fytcr* 2B e g e n may precede or follow the noun which it governs. I did it on account of your father. 3d) tfjat es wca.cn 3r)rc^ SSaterS, or 3fyrc* SSateri nxgen. On account of his health he lives (Seiner ©efunbrjdt rocgen rcofynt er in the country. cmf bem fiemfce. "When the preposition t) a 1 6 e tt> or ro c g e rt; follows a personal pronoun, the genitive of the pronoun changes its termination X into t r and forms one word with the preposition ; thus — For the sake of you; or, for your 3fyvetr;alben. sake. On account of me; or 7 on my SOSegcn mciner, changes into met? account. netrocgen* [geben. For my sake you may go. 93teinetf)atben fonncn (mogen) (Sie I have done it on his account. 3d) f}abc es fetnetroegen gctfyan. ©cr fran$6ftfd)c (Stubcnt nmrbe Sfyncn t)ic 3?cd)nung beaten, nxnn cr ®eft> fyattc. 9)?cm better nntrbe (Sic gcrotfi befucfyen, roenn cr in t>cr (Stabt marc. SMrben (Sie btcfc6 23ud) faufen, nxnn id) c$ faufte? 3d) nmrbe cs fcmfcn, t>enn id) wcip (Sic faufen feme fd)led)ten SSucfyer. ^ar( nimmt ntd)t fern ©elb in 2Cd)t ; nmrben (Sic Urn bettaqen, rcenn cr feine S3orfc Dcrlcre ? 3d) rourbc ifyn bef(agen ; aber roarum ratten (Sie tfjm nid)t, [cine crr SBraun Don mir fprecfyen fotltc, fo rcurben r serbinben, ir)in ^u fagen, bap id) tnein 23erfpred)en nicbt scrgeffen fyabe. £)er Heine (Sofyn unfereS at> ^Better nid)t fo fd)(cd)t ware, nmrben (Sie mid) md)t gu £aufe ftnbcn* 2Bcnn id) ben Seamen ber eng(ifd)en ©rdftnn rcuptc, fo rotfcbe id) ifjn 3()ncn fagen ; e^ ift fd)on febr lange, baj} id) ir)rcn 0?amcn nennen r)6rte, unb id) ^abe fein gute^ ©ebdd)tni^ llnfer grcunb ©eorg, ber (e|te SGBod)c ba^ red&tc SBctn brad)/ teibet fe^r, aber cr crtvdgt alle (Sd)mcr^ $cn mit gropcr Stanbf)aftigfeit ; bte %ix%te furd)tcn fte merben if)m t>a$ 23etn THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 321 abfcbnciben muffen. £>cr altc Sotbat tttt met, efye cr parb ; aber er Mtltitft fid) ntemalS, cbg(ctd) feme (agcn ; id) fjoflfe er bat bir nid)t roeb gctban. (Sr fd)(ug mid) auf bie £anb, aber e$ t^at mtr nid)t rocb/ benn id) fjatte £anbfd)ube ange^ogem £5ic ftctne Caroline bat fid) roe!) gctban ; fie rocUte ein (Bind papier fcbneU ben, unb fie fjat fid) in ben finger gefebntttem .c e$ $u fcin, benn id) F)aOe tbm menials ctroaS $u 8eibe gettyem. £)u Cannft mit ben JUnbc-rn unfetes SRac^bar^ fpiclcn, benn td) rceip fie tbun 9?icmanb etroaS ^u £etbc. (5$ tbut mtr (cib Sbncn fagen $u mfiffen, ba$ (Sic bie (Sbre mctncS 9?effcn r>cr= le£ten, ate (Sic fagtcn, bap er cta>a<> t)cn S^nen bebattcn Fjat ; cr ift ntd)t ein fo(d)cr SJtann rote (Sic gtauben; er bebdlt ntcr>t6 roaS tbm ntd)t gel) eft. (5t> roar nicbt meine 2C6ftd>t rocber et £Bod)cn etnen 9?cgcnfd)trm gclteben, benn id) feit icner Beit nid)t roiebergefeben r)a6e ; mefleicbt foot Semanb 2(nbcrer tl;u genommen. 3d) fann c$ nid)t ertragen, roenn id) jUnbcr mit SBcffern fptes len febe, benn id) furcate pet£> la$ fie fid) c-erfegen f onncn. jg>offcn on (Surcpa anfemmen rotrb ? 3d) Ijoffc unb rounfebe e$ r>on ganjem &&um* Sd> beflage ben £ftenfcben, J)en bie £offnung t-crfaft ; fie, bie bepe grcunbinn unfercs £ebcn$. Sftetne (Scbroeper ift ein fefyr gute5 9Jiabdbcn % fie f)i(ft mtr meine 2(rbciten mad)cn, roenn fie fe^r fd)mer finb. £>ag ift nid)t $Red)t ; (Sic muffen 3&re Ucbungcn ol)ne frembe ^>ulfe tfjun, fonft merben (Ste nur rocnig ^ertfebrttte macben. 52a^ ratten (Sic mtr $u tf)un : foil id) bem bcutfd)cn ^aufmann biefe $£aas ren auf Srebit t)cifaufcn ? 3cf) fenne bicfen |)crrcn ntd)t, aber metn ^Hat^ ware fcine 9?ad)barn ^u fragen, ob cr ctn gutcS ©cfd>aft mad)t, unb ob er ein x ef)i(td)er Wann ift* (Sie beHagen fid) ubcr (Scbmer^en in ben #upen ; ^ie mulfen 3^en'2Cqt urn Sttatf) fragen, fonft roerben (Ste langc 3eit 3bv ©c? fcbdft nid)t in 2Cd)t ne^men fonncn. $m ^letn ift ein fcf)t guter ^Kath, unb er t()ut ml fur bie Stabt ; man Fann t^n alle Sage auf bem $atf)f)au* pits ben ; id) bin tf)m wk 2Scrbinb(id)feiten fd)utbig. Unfer 9?acbbar, ber un$ gegenubcr roobnt, mad)t fcin ©cfebaft ; cr fdbrt alle Sage fpa^teren, unb gef)t jeben 2Cbenb in ©efellfd)aft ; id) meij} ntd)t woeon cr (ebt ; e^ ip fur mid) ein ffi&tbfcf/ tvetcbe^ id) nid)t lofen fann. 3cb ^abe geftern ctn fefjr ()fi&(df)c« 322 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Static! afcgefd)riekn, cuxr id) frmn eg nid)t ratfycn ; id) roill eg Sfynen gets gen, mcllctd)t fonnen &w eg lofen. 3f)rc Sante fdbicft Sfynen cm t"leineg (Sjefdjmf ; ratften (Sic wag eg tft. 9Jtcr bie ££aarcn $u faufen, roelcfyc roir fur ben £>erbft braucfyen. 9?td)t metnetfyaloen, fonbern S^rctfjatbcn, Ijabe id) mit bem SJcanne gefprocfyen, unb tfyn gckren fid) feineg SSerfpredjeng $u ertnnern* SBir fyaben Sfyteg ©ofyneg roegen nad) $artg gefefyriekn ; roir fyakn akr nod) fcine 2(ntroort erfyalten. iSil^elm fjat, roegen fetner fd)led)ten ©efunbs f)cit, 9?eu Drlcang oerlaffen muffen. itnfer £)ljeim lam unferetroegen oon $can!reid) $urucf ; er roetp rote fefjr roir tr)n liekn, unb roie fcfjr roir eg rounfd)en mit if)m an bemfetkn Drte $u lekn. Our neighbor would not be so poor, if he were more assiduous. You ask me why I have no friends ; I would have many, if I had much money. You would delight your cousin very much, if you gave him the watch which you have promised him. We would not ask you for the books, if we did not want them. You do not like water, but you would drink some if you were thirsty. His sister complains that nobody understands her when she speaks German, but she knows v»ry well every one would understand her, if she spoke louder. Last week, when Mr. Black wished to pay you his bill, you would not take small bank-notes, but now you would be very much satisfied if he brought them to you. We would sit down if we did not fear to disturb you. Sit down, gentlemen, you do not disturb me at all, I am always very glad to see my friends ; do you think 3 T our uncle would go to Boston, if I went thither with him? Our uncle begs you to excuse him ; he would willingly go with you if his business would allow him, but the spring trade has begun, THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 323 and he is obliged to stay at home. He could go next month, if it were not too late for you. Do not speak of what I have done fop you ; I would do more if I could. This gentleman would not com- plain of me, if he knew me better* and he misunderstands me, if he believes I could make him propositions which would be against the law. We would go into the country to-day, if the weather were not so disagreeable. How would it please you if your friends should speak so badly of you, as you speak of them 1 If my brother asked your pardon, would you forgive him his fault 1 I would pardon him, for I know he has not a bad heart. George is looking for his pocket- book • he has probably lost it. If he looked for it more carefully he would find it in the drawer of his bureau ; I saw 7 it there yesterday. Why will you not lend Goethe's poems to Charles ? If I gave them to him, he would never return them to me. If you knew how poor that man is, you would have pity on him. Mrs. Klein is very sick, she suffers from a bad fever; her children would be very unhappy if she should die. Our uncle suffers much from his old wounds which he received in the last w r ar; he never will take any medicine; if he drank that which his physician has given to him, he would soon recover. If your dear mother saw what you are now doing, she w T ould be very much surprised. John always remains in his bed until the sun shines into his room ; if he got up earlier, he w T ould be able to work better ; and if he took greater care of his books, he would not lose them so often. You wonder wdiy my nephew never comes to see you, although he passes your house every morning; I am sure if you called him, he would come to see you, for I think he fears to disturb you. How is your nephew- to-4ay ? He is a little better, but he still suffers very much ; the headache seems to him sometimes unsup- portable, but w T e hope he will be better in a few days. Mr. White, our neighbor, w T ho had fallen from the third story window into the yard, suffered very much before he died ; he had injured his head very much, but he endured all his pain with great fortitude ; until his last moment he never complained, though I think his sufferings must have been sometimes almost insupportable. Mrs. White can hardly bear the loss of her husband, and all her friends pity her, for she is a very amiable lady. I cannot bear it w T hen children will talk like men and grow old before their time ; I like to see children cheerful and playing, instead of talking of things of which they understand but little. Our father has never suffered us to go to 324 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. the theatre without his company, or that of our mother. Hope is the greatest gift of heaven ; without it men would be very unhappy. We hoped our aunt would have arrived yesterday, but we were mistaken; for instead of herself, we received a letter in which she wrote that she would arrive within the next week. I hope my brother has not hurt you ; he is a very good boy, who hurts no one intentionally. My boots hurt me, I must take them off; the shoe- maker has made them too small. You are playing with that large knife ; take care not to hurt yourselves. With what has the little girl hurt herself] She took a pair of scissors from the table whilst her mother had gone into the back parlor, and she cut her finger with them. Charles gave me a very hard blow in playing, but I know he did not wish to hurt me. The little dog is lame; I think you have hurt it. I did not hurt it ; it fell down the staircase and it has injured its hind foot. Take care of what you say ; I fear you will hurt that gentleman's feelings, for he loves his brother very much, and he cannot endure that anybody should speak badly of him. A good memory is a great gift of nature ; without which, it is very difficult to learn a foreign language in a short time. I hoped to find you at the concert last night, but I had not that pleasure. Life would be insufferable if hope left us. Of whom have you received this fine present % Young Lewis, who studies medicine in Paris, has sent it to me. You surprise me with this beautiful present ; I always desired to have Goethe's works, but they were too dear for me. These books are a present from one of my friends in Ger- many, but they are of no use to me, because I understand but little of the German language; but knowing (as I know) that you have studied it these six months, and that you have made so much pro- gress as to be able to read them, it gives me great pleasure to present them to you. You will oblige me very much if you would come to. my brother- in-law's this evening; you shall help me to guess a riddle over which I have been thinking these three days. I like good enigmas, but they must not be too difficult to solve ; my German teacher gave me a riddle of Schiller's the other day, which is most beautiful : I shall bring it with me this evening; you will find some trouble to solve it. Your brother would oblige me very much if he would give me his advice how to finish this business. You trouble your- self in bringing the newspaper of which you were speaking yes- terday ; I am very much obliged to you. Mr. Klein is a very kind THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 325 gentleman; we are under many obligations to him; if possible, he helps every one who comes to ask for his advice. Charles found me working very assiduously, for I wished to copy the manuscript which Mr. Bush sent me. He helped me to write for three hours, until we had finished. Mr. Green, the city-counsellor, fell down the staircase this morning as he was coming down from the State- house ; he was not able to get up without help ; I fear he has hurt himself very much. What do you advise me to do? shall I begin this business or not ? If I were in your place, I would not begin such a business, for I see no profit in it. I have bought a little pre- sent for you ; guess what it is. It is not difficult to guess it, for I see it in your pocket ; it is a book. This time you are mistaken, my dear Emily ; for it is not a book, but a dozen pair of French kid gloves which I bought in passing Mr. Blane's store ; there were many people there; I think Mr. Blane does a very good business. Yes ; he sells his goods very cheap, otherwise he would not have so much to do. There are many enigmas in nature which men will never solve. You have very much obliged your cousin by helping him to find his lost child; without your advice they would not have succeeded so soon. You have rented a very good place for business, and though you pay a high rent, you have done right to take it ; otherwise another merchant would have rented it. Is it possible to commence such a business as you do? try to sell all these goods as soon as possible, else you will lose a great deal of money. It is almost impossible to tell you how much I was pleased in your sister-in-law's company; such an amiable lady I have sel- dom seen. Is it possible that you can stand on this wet place for two hours 1 do you not fear to become sick ? You see Charles works very slowly; you must help him, else he will never have finished. Here are the goods which you have bought; do you want anything else? Miss Louisa will have the kindness to commence reading; we stopped at this place last evening. How can you read such a book? I have never seen a worse one in my life. I know our neighbor would do anything for the sake of money. It was only for the sake of honor that he paid you the money. You may go to the theatre on my account, but I do not know whether your father will allow it. Our aunt lives the whole year in the country, on account of her health. I have given this advice to George for the sake of his father, to whom I am under many obligations. 28 326 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. SEVENTIETH LESSON. — @iefrett$t$fte &ectwtu THE CONDITIONAL MOOD, CONTINUED. The past (perfect) tense of the conditional mood is formed from the past participle of the verb and the present tense condi- tional of the auxiliary to have, fya&en, or to be, fein; as — if I had had, wenn id) gef)a6t fyatte; if he had been, roenn er gewefen ware ; if we had wanted, roenn \t)ir gebraucfyt fatten; if you had seen, wenn Sie gefefyen fy&tten; if they had gone, roetm fie gegangen wdren* The second future of the conditional is formed from the pre- sent conditional of the auxiliary ro e r b e n r which is id) \v u r b t? and the past participle of a verb, to which the infinitive of the auxiliary I) a 6 e tt> or f e t ri/ is added. I would have had, id) rourbe gefya&f fya&en; he would have been, er wiirbe geroefen fein; we would have wanted, roir roiirben ge6raud)t fyaben ; you would have seen, ©je wiirben gefefyen fyaben; they would have gone, fie wurben gegangen fein. I would have told him so ; if he 3d) rourbe c£ tf)m gffagt fyaften had been here. rcenn er fjter gerocfen roare. He would have given it to me, (St timtbe eg nut geqeben fyabm, roenn if you had brought it. Sic e£ gebtad)t fatten. She would have kept it, if I had (Sic nnitbc e$ befyalten fyaben, n?enn given it to her. id) c* t|r gegeben fjatte. If you had called him, he would ££enn @tc ifyn gctufen fatten, fo have come. rcurbc cr gefommen fein. If we had know T n it, we would ££enn tv'xt e£ genmfrt batten, fo wur* not have done it. ten nnr e$ ntd)t getfyan Ijafcen. The conjunction if ttHnn; is sometimes omitted, in order to give more emphasis to a conditional sentence; as — Had I money, I would give you £atre id) (Mb, fo tuutbe id) Sfynen some. n>etd)Cg geben. Were he in your place, he would SSare ev in Sfytet ©telle, er wtitbe do it. e$ tbun. He would know it, had he listened (St nnirbe e$ nuffen, r)dttc er auf aft company ! genxfen ! I wish your father were still alive. 3d) rounfcbte, Sfyt SSatcr kW nod). Would that I had never seen this 3d) rcolltc, id) fjcttte bicfcn 9D?arm nie man I gefeben ! I wish our uncle were here. 3d) rrmnfcbte, unfer Dbetmnmre fytcr, or, bap unfcr £)f)ctm r)ter roare, I wish I could do it. 3d) rootlte id) fonntc eg tfyun. I should like, tct> mogte gem fa much-used expression). I should like to know. 3d) megre gern ttrifien. I should like to speak to your 3d) mogte gern 3^cn SStuber fprcs brother. d)Cn. To dare, to be allowed, biirfen — Pres. id) barff tu barfjT, er barf; U)ir biirfen, ifyr biirfr, Sie biirfen, fie biirfen* Imperf. I dared, I was allowed, id) burfte. Perf. I have dared, been allowed, id) tyabe geburft. © li r f e n is the seventh and last auxiliary verb of mood, after which follows an infinitive, without to, $U} as after roollen, fens nen, mtiffen, laffen, follen, mogen. The verb biirfen has some similarity to may, mo gen, and is, in English, very often rendered by this latter verb. © li r fe n implies an unquestionable liberty, whilst mogen implies an in- clination or permission of another. He may go thither. (Srmagbtngeben (permission to go). He is allowed to go thither. (5t barf btngefyen (at liberty to go)* I may not do it. 3d) mag es ntcbttfyun (not inclined)* I am not allowed to do it. f 3d) barf eS nicbttfjun (not at liberty I dare not do it. ( to do if, or it is not permitted). They were allowed to come. (Ste burften femmeiu He is not allowed to go out to- (Sr barf (jeute ntd)t auSgefjcn, benn day, for he is not well. cr tft ntd)t wchU I was not allowed to see him. 3d) babe ibn ntcbt feben burfctn May I ask you 1 SDarf id) erbred)en; the thief, ber ©ieb. Among (amongst), tmter; a preposition, governing the dative and accusative (see Less. 58). It is not my fault. (SS tft mcfyt metne er Jpunb lief renter t>a$ #au& sftlcin fjatte ben £)tet> ejefangen, after er lief rueg. (St tJT nxggelaufen. 3d) rcerfe ntdjts rceg, tt>af> son 9?u§en ift, or uoa$ gu cjebraucfyen tft. SDkfer £>ert rxntft fetn ©ctb nxg. Dec SBebiente roarf ben Jounb in t>m St roarf ftd) bem $urfren $u guOen. @ie fiat ifyrc 4?anbfd)uf)c meggerDorfcn. (S$ war ntd)t feine , fonbern bie femes SSruberS. £err ©d)ii>ar$ bcgaftlte alle feme 8d)ul* ben, cf)e er afcretfte. 9J?an r)qt biefen 9J2ann be6 SScrfcre* cben6 fd^ulbtq gefunben, (Sntfd)utbigen <8te mid), baj} id) fo fpat femme. ttnrer ben sjtotrefen gict>t e*> mele ftarfe Scute. Sflletn better ftanb unter ben (^efba* ten ; eg rear niebt mctne a$ id) tl)n nid)t ftnben fenntc. the share, The part, ber £f)eil; the share, ber 2£ntf;eil ; to divide, to share, ttyeilen; to distribute; wrtfyeilen; to participate, in, to THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 329 take part, in (to partake, of), %\)tH nel;men> an; to serve, bienen (ivith the dative); to serve, for, bienen, ju; the service, ber £)ienjr; obedient, gefyorf am; disobedient, ungefyerfam; the valet (the servant), ber ©tener* 2) e r Wiener denotes, in German, a higher position than ber 35ebtente, and is often used figuratively; as in letters : lam your servant, 3d) bin 3l;r £iener — not, 3d) bin 3ljr s -8ebtenter. He has given away the largest (Sr fyat ben gropten &r)eii fetnc6 SScr? mcg«n$ nxggegebem Scfe/ f&t metnen SfycU, routbc eS ntcbt getfjan fyabetu SKettt SBtubet fjatte fetnen 2Cntr)cil an jenem ($kfd)afr. (gr ocrt{)ci(tc bte ^ftrfkben untcr feme iUnber. (Ste tfyetltc ben JUicfyen in trier Sfyctfe. (Sine gute #rau tfyetft ba$ Itnglucf tfyreS 20?annc£* (Sr nafym an metnen (Sergen Sftett. SMIen ©te an btefem SSergntigen 3d) nerjme Sfjett baram [blent? 2Bte (ange fjat Sbnen btefet 9J?ann ge* (Sr fjat nur gwet Safyre gut gebtent. StfcfeS junge TOdbcr?cn tft in metnem £)tenfte, or btent bet mix* 3d) bin ^u Sfireui £)tenfte. 9J?etn .Obetm tji lange tm effentttcfyen SDtenftc genxfen. £)te .5ttnber unfercS 2?ad)bar3 ftnb fefyr ungeberfann 3d) bin ftctS 3&r gefjorfamer £)iener* lint) tcb, 3br gebcrfamfier. 2L>e$u btent 3Wn btefet atte $)ferb ? part of his fortune. J, for my part, would not have done it. My brother had no share in that business. He distributed the peachesamong his children. [parts. She divided the cake into four A good wife shares the misfor- tunes of her husband. He participated in my sorrows. Will you participate in this plea- sure. I take part in it. [you? How long has that man served He has served me well for two years. This young girl is in my service. I am at your service. My uncle has been a long time in the public service. Our neighbor's children are very disobedient. [vant. I am always your obedient ser- And I your most obedient. For what does this old horse serve you f It serves us to bring our goods from the river to the storehouse. (Ss btent un6 unfere £Baaren sen bem •gtufce nad) bem SBaarenlaget $u brtngen. To change, roed)fetn; to exchange, for, t>erwed)fetn, taufd)en, i»erroed)fetnj gegen; the change, ber 2Bed)fel; the bill of exchange, ber ©ed)fe(; the exchange, bit Q3orfe ; to accustom, gewobnen; to accustom one's self (to get or become accustomed, to), fid) ge* wofynen, an; the custom, the habit, Ik ©etuofynfyeit; the linen, tie 2Bdfd)e; the ear ; ba$ £)\)x, pi. bie £)fyren; the sound ; ber 28* 330 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Qaiit) the order, tie £)rtnung; sudden, plofsticfy; entirely, gdn$* lid). I must change this piece of gold. How often do you change your linen % Scb mug tiefeg (iMtjlucf tt>cd>fe(n. 2Bte eft roecbfeln @ic 3bre 2Bafd)e? I change it oftener in the summer than in the winter. The weather changes every day. There is a great change in the air between yesterday and to-day. The wind has suddenly changed. He has changed his place. Let us exchange our places. Will you change this bank-note for silver ? I am not able to do it, for my father has gone to the exchange. My friend went to the exchange in order to buy a bill of ex- change on London. I have exchanged all my gold. He has exchanged his old hat for a new one. For what have you exchanged your garden ? I have exchanged it for a house in Fourth street. Will you exchange with rne ? I do not like to exchange. '3d) recede fie teg ©emmerg ofter als teg SSinterg ; or, 3d) mecbsle fie tm (Scmmer ofter alg tm SBtnter. k £>ag ^Better rceebfeft jcten Sag. (5g tft $txufd)en geftern unt beute ein grefkr SBecbfel in ter Cuft. £)er aQSinb bat plegltd) gemecbfelt, (S*r bat feine ©telle genxcbfclt. 2Btr mollen unfere $lage roccbfcln. SBoltcn @ie mtr tiefe SBanfttete gegen ©itOer t>crwcd)fctn. 3d) fann eg ntcbt tl>uri, tenn mein SSatet if! auf tie 23crfe gegangen. SC^cin $reunt ging auf tie SBorfe, urn einen SBedjfcl auf Scnton 511 taufen. 3d) babe all mein (Mb t>em>ecbfelt. (Sr |*t feinen alten £ut gegen einen • neuen t>crtaufd)t. ®egcn mag baben @te 3r)ren (fatten t>ettaufcbt ? 3d) babe ibn gegen cm £aug in bet SSierten ©trape sertaufebt. Swollen <5te mit mtr taufeben 1 3d) taufebe ntcbt gem. To correspond, 23riefe roed)feln/ or correfponbtren. Does your cousin correspond with Mr. Klein, in Boston ? He has corresponded with him these two years. You must accustom your son to labor. Children early must get accus- tomed to order. You will soon speak, but your ear must become accustomed to the German sounds. I am not yet accustomed to it. He does everything after his own custom. It is a bad habit to go to bed late. ££ed)felt 3b? better mit £erren Jtlctn in 23ogton 93rtcfe ? (5t correfpontirt felt $roet Safyren mit tfym. cn S^rcn S^ecf ^crrctpcn* He tore his letters before he de- (St ^crrtp fcinc SSricfe, efye cr c&z parted. rctf'te* The children have torn their Die Winter fyaben tfyte SSficfyer gets books. riffen. How much have you spent to-day? SStemel (jaben <3te rjeutc ausgegeben ? I have spent only one dollar and 3d) fya&e nur cin unt) cincn fyatym a half. Sf)citcr auSgegeberu He spent much money when he (Sr gab met ©elt> m$, aU er in $ati6 was in Paris. * tvar* This labor is of no great utility, £)iefe 2Crbeit tjit »cn Feinem gropen however, you may finish it. Sftufcen, tnbeffen (Sic mogen fie be? ertbtgeru For the sake of, urn — roitten ; a preposition, governing the genitive. The case which it governs always stands between the two words. II m — XV i I U n has a great similarity with the prepositions \) a I b t tt and tt) e g e n. It refers to a wish or interest. For God's sake do it not ! Urn ®otte$ rmllcn tiyan @ie eS nid)t! He left him for the sake of peace. (Sr Dettiefj ifyn urn be* grtebenS Allien* Do it for my sake. &f)im attc ^art auf mid) gefjort, fo nutrbe er fid) je£t nid)t gu beflagen fyabcri. SBavum ftnb @te md)t frufyet $u bem 2Cr$te gegangen 1 &k wwkm tf)ti $u £aufe gefunben fyaberu 3d) f)ahc e£ Sfyncn mefyt a(S einmat gefagt, bap er urn ncun Uljr cm$geF)t ; inbeffen id) fann bi» 9?ad)nrittag warten, benn id) beftnbe midy icfrt beffet ati tegte 9?ad)t« 3d) ttnmfd)te, id) fydtte HtemalS mcin SSaterlanb wttaffetn SQS&rc (SJccrg nie in bicfev fd)(ed)ten $fs fellfdjaft genxfen! — er txmrbe nic^t fcinen guten momm ivrtoren fjaben. SB&rc Sfyr $atet nod) am Seben, rove rcfirbc ev fid) fiber Sfyr ©Ificf fveuen ! 382 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Scfycmn barf Fjcutc nicbt auggcfyen ; cr fiat ftcl> in ben -gup gefebmtten. Um fer 85-ater ift fefyr gut, aber wir bftrfen ntd)tg obne feine (grlaubnip tfyun. @ie burfen fid) nid)t entfcbulbigcn, benn id) babe gefeben, bap (Sie nid)t unter ben Jlnaben waren, welcbc (Steine in unferen ^>c'f warfen. £>cr Scorer t>crstc^ tfym feme grdgfyeit, aber er burftc ftcb nicbt cntfcbulbtgen. Sir burften biefen 9)?orgen nid)t in bem ©arten fpielen, benn bie Suft war ^u feucbt unb ber SBoben ^u nap. £>arf id) ©ie urn ein &M $(eifd) bitten 1 &Bunfd)cn 0i«j ein (Stficf son biefem SKinbflcifcb, ober »on jenem l&ammeU bratcn, p fyaben ? £)ag (Stucf ift ein wenig ^u grop ; wollen <£ie bie ©ute baben eg $u tbetlen ; id) barf beg Tlbenbg nicbt git met $teifcb efien. £)uvfte id) (Sic um ein ©lag Staffer bitten ; id) bin febr burfttg. 3d) glaube (gie finb fcbnell gclaufen, benn (Sic fefyen febr warm aug ; (Sic burfen nicbt rcn biefein (Sigwaffer trtnfen, aber id) werbc 3bncn ein wenig frifebeg Gaffer tnit $Bein geben. (§g ift wafyr, icb bin febrwarm ; id) Kef an bie 33erfe um mit bem fpanifeben Jtaufmann $u fprecben, aber id) fanb if)n nicbt ; er war fct>on weggegangen. (5$ ift nicbt meine on gan^em ^er^en ; id) glaube cr wurbe fein le£teg Stucf 23rob mit 3b ncn tbeilcn. Unfer S^acbbar ift fcbnell reid) gewcrben ; icb megte gern einen 2fntljetl an feinem ©efebaft fyaben. 3d) megte gem wiffen, wat rum (Sic ung geftern 2(benb fo fcbnell ttcrliepcn. 711$ icb biefen 5D?crgen auf ber ^Borfe war, um einen SSecbfcf auf sparig ^u faufen, bcrte icb, bap bie -grau beg (Stabtratbg ©run le£te S^acbt ploglicb gcjlcrben if!; 3eberman nimmt beqlicben 2(ntbeil an feinem Unglucf. 2Bie lange ift bicfer alte 93?ann feben in Sfyrcm ©ienfte ? 3d) glaube er ift feben ntcbr aU gwan^ig 3abr in unferem ^aufe, benn er biente feben meinem SSatcr, ati icb ticcb ein jlinb war. 3d) bin 3fyr geborfamfter Wiener, ift ba$ gcwcfmltcbe @nbe beinabe alter Sriefe ; eg ift biefeg eine ©ewebnfyeit, rocbet bie meiften g^enfeben ftd) nicbtg benfen. ©g ift eine fd)led)te ©ewebnbeit fpat auftufte^en ; ^ie miif? fen fid) gewobnen frub ^u 23ette ^u geben, unb eg wirb 3l)nen nicbt febwer fallen, um fecbg Uf)t t>ci 9}lcrgcng auftuftcben. £)u fuebft nun eine balbe (Stunbe bcin SBucb ; wurbeft bu bid) an Drbnung gewebnen, fo wurbeft bu nicbt fo ml Beit unnug cerlieren. @^e @ie eine frembe ©pracbe fprecben fonnen, mup 3^ D^r ftcf> an bie Saute berfelben gewobnen. 50?cm 9?effe THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 333 &cfif?t cm jtemtid) grcpcg SScrmogcn, after cr gtct>t §h ©id au$, unb bcnft nur an fcinc 93ergnfigetu 2CIXe fcinc (Sacfycn ftnb in bcr Qrcjltcn tlnorbnung, unb trf) furcate fcf)r, ifyn nad) einigen Safjrcn arm unb ung(uclltd) 311 fefycn. S5Bws met fjafcen Sic r)cute auf bem OTarftc auSgegekn ? 3d) fjattc nicf)t ml $u friufen ; tcb r)afcc nur cm unb cincn fyalben Skater au^gegekn. SBarum rcifft bu bem JUnbe t>a$ 23ud) auS bcr£anb? &$ gefjert mtr, unb id) furd)te, baft bas £inb c$ ^errctpen roirb* jlatt, bem £emb ift ^ctriffen ; bu niufit betne dBafd>e beffer in 2Cd>t nefymen, SBatum geben (Sic Sfyrat (Scfynxfter nicbt ben 23rtcf $u lefen ? 3d) mill ilm lieber $vm$m, aU irm tfyr $u« lefen geben. 3f)r better ©eorg glaubt, bap (Sic auf tfyn bofc ftnb, unb 1a$ (Sic tfym feinen $ef)(cr nid)t t>et$etr)en ruellen ; gefyen Sic $u ifym, unt) reipen n au* feiner Unrufyc; tf)un (Sic c$ urn mcinetmitlcm SSatfjcn a$ £era fcrecfyen, roenn Sic tfyr btcfes fagtcn. If my brother had known that you wished to speak to him, he would have come with me. If we had known that Mr. Pearl had so many debts ? we w r ould not have sold him the goods on credit. My nephew would not have disturbed you, if he had known that you were unw r ell. Were I in your place, I would ask your uncle's advice ; although no lawyer, he is a man of great understanding. Had Charles written to me, I would have helped him ; but he was too proud to tell me that he was not able to pay his debts, which he had contracted (made) while studying in Boston. You would pity him, if you knew him as well as I do. Though William had much injured the honor of our family, my father would have forgotten it, had he asked for his pardon. I would that we had never seen him at our house. I wish your mother were still alive ; how she would rejoice at your happiness. Oh! that you could look into this broken heart ! surely you would have pity on me. I should like to buy a pretty present for my sister : what do you advise me to buy? It is very difficult to guess what she would like the best ; if I were in your place, I would give her the money to buy something after her own taste. We should like to know why Mr. Kern, your friend, is always complaining; he has a good wife and pretty children ; he is rich and enjoys good health; what more does he want? My dear friend, men are seldom satisfied with what they possess ; they either desire to have more, or fear to lose what they have. lam not allowed to go out to-dayj for my father' wishes me to stay with my sick sister. 334 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. George is allowed to do what he wishes, for his aunt loves him more than his brother John, who hardly dares to say a word. Miss Emily must be very sick, for my sister was not allowed to see her this morning. An obedient child will do nothing without the permission of its parents, therefore you are not allowed to run in the streets when your mother is not at home. May [ ask you for a glass of water ? I am very thirsty. May my brother ask you for the French book which you bought at Mr. Brown's store, yesterday 1 he will only cast an eye upon it to see whether it is the same as the one which he possesses. May I ask you to tell me when your uncle in- tends to return from Europe, and if he is still living in Paris'? I wish to write to him. Our uncle has written ; he does not like that people should know where he is staying, for fear of having the trouble to answer many useless letters; but you may know it, for he loves you the best of all his friends. Whither are you running % I am running for a physician, and my brother runs to seek our father; for little Caroline has fallen upon a stone and has hurt her head very badly. William is a very disobe- dient boy; his mother told him to give an apple to our neighbor's son ; but instead of doing so, he ran into the garden and threw it over the fence. I saw your children running in the street; what are they looking for ? They are seeking a little dog which I bought for them yesterday; the servant forgot to shut the gate this morning, and it has run away. Excuse me for disturbing you ; a bad boy has thrown my son's hat into your yard; will you allow me to look for it ? You complain that you have not money enough to pay your debts; but is it not your own fault \ why do you buy so many use- less things, when you know you cannot pay for them 1 Do not ex- cuse yourself, for I know it was not your fault; it was George who snatched my cane out of your hands and threw it into the river. Never throw away anything which is of use ; that which may be, or seems to be, without worth to you, may be very useful to another. You excuse yourself by saying that the gloves w T hich you threw away yesterday, were too small for you ; but could not your younger brother use them ? Do not excuse that man ; he picked up the pocket-book which I dropped, and did not give it back to me, and therefore I am right in calling him a thief. I saw the four sailors who had killed their captain, brought into the Slate-house this morning. The jury found them guilty of the crime. This new work consists of four parts, but I have had them bound in one THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 3oO volume. Our neighbor, who lost the largest part of his fortune last year, is now doing a very good business, and though he is always- complaining, I should like to have a share in it. Old Mr. Tom has divided his whole fortune among his three sons; I ; for my part, would not have done it. Nor I; for a man who distributes his for- tune among his children when still alive, is the greatest fool in the world. You tell me you have many good friends who participate in your happiness, but do you think you w 7 ould find one among them who would share your sorrows, if you became poor ? A true friend is ready to share not only our happiness but also our misfor- tunes. John has not done much to-day ; however, I did not expect much from him, because he is not quite well. Our neighbor is not very rich ; however, he must do a good business, for he spends much money. How much have you spent to-day ? I saw you at Mr. Klein's store. I did not spend much, I only bought a pair of gloves for three shillings. You would have more money if you did not spend so much for useless things. Among all these German books there is only one which pleases me, and that is Klopstock's Messiad, a poem which, although very beautiful, is almost forgotten. How long has that old man served you? He has served me for many years; he is a very honest servant, and takes great care of my horses ; his daughter is also in our service. I met the old French captain, yesterday; he is as cheerful as ever, and likes to talk of the revolution of 1830: he then served in the French army and was one of the first who went over to the people. For what does this large pair of scissors serve you ? They serve me to trim the trees of our garden, which I do myself every spring. The Italian count who has bought the new carriage from us, and with whom we are doing some business, when he wants anything from me, always ends his notes thus : I am your most obedient servant. Will you have the kindness to change this bank-note? I will change it for you ; but I have no silver, I can only give you gold or small notes. The weather has changed very suddenly; yesterday it was like spring, and to-day it is as cold as winter. The rain has surprised me; my clothes are entirely wet; I must change them. Last month I saw you in a store in Market street, and now I find you in this store: I think it is not good to change so often. You have not been in this city for a long time ; do you not find a great change] I met Mr. Short at the Exchange this morning ; I find he has changed very much since the death of his daughter; he looks ten years 336 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. older than before. What did you do at the exchange ? I bought a bill of exchange on Paris, which we have to send to our cousin who is travelling in Europe. Mrs. White, who possessed a fine house in Fifth street, has exchanged it for a country residence near the river ; she will not live any longer in the city on account of her bad health. You have a new horse ; have you sold your old one ? No, sir ; I have exchanged my old horse and Carriage for this one. I do not like to exchange • we generally lose by doing so. Do you still correspond with your friend Green, who left this place two years ago? I have been corresponding with him; he is a very amiable young man who possesses no bad habits. You must accus- tom your son early to labor, for idleness always brings us to bad habits. You complain that you are not yet able to speak German well, but at first your ear must become accustomed to the German sounds. Take care, you will tear the book. I would rather tear it than learn this long poem by heart. The Spanish merchant tore up all his letters and papers before he returned to his country. Our maid-servant does not understand washing, she has torn almost all my linen. I know you do not like to go to the Exchange, but do it for my sake. My father does not like to disturb the prince ; how- ever, he will do it for your sake. He who gives for the sake of thanks, knows not the pleasure of giving. SEVENTY-FIEST LESSON. — ©tit tint fiehen$i0e Section^ THE PRESENT PARTICIPLE. The present participle is formed, in German, by adding b to the infinitive of a verb, whether it be regular or irregular ; as — loving, liebenb ; playing, fpietenb; sleeping, fd)lafenb; dying, fterbenb. This participle is used as an adjective, in the attributive sense ; as — the loving father, ber (ie&enbe 2>ater. a singing bird, em fingenber 93'Ogef; his dying child, fein fter&enbe$ .Sxinb* the playing girls, bie fpidenben 9)?dbd)en. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 337 The German present participle is never used as an abstract substantive, as, in English, the singing ; but instead of it the infinitive, fc>a £ @ingen> is employed in German (see Less. 56). 1 cannot read his writing. 3d) fann fettt r i e 6 (see Lessons 46 and 57). The boys are playing in the gar- 2)tc &nat>en fptelen in bem ©atten. den. [letter. [ret gteunbtnn. My sister is reading her friend's SBctne te JUtcfye, a(S wit we met your mother. 3^cr Sautter begegneten. The present participle occurs also, in English, in the perfect and pluperfect tenses, when the time, during which an action or state continued, is specified or understood ; but it cannot be so used in German, and such sentences as / have been writing, or / had teen writing, are expressed by the simple perfect, id) \)abt gefd)rie6en, or the simple pluperfect, id) \)attt ge* fd) tie be n. What have you been doing (have SBaS fjakn @tc in Sftrem Simmer you done) in your room ? getfyan? My brother has been walking in %flc'm JBrubcr tft ben ganjen Bergen the city the whole morning. in bet ©tabt fpa^ietcn gegangen. I have been waiting for you 3d) fyabe tn'tnafyc etnc (Stunbe auf almost an hour. @tc gcroartet. 29 338 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. He had been sleeping whilst we (Sr fyatk cjefctyafen, roafytenb txur tten spoke of him. ifym fptacfyen. The participial constructions, which so frequently occur in English, require particular attention. In rhetorical sentences and poetry, in German, the present participle is sometimes used adverbially, when it expresses state or manner ; as — I found her weeping at the sick- bed of her beloved child. Dying, he said to me these words : We shall meet again in yonder better land ! The child sat sleeping amongst flowers. Sdb font) fte rcetncnb tmbem^rcmfenz S3ctte ifyreS cjettefcten $tnbe£. (Stetfcenb, facjtc er $u nur btefe SBcrtc ; ££tr tvetben un6 in jencm fcefferen £anbe nriebet fcegecuien ! £>a$ jtinb fop fd)(afenb jnrifdjen 23fo* men. But, when the present participle expresses cause, reason, or time, the conjunctions \>a (as, since); roeil (because); a!$ (when); nacfybem (after); and inbem (while); must be used, with the finite verb; as — Having not yet received money, I cannot pay you. my Not being able to find your bro- ther, I went alone to the theatre. My father, going over the new bridge, met Mr. Klein, whom he had not seen since his re- turn from France. My sister, having finished her lesson, went to her aunt. Walking up and down in the gar- den, we perceived our cousin passing by on horseback. 2) a id) tied) mcf)t mem ©elb crr)a(tcn babe, fo fann id) Sfynen ntd)t be- gafjferi; 3£et( id) Sfyrcn <8rubet ntcbt ftnben $ onnte, gtncj id) attetn in bas Sweater. 711$ mctn^ater ubcx bie neue^Brucfe cjtncj, begegncte cr £rn. kirn, ben er feit fetner efter tbtc See? ttcn kenbtat fjattc, fjtncj fie ^u if)* rer Scmte. Snbem ivit in bem ($5arten auf unb ab cjtncjen, kmetften rmr unjercn better sorbet retten. While, inbem (inrer.); a conjunction, used to state an event which is simultaneous with another. Reading his letter over again, I found he had forgotten to write when he intends to return. Snbem id) fetnen SBrtef ncd) etnmaf ubetla£, fanb id) t>a^ er oergeffen F)atte $u fd)rett>en, warm er $urucfs gufommen cjebenEt, In English, a participle is sometimes used instead of the rela- tive pronoun, with the finite verb ; but, in German, the relative pronoun must be employed ; as — A man doing his duty has no- (Sin 93?cmn, tx>e(d)cr fetne $pfHd)t thing to fear. tf;ut, fyctt nidjtS $u f&rcfytftu THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. My child, never take a thing not 9J erft ; afterwards, nad)\)tx, or fyernad). Oar niece wept for joy, when she received her mother's letter. This woman is weeping at the death of her son. He opened the letter, but he did not read it. Shut the door. This window does not shut well. He shut the door without listen- ing to the man who wished to speak to him. He has closed his business. You have closed your store very early this evening. I cannot unlock the door of my room: I think I have the wrong key. He unlocked his trunk in order to show me the French dic- tionary. Lock up your door when you go out, and give the key to the girl. The lock is in bad order ; it is impossible to lock the door. At first let us visit the State-house, afterwards we will go to the I old castle. At first he promised me to change the bank-note; afterwards he said he had no small money. You did not perceive him; I saw him first. Unfcre Sfadjtc metntc t?er grcutc, a(g fie ten SBrtef Sbrcr Gutter erbielt. £)icfe Jrau mint fiber ten Set ifyrcg (Sobneg. <§r offnete ten 33rtef, after cr ta$ ifyn mdjit. ( ©d)(tejkn cn ten ©dBlfiffct. 2Da^ @d)Icp if! in febtecbtet £)rtmmg ; e^ ijt unmegttcb tie Sftut $u$u* febtiepen. Suerjt tvetlcn rotr tag SKatbbauS fos fttcben, naebber roetten nnr nad) tent attcn ©drfofie geben. (Srjt bcrfprad) cr mir tie SSanfttotc $u »erwed)fc(n;^erhac6 fagte cr, tap cr fetn frettteg ©elt battc. @te foeutetftcn ibn ntd)t; id) fyafce if)tt guerft gefefjeff. To bid, bietcn*— iroper/. I bid, id) Dot, perf. I have bidden, iti) l;abe geboten; to offer, anbieten ;* to follow, fotgen (ta&es to 340 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. be, fein> for its auxiliary)*, to praise, lo&en; to blame, tabeln; necessary, notfyig ; naughty, unartig ; the contrary, ba$> ®egen$ tfyeil; on the contrary, im @egentl;eil; the defiance, the spite, fcer Xrofc; in spite of, trofe (a preposition, governing the genitive) Hebids defiance to his misfortune. <5t btetet fetnem Uunglucf Srog. You have not bought the black horse ; how much did you bid for if? I bid two hundred dollars for it, but Mr. Price bought it for two hundred and fifty. I bid you a good morning. He offers me his help. They offered us a share in their business. This countryman has offered me his horse for sale. I offered him eighty dollars for it, but he would not let me have it for that price. He offered me his books for sale. Follow my advice. Why have you followed that man? I followed him in order to know where he lives. You say so, but your brother told me just the contrary. Did you praise that pupil ? I did not praise him ; on the con- trary, I blamed him. My aunt went into the country in spite of the bad weather. Is it necessary to copy the letter? It is necessary to do so. @u rjaben fc>a$ fd)tt)ar$e $)fcrt> rttcftt gef auft ; ixriemel fyaben (Bit bafut gebcten ? 3d) bot $nxt fjunbert Sfyafct bafur, after £ert spretf* faufte eg fur $wet fyunbert unt) ftmfotg. 3d) lucre Sfynen etnen guten sworgcn. (Sr fctetet mtr feine £utfe an. ©e boten uns einen 2Cntr)et( in intern ©efd)aft an. £)tefer Sanbmann fjat mtr fetn pftib gum 83ctfcmf angeboten. 3db bet tf)m acftt^ig Skater bafiir, abet er rcoftte eg mtr md)t fur bicfen $)retp fyaben laffen. [an. (St Oct mtr feine 33fid)cr gum 9Scr!auf $o(gen Bic meinem Statue, [fotgt? SSarum ftnb @ie btefem statute ges 3d) fetgte ir)m urn $u tvtffen vdo er wofynt. @k fagen fo, abet Sljr SBrubet fagte mtr getabe bas ©egentfyetf. £obten (Ste jenen tefet (Stubent i>at ®e(b notntg. This student has need of money. To confess, to avow, gefrefyen,* or eingefrefyen* (the latter, a sep. v., has more power than the former ; conj. like frefyen) ; to spend (time), jubtingen* (conj. like bringen) ; to spend time in some- thing, bie 3*it mit ttrva$ jubringen; to recognise, erfennen,* or roieber erfennen* (conj. like fennen); the animal ; ba$ 5l)ier; the THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 341 harm, the evil, ba?> 53ofef ta§ ttebet ; to do harm, &ofee> t(;un ; the manner, tk 2Beife ; the manners, bte Sitten ; unwillingly, reluctantly, ungern ; each other, einanber (an indeclinable pro- noun)] to spoil, to corrupt, t>erberben* — pres. bu t>erbirb|l> cr t>erbirbt> imperf. I spoiled, icf) t?erbarO> perf. I have spoiled, id) t;a6e t>erbor6en ; to spoil (by bad habits), DerroofynenV QSerrcofynen is only applied to persons, especially to chil- dren. 2>erberben is used for things, — and for persons only in the sense of to corrupt. I confess I am surprised. He was compelled to confess that he had never seen such a beautiful painting. The thief has confessed his crime. War is a great evil. I confess I have done it reluc- tantly. He did not like to give it to me. You have done him harm. We must do good to those who have done us harm. [thers. They love each other like bro- Do you recognise this gentleman? I recognised him the first mo- ment. It was so dark that we did not recognise each other. You will spoil me. ■ He is the only son ) his mother spoils him. This child is very much spoiled. Take care not to spoil my watch. He spoils everything. He spoiled the knife in cutting the wood. I have done it in this manner. Bad examples spoil good manners. A man of good manners. What did you spend your time in, when you were in the country? I spent my time in reading and riding. He spends every evening with his brother-in-law. 29* 3d) geftefye, id) bin fi&errafcfyt. & mupte gcftefyen, bap cr nie fe(d) cm fd)6ne$ ©ematbe gcfefyen fyatte* [ftanbcn. £)et Dtcb fyat fetn SSevbrecfyen einges £rteg tfc ein gropes UcbeL 3d) gejMje, id) fyabe cs ungern ge* tfyan. @Jr gab eg mtr ungern. (Bte fjaben ifym 33cfo6 getfyan, SBtr nmffen bencn ®#te$ tfyun, bte uns 586fe$ getfjan fyaben. ®u tteben einanber rpte 23ruber. (Sxfrmnen (Bte btefen v^crrcn ? 3d) erfannte ifyn ben erjten 2Cttgenbftc! mieber. Oct mat fo bunfet, bap mtr einanber ntcbt crfannten. @te metben mid) t>era>cf)nen. (St ift ber etn^tge e mctrenl 3cb brad)te metne Sett mtt Sefen unb SRettcn $u. (St brtngt jebcn 2C6cnt> bet fetnem (Bdbmager gu. 342 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. To wake, rcecfetv or aufmerfen; to catch cold, fid) erfdtten ; the cold, the catarrh, ber (£d}nupfen ; the cough, ber jpujren ; to cough, fyufren; the danger, tie @efafyr ; the example, ba$ SSeifpiel ; for instance, jum 33eifpiel ; even, felbfr ; at least, tt>eniaS jitnb aufroeden. ©tc fyuften; id) ffircfyte eftet fann fyeute nid)t cm6gef)en; fie f)at etncn bofen Schnupfen. <§te ftnb $u letdfet gefletbct ; cr $reube. Stttemanb auper mir wax bcu 3ene £rau nut bent roetnenben ^tnbe in tfyrem 2(rme fcfyetnt arm unb franf §u fein ; rotr molten fyt etroas gebem £)tc fr6f)ltd)en 20?abd)en Itefen fingenb unb fpringenb auf bem gelbe umfyer, a(5 ber 9?ea/n fie tiberrafebte, ber ir)re jtleiber ganoid) nap madjtc. 2ttS id) urn bret £>ierte( auf elf in t>a$ Simmer fam, fanb id) £arl fd)lafenb an bem Stfcfyc ftgjm. (§r fjattc ba$ Ctdr>t brennen (affen, unb wrgeffen bie gcnfterlaben $u febtiepen ; aU id) ifyn aufroedte, glaubte er bap el feben Bergen mare. Snbem id) Sbnen btefen 93rtcf febreibe, fenbet mir Sftr SSruber cm fillet, roertn er mtd) bittet 3f* nen $u fagen, bap er unb feine Jamtlie fid) rod)! befinbem 2tt$ id) tie £$fii I THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 343 mcineg Simmers $ufd)ticpen roetttc, kmerfte id), bop bag Scfylop wrborbcn roar ; 'Sic muffen bic ©ute fyabcn eg aucbcffcrn $u loffen. 3d) bittc urn SScr^ci^ung, t>a6 fann nid)t mogltd) fetn^ benn tic Sctyofjer otter Simmer in metnem £oufe ftnt) neu ; obcr id) g(oubc, Sic fyoben ben unrcd)tcn Sd)(u|fe( genemmen, ©eorg fefctep feme Commote ouf, unt> effnete fein £o|d)enbud), urn mir gu $cigen, bop er ftetg tie smon^ig Sfyoler fcefigt, roelcfye fcin SSater ifym gcfd)iclt f)ot 2ttg id) tfm ber guten £)rbnung roegen (cbte, in mctdjer id) ottc feinc Sodjen font), ontroortete er mir: 3d) bin son meincn (Sltcrn on £)rbnung gcrocfynt, unb id) tfjuc nut meine spflidjt, roenn id) ifjrcm 23cifpict fefgc* SBHfyelm, id) mup Sic tabcln ; erft erlaubcn (Sic, bop 3^ fletner £3ruber mit Sfyren gebern fpiclt, unb fyernad) beftogen Sie fie!), bop cr fie r-crberben fyat. 3d) ertatte mid) me, benn id) Cteibe mid) tms mcr worm, unb bicte jebem Setter Srofc ; fotgen Sic meincm 23eifpie(, unb (Sic merben niemalg cincn Scfynupfcn obcr £uften fyoben. 3d) furdjte 97?as bom SBroun wrrooljnt ifyrcn itmgftcn Sofm; cr fotgt nur fcincm eigenen bitten, unb fcinc Gutter tabclt ifm nid)t, felbft roenn cr unartig tft, £)et ito(tcnifd)e jlopitan bet uns fcincn grcpen.£unb $um SSerfauf on ; eg iff etn fct)t fyubfcfyeg Sfjicr, unb rotr boten tfjm fcd>6 Skater bofur, cr motttc tfjn obcr nid)t fur bicfen 9)retp serfoufen, unb cr fagte ung, bop fcin £unb roenigfteng groolf Scaler roertf) feu 3)arf id) Sfyncn cin ®(og SBein onbictcn ? (Sic ftnt) fefyr ^uttg, obcr id) mup Sfyncn banfen, benn id) trinfc niemalg SBchu 3d) geftebe, id) gefye ungcrn in bog (Scn$ert, benn oupcr mcincr Sd)tr>agerinn ift 9ttcmonb bort, ben icl> fennc. Sofyann, eg ift nid)t notf)ig, bop bu mid) mergen urn fyalb fed)g roeefft ; id) fyobe petite mcl georbeitet, unb icb bin feljr mube. 2)cfto bejfer, bonn f)abe id) oud) nid)t noting fo frut) oufeuftefycm (Srmarten Sic nid)t, bop 3fyve 9?id)tc Jcmolg eng(ifd) fprecfyen rmrb, roenn fte eg ouf biefe ££cifc lernt ! 3d) ftnbc Sic bcino[)c jeben 2(benb $u $au\c ; memit bringen Sic Sfjrc 3cit ^u ! Scr> bringe bie Sett t)icttcid)t ongenefymer gu o(g t>tele Tfnberc, bic in bog Sfyeotcr cber (Scn^ert gc^cn, benn id) fcubicrc, ouper ber beutfd)en Sprod)e, oud) bic £ftotf)cmati^ Sic brtngen 3^c 3eit nu|lid)cr ^u olg 3f)t better, bcr jeben 2(benb in ©efcttfeftoft gc^t ; id) gtoubc cr fmbirt nid)t t)ie(, unb fann nod) Fein 2£ort bcutfd) fprcd)cn. Sic irrcn ftd), mein £crr ; cr fprtd)t eg im ©cgcnt{)ci( ^temlicl) gelduftg, benn cr ftefyt frut) ouf, unb ftubirt beg 9Ttcrgeng. 93Kun D()cim F)ot cin Fleincg g)fcrb gefouft ; eg ift cin fehr guteg Sf)icr ; bcr Heine ©eorg fonn c^nc ©efof)r borouf reitem 3d) brad)tc geftern cinen fefyr ongene()men 2Cbenb bci 3t)rer Sontc ^u ; c^> tftot ung ?Ctte fel)r ?eib, bop Sic nid)t bcrt rooren. 3* murbc gefemmen fcin, ober id) f)abe cincn bofen ^uften, unb id) borf nid)t ^ 2Cbcnbg ouggef)em 3'of)onn, rvorum fd)tagft bu beinem Heincn SBruber, ber bir nid)tg J^cfeg getfjan l}ot? 844 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. cin jtnabe r-en guten ©tttcn mup feme ©cfefynufter Ucben, unb tfjncn vAcmufa etreas su Setbe tfyun* Unfcr ^ad)0ar gran? tabette ©eorg, bap er tag fd)6ne SDteffet r-erbcrben Fjattc ; afar SBttfjclm/fem -Setter, geftanb bap cr, unb ntcl>t ©cerg, es getfyan fjatte. 0ttmm em gute5 S3cifptet baran — btefe fatben $nafan Ueben einanber rote SStfiber. #aben on fetnen even by his enemies. getnben geacbtefc We did not surprise him, for we 2Btr ubcrtafd)ten tfjn md)t, fcenn rcit . found him already dressed. femfcen tf)tx fd)on cmgeflctfoet. Young accustomed, old done, 3ung gerooljnt, alt gct&an. (once a use, ever a custom.) A proverb, tin Spriicfyroort; the cloak, £>er SDiantcl; to cover, fcebetfen; to esteem, to respect, acfyren; the esteem, tie SCcfytung; respectful, ad)tunge»ott; to forbid, to prohibit, t>er6ieten* (governs the dative of the person) — imperf. I forbad, icfy w&Otj perf. I 348 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. have forbidden, id) fyabe tter&oten; devoted, ergeben; the battle, tie ©rf)lad)t; miserable, elent; to punish, beftrafen; the punish- ment, tie Strafe; to merit, to deserve, wrtienen; to deceive, to cheat, betrugen* — imperf. I deceived, id) 6etrog/ per/. I have deceived, icfy fya&e betrogen. ctbct fetnem cnn cr ajaubr, tap er greunte bat £)er fpanifd)c Jtaufmann betrocj ntcbt nur un$, fontcrn aucb einige fciner beften greuntc. (5r bat un$ urn buntert unt funftig Sb^ter betregen, ©ute Winter acbtcn tbre £ebrer. @ie muffen e$ au6 2CdP)tun^ fur 3brc Sante tbum 3d) bin acbtungssotl ter 3brtge. 3d) bin 3br ergebener grcunt. Die Gutter uerroobnt ibr ftetneS Si'mb ; fie beftraft es ntemat^ (Sin ebrlicber 97?ann scrticnt unfere 2Cd)tung. (5r bat feme (Strafe ttcrttent SBatum (roomtt) babe id) tag tterttent ? You must cover the child ) it is very cold. I forbid thee to do it. He forbade his son to answer the letter. We never have forbidden him to go to see you. Passing through this garden be- longing to the prince, is pro- hibited by punishment. He deceives himself, if he be- lieves he has friends. The Spanish merchant did not only deceive us, but also some of his best, friends. He has cheated us of a hundred and fifty dollars. [ers. Good children esteem their teach- You must do it out of respect for your aunt. I am respectfully yours. I am your devoted friend. The mother spoils her little child; she never punishes it. An honest man meritsour esteem. He has deserved his punishment. Why have I deserved this ? 93ertienen means also, in German, to earn, to gain by working. Our neighbor works hard in order to earn his bread. You have not gained much at this business. Unfer SRacfybar arbeitet Fjart urn few 23tot $u sertienen* (Sic baben nicbt met bet tiefem (Be- febaft Dertient To instruct, unterrid)ten (insep.)* the instruction, ter Unter* rid)t (no pi.)*, the education, tie Srjiefyung; the accident, the chance, ter Suffttt } accidental, by chance, jufdttig 5 important, roicfytig; excellent, ttortrefffid); to trust, trauen (governs the da- tive)*, to translate, uberfe^en (insep.y^ to happen, gefefyefyen* (ittkr THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 349 personal, takes to be, feitv/br 7/5 auxiliary) — pres. it happens, e$ gefcbid;t> imperf. it happened, e3 gefcfyafyj per/, it has happened, ce iji gefcfyefyen; to awake, aufroacfyen (erroacfyen)* (5r untcrrtdfetct mid) im 9Scd)netu £err JUetn &at metne JUnbet felt trier Safjrcn untcrrtcfytet* He instructs me in arithmetic. Mr. Klein has instructed my children these four years. Who has given you instruction in German I I take instruction in the French and German languages. Miss Emily has received a very good education * she is an ex- cellent young lady. Do you trust that man? I have never trusted him, for I know he has deceived many persons. I trusted him, and I did not find myself deceived. I generally awake at six o'clock. He found me dressed when he awoke. At last you are awaked. Have you already translated the exercises ?■ I do not like to translate. It is a mere chance that you find me at home so late. Where did you speak to Mrs. White ? I met her by chance in Broad street. It very seldom happens that I awake so late. It happened when we were in the country. What has happened] A very sad accident has hap- pened. What has happened to your brother] £Bet fjat Sfjnen Unterricfyt im ©cuts fd)en gegcben ? 3d) nefjme Unterticfyt in bet franco ft* fd)cn tint) beutfcfyen (Sptacfee. •graulem (Snutte feat cine fefyt gute (Sqiefyimg erfyaltcn ; fie tft cine i)OttreffUd)e junge 3)ame* Srauen ©te jenem SCflanne ? 3d) f)cibe tfjm trie getraut, benn id) raeip, tap cr fcfyen mete $)erfenen betregen fyar, 3d) traute t§m, unb id) fcmb mid) nid)t betregen. 3d) macfye gcit)cl)nlicJ) urn fed)S Ufyr quf. @r fanb mid) fcfyen angeftetbet> tuenn er auftt)od)tc. (Snb(td) ftnb ©ie aufgercacnt. £>aben @te fdjon bie Uebungen fiber* fat?" 3d) fiberfe§e nid)t gem. ©5 ift cin btcper 3ufatl, $>a$ ap td> fc (pat auftt>ad)e. ©8 gefcfyal) ate ttrir auf bem Canbe tvazen. 2£a$ ift gefdjerjen ? (Sin fcfjr'traurtger 3ufa(l ift gefefyefjem 2Bas ift 3r)rem SBtubet begegnct ? W r hen the verb to happen is used in connexion with a person, it must be translated into German by to meet, 6egegneru He has met with a little mis- (5$ ift tfjm em flctne* ttngtucf be* fortune. gecjnet* The sense, the understanding, ber 93erftanb ; prudent, wise, flug; to act, to deal, fyanbelu; the action, bie jpanblung; to de- 30 350 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. mand (to ask), forbevn ; the assistance, ter 23etffant; to assure, tjerftcfyem; to extinguish, auMofctyen; to burn off or down, ab* fcrennen;* to save, retten; together, jufammen; to receive (to welcome), empfangen* (insep., conj. like fangen). The verbs Oefommen and e r !> a I te rtf to receive (see Lesson 50), are only used for things; — the verb empfangen is em- ployed in respect to persons, in the sense of to welcome, but it may also be used for things of some importance. Our uncle receives every one very friendly. The president received my father in his reception-room. We received these important news but a few days ago. Mr. Green always acts with much understanding. You did not act rightly. We have dealt long with that gentleman. He deals in iron-ware — in dry- goods. He is a man of good sense ) all his actions are prudent. I demand the money which I have lent you. How much do you ask for this cloth? He asked twenty dollars for the coat ; I offered him eighteen, but he would not let me have it for that price. Extinguish the candle, before you go to bed. Bring a light ; I have accidentally extinguished the gas. They could not extinguish the fire : there are five houses burnt down. Have the people been able to save their things'? They have saved almost all. I offered him my assistance, for he has saved my brother's honor. He assured me that it was true. We have assured him of our assistance. Unfcr £>r)etm empfdngt Sefccrmcmn fefyt frcunt(td). £)et $)rafifccnt empftng mctncn SSatcr in fetrtcra (Smpfang?3tnuncr. 2Btr Fjabcn ttefe n>td>ttge 3?eutgfeit erft Dor etntgen Stunten cmpfangen. £err ©run fyantett immcr nut melcm SSerfrant. (Ste fya&en ntcbt rccftt gefyantclt. SBtr fyaben langc nut jenem £>erven gel)anteu\ (St fyantelt nut (Stfen-2£aatcn — nut 9J?anufaftut'2£aarcn. (St ijl cm sotonn Don gutetn SSerftant ; otte feme £>ant(ungen ftnt frug. 3d) fort>re tag ©ett, mifym td)3r)z ncn gettcfycn fyafce. U&uwl fertetn Sic fur ttefeg Sue!) ? (St forbcrte sroan^tg Skater fur ten $Kocf; td) foot trjm acr^efyn, abet cr roottte tfyn nut ntcfyt fur ttcfen fy&$ f)akn (affen. Sofcfcn ^tc bag £td)t aug, cF>c @ie $u SBctte gefyen. 33ringcn (Sic ctn Stdbt ; tcb r)a(>e ^u* fatltg tag ©ag auggclefd)t. 9ERan fonntc tag geuct ntd)t augs (6fd)cn ; eg ftnt funf £aufet afocjes btannt* £akn tic Scute if?re Sad)cn rctten I onncn ? (Sic f)aben fcetnafye 2CIIeg gcretter. 3d) 6ot tr)m mctncn SBctftant an, tenn cr fjat tic (Sfyre metneg 25rus tctg gerettct. ®c »crftd)crtc nur, tag eg n?a()r roar. SBtr r)abcn tfym unfeven SSeiftanb DCtficfyert. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 351 The amount, ter 23etrng; the leaf, tm$ 83latf> pi- t»te QMdtter; the fruit, tie $rud)t, P^ bit $rud)te; the cherry, tie fiirfdje; the pear, tie 93irne; to recommend, empfel;len* — pres. thou re- commendst, tu empftefylfrf he recommends, er empfieldt, imperf, I recommended, tct> empfar;I> J>er/r I have recommended, id) t;abe cmpfofylen; the recommendation, tie Smpfel;lung; the compli- ment, bd$ Compliment. * Do you like pears 1 (Sffen (Sic gem 5Birncn 1 T like cherries better than pears. 3d) efje Ucbcr JUrfdbcn al$ SSirncn. That is a sweet fruit. £)a* ijr cine futjc grud)t. This pear-tree has almost more £>tefcr SStrncnbaum feat betnalje mefyr fru it than leaves. •grud)te ate SMdttcr. The boy has torn two leaves of £)er Rnabc bat $vti SStdfter fcineS his new book. ncucn SBucfyes gerrtffen. He recommends that young man (5r cmpfu'blt mix btefen jungen 932ann. to me. I recommended him to follow 3d) cmpfafyl tfym Severn SHatr)C $u your advice. fc(gen. They have recommended me a 9J3tan fjat nuc etnen fcr)r guten 23cs very good servant. ttenten cmpfeblcn. He arrived here with many good (St fam f)ter nut mclcn guten C£m* recommendations. pfefjlungcn an* Give my compliments to him. 93?ad)cn §>i« tbm meinc (Smpfenlung. Present my compliments to your feifpfefjten (Sic mid) $ufatligft 3f)rer sister, if you please. grautctn (Sd)nx'jter. I think you only make me a 3d) tenfe (Sic mad)cn nur nur cm compliment. (Sompttmcnt. Good-bye ! Adieu ! S(tieu ! (from the French.) Farewell! (live well) £eben gie roof; 1 1 are the general expressions of Germans when separating; but a more polite one is — I recommend myself to you, 3d) empfel;le mid) Stynetu Such inquiries as those in which the English use a repetition of the verb, are, in German, expressed by not true ? nid)t roal;r ? You were in New York last week, (Sic ftnt ttcrtqe £Bed)C in $lcu gjerf were you not ] getvefen, ntd)t wafer ? You have already dined, have (Sic f;abcn fcl>cri gefpeipt, nid)t ruar;r? you not] Sftapefcon febte funf Saftrc r-crbannt auf (St. Helena, rcrloffcn rcn fetner $amitic- unb sen fetnen grcunben, abcr ntd)t betgeffeti bon fetnem 3$tf&e. iDicfcg armc Jttnb ift auf tern fatten Jupbeben ctnge[d)(afen ; id) r)abc eg nut ntctnem Mantel betecft, tamit e6 fid) nid)t ecttftet OfcgMdj ££tlr;c(m 852 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Don fcincm £efyrer bcftraft wax, fo fprad) cr bod) nut 2(d)tung ton ifmt. (Snt* fc^ulbigcn (Sic £errcn $ran$ fo met roie icfcn £trfd)en gegeffen, obgletd) feme Gutter eg tfym Dcrbotcn fjattc ©ute Winter folgcn bem 9?atf)e tfjrcr ©tern, unb tfjuti nie cfroag bog bets? fcotcn tft. <5g tft in biefcm ©arten Dcrbotcn fiber tie ©ragptdgc ^u laufen. £crr .5tur$ tdpt feincn (Sofynen etne fefyr gute (5r$icf)ung geben. (5r fclbft ift ein gut unterrtd)tetcr $Kann5 bet rooty roeip, bag etne gute (Strung mebr tvert^ ift, ate alleg (Mb, tx>c(d>e5 man fetnen ^tnbetn fyinterldpt. £aben <5te fd)on Sfyre ilcbungcn fiberfegt? 9?od) nid)t ; id) watte ouf meine ^cfyrocftcr; roir mad)en immet unfere 2Crbeitcn ^ufammen. Srauen (Sie nid)t btefem ^fcrbe ; id) ffirdjte eg fonnte @te fcfylagen. (Sic trauen Sebet* mann ; furd)ten ®te nid)t, bap man ©te bctrugt ? <£g ift beffet $u Diel ate 3U rocnig $u trauen, unb roenn mid) aud) Semanb aurociten bctrugt, fo ges fd)tct)t eg nicmate sum aroeitcn 9M. <&$ gefefyefyen oft Dingc, melcfce roit am rocnigften erroatten ; fo, 3. S3. ($um SBctfptct), fanb id), ate id) biefen Sftotgcn crroad)te, mein Safcfyenbud), wctc^eg td) Dertoren gfaubtc, auf bem Stfd)C tiegen ; Sfacmanb roollte eg fcafytn getegt Ijabcn. £Bcnn (Sic fyeute Sufdllig £erren ££etp begegnen follten, fo fagen ©ie ifym, bap id) biefen 2Cbenb ntd)t in bag Sweater gefyen fann. £crr <8raun ift ein ftuger .ftaufmann ; alle feine £>anb(ungen getgen Don Diclcm SSerftanb. £Bomtt fyanbelt er ? (St f)at ein Dortrcfftidycg ©efefyaft ; et fyanbeft mit £ftanufaftut' unb ©fen* roaaren, abet er tcrfauft nur im dkopen. $otbern (Sic }e|t fein (Mb Don mir, benn id) f)tibz sufdliig nid)t einen Sent bei mir. £Bag ift Sfjtem better begegnet? er ficfyt fyeutc fcfjr Hap aug. (Sg ift if)tn geftern 2lbenb ein unangeneljmet 3ufa(l begegnet; fein $pferb pel mit ifym, ate er fpdt ^on ©runborf nad) £aufe ritt ; glucf(id)errocife fjat cr fid) nur ein rocnig ben jtcpf Derlegt. Sfyt 9?effe F)at gegen mid) fefjt freunbfd)aft(id) gefjanbett, unb et wrftdbcrte mir aud) fur bie 3u!unft feinen Seiftanb. SO&tcmcl forbern ©ie fur biefen |>ut ? ©iefer ^ut foftct funf Scaler. 3d) benfe ^ie forbern $u t)iel; tdf) fann fo(d) einen £ut rote btefet ift in einem anbern eaben fur met SFjatct faufen. (5g ift mogltd), aber id) t-crftd)te S^nen, bap ein £ut fur »ier Scaler nid)t fo fein roie btefet fein fann. Cofcfyen @te ta^> ®a$ aug unb ^unben (Sic bie £id)te an, roir roolten gu -Bette gcf)en. v&aben ^ie fd)on ton bem ungtuc!(id)en 3ufaU ge^ort? (e|te 9^ad)t ftnb funf £aufcr in ber 23reiten (Strape abgebrannt ; gtficftidbets roetfe fatten bie g)erfoncn 3eit fid) aug ben brennenben ^dttfern ^u tetftn, aWi »on ben ^ac^en, bie barin roaren, F)at man nicfytg retten t onnen. 3d) fcefudjte biefen ^orgen ben teid>en fran^oftfdxn S3anqutet ^ettct; cr ems pfing mic^ feFjr gutig, unb beim SBegge^cn bat et mid), Sfyncn feine ©mpfcfjs THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 353 (rtng $u macben. Saturn wotten on bicfcn itirfd)cn ober SStrncn fojlcn ; id) farm 3r> trcn x»crftd)crn, bap fie fcfjr gut finb ; fie fommen au*> unferenr ©arten. 9?un will id) Sic nid)t (anger ftcrcn ; fyaben Sic bte ©lite mid) 3f)rcr grau d5cs maf)(irm beften^ $u empfefytem 2Cbieu, mcin wcrtfyer $reunb ; leben Sie vocty. 3d) empfefyte mid) 3fjn«u * 90?ctn nxrtfycr grcunb, mit metem $crs gnugen fyabc id) ben bcutfd)cn 25rtcf getefen, ben Sie gejtcrn an mid) gc? fd)rieben fyaben \ unb id) mup geftefyen, id) war fiber bie $ertfd)ritte fibers rafd)t, bie Sic in jo fur^er 3cit in ber beutfd)en (Spracfyc gcmad)t tfabttu ^ic fyaben Unred)t, wenn Sic mid) bitten Sfyren 25rief ^Uemanb $u $eigen, benn id) t»crfid)re S'fyncn, baj} id) feinen gefyfer barin gefunben t)abc. 3d) freue mtd) ^u Ijoren, t)a$ Sic nun gari$ wofyl finb, unb baj} Sfyr 2Cr^t 3t> nen bie (Srlaubnip gegeben fyat auSgcfycn $u bfirfem £aben Sic bie ©fite mid) bicfen 9?ad)mittag ^u befucfyen ; wir rooflen, werm eS Sbften gcfalltg ijr, einc fletne ^pa^icrfa^rt nad) ©rfinberg mad)en. 2)aS ^Better i|t fo fd)6n, tap (Sic md)t furd)tcn burden fid) $u erfaltem Ifm brei Ufyr wirb Sic crroarten, — 3^r crgebencr grcunb." 3d) fyabc (Sie geftern fpiclen gef)6rt; (Sic fpretcn bie $io(tne gan$ ttortreffltd) ; id) t)abc felten fc(dr> cinen guten (Spieler gefyort. Sftrin £err, (Sic madjen mir ein groped Compliment wels d)t$ id) nid)t $u serbicnen gtaubc. Gustavus Adolphus, king of Sweden, fell in the battle of Lutzen on the 16th of November, 1632 : covered with wounds and unknown, he lay on the battle-field among his fallen enemies, until the next day, when he was accidentally recognised by some of his soldiers. This great king died in his 38th year, lamented and beloved by his friends, and even esteemed by his enemies. You must cover your head when you go into the rain, or you will catch cold. Give some pennies to that poor woman who has covered her two sick children with an old cloak ; she looks very miserable. I do not like to give money to poor people in the street, not only because it is prohibited, but also because it is impossible to know whether they deserve it. Mr. Bell merits our esteem • he is a man of much understanding and has received a very good education. Do not complain \ you have deserved this punishment : the dog would not have bitten you, if you had not beaten it. John, I forbid you to take any of these cherries; I will send them to your aunt, who likes this fruit very much. I esteem our neighbor ) although he is poor and is obliged to work hard in order to earn his bread, he gives a very good 30* 354 THEGERMANINSTRTJCTOR. education to his children : he has forbidden them to run in the street when he is not at home, and they never do so, out of love to him. I bring you back the book which you have lent me ; my teacher forbade me to read it, telling me it was not written for children. The honest man always gains more at his business than he who deceives. It was very clear this morning, and I went out without an umbrella; but the weather deceived me, for I had hardly passed over the bridge, when a heavy rain surprised me, and I became entirely wet before I arrived at the next house. I went to Mrs. Brown's last evening, and by chance met Mrs. Williams, the wife of the French consul ; she is a highly educated lady, who speaks almost all the modern languages fluently, and plays most beautifully on the piano; she (has) received her education in Lon- don and Paris. Who instructs your niece in singing? she has a very fine voice and sings with much taste. She has no teacher; her older sister has given her some instruction in music. Mr. Philips is an excellent teacher; he has instructed my three sons these four months, and they have made very great progress for such a short time. Should any of your relations by chance be in want of a good teacher, I could give him the best recommendations, for he is a man of great understanding. Do you already know how to translate a German poem? Yes, sir, I have translated several, and I found them difficult only in the beginning; but now being more accustomed to the German con- struction, they become easier to me. I generally awake at six o'clock, but to-day it happened that I slept until seven, and had not the servant brought in my boots, I would perhaps have slept still longer. Mr. Belt is an honest man; he deserves to be trusted by you. When I was young, I trusted every one who w 7 as friendly to me ; but now, on the contrary, I trust no one. The Spanish merchant wished to cheat us by giving us a bad bill of exchange on Paris ; but I think he deceives himself, for he will soon lose his credit if he acts in this manner. Mr. White is a very prudent man ; he always acts with much understanding. Charles promised to wake me this morning, but I awoke before he came into my room. We went to- gether on horseback to Newfield, and have spent a very pleasant day. I do not like the manner in which your cousin acts with other people; he believes himself too wise, and blames every one who does not think like himself. Your uncle is an amiable old gentleman; he receives «very one who comes to see him very THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 355 kindly, and shows a good education in all his actions. What does Mr. Green deal in ? He formerly dealt in iron- ware, but now he is in the dry-good business. How long have you been dealing with that English merchant \ We have dealt together, I think, more than twelve years, and always in such a manner that we never had to complain of each other. My sister and her aunt went out together this morning, in order to pay a visit to the French countess. She received them very friendly, and showed them through the whole house in which she is now living. Have you at last received the money which young Mr. Peal owes you? Not yet, but 1 think that he is an honest young man, who would not deceive me. He sent me this note yesterday : " Dear sir, you will excuse me for not having yet paid the bill which you sent me last month ; a sick- ness, which has prevented^ me from doing anything these three w T eeks, is the reason. I have written to my uncle, asking him to send you the amount of your bill, and knowing his kindness, I ex- pect he will do so. Very respectfully yours. " John, extinguish the candle, for I assure you it is very dangerous to read while lying in bed. I have accidentally extinguished the gas in the parlor ; have the kindness to bring a candle in order to light it again. The shoemaker demands payment for the boots which he has made for you ; and you must pay him, because he does not ask too much. You intended to buy our neighbor's carriage; how much did he ask you for it ? He asked eighty-five dollars, and finding the price too high, I bought a finer one from Mr. Smith. I asked him very -politely for your French dictionary ; but he answered me angrily, that you had nothing to demand of him, assuring me that he had sent the book back to you two months ago. Your cousin is lame ; what has happened to him 1 He has met with a little mis- fortune • his horse struck him on his right foot while he was coming home last evening; but he is not much injured. Have you heard of the bad accident which happened last night 1 No, I have heard nothing, for I just now got up; tell me what has happened? Four houses in Water street have been burnt down. The fire broke out in Mrs. Well's house ; that poor lady and her children had hardly time to save their lives ; besides this, they have saved nothing. We have received a letter from Boston this morning, with the important news that the lightning struck the ship Wilhelmine, and set her on fire ; but they were able to save the largest part of the goods which were in her. You understand all I tell you, do you not ? I have \ 856 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. understood all that you were telling me. You are the sailor who saved the life of that little child, who had fallen into the river ; are you not? Yes, sir; but I have only done my duty. George, your pockets are full of pears ; you have been at the pear-tree, and I fear you will fall down sometime, and break your arm or leg. I beg your pardon, I have not been on the tree ; I found the pears lying under it. The little girl has spoiled your book ; she has torn two leaves out of it. Have you much fruit in your garden ? This year we shall have a great deal of fruit; among others is a cherry-tree, on which you can almost see more cherries than leaves. Our nephew has .to work very hard to-day; I offered him my assistance, but he assured me that he could do without any help. I can re- commend Mr. Root to you ; he is a young man of very good man- ners. Good morning, madam; how do you do] I am very well, I thank you ; have the kindness to take a seat. I thank you ; I am obliged to go to the Exchange, and in passing by, I came only to inquire about your health. You are very kind, sir; please present my compliments to your good lady. Good-bye. Charles, read this note from Mr. Young, who sends back the fifth volume of Schiller's works and asks for the sixth ; he has taken only six months' instruc- tion in the German language, and has made such progress that he is able to read this difficult poetry. u Dear sir, with a thousand thanks I send you back Schiller's Don Carlos, which you had most kindly lent me one month ago. I have read it with the greatest pleasure, and it has pleased me so much, that I desire to read more of Schiller's tragedies. Mr. Klein told me last week, that Wal- lenstein, though more difficult than Don Carlos, is his last and most beautiful work. Knowing your kindness. I take the liberty to ask you for the sixth volume; by lending it to me you will very much oblige, — Your obedient servant." SEVENTY-THIRD LESSON.— !©td ttnb fte&mjt&fte Section* THE PASSIVE VOICE. The passive voice, in German, is formed with the past parti- ciple of a transitive verb and the auxiliary verb w e r t> e ru THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 357 Present tense, I am covered, thou art dressed, he is punished, we are surprised, ye are loved, you are blamed, they are praised, id) werbe ftebecft. fcu rtnrjr angefleibet er rcirb bejrraft* wir merben ti&errafcfyt. it)r merbet geliebt. Sie werben getabett. fie merben gelobt. As in English, the verb to be, feitV is also joined to a past participle, when the latter is used as an adjective, to qualify the subject and express existence. It is very difficult for English students to distinguish when the auxiliary f e t n or \v c t b e n must be used. In the following examples we shall endeavor to show their difference. r £)et £t#obcn tnctncS 3tmmcr$ ift The floor of my room is covered J wit ctncm fd)6ncn Seppid) bcbecft. with a fine carpet. j £er£uj&obcnmetncs 3tmmcr$ rtnrt) ** nut ctncm fd)6nen Scpptd) kfcccft. The first German sentence expresses a finished state or com- plete existence ; the second, which is the German present passive, expresses a state or condition which has begun, but which is not yet finished, and may be rendered into English by, The floor of my room is being covered with a fine carpet. 3)ct6 .fttnb i ft cmcjeflctbct (a finished The child is dressed. The boy is punished. The boy is punished every even- ing. I am surprised. I am not so easily surprised The workmen are paid. (get) state) £)a$ jttnb rotro cmcjcftetbct (is be- ing dressed). • £)er £nabe tji fcefttaft (finished suffering). £)ct SinaU nutb attc 2Cftcnb Oejttaft (a suffering which is continued ) . 3d) bin ubcrrcifd)t (a finished con- dition). 3d) tuerbe ntdbt fo tctdjt ufccrrafcfyt (an unfinished condition). £)te 2(rbettet fin fc Inhabit (they have received their wages). £)tc Srkitcr roerbcn jeben (Scnns abcnb be$ar)lt (theyhave received and will receive' their wages every Saturday). £)cr Sparer i ft gut untcrrtd)tct. (Sctn trt> alte Otter* morning by her older sister. gen pen tfyrer alteren <§d)n?eftcr an* geftetber. His children are praised, if they ©cine $tnber nxrben gclofct, roenn are obedient and assiduous. fie gut tint) fteifitg finb. Our niece is esteemed by every Unfere 9?td)te roirb t>cn 3cbennonn one • because she is good and geacfyter, well fie gut unb ItebenS* amiable. n;urt)tg Iff. The infinitive of the ( to be loved, gelie&t roerben* I 1 passive voice. \ to be punished, befrraft roerbem Sttuffen unartige £inber kftraft rocr* ben? t »erad)tet $u roerben, muffen @tc menials fd>tcd)t sen anberen $perfonen fprecfyen. Must naughty children be pun- ished ? They must be reproved and pun- ished. What must one do in order to be esteemed ? He spoke without being asked. In order not to be despised, you must never speak ill of other persons. The workman, ber 2(r6etter; the virtue, bie £ugenb; the vice, ba$> Softer; virtuous, tugenbfyaft; to despise, tteracfyten; to re- ward, fcelofynen; to procure (to get), t>erfd)affen; to hinder, to prevent, from, fyinbern> t>erl;inbeWf an 5 the occasion, the oppor- tunity, bie ©elegenfyeit; the case, the event, ber $atl; to hit, treffen* — pres. 1m trif)T> er trift, imperf. I hit, id; traf, perf. I have hiij id) l>a6e getroffen; to reprove, tabetn. Virtue is always rewarded and £)te Sugenb roirb tmmer kloljnt, vice punished. unb bat Softer ftejrroft. I cannot procure you any money. 3d) frmn 3l)nen fetn ©e(b t>erfd)offem He has procured me a good place. (Sr fyat mtr etne gute ©telle t>crfd)aft. You hinder me from my work. orubergcr)en. 3d) werbc e6 tbun, roenn fid) etne (Megenfyctt'btetet. &tefe$ tjt etn nncfyttger gall. In case, im $all, or fattS 5 at all events, auf aik $dtfe. In that case, I do not know what 3n btefem galle rucip id) fetnen Spotty advice to give. $u geucn. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 359 Ask him to wait, in case he should come when I am not at home. He hits the nail on the head. He wished to strike the dog, but hit the floor. You have hit it. 23tttcn @tc tfjn gtt rcarten tm gatt (falls) cr fommcn follte, roenn id) ntcbt $u &aufe bin. tagcn, abet traf ben gufbeben. cr^ anbern; to spare, fparen; to practice, tifcen; the practice, tie Ue&ung; the top, ber ©ipfel; nevertheless, nicfytS bejlo rceniger ; to mount, to ascend, fleigen* — imperf. I mounted, id} frieg, per/. I have mounted, id) 6in gefliegen; to descend, to dis- mount, ab or fyina&fftigen; to alight, au^T-eigen* I accept your proposition. He did not accept the beautiful present. We have accepted the bill of exchange. Do you doubt that which I am telling you I do not doubt it. It is not to be doubted. We w T ere in doubt whether we should go or not. I will bring it to you, without doubt. You will alter nothing with all your complaints. He has had his coat altered. This man has altered very much since I met him in Boston. The weather changes. Spare his life. Spare yourself the trouble. 3d) nefyme Sfjrcn 9Sorfd)(ag am & naf)m t^ fcfyone ©cfctycnr! mdjt an. 2£tr fyaben ben SSecbfet angenems men. Sroetfetn ©t'e an $>a$, roaS id) Sfaten fage? 3d) $rx>etftc nid)t baran. (S£ tft ntd)t taxan ^u gnxtfetn. SStr voaxm tm Bnxtfel, eb mix gefyen fctlten cber ntcbt. 3el) nxrbe c$ Sfynen efjne Srceifet brtngen. (Ste reerben ntd)tS nut alien Sftrctt" JUagen anbern. (5r fjat fetnen JRcc! anbern faffen. liefer 9J?ann fyat ftd) fefyr wranbert fett id) tr)n in 23ot>ton traf. $a* better anbert ficl% (Sparen @tc fetn Scben. ©pawn ©te fid) bte £)}%. 360 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. G?r fonnte fid) ben ££eg crfpart fja* ben, rocnn cr ein SStttet gefcbrtekn batte. [£tnb. (Sparc btc SRutbe unb Bcrroobne bag C£r t)at btcfcS 3a()r ffinf bunbcrt Scaler crfpart* He might have spared himself the journey, if he had written a note. Spare the rod and spoil the child. He has saved five hundred dol- lars this year. The verb to save is translated by rettetv in the sense of to rescue; but when it means to save- by economy — not to spend — or to lay by, it must be translated by f p a r e n or e r f p a r e n. He saves no money; he spends (5r fpart fetn (Mb; cr gtebt 2ttle$ all that he gains. aus roaS cr t>erbient. [rem A good housewife can save much. (Sine gutc £ausfrau farm t>tct erfpas Order saves time. £)rbnung [part 3ett, The saving-bank, tie ©parfaffe. A little more practice and you ©in nxntg mer)r Itcbung, unb (Ste will speak German fluently. ' He must practise speaking. Men who practise virtue are happy. . He has done me wrong, and nevertheless I am his friend. I ascend these staircases more than twenty times a day. He mounted the horse and rode away. We ascended the mountain in order to see the risingof the sun. The boy has ascended to the top of the roof. The children stepped into the carriage before us. I mounted the chair in order to see better. He always dismounts from his horse before the stable. You may do it without dis- mounting. I descended this high staircase. We alighted from the carriage as soon as we arrived in the village. rocrben gclauftg bcutfd) fpredjem (5r mug ftd) im (Sprecben fibem £)er gftenfdfj/ rockier bic gugenb ubt tft g(ucHtcr). (Sr fjat mir Unrecbt getban, unb mdjts befto wentqer bin id) fcin greunb. 3d) fletge btefe Srcppcn mebr ate $rr>an$tgma( be£ SageS btnauf. (Sr ftteg auf bas $pferb, unb rttt meg. ££tr fttcgen auf ben SScrg, um ben 2Cufgang bcr (Sonne $u fcr)em £)cr Make tft auf Icn ©tpfel beg £>acbes gefttegem ®ie Jttnber fttegen t>cr un$ tn ben ££agem 3d) fttcg auf ben (Stubf, um beffcr $u febem (5r ftctgt tmmer t>or bem (Static r>en bem g)fcrbc ab. (Sic f onncn e$ tf)un cl)nc afyuftetgem 3d) fttcg btefe f>or)e Sreppe btnab. SStr fttegen aus bem SBagcn, fo ba(t> true nnr in t>a$ £)crf gefemmen marcm 4 To mean, meinen; the opinion, the meaning, bie 93fcinung; the friendship, tie $retmbfd)aft; to reach, reicben; to afford, licfern; to forgive, t>ergeben* (like geben); to show, roeifen* — imperf. I showed, id) wieS, per/. I have shown, id) \)abt geroiefert. What did he mean by it ? 2Ba$ mcintc cr bamtt?. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 361 His meaning was very good. (Seine sjBetmtng wax fefa gut. In my opinion you should forgive $lad) meinet £ftetnung folltcn ©te him. tfjm t>ergeben. He was of the same opinion. Qx war berfetben 5Q?etnung. He forgave his enemies. (£t t>ergab [etrien gctnben. We have forgiven him his fault. 85BtrF)abcnil)mfcincngcr)krtJCr9ct>en. Reach me the book which lies SKetcfan 0te mtr bag S3ud), n?e(d)C$ on the chimney-place. auf bem jtamtn ttegt. I stepped on the chair, but I could 3d) |Kcg auf ten dstufyi, akr id) not reach the picture. fonnte bat ©ematbe ntd)t retcfan. This garden affords us all the £)tefer (fatten ttcfert un$ atle grucfyte, fruit we want. n>e(d)e nut ftraucfan. He showed me his new house. (St wtcs mtr fein neueS £au$. I have not yet shown you my 3d) l)at>e Sfaen ncd) md)t metne gold watch. getbene Utjr genuefen. The verbs jeigert and meifertf /o sAoi^, are synonymes; but the latter is almost obsolete, though its compounds occur very frequently; as — To prove, berceifen; the proof, ber 33emeiS. That proves nothing. £)as kroetf't md)t& I have proved it to him. 3d) babe es if)m Oetmcfctt. He has afforded me the proof. (gr fat mtr ben 23eroei$ geftefert. My umbrella is gone; I cannot §B?eut 9?egenfd)ttm tft fort; id) fann find it anywhere. ifa nirgenbS fmben. Gone (away), fort* $0rt is an adverb, which is synonymous with roeg> away, but more emphatic than the latter. Thus we can translate to go away, hy meg, gel; en or fortgefyen; to run away,hj meg* I a u f e n or f o r t ( a u f e n> &c. It is also equivalent to the Eng- lish adverb off, when it denotes motion. Do not send him away without (Sd)icfen ©tc tr)n ntd)t fort, cfae ir)m giving him something. ctrcas ^u geben. They carried the thief away. (£k fubrtctfben £)icfc fori, The steamboat is off. £>a$ jDampf&oet tj! fort. The storm, ter Sturm; the thunder-storm, t>a$ ©emitter; the fog, the mist, ber 9ie6el; the dust, ber ©taufr; dense, bid)t; windy, roinbig; stormy, frtirmtftf); foggy, ne&ettg; dusty, frau* big; daily, rdglidb; weekly, roocfyentticr;; yearly, jdfyrlid); to arise, fid) erfa&en* (like fa&en). We had a very hard thunder- ££ir fatten tegtc Zflatfy cm fcfa \d)\va storm last night. re$ ©etmttcr. A. violent storm (gale) arose when ©n fafttger (Sturm crfafc fid), att we were on the river. rctr auf bem $(uftf warm 31 362 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. This high wind raises so much JDtefev ftatfe SQBtnb erbebt fo wet dust, that we can hardly open ct daily newspapers. tdg(id)e Scitungen. 3d) roerbe t)cn meinen Cittern gelebt, roenn icb geberfam bin unb ffetfng arbetfe.* £)u tiurft sen beinem Center eft getabelt ; roarum lernft bu beine 2Cufgaben md)t beffcr auSroenbig? 3d) mup meinem SSatet arbehen belfen, unb icb fyabe nur Sett beg tfbenbS meine 2(ufgaben aueroenbtg $u lernen ; unb fclbft bann roerbe id) eft sen meinen jungcren ©efebroiftern baran rer? binbert. £)er tugenbbafte 90?enfcb roirb t>en Sebermann geacbtet, unb fctne $reunbfd)aft txutb t>en alien ®uten gefucbt* SBir roerben nicbt immer fur unfere gute £anblungen belebnt ; im ©egentbeU, rotr roerben eft getabelt rco reir Dan! erroarteten ; nid)t6 befte nxntger muffen roir feine ©elegenbeit r-eriibergeben taffen, t>a$ ©ute $u uben, unb bie febtecbten £anblungen 2(nbe* rer $u Derbtnbcrn. (Sie roerben Den 3f)rcm better gcrufen ; roarmu gefyen (Sie nicl)t $u tbm ? (Sr n?tll bap id) nut tbm in baS Sweater gefyen fell, unb id) roerbe sen cinigen metner greunbe, bie in bem (Son^ert ftnb, errr-artet. £at 3b* SSater fd)en ben 2Ctbeitern be$ablt, nxlcbc in 3brem neuen #aufe arbciten ? (Sic finb ned) nid)t be^ablt ; fie nxrbcn jeben (^ennabenb l^fift Sftuffen unartige unb trage JUnber befhraft roerben ? Ste mujfen getabelt recrben, unb roenn fte fid) niefct anbern, wrbtcnen fie aud) beftraft $u nxrben. OTtt alien Sfyren 3n>eifeln ruerben &u mid) nid)t binbern ben frangeftfeben ©rafen fur einen tugenbbaftcn 9^ann $u fatten, unb ibm meine 2(d)tung gu ermctfen ; id) roerbe meine 932einung t>en ibm nicbt eber anbern, bis (Sic nur ben 23ercei£ geliefert fjaben, $)a$ er metner 2Cd)tung nicbt roertb if!. <5te roellten biefen Bergen nad) ©runmatb reiten, unb nun treffe (ftnbe) id) @'ic p Jpaufe ; <5te l)aben fid) avnbrfcbeinlid) fein gutes $)ferb serfebaffen fonnen, nid)t roab? ? (Ste boben e^ getreffen ; id) gel)e lieber gu ^upe, alS la$ id) auf ein fd)led)tes ^)ferb fteige. 3d) babe Sfyren S^effen ben gan^cn Bergen gcfud)t, aber id) fennte ibn nirgenbs treffen ; fellten @ie ©elegenfycit fyaben tF>n gu fel)en,fe bitten <5te i^n mid) biefen 2(benb gu befucben ; id) f^e ir)n in einer it)id)tigen (Sacfye urn feine g^einung gu fragen ; eg ift ein fenberbarer ^all, unb id) n>eig fein 5Katt) fann mir t)en grej}em £)^u|en fein. ^all^ id) ir)n biefen ^aebmittag fe^e, fe roerbe icb ibn gu Sbnen febicfen ; 6i« f ennen fid) barauf Ktlaffen. ^>err ^lein !emmt beute nad) ber (Stabt ; taffen 6ie biefe (55elegcnbeit nicbt t-erubergefyen, ibn urn cinige (Smpfef)lung^bricfe fur Cenben gu bitten ; icb anxifle nicbt, bap er fte Sbrten geben n>irb. 3m $all (Sie ibn be^ 9?ad)mittag^ nicbt ju ^aufe treffen fellten, fe tverben BU bie ^elegenbeit ftnben, ibn biefen 2(benb bei meincm Dbeim 3U fe^en. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 363 5$ir ftiegen geftern 9?ad)mittag nut meter £flur)e ben 23erg Winter tern IDorfe fyinauf, urn »on t>ort ben Untergang t>cr (Sonne unt> ben 2(ufgang be$ SEonbeS $u fefyen ; ba$ ^Better roar liar unbfd)6n, aber ungcfdfyr eine(Stunbe t>or (Sonnenuntergang erfyob fid) im (Suben eine bunfte £Bo(t\>, tie bait) ten gan^en jpimmel bebedte. £Btr ftngen an ben 23erg fcfynett f)inab$ufteigcn, aber ba$ ©emitter errcicbte un$ efye roir unten roaren, unb nrir famen gdn^ ltd) nap nad) ^aufe an. £Benn ©tc Sfyrc SDMnung dnberten, fo rtmrben (Sie fid) mele SERfi r)e erfparen ; gtauben ®k mir, id) meine c$ gut mit Sfyncn. 2)er e(d)er in ber trierten (Stage unfcrcS £aufes roofynt, ar= bcitet t>om 932orgen bis gum 2Cbenb, aber er [part aud) lte(&> benn er Fjat fdjen mefyr ate bretf)unbert Skater in ber (Sparfaffe. £)a£ £au$ metneS (ScrmeU ber$ tft lefcte 9?ad)t abgcbrannt ; er fonnte nid)ts retten, fclbft md)t t)a$ ®c(b, n>eTd)e$ er mit meter gjlfifye erfpart fyatte. d5tcb mir meine Ufyr, fie ttegt auf ber $ommobe ; nxnn bu fie nid)t retcfyen fcmnft, fo ftetgc auf einen (Stuf)(. <&u pnben meinen S^cffcn nid)t $u ipaufe ; er ift t-or ciner (Stunbe auSges ritten ; roir ftiegen au$ bem SBagen ate er auf fein $)ferb ftteg. £)cr ffctne £nabe fjat feinen gef)(cr geftanben, unb bittet (Ste urn 93cr$eif)ung ; fd)ic!en ©te ibn nid)t fort, ofyne ifym sergeben $u fyaben. 3n>etfe(n erben. 3d) gtaubte geftern, bap n?ir fyeute fefjr fd)6ne^ better ^as ben rourben, benn e5 war fold) ein bitter 9?cbe0 bap man bie gegenubcr* ftetjenben ^aufer nid)t fefjen fonnte. @ic braud)en fid) nid)t gu fd)amen beutfd) gu fpred)en ; nur ein rcenig Ucbung me^r, unb (Sie rccrben e» fo ge^ laupg nue ein Deutfd)er fpred)en. 3d) rounfefte e^ »on gan^em ^er^en, unb id) t-erfpred)e Sfenen, bap id) fcine ©e(egent)eit r-oruber ge^en (affen tverbe, e^ gu uben ; urn meinem 9?effcn gu berceifen, bap man in fed)^ 9J?onaten beutfd ternen fann. Who gives you instruction in the German and French languages? I am instructed by my nephew, who is a good scholar, and who has travelled two years in France and Germany. Thou art not praised by thy teacher as often as thy sister ; what is the reason ? Is it true my sister is praised oftener than I? but she has more time to work than I (have). When will Mr. White return from New Orleans? He is expected by his family tc-day. I am prevented 364 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. from learning by heart, when you make such a noise in the room. This book is very well translated from the French. This English book is translated into German by Mr. Green. We are not always praised, even when we sometimes expect it. You are blamed by your friends for not having followed their advice. These soldiers are most beautifully dressed. The poor shoemaker's children are clothed by our aunt. Our neighbor, though he is poor, is esteemed by every one, for he is honest and industrious. Are the workmen already paid ? They are paid every Saturday. Which boys are rewarded and which are despised 1 Those who are good and assiduous are rewarded, and those who are idle and naughty are despised. Thy sister is blamed by her mother because she does not work enough. This little girl is much spoiled, for she is never punished by her aunt, who indulges her too much. A virtuous man deserves to be esteemed by every one. I do not like to be disturbed in the morning while I am writing, for it is insupportable to me not at once to finish a work which I have begun. You complain that you did not understand me ; but it is impossible to be understood when ten persons are speaking at the same time. Mr. Brown is joyfully received in every society, because he is an amiable young man. A little child ought to be seldom punished ; but it should be reproved when it is naughty. What must one do in order to be es- teemed? My dear nephew, love and practise virtue; speak ill of no person ; listen politely to what other men tell you ; and never insist strongly upon your opinions, even if you think you are in the right. In doing so, you will be* loved and esteemed by every one. I have promised to procure this young gentleman a good place ; and I will do it as soon as an opportunity offers, for I can recom- mend him very highly. In case you cannot procure the money which you need to day, go to my uncle at five o'clock in the after- noon, then you will find him at home ; I shall speak with him before that time. You are very kind, but I hope I shall spare you that trouble; if the bill of exchange which I sent to New York is ac* cepted, I shall be able to sell it; if not, I shall make use of your friendly proposition. John, be quiet for only half an hour; you hinder me from finishing this letter; afterwards I shall not hinder you from playing on the violin. I come to tell you that the Spanish consul, from New Orleans, has promised to visit my cousin this evening; in case you wish to speak to him, do not let this occasion pass, I should like to go to London^ but only when a good occasion offers. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 365 Now, after you have altered your opinion, I do not know what advice to give you in this important case. You speak much of the voice of Mr. Petterini, who has lately arrived from Italy; you must have heard him sing. You have hit it; I met him at Mr. Smith's last night. George wished to strike the cat ; but the animal was quicker than he, and instead of striking it, he hit the floor. My brother told me that you will offer to Mr. Brown to exchange your horse for his, but T doubt very much whether he will accept your proposition. My sister sends her compliments to Miss Caroline, your niece, and begs her to accept these roses, the first from our garden. I do not doubt that which you are telling me, I only fear that he will not keep his promise. It is not to be doubted that your teacher will be satisfied with the exercises, if you will only alter, these two sen- tences. I was in doubt whether I should go into the country or not, for the weather looked very dark ; but now, since it has become clear, I shall go this afternoon. Charles has altered very much since I saw him the last time; I could hardly recognize him. Your new coat does not fit you well, it is too long ; you must have it altered. The storm, last evening, broke down the large pear-tree in our yard, which injured the flowers very much ; our servant, who was by chance in the yard at that time, did all that he could, but it was impossible to prevent the accident. The Italian captain arrived from Boston, last night, in order to speak to my father; but he might have spared himself the journey, if he had written a letter. Our old aunt has an income of only four hundred dollars a year; nevertheless, she saves more than one hundred dollars of it. William, my cousin, never goes into society or to the theatre; he saves his money, and already has about six hundred dollars in the savings-bank. My nephew does just the contrary; he has not yet saved a cent ; he spends all that he earns. You complain that you cannot yet speak German fluently, but you must practise it more, and always speak German when an oppor- tunity offers ; for practice alone makes a master. What do you mean ? shall I take a ride to Greenwood this afternoon ? In my opinion you should stay at home ; for it is very windy, and the dust may injure your sore eyes. Do not doubt your cousin's friendship ; his meaning was very good in telling you not to dismount from your horse every time you go to Blackfield. What do you think he means by it? I think that, by telling you not to dismount from your horse when you take a ride, he wished to give you the advice not to spend money uselessly, and to return earlier. We ascended the mountain 31* 366 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. very early this morning, in order to see the rising of the sun ; but we had hardly reached the top, when a dense fog arose, and we were obliged to descend without having seen any thing. Charles, reach me the book which lies on the chimney-place ; I see you are too short to reach it, but mount on a chair and you will get it. In going to the river this morning, I met Mr. Brown in his carriage ; as soon as he saw me coming, he alighted and showed me the letter which he had received from London, in order to prove that all he had told you was the truth. He knows very well that he has done me wrong, and now he tries to excuse himself; nevertheless, I cannot forgive him before he affords me other proofs. My um- brella is gone; have you not seen it? Yes, sir; it is in the garden; little John has broken it, but you must forgive him, for he has not done it intentionally; he was riding on it and fell over a garden- bench. Do not send this poor woman away without giving her something; she seems to be in want. We dined at Mr. Johnson's to-day; we had an excellent dinner; he gave us all that the season could afford. How many newspapers do you read? I see your table entirely covered with them. Our family is large, and we all like to read after breakfast ; you see here four daily and three weekly newspapers. It is very warm to-day ; I fear we shall have a thunder-storm this afternoon. Are you afraid of thunder-storms? I am not; but my sister fears the thunder very much. When we were in the country the day before yesterday, a violent storm arose, followed by a heavy rain and hail, which prevented us from returning, and we were obliged to stay there the whole night. SEVENTY-FOURTH LESSON.— SSitt U* Hehen$i$fte Section* THE PASSIVE VOICE, CONTINUED. Imperfect. I was loved, id) rcurbe gdiebr, thou wast esteemed, bu rtmrbefr gead)tef, he was blamed, er rtmrbe getabelt f we were rewarded, wit wurben be(o()nf> you were covered, <£ie rtuirben 6ebecf tf they were despised, fie rtmrben t>erad)tet. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 367 He was much loved when he was in Paris. The children were dressed after they had risen. I was prevented from writing by his arrival. Louisa was praised ; while John was blamed. I have been loved, thou hast been esteemed, he has been blamed, we have been rewarded, you have been covered, they have been despised, (5t rourbe fer>r gettebt, a(s cr in tyavxt roar* Die JUnber rcmrben angeHctbet, nad)- bem fie aufgeftanben roaren. 3d) rourbe turd) feme 2tnfunft am (Scfyreiben gefyinbert, £cutfe rourbe gelcbt, roafjrenb Solemn getabclt rourbe. Perfect. id) bin geliebt rt)ortertf bit bijl geacfytet roorben, er ijl getabelt roorben, roir finb betofynt roorben, @ie finb bebecft rcorben, fie finb r>erad)tet rcorben. The past participle of the auxiliary verb roerben is rt) o r b e n, and must be distinguished from the past participle of the intran- sitive verb to become, tt) t x b e x\t which is geroorben. (See Lesson 64.) Pluperfect I had been loved, id) wax geliebt rocrben, thou hadst been esteemed, tiu wax\t geacbtet roorben; he had been blamed, er wax getabelt roorben, we had been rewarded, you had been covered, they had been despised, The boys have been praised be- cause they have been obedient and assiduous. Charles has been rewarded by his uncle, for he has found his watch. He wrote better, after he had been reproved. I shall be loved, thou wilt be esteemed, he will be blamed, we shall be rewarded, you will be covered, they be despised, rt>tr roaren belofynt roorben, <2;e roaren bebecft roorben, fie roaren t>erad)tet roorben. Die £nakn finb gdo&t rocrben, roeil fie gefjorfam unb flcigig geroefen finb. &avl if! i?cn fetnem £)$ehn Mefrnt roerien, benn er Ijat feme Ilr)r ge* funben. (£r fdjrieb beffer, nad)bcm er gerabeft toerben rear. First Future. id) roerbe getiebt roerben, tu rt>trfr geacbtet roerben, er roirb getabelt roerben, roir roerben belcfynt roerben, Sie roerben bebecft rrerben/ fie roerben oeraebtet roerben* Second Future. I shall have been loved, id) roerbe geliebt roerben fetn, u. we shall have been rewarded, roir rrerben belobnt roorben fctn f If. 368 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. I hope the silver plate will be 3d) fjoffe ber fttbcrne Setter ttrirb ge* found. funben nxrben. I know he will not begin to work 3d) rcetfi er n>trt> md)t anfangcn $u until he shall have been pun- arfcetten, tu$ er Oeftraft worsen fein ished. rotrb; or, bt$ er rotrb beftraft rocrs ten fein. Fzrs^ Conditional. I would be loved, id) rotirbe geliebt werben, k. we would be rewarded, roir roiirben betofynt roerben, tu Second Conditional. I would have been loved, id) roiirbe geliebt roorben fein, k. we would have been rewarded, roir roiirben betofynt roorben fein, K* You would be understood if you t biefe .fina&en, wtil fie ffet* pig gcroefen ftnb. £)iefe Jtnafcen wetben sen ifyrem £er> rer getobt. 9J?an fagt. £)a$ fann man nid)t kqreifen. 9J?an fagt mir, t>a$ er fein (Mb t>er* tcren fyat. $ftlan gab bem Sftabcben eine (Severe, fid) bie^aget^u befd)neiben,unb fte f)at fid) in ben Singer gefdjnitten. £)as t)crftef)t man nid)t. 8Scn mekften (gotbaten f)at man ges fprcd)en ] £tfan erinncrt fid) letd)t biefer 9?ar men. In sentences similar to the preceding, the reflective form is often employed, in German, instead of the passive (see Less. 63). THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 369 The books have been found. £)ie 23ud)er fyafcen fid) gefunten. That is not to be comprehended. £)a$ loft fid) md)t tu\qrctfen. That is understood. £)ag t>eiftel)t fid). The question is easily answered. £)tc 5 ra 9 e beantroortct fid) letd)t. He is not to be disturbed. (5r (apt fid) nid)t ftoren. The plate, ber Seller; the dish, tie (gcfyiiffel; the calf, taS Itillt joZ. tie fidteer; the veal, taS -Kalbjieifd) ; the food, tie ©peife; the vegetable, ta£ ©etrnife; the potato, tie ftartofitl ; the remedy (the way), ta$ 9)f ittel, pi. the means, tie 9)*ittel ; economical, fparfam ; to serve one's self, fid) betienen ; to be- have, fid) fcetragen* (like tratjen) ; to be fond of, Ite&en; to request, to beg, auebitten* (sep., conj. like bitten); to prefer, twjiefyen* (sep., like jiefyen); to scold, fcfyelten* — pres. id) fd)elre, tu fd)iljr, er fd)ilt> imperf. I scolded, id) fd)att, perf. I have scolded, id) fyabe ^efcfyolten. To be able j i m @ t a n t e f e i n> is a stronger expression than fonnen. Have the kindness to pass (to £ctkn ©if tie (S5ute mtr (ene ©$${* reach) me that dish. fel $u retcfyen. Shall I pass you the bottle ? ©otl id) Sfynen tie -gfofdje rctdfecn 1 Can I help you to a piece of this jtcmn td)3f)nen mit etnem(Stucfe ttcn roast veal ? ttefem $alt>s&raten tienen ? I shall trouble you for some. 3d) tutte mtr eirt roentQ tason aug. Do you wish to take tea or coffee? &&unfd)en pit Sfytc oter Jtaffee $u [coffee. trtnfen ? I shall trouble you for a cup of 3d) bttte nur etne Saffe itaffee au£. May I offer you some Dutch £>cirf id) Sfynen Fjoflantifdjen M\t cheese ? anbteten ? Help yourself. SSettencn @ie fid). You have no butter on your plate; @ie f)a6en feine gutter auf Sfyrem help yourself if you please. Seller; fcetienen @tc fid) gefalltajt. This is the best remedy for the fjtefeg ift tag befte SSJattel gea/m tag fever. Jtefcer. This would be the best way to £)tefeg rourte tag kfte 50littcl fern help him. ifjm $u fyetfen. Has your cousin the means to. buy a house ? I £at 3r)r better tie 9EJtf ttct cm £aug Can your cousin afford to buy a [ $u fauferu house ? J To afford, connected with can or could, when meaning to Aaye the means, must always be translated by tie 9R i 1 1 d t) a* 6 e fy and not by I i e f e r n. He cannot afford it. (5*r fyat ntd)t tie SMttef. [reifcn ? Could he afford to go to Europe? £atte er tie sJBtttel nad) ©urepa 311 He could afford it. n ? Jtonncn (Sic nut funfetg Skater UU 3d) bin nid)t im eU etftd) fd)(ed)t bettug. The letter, t»er 23ucr)fra6e; the picture, the image, ta§ 5Mtb; to mix, to meddle, fid) mifefyen ; to concern, betreffen,* angefyen* (like treffen and angefyen); to laugh, at, lacfyen, u&er ; to resem- ble, to be alike, gleicfyen* (governs the dative) — imperf. I re- sembled, id) g(id)f per/. I have resembled, id) fyafre gegticfyen; acquainted, befemnt; the acquaintance, bie 33efanntfd)aft/ ter53e* fannte; the right hand, tie red)te jjanb; the left hand, tie linfe jpanb; to the right, recite; to the left, UnH; yet (conjunction), tod); the difference, ter Urtterfd)ieb. You must not mix among these ®u muffen ftd) nid)t untet tiefe 9#as sailors. I never meddle in other people's business. - My lather never meddles with things which do not concern him. What I say concerns you. As for me. trofen mtfdjen. 3d) mifd)e mid) niematS in tie ®es fdb&fte anterer £eute. SO^ein SSater mtfdjt ftd) niemate in 2)tnge tie iljm md)t$ angefyen. £Ba$ id) fage gef)t mancfye, mand)e§; an indefinite pronoun, which has the declension of the definite article. £Kand)e Gutter t>ertirbt tyt iltnb turd) fibcrmafige &tck\ 3d) liege mand)e er* gie£en;* to appear, erfefyetnen* (like fd)einen); the appearance, ter 2Cnfd)ein; the back, ter SKiicfen; the pot, the jar, ter 5cpf; the attention, tie 2(ufmerffamfeit; ignorant, unroiffent; exces- sive, ubermctfcigf aufcerortent(id); according to, n ad) (a preposi- tion, governing the dative — see Lesson 45). He turned his back to me. <5r roantte mir ten $ucfen. We must turn to the left. S3?ir muffen un* lints roenten. 372 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. The wind has turned. 2)cr SBtnt fjat ftd) gcroantt. He turned about (around). & tvantte ftd) urn. She appeared very sad. ert>cn ten 933cin the wine. wrgicfien. According to all appearances we 9lad) atlcm tfnfcfyetn roetten roir $es shall have rain. gen fyaben. He poured some beer into the (£t gop S3tet in tag ©(as. glass. Charles has poured out some $atl fjat Sftnen cttt>a^ $u tttnfcn cttu drink for you. gegeffcn. [roeg. Pour out (away) the dirty water. (Btcpcn ©te tag fcfymugige Staffer She shed tears. ©te Dcrgap Sfytanen. @ i e I e n and t>ergie£en are only used for fluids ; but f ct) li fc? fen and t>erfd)utten must be employed for solids. He puts (pours) the corn into the (St fefyuttet tag ©etteitc in ten ®acf. sack. She poured the sugar upon the @ie fd)iittcte ten 3ucfct auf tag ^as paper. pier. Put (pour) the salt into the jar, on metres ten Sftrcr #teunte erroattcr, tic Sic mit tern gtopen SSicttntften SSegcf, ter t)on $)attg angefommen ijl, bcfcmnt macfyen rcottten. ($g tr)ut mit fefyr kit, abet td) routtc turd) ten SScfud) teg £>cttn g)refeffcr 25taun t>crt)tnbcrt aug^ugefyen, tet bet un6 gum tfbentbtot bttcb. Dbgtctd) id) ir)n jlctg mit irictem SSctgnugen fprecben f)6te, fo routte id) eg tod) sorge^ogen fyaben, geftern in tag (Son^ctt $u gefjen, urn tie Scfanntfdjaft teg £crrn 93egel $u macfyen. ©corg tft tiefen SJiorgen son feinem £cf)tet getatett ruotten, nxU et nicbt im (Stantc roat tie frangcftfd)cn Ucbungen gu ubetfegen. 9?ad)tcm mcinc beU ten fleincn (Scfyroeftern |cn tet 3)?uttet angeftettet roetten roarcn, gab fte tfyncn eincn Setter .5titfd)cn, rocit fte fid) roafyrent teg gan^cn SKorgcng fcr)r gut betragen fatten. Sfjre en tfyncn gctttffen fein rottt. 9D?ctn ferret mtfd)t ftd) $u met untet jungc £eute, tie, rote id) gfaube, feinet $teuntfd)aft nid)t rocttf) ftnt ; id) futd)te et rout t>en ifmen betregen roetten. 93iand)et £ftann roiittc mc!)r THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 373 gcad)tet rocrbcn, menu cr nur fjaffc fc fciet an 2Cnbere, rote an fid) fctbft bad)te. graufctn (Sardine ftef>t traurig au$ ; id) gtaube fie Ijat Sfyrdnen wrgoffcn. (Sie mfirbc nidbt con Sfjret Sante gefd)o(tcn rootbcn fein, menn fie tern armcn franfcn 9}?dbcbcn, me(d)e t>or bem Sfecre be$ ©attend fag, cm tlttf £letb gefcbenft battc ; aber fie f)at iftt einen neuen Scbabl unb ifyr befteS £(etb gegeben, unb ba$ roar gu met, cbg(cid) e$ tfyrem gutcn £cr$cn G£brc mad)t. $at man bic Scbafe gefunbcn, bie unfcrcm 3la$bav, bem $(etfd)cr, rocggctaufen finb ? 3a, man bat fie jenfeits bes glufcjg red)t$ t?on bem ££cge gefunbcn ; fie fatten fid) unter bie <^d)afe bes ndcbftcn £)etfc$ gemifdbt/ unb man mfirbc bie Zfyuxc nid)t roicbcrcrfannt fjaben, menn fie nid)t etnen rotben (Stern auf bem SKficfcn gcbabt fatten. 9J?an fagt, bap in ber (cften 9?ad)t ber SBItg in etnel bcr grofften Scbiffe gcfcblagen unb c$ angc^imbet bat; faben (Sic bat»cn gcbort? 3d) r)abe nicbts bat>on gcbort, obg(cid) id) biefen tfugcnbitcf an ber 23orfe r-orbeigegangen bin ; biefe 9?cutgs felt tji bafyer, altem 2Cnfd)cin nad), nid)t voafyv. Siann id) Sfyttcn mtt euicm Stucf ron bicfem £atb£braten bicnen? id) bcnfV cr ift febr gut. 3d) bttte mir cin rocntg batmen aa$, aber fyaben (Sic bie ©fite mir nur cin fleines Stucf $u gcben, benn id) §aU fd)cn febr tuel gegeffen. jDarf id) Sic urn bie Scbuffcl mit ben &arteffc(n bitten. SBellcn ©te nur gcfdtttgft Sljrcn Setter rcicben, id) mill 3bncn einige gcben ; rouns fd)en Sic fctn anbercs ©cmfife $u fatten ? 3d) ban!e Sfyncn ; id) $te()C ^arteffetn atlem anberen ©cmfife r>cr. 3d) bttte, reid)en Sic mir bie gfajJdbe; tcb rcunfd)C meinem 9?ad)bar cin ©la* 2Bctn cinmgieikm. 3d) fann 3fyncn ben itucben empfebten, ber m Sfyncn ftcbt ; bebienen Ste fid) gcfdlltgft ; Sic aJSffcn feine Umftdnbe mad)en. £err Scaler $(etn bat un$ bcute ba$ SBilb unferer 9Ud)te gejebieft ; wie gefdllt e$ 3fynen? (?S ift ein fcfyr fd)cnc^ ®e^ mdlbe; id) ftnbc bie Jarben rcrtreffltd) gemifd)t,unb e^ gfcidbt S^rer S^tcbte gum Sprecben. Ste (cben $cxm SBctt, aber ax$ mid) betrtft, id) (icbe if>rt ntdbt fe^r, benn cr mi[d)t fid) unmet in Sadjen bie it)n ni04 angeben ; c^ ift mc( beffer (cine etgenen ©efd)dfte in 2(d)t $u nef)mcn / a(5 fid) in bic ante* rer Scute gu mtfd)en. 2Ber ift ta ? 3d) bin e$. Sift bu c* ^ar(, ber bie SO^Ud) scrgcf'cn f)at ? ber gan^e Seppid) ift na9. 3d) mar c$ nicftt ; e^ mar ber Heine ©ecrg ; cr mcltte 3Tci(c6 in feine Saffc gtcpen, unb inbem cr ben £dpf manbte urn nad) bem £unbe ^u fcFjcn, oergefi er fie auf ben gfufj&efeeTU 31)r 25ruber 2Bt(()eim g(eid)t meinem better; cr (ad)t aud) fiber 2(ikz mas cr fiefyt, unb mcrfiber fenft Sf?iemanb (acben mfirbe. Ste febeinen betrubt ^u fein ; ma$ febtt 3f)ncn ? ^lann id) (acben, menn metn greunb ©run allem tfnfcbctn nad) ntdbt ben mcrgenben Sag erieben mtrb ? c* giebt fetn QKtttct fein Scfccn gu retten. (5^ tbut mir fcf>r 2eib ^u Jjcrcn, ta$ cr fc franE ift ; icb a>eig Sic Ueben |)errn ©run fe^r ; mo fyaben Sic feinc .33efannt^ 32 374 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. fcfyaft gcmadbt ? 3d) rrmrbe gucrft nut tr)m fcefannt a& tcfe m SBoSton fht* birte. Skfet Heine ^nat>e ift auflerotbentUd) umtnffenb, ot^letd) er fd)cn 3cf)tt Safyre alt ift, fo roetfj er nod) feinen Unrerfd)ieb atmfcfeen ben gtcpen unb Heinen 23ud)jraben ^u macl)en. 93?abam SScip fprad) fo fcbnett, bap td> fie ungcadbtet aller meiner tfufmerffamfdt nid)t t>erfief)en fonnte* ©ie£en <2ie bag S5ter in biefe gtafcfye, unb fdn'itten @tc t>a$ (Sa($ in ben Sopf, akt t>ers fd)utten @ic eg nid)t. Spat 3f)t 9?effe bie 3CRtttel biefes fd>6nc spfcrfc $u faus fen ? (Sr wfirbe bie vitrei r)a&en nicbt altein btefeS $)fetb, fcnbern aud) cincn SBagen $u faufcn, reenn er fparfamet ware. ££enn (Sie unfer 9?atr)* fyauS fefycn rocllen, fo miiffen benn> fbj XV0\)U far jrt nid)t> ja rcofyO are sometimes used as adverbs, to strengthen an affirmation, negation, request, complaint, or wish, although they cannot be translated literally into English. (I hope) you will come again to- morrow. (Indeed) I have never seen such a thing. You have (surely) received my letter. He has been living with us these two years, (see Lesson 60.) Pray what do you mean by that] What has he done to you (then)? When my cousin comes, (then) tell him that I shall soon re- turn, (see Lesson 67.) I have (really) seen you. Who then has (really) made the best use of his peach] That is (indeed) a bad boy. I told it to you yesterday (you know). 32* ®h roevben t>cd) mermen nueberiems men. £abe id) bed) me fo em>a$ ^efefyen. cr)ut fcfyon $nxi Safyre ki un$. 2£aS rcetten Ste benn bemvit faa,en? £Ba$ bat er Srmen benn ejetfyan] £Benn metn better frmmt, fe faam (Ste xv)m, $>a$ id) balb tuxMlcnv men roerbe. 3d) ()afce raud) t?en fetner $)ftrftd)C a,emad)t ? £)a$ ijt ja ein fcefer ^nabe. 3d) l;at>c eS Sfynen [a cjeftern flefagt. 378 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 3 a rc>of)(, id) tya&e ifjm fctt>ft tag <8ud) gegeben. 3d) bttte, tfyun itt fommcn. Well what has he said ? 9?un, rc>a$ bat cr QcfaQt ? To enable, in ten Stant ft|en; I am going (I am about), icfy bin id) 33egriff 5 by means of, ttermittelfr (a preposition, which governs the genitive). His recommendations enabled me to buy the goods. His father's wealth enables him to live in this manner. I am going to write a letter. We were going to extinguish the gas, when our aunt arrived. My brother was about to go out, when he received the letter. By means of his help, I was able to translate the French note. (Seine (Smpfcrjmngcn fegten mid) in ten ©tant tie £Baaren gu taufen. £)ct $eid)tf)um fctneg Waters fe|t ibn in ten (Stant auf tiefe SBetfe $u leben. [fcbm&cn. 3d) bin im 23cgrtff einen SSrtef $u 2Bit rcaren im SBegrtff ta$ ®a$ au£s $uf6fd)en ats unfere Santc anfatru 9#ein SSruter war im SBegrtff au$s $uger>en aU cr ten S3rief errjielt. SScrmittclfi fetnet £u(fe trar id) im (Stante tag fran$6ftfd)C 25tllet $u ttberfcjsen. The steam, ter £>ampf; the steamboat, ta£ £)ampf6oot; to command (to order), befefylen* — pres. tu 6eftel)ljrf er befiefyltf imperf. I commanded, id) 6efol)l> jper/! I have commanded, id) fyabe befofyten; to be silent, fcfyroeigen* — imperf. id) fd)rt)iegf perf. idt> l>a6e Qefd>rt>tegen ; to remain silent, frill fcfyroeigen ; still, jritt; to relate, erjttfylen; the tale, the narration, tie (§Tjdt)(ung; to do without, fid) befyelfen* (like fyelfen), literally, to help one's self. I command thee to be silent. My nephew ordered his servant to wake him at five o'clock, because he wished to go to New York by the steamboat. Sir! What is your pleasure ? Be silent. Relate us something about your last voyage; you have been silent long enough. Can you do without a looking- glass % 3d) 6efef)fc tir $u fcftrrxigem Sttein Stfeffe befabl fctnem 23etienten tfyn urn funf Ufjr gu roecfen, roetl er mit tern £)ampfbect nad) 9?eu 3)cr6 gefjen tr>cUtc* 9)?ein £err ! 2BaS befefyen unfd)t. [$)reig) What countryman is Mr. Price? £Ba*> fur em CanbSmann ijt #ert He is a countryman of mine. (St if! cincr meiner £cmts(cute. He frightens me by this knocking. (St erfcfctecft mid) mit biefem JUcpfen. He is frightened at nothing. (St ctfd)ticft ubet ntd)t$. The boys hallooed so much that Die jinakn fd)ticn fo fefyt, tap jfe tie they frightened the maid-ser- 9J?acjb erfefyrccften. vant. We were frightened when we ££tr crfdfjtafcn aU n>tr fie fcr^rcten heard them scream. fycttcru The children cried when their Die jttnber nxintcn at$ tr)r SSatcr father took leave. 2(fcfd)iet> narmu To cry, in the sense of shedding tears, must always be trans- lated by meinen; whilst fcfyreten means to scream. This is a fine building j it has been jDtejtt tft cin ferine* (iJefcoubc ; e£ ift built this year. biefes Safyr Qefccmt roetbetu The voyage, the journey, the travel, tie 9vetfe; to compare, t>ergteidt>en* (like gleicfyen); to press, trticfen; important, mid)ti<); the importance, tie 2Bid)ttc|feit; to require, etfortern; natural (of course), natiirlid); dangerous, gefdfyrlicr); to seize, ergretfm* — imperf id) ergriff perf id) I;abe ergriffen; to converse, fid) un* terfyalten,* insep. (like flatten); interesting, unterfyaltenb/ tnte^ reffant; except, au^enommen; costly, fofrfpielig (t!;euer) ; to con- tinue, fortfatjren* (like fafyren); the easiness, the facility, tie 33* 880 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 2eicl)tigfeit; with ease, mit 2eid)iigFeit; foregoing, twf/ergel;enb ; indeed (to be sure), jwar; require, focbern/ or erforbern. 3F)r SBruber tjcrfpracl) mit mein fran^ofifcftcg QSerterbucl) "bicfvn SEorgcn gurucfsufenbcn ; marum fyat cr c$ benn nid)t gefd)tcft? ©(auben (Sic ia ntd)t bap er c$ t>crgcffcn f)at ; cr bcfar^t, gtcid) nad) bcm grufyftucf, bcm 23e* btenten 3fynen t)a^ 23ud> $u brtngcn, unb menn Sic cs ntct>t crfyattcn ^aben, fo ift es ntcl)t feine (Scbulb, fonbcrn ber gebter 3f)tcr £cutc. Sofycum, fyabm cn beef) bas lc$tc 90?a( r-crfprockn un$ fyeute mefyr son 3f)fcr legten $Keife $u eqaf)(cn. 3d) mill c£ mit SScrgnugcn tbun, nur furcate td), bag mcine (Sr^afjfung nid)t untcrfyattenb genug tft. £)a$ #au6, nxtd)es> S^t Canb^ mann, £err JUein, fyat ttermtttelft 3btct £u(fe bauen (affen, ift etn fefjt fd)6* nc£ ©ebaubc ; C6 giebt fcin £au$ in bcr gan^cn (Strape, nx(d)C6 man mit tern feinigen ttcrg(cid)cn Fonnte. (SS ift fcr)r Feftfptclig in cincm gropen £aufe 511 roefyncn ; roas mtd) anbetrtft, fo Fann id) mid) fefyr gut mit cincm Hern en £oufe befyelfen, benn mcinc gamitte ift nid)t grep. SQBtt^ctm, (Sic fyaben mid) crfd)rcclt ; (Sie muftcn an bic Ztjm ffopfen, cfye (Sic fycretnFommcn. SBir fapen gan$ rufyig Oct bem grufyftttcf, abS unfer SBebiente bic SSrtcfe t>en bcr $eft brad)tc. llntcr ben 23riefen fur ben $atcr roar aud) cincr an unfere Gutter. u(fc cinc^ SB36rtcrtutd)^ $u tefen. Urn 3f) 5 ncn cincn 25eroet6 »ert ben gortfdjtitten gu geben, bic Sic in bcr bcutfeben @prad)C gcmad)t ^aben, (affc id) cine (Sr^d[)(ung »en jtrummacfycr, unb cin fRbXtyd yen -(Sdjiller, fotgen, wctc^c (Sic mit^cidjtigFcit i^bcrfegcn merben. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 381 3D i e ^ f i r f i cb e n. (Sin £anbmann brad)te aug bcr en mit, bie fct>cnftcn tic man fcfjcn fonntc. (Seine Winter aber fafyen bicfc g^ruc^t 311m crften SM ; begfyatb nnmbertcn unt) freuten fie fid) fefyr ubcr tie fd)encn2(epfe( mit ten retf)(icl)cn l Sacfen 2 unt tern $artcn 3 J'taum. 4 £)cr 23ater t>crtf)ct(te fie unter feine iner Jlnaben, unt eine crrjtclt tie Gutter. £)eg 2Cbenb£, ate tie Winter in tic ! M fagte ter SSater ; " tag (jietjH: ^ausf)dttcrifcr) 9 fur tie Sufunft gefcrgt, txuc eg tern £anbmann fje^iemt." 10 " 3d) FjaOe tie meinige fegtcid) aufgegeffen," facjte ter Sungfie, " unt ten (Stem nxggersorfen, unt tie gutter fjat mir tie £d(fte ocn ter tfjriaen gc^ geben. £), tag fd)mccftc fo fup unt gcrfdbmttat 11 im 9#untev" 12 " 9?un," fagte ter SSater, " tu fjajl ^roar ntdjt fefyr Hug, aber bed) nad) fint(id)er 13 SBeifc gef)anbcit. gur tie ^tugljcit 14 ift aud) nod) 9?aum 15 genua, im 8c6cn." £>a begann 16 ter gweite ar;re 20 bid) bcr £immct, ba$ bu fein jtaufmann roerbeft !" " Unb bu, (5'bnumb ? M fragtc bcr £>atcr. itnbcfangen 21 unb effort ants roertctc (Sbmunb : " 3d) Fjabc meinc gpfirfidbc tern (Sefyne unfercg 9?ad)barg, bem franfen ©eerg, bcr $>a$ gtebcr fyat, gebrad)t. (Sr meltte fie nid)t ncl)- men, ta fyabc id) fie tbm auf bag Sett gclegt unb bin meggegangen." " S?un," faate ber SSatcr, " rocr fyat benn n>o$( ben beften ©ebraud) t>on fciner ^prftcbe gcmad)t? M ^Da riefen 22 fie alte brei : " &a$ ^at SBruber (Sbmunb pjctfyan ! " — ©b? munb aber febwteg pill ; unb bic Gutter umarmte 23 il)n, mit ciner Sfyrane tm 2Cuge, ($. 2C. jlrummadjcr.) 1 9?etf)lid), reddish ; 2 bie SBacfe, the cheek ; 3 ^art, tender ; 4 ber J(aum, the down j 5 f c)l(id), delicate ; 6 fanft, mild ; 7 r»crtuaf)ren, to keep care- fully ; 8 er^iebcn / * to rear, to cultivate: 9 r^aufihattcrifd), husbandly; :D ge^iemen, to become, to behoove; ^erfcfymel^n, or febme^en/* to melt —pres. bu febmit^t, er fc^mit^t, imperf. id) fcbmoU, perf. id) fyabc gefebmcts gen ; 12 ber 9Jl\xrib, the mouth ; 13 finbtic!), childlike ; 14 bie ^!iu]l)eit, the 382 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. prudence; 15 ber SKaum, the space, fhe room, the place; 16 fcegtnnen* {synonymous with anfangen, to begin) — imperf. id) fcegann, per/, id) fjabe begonncn ; 17 famme(n, to gather, to pick up ; 18 ber Mtm, the ker- nel ; 19 ' fcbuttetn, to shake ; ^ berua()ren, to preserve ; 21 unbefangcn, can- did; ^rufcn*/ or ausrufcn, to exclaim ; ^ umarmcn, to embrace. Sin 9t d t !; f c I, .ftennft bu bog 2Mlb auf gartem ©runbe? 1 @g gicbt fid) fetter 2 gtcbt unb ©(ana f ©n anbteg tft '5 gu jeber (Stunbe, Unb immcr tft eg frifeb unb gang. 3m engftcn 4 JHaum ift '6 auggefufyret, 5 SDct ftetnfte SRar)mcn 6 fapt eg ein ; 7 £)od) atte ©rope, 8 tie bid) turret, 9 Jtennft bu burd) biefeg 23itb allein. itnb fannft bu ben jlnjftatt mir nennen ? 3*>m g(etd)t an 2Bertf) 10 fctn (Sbetftein ;» <5*r leucfytcr, 12 or)nc je $u kennen, £>ag gange SQ&cttaU 13 faugt et ein ; 14 £)er £imme( fetftffc ift abgemalet 15 3n feinem rounben>eHcn Sttng, Unb bed) ift, roag er t)cn ftcf> ftrafjtct/ 6 £?od) fd)cncr y alg nxtg er empfmg. (Jtiebttd) t>. fitter.) 2 tncj, the thing ; tag 9J?efftncj, the brass ; ta$ detail, the metal. 33 • (385) 386 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 5. Almost all substantives ending in f, fi, and $ ; as — tcr (Scfyaf, the sleep ; t>et $up, the foot ; tcr (Scfymers, the pain. Except. &a$ faf3, Palatinate; and the THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 387 names of countries ending in et ; as — tie Zuxhi, Turkey j tie 8SaU lacfyet, Wallachia, &c. 3. All diminutives ending in d)en and letn; as — tag 23lumcf)en, the little flower ; tag (Soljnldn, the little son, &c. 3. Most collective nouns, and all those which begin with the prefix d) e ; as — tag SSetf, the people j bag £aar, the hair ; tag 23tef), the beast, the cattle ; tag ©ebdute, the building ; tag ©ebtrQC, the chain of mountains. 5. Substantives ending in tftum and fat; as — tag (Sfyriftentrjum, Christianity ; tag @d)tcf|a(, the fate. Except., £)cx Srrtljum, the error ; ter c(t>, the hero ; ber £trr, the shepherd ; bcr 9Jcr:aten, D. to the lawyers, ten TCtwfaten, A. the lawyer, ten 2CtttO?aten. A. the lawyers, tie 2Cfct>efaten. £)er 2Cjtronem, the astronomer; ter S3ar&ar,the barbarian; ter (Sfirift, the Christian ; ter (Sonfonant, the consonant ; ter ^emaQecj, the dema-* gogue ; tev ^Demetrat, the democrat; ter (Stepfycmt, the elephant ; * ter ©remit, the hermit; ter (Skocjrapr), the geographer; ter £ufar, the hussar; ter Sfatot, the idiot; ter Sefutt, the Jesuit ; ter Jtatfyeftf, the Catholic; ter Client, the client; ter Fernet, the comet; ter $tfa<$, the Cossack ; ter 2eopart, the leopard ; ter 932etr)otift, the Methodist ; ter Menard), the monarch ; ter patient, the patient ; ter ^atriard), the patriarch; ter $pf)Uoteg, the philologer ; ter ^rjitofopf), the philosopher; ter planet, the planet ; ter g)oet, the poet ; ter tyxalat, the prelate ; ter $)rtn$, the prince ; ter $>rcpr)et, the prophet ; ter ^proteff ant, the Protestant; ter D-uatrcmt, the quadrant; ter ^ottat, the soldier ; ter ©rutcnt, the student ; ter Sfyeetocj, the theologian ; ter S^rann, the tyrant; ter Unoar, the Hungarian. The following masculines, belonging to the second declension, take ng in the genitive singular; as — Singular. Plural. N. the letter, ter Sudbftabe, N. the letters, tie SBudbflafcen, G. of the letter, teg 23ud)f!a&cn$, G. of the letters, ter 33ud)ftaben, D. to the letter, tarn Sucbflaben, D. to the letters, ten 23ud)ftaben, A. the letter, ten S3ud)fltabcn. A. the letters, tie 23ud)ftakn. £)er gttete, the peace ; ter -Junfe, the spark ; ter ©etanfe, the thought ; ter ©tau&e, the faith ; ter Jpaufe, the crowd ; ter £ftame, the name; ter ©aame, the seed; ter debate, the damage; ter SBttle, the will. — Also, the neuter, tag $er$, the heart, has the same declen- sion. Singular. Plural. N. the heart, tag £er$, N. the hearts, tie #er$en, G. of the heart, teg £er$eng, G. of the hearts, ter i>er$en, D. to the heart, tern £er$en, D. to the hearts, ten ^er^en, A. the heart, tag #er$* A. the hearts, tie ^er^em The following masculine and neuter substantives form their sin- gular after the first, and their plural after the second declension ; as — Singular. Plural. N. the eye, tag 2fuge, N. the eyes, tie 2Cugcn, G. of the eye, teg ^ugeg, G. of the eyes, ter 2Cugen, D. to the eye, tern 2Cuge, D. to the eyes, ten 2Cugen, A. the eye, tag #uge* A. the eyes, tie 2Cugen. &a$ 23ett, the bed ; ter ©cm, -the thorn ; ter gorft, the forest ; tet (Scatter, the godfather; fcas Snfeft, the insect; tag £eit, the suffer- 33 * 390 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. ing; t>ct Cctfceet, the laurel; bet SDfaft, the mast; bet $fladf)&at, the neighbor ; ba$ £)f)t, the ear • bet $)antcffc{, the slipper ; bet 9>fau, the peacock ; bet spfafai, the psalm ; bet @d)mcr$, the pain ; ta (See, the lake ; bet (Sporn, the spur ; bet ©taat, the state ; tcx cx (Sttal)!, the ray ; bet Untettfyan, the subject ; bet ^Setter, the cousin ; bet 3tetatf), the ornament; — and titles of persons, ending in ot; as — bet £)tteftot, the director ; bet doctor, the doctor ; bet $>aftot, the parson ; tcx sprcfeflor, the professor. I DECLENSION OF FEMININES. Feminine substantives are invariable in the singular, and in the plural they are declined after the second declension. Singular. N. the woman, bte $tau, G. of the woman, t>ix grew, D. to the woman, tcx gtau, A. the woman, bte grew. Plural. N. the women, bte gtauen, G. of the women, bet gtauen, D. to the women, ben gtauen, A. the women, bte gtauetu N. G. D. A. N. G. D. A. Only the following feminines form clension ; as — Singular. N. the hand, bte £anb, N. G. of the hand, bet £anb, G. D. to the hand, bet £anb, D. A. the hand, bte £cmb. A. Plural. N. the hands, bte £dnbe, of the hands, bet £anbe, G. D. to the hands, ben £anben, A. the hands, bte £dnbe. N. G. D. A. Singular. the fork, bte ®qM, of the fork, bet (Sta&et, to the fork, bet ©abef, the fork, bte (BaUU Plural. the forks, bte ©akin, of the forks, tcx ©a&efa, to the forks, ben ©abeln, the forks, bte ©a&eto. their plural after the first de- Singular. the mother, bte Gutter, of the mother, bet Gutter, to the mother, tcx SJftuttet, the mother, bte gutter. Plural. the mothers, bte gutter, of the mothers, bet 9J$ttet, to the mothers, ben 9#urtetn, the mothers, bte gutter. £)ie 2Crr, the axe; bte 23anf, the bench; bte 23raut, the bride; bte <8ruft, the breast; bte gfauft, the fist; bte g(ud)t, the flight"; bte grudbr, the fruit ; bte ($an$, the goose ; bte $anb, the hand ; bte £aut, the skin, the hide; bte iUufr, the crevice; bte $ raft, the strength; bte .fturj, the cow; bte Jlunft, the art; bte CauS, the louse; bte Cuft, the air, the breeze; bte Cuft the desire; bte 9Q?ad)t, the power; bte 93?aa,b, the maid, the maid-servant ; bte 9J?au6, the mouse ; bte Gutter, the mother; bte $lad)t, the night ; bte 9?ctf), the distress; bte 9?up, the nut; bte Sau, the sow; bte rci // brtttc 4 trier // triertc 5 funf // funfte 6 fed)* // fecr^te 7 ftcben // jtebente 8 aci)t // acfyte 9 ncun // ncunte 10 gcl)n // gefynte 11 eff // effte 12 pftf // gwlfte 13 fcmgetjtt // brciger)nte 14 oterge^n // tricrgefjnte 15 funfterjn // funfgef)ntc 16 fecr^ebn, or fed)§e)fjtt // fedbsgefjnte, or fcd&^efjnte 17 ficbengc^n, or fiebaeljtt // ficbcngcfjnte, or ftefcgcfynte 18 ad)t$cr)ti // acfytgefynte 19 ncungefyn // neungefynte 20 $wan$ia, // greangigfte 21 cm unb grocmgtg // em unb pxmgtgfte 22 greet unb greangtg // greei unb greangtgfte 23 brei unb greangig // brei unb greangtgfte, ?k 30 torfgtg, or btetftg // breigtgfte, or bretpigfte 40 trieqtg // tricrgtgfte 50 funfttg // funfttgftc 60 fedbegtg, or fecftgtg // fed)$gigfte, or fcd)gigfte 70 ftebengig, or ftebgtg // ftefcengigfte, or ficfcgtgfte 80 ad)tgig // o^tatgfte 90 neungig 4i neungtgfte 100 fyunbert // Fmnbertftc 101 fyunbert unb em // rjunbert unb crfte 102 fyunbert unb greet, k. // junbert unb grecttc, ic 200 grDct fyunbert // greei r)unbcrtftc 300 brct f)unbctt // brei r)unbcrt(!e 400 trier Fmnbert, it* // ■ met fyunbcrtfte lb 1,000 taufenb // taufcnbfte 2,000 greet taufenb // gruct taufcnbfte 10,000 gefyn taufenb // gefyn taufcnbfte 100 ; 000 fyunbert taufenb // fjunbert taufcnbfte A million cine Million. Cardinal numbers are feminine ; as — tic ©n$, btc Sroci, &c; but fyunbert and taufenb are neuter — l>a$ junbert, t>a$ Saufenb. From the cardinal and ordinal numbers are formed : — 1. The distinctives — crftcnS, firstly; greeitcnS, secondly; brittcnS, thirdly, &c. 3S2 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 2. The multiplicatives are formed by adding fad) to the cardi- nals ; as — etnfad), simple ; arcetfad), twofold ; tretfad), threefold, &c. They are declined like adjectives. 3. The variatives are formed by adding ertct to the cardinals; as — etnctlet, of one kind ; ^roctcrlet, of two kinds, &c. They are not declined. 4. The fractional are formed from ordinal numbers and the sub- stantive Sfyetl (part), but are contracted into one word; as — tag trttte &r)cU, the third part, contracted into tag £)rtttcl, the third ; tag 23tcttc(, the fourth ; tag gftnftel, the fifth ; tret gunftel, three fifth, &c. —Instead of tag 3roeitel, either fyatb, half, or tic £atfte, is used. 5. The reiteratives are formed by adding mat to the cardinal numbers; as ■ — emmai, once; $rc>etma(, twice; tretmat, three times, &c. They are sometimes written — etn $Rat, $rx>ei 9M, tret 9M, &cl DECLENSION OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS. FIRST PERSON. Singular. Plural. N. id), I, N. rotr, we, G. metner, of me, G. unfer, of us, D. nut, to me, D. ung, to us, A. mtd), me. A. ung, us. SECOND PERSON. JV. tu, thou, N. tr)r, (Sie, ye, you, G. tenter, of thee, G. eucr, 3'rjrcr, of ye, of you, D. ttr, to thee, D. eud), Sfynen, to ye, to you, A. tier), thee. A. cud), > fyabt, he has had, &c. Pluperfect. id) fyatte gefyabt, I had had, bu fyattep Qefyabt, thou hadst had, er fyatte gefyabt, he had had, &c. First Future, id) roerbe fyaben, I shall have, bu roirft fyaben, thou wilt have, er rotrb fyaben, he will have, rotr roerben fyaben, we shall have, ifyr roerbet fyaben, ye will have, @ie roerben fyaben, you will have, fie roerben fyaben, they will have. Second Future, id) roerbe gefyabt fyaben, I shall have had, &c. FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. id) roiirbe fyaben, I would have, roir rourben fyaben, we would have, bu ttJurbeftfyaben, thou would st have, ifyr rourbet fyaben, ye would have, er rourbe fyaben, he would have, (Ste rourben fyaben, you would have, fie rourben fyaben, they would have. SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. S id) rourbe gefyabt fyaben, I would have had, &c. IMPERATIVE. wit fyaben, we have, ifyr fyabet, ye have, @ie fyaben, you have, fie fyaben, they have. Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional, id) fyatte, I had, bu fydtteft, thou hadst, er fyatte, he had, roir fydttcn, we had, ifyr fydttet, ye had, @ie fydtten, you had, fie fydtten, they had. Perfect, id) fyabt Qtfyc&t, I have had, bu fyabeft gefyabt, thou have had, er habt gcfyabt, he have had, &c. Pluperfect , or Past Conditional, id) fyatte Qtfyabt, I had had, bu fydtteft gefyabt, thou had had, er fydtte Qe fyabt, he had had, &c. First Future, id) roerbe fyaben, I shall have, bu roerbeft fyabm, thou wilt have, er roerbe fyaben, he will have, rotr roerben fyaben, we shall have, ifyr roerbet fyaben, ye will have, (Ste roerben fyaben, you will have, fie roerben fyaben, they will have. Second Future. id) roerbe o,e fyabt fyaben, i shall have had, &c. fyabe (bu), have, t)obi er, let him have, INFINITIVE. Perf. gefyabt fyaben, to have had. Pres. fyaben, to have. fyaben rotr, let us have, fyabet, fyaben u fci eft, thou be, cr fci, he be, wir feien, we be, if)t fcict, ye be, Sic [cicn, you be, fie fetcn, they be. Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. id) ware, I were, fcu warcft, thou wert, cr ware, he were, wir warcn, we were, if)r warct, ye were, (Sic wdren, you were, fte warcn, they were. Perfect. id) fct gewefen, I have been, bit feiej! gewefen, thou have been, cr fci gewefen, he have been, &c. Pluperfect, or Past Conditional. id) ware gewefen, I had been, &c. First Future. id) werbc fctn, I shall be, tm wcrbeft fcin, thou wilt be, cr werbc fctn, he will be, &c. Second Future. id) werbc qewefen fctn, I shall have been, &c. FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. id) wurbe fctn, I would be, tm wurbeft fctn, thou wouldst be, cr wurbe fctn, he would be. wir wurben fcin, we would be, it)r wurbet fcin, ye would be, (Sie wurben fctn, you would be, fte wurben fcin, they would be. SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. td) wurbe gewefen fctn, I would have been, &c. IMPERATIVE, fc i(bu), be, feien wir, let us be, fci cr, let him be, feiet, feien u rourbeft loben,thou wouldst ; &c, er rourbe (oben, he would praise, nut routbcn (oben, we would, &c. if)t rourbet (obcn, ye would, &c. r nxrbet, ©ie roerben, fie roerben ge(obr. Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. I were praised, &c. id) rourbe, bu rourbeft, cr roiirbc, wit rourben, ir)r rourbct ©ie rcurben, fie rourben gelobt. Psr/ectf. id) fei Qc(obt roorben, k. I have been praised. Pluperfect, or Pas£ Conditional. idr; ware gctobt roorben, #. I had been praised. .Firstf Future. id) roerbc ge(obt nxrben, jc. I shall be praised. Second Future. idr) nxrbe $c(obt roorbcn fcin, iu I shall have been praised. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 397 FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. td) wurbc gctebt wetben, iu I would be praised, &c. SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. id) wurbe gelobt worben fetn^ ift I would have been praised, &c. IMPERATIVE. werbe (bu) gctefct; be praised, werbet Qtftcbt^ 1 b Draised werbe cr getebt, let him be praised, wetbcn ©t« getebt, j F ? werben nnr getebt, let us be praised, wetben fie getebt, let them be, &c. INFINITIVE. PARTICIPLE. Perf. getebt werben, to be praised. getebt, praised. Pres. getebt werben fein, to have been praised. -4n irregular intransitive verb, conjugated by fein — fatten./ to fall. Principal parts — fatten, pet, gefatten. INDICATIVE. SUBJUNCTIVE. Present. Present. id) fatte, bu fatlft, er f&ttt, toxv fatten/ id) fatte, bu fattcft, er fatte, wir fatten, ibr fattet, (Sic fatten, fie fatten, if>r fattet, (Sic fatten, fie fatten, I fall I am falling, I do fall. I fall, &c. Imperfect. Imperfect, or Pres. Conditional. id) ftet, bu ftelft, er fief, wir peten, tfyt id) pete, bu pcteft, er pete, n>ir peten, petet, (Sie peten, fie peten, tfjr petet, ©te peten, fie peten, I fell, I was falling, I did fall. I fell, &c. Perfect. Perfect. id) bin gefatten, I have fallen. id) fei gefatten, I have fallen. Pluperfect. Pluperfect, or Past Conditional. td) war fjefalten, I had fallen. id) ware gefatten, I had fallen. First Future. First Future. td) wcrbe fatten, 1 shall fall. id) wcrbe fatten, I shall fall. Second Future. Second Future. id) werbe gefatten fein, I shall have id) wcrbe gefatten fein, I shall have fallen. fallen. FIRST FUTURE CONDITIONAL. SECOND FUTURE CONDITIONAL. id) wurbe fatten, I would fall. id) wurbe gefatten fein, I would have fallen. IMPERATIVE. fatte (bu), fall, fatten wir, let us fall, fatte er, let him fall, fattet, fatten tc bacbtc bung brefd) brang burfte burfen, to dare, to be allowed barf, barfjt, barf empferjten, to recommend empftef)(ft, empftefyft cmpfafyl erturen, to choose erfor cr(6fd)cn, to become extinct cr(tfd)eft, erlifdbt ertefd) crfd)recfen,tobe frightened, intr. erfebrteffr, erfd)ricft erfdjraf: effen, to eat tffefr, tjjt fafyren, to drive (in a carriage) fdftrft, fafjrt fallen, to fall ~ fattfr, f&flt fangen, to catch fangft, fdngt fed)U'n, to fight ftd)tfr, ftd)t ftnbcn, to find flcd)tcn, to twist, to plait fUd)tft, f(td)t fltegen, to fly fltcbcn, to flee flte&cn, to flow freffen, to devour, to eat friffeft, fript frtercn, to freeze gdfyren, to ferment gebaren, to bring forth geben, to give gebctben, to prosper gefyen, to go gcttngen, to succeed, impers. getten, to be worth gtlft, gilt gebdrft, gebdrt gtebft, gtbt op fuf)t fte( fecbt fanb fTcd)t w frag frcr gef)r gcbar gab gcbtef) gtng gelang Salt PARTICIP. gcbaclen befc Wen bcfltflai beqonnen gebtffen geborgen gcbcrjren bercegen gebegen gebeten gebunben gebeten geb(afen geblteben gebraten gebrcd)en gebrannt gebrad)t gcbad)t gcbungen gebrefd)en gebrungen geburft empfobten erfcrett er(ofd)en erfebrocfen gegeffen gefabren gefatten gefangen gefecbten gefunben geflcd)ten gefleqen geflcben geflcfTen gefreffen gefrcren gegobren gebcren gegeben gebteben geqangen gehmgen gegclten THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 39& INFINITIVE. genefcn, to recover QCnic!~'en, to enjoy gcfcbeben, to happen, impers. gcuunnen, to gain gt?fk% to pour gtetcben, to resemble gletten, to slide gttmmen, to glimmer graben, to dig gretfert, to seize fyabcn, to have batten, to hold bangen or bangen, to hang, intr. bauen, to hew beben, to lift 6ctf5cn, to be called ' belfen, to help fe'tfen, to chide fennen, to know ftimmcn, to climb flingen, to sound fnctfcn, to pinch fommen, to come fonnen, to be able (can) fretfcben, to screech ftiecben, to creep tabcn, to load taffen, to leave (let) laufen, to run teiben, to suffer teiben, to lend tefen, to read tiegen, to lie lugen,to 1 ie ; to utter a falsehood mabten, to grind uteiben, to avoid metfcn, to milk mef[en, to measure mogcn, to be permitted (may) mfiffen, to be obliged (must) nebmen, to take ncnncn, to name pfetfen, to whistle pftegen, to foster ptetfen, to extol quellcn, to spring forth ratben, to advise, to guess teiben, to rub rripcn, to tear PRESENT. IMPERF. PARTICIP. gefdjiebt gtdbft, Qrdbt baltft, bd(t bangft, ftangt vm* w? fann, fannft, fann fatifft lauft fiefejt, (left miffeft, mtSt mag, magft, mag mup, mu'j}t, mu£ mmmft, ntmmt quitttf, quttlt ratbf!, rdtf) genaS gen of} gefebab getuann gc£ gttcb glitt glemm grub flnff rjattc btctt btng bteb bob eijr fanntc ftomm ftang fniff fom fennte frifeb !rcd) tub ttcp lief Utt tier) tag tag teg mabtte mieb ntc(6 map mocbte mupte nabm nanntc Ptfff Pfteg prtcg quct tietb rteb rip gencfen geneffen gefebeben geroennen gegeffcri gegttdKtt gegltttcn gegtemmen geamben jegriffen gebabt gebatten gebangen ge bauen geboben gebeipm gebctfen geftffen gcfcmnt gcFtommen geftungen gefmffen gefommen gefennt gefrifeben gefrocben getaben gelaffen getaufen getitten gctieben getefen getegen gelcgen gemabten gemteben gemotfen gemeffen gemccbt gemufit genemmen genannt gepftffen gepflcgen geprtefen gequotlen geratben gerieben gcrifien 400 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. INFINITIVE. PRESENT. rciten, to ride rcnncn, to run rtecfycn, to smell rtngcn, to wrestle rinnen, to flow, to coagulate rufcn, to call fanfcn, to drink like brutes faufft, fduft faugen, to suck fcrjafjvn, to create fd)aiien, to sound fcrjriben, to separate fd)Ctnen, to shine, to appear fd)dtcn, to scold fd)Utft, fcbtft fcbcren, to shear fcrjiekn, to shove fdbtcpcn, to shoot fcbtnbcn, to flay fcfyafen, to sleep fcWafft, fcblaft fcbtac^cn, to beat, to strike fd)laajt, fcbtagt fcr>(^id)en, to sneak fcblctfen, to grind fcbltepen, to shut fcblinqen, to wind, to devour fcr)metjkrt, to fling fd)me($cn, to melt, intr. fcbnaubcn, to snort fcbnctbcn, to cut fcbtauben, to screw fd)rett>cn, to write fcbtetcn, to cry fcbmten, to stride fcbroaren, to fester fcbrcctqen, to be silent ftynxtlcn, to swell fcbroimmctt, to swim fcbnnnbcn, to vanish fcbrctngcn, to swing fcbroorcn, to swear fef)cn, to see fetn, to be fenben, to send ftebcn, to boil, intr. ftngcn, to sing ftrtfen, to sink ftnncn, to meditate ft^en, to sit fotien, to be obliged (shall) fett, fottfi, foil fpattcn, to split — fcfymtfjejt, fd>mtl^t ffimW, f*tt>Ut fteWi, fterjt f bin, m, tfi/ } jfm^fetb, finb,] IMPERF. PARTICIP. rttt tannic rod) rang rann ricf wr f*uf fcbotf fcbtcb fcbten fd>att fcbot fd)c6 f*oS fcbunb ft&ef W«9 f*ttd) fcWtff f*tep fdbtcmg fcbmt? f*mol$ fcbnob fcbnttt fcbrob fct>rie6 fd)ric fcbrttt fd)«)or fd)tt>tc9 fcbrcod fcbroamm fcbroanb fcbwang fcbrcor M roar fanbtc fott f««9 fan! fann m fotftc fpattete gcrtttcn gctannt gerocbcn gerungcn gcronnen gerufcn Qefcffcn gcfcgen gefdjaffcn gefdjellen gefcbteben a/fcbtcnen Qcfdboltcn gcfcboren gefd) often gcfdjoflen gefcbunben gcfcblafen gefcbtogen gefcbttcbert gcfcMtffcn gcfcbloffen gefcblungen gefd&mtflen gefd)mot$en gcfcbn often gcfcbmtten gefcbroftcn gefdftrtcften gcfcbrten gefcbritten gefcbrooren gcfdbwiegen gefcftwollen gefdftroommen gefcbrounbcn gcfcbnntngen gefcbrooren gefeljen gerocfen gefanbt gefotten gcfungen gefunfen gefonnen qcfcffcn gcfottt gcfpaltcn THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 401 INFINITIVE. fpcicn, to spit fpinncn, to spin jpredKn, to speak fprtcjkn, to sprout fprtngen, to spring jtedjen, to sting fkrjcn, to stand ftci)Un, to steal jietgen, to mount fterben, to die fnebcn, to fly like dust jttntVn, to stink ftetJen, to push jtretd)en, to stroke ftrcitcn, to contend tfyun, to do tragcn, to carry, to wear trcjfcn, to hit trciOcn, to drive tretert, to tread trinfen, to drink trugen, to deceive wrbletcrjen, to fade wrbcrbcn, to be spoiled, intr. sctbrtcpcn, to vex, impers. r»crqcffcn, to forget ttcrheren, to lose ^crtcfcbv'ti, to become extinct Wnvtrren, to confuse, intr. reaction, to grow tucigen, to weigh, act. r»afd)cn, to wash rocben, to weave rwtcben, to yield rwtjVn, to show rocnbcn, to turn rocrbcn, f» sue rocrbcn, to become rucrfcn, to throw nriegcn, to weigh, neutr* rmnben, to wind ttnffen, to know rtjotlen, to be willing (will) geirjcn, to accuse giebcn, to draw gnnngefi/ to compel PRESENT. fprtcfyft, fprid)t m% mt fttcfjtfr, jttcMt fttrbft, fttrbt ftopcft, ftopt tf)UC, tfjuji, trjut tragft, ttagt trip, trifft trtttft, trttt wrbtrbft, t>ert)trt>t wrgtflcfl, wrgtpt rodcfyjcjr, roacfyft roafcfyeji/roafcfyt wirbft, roirbt rotrfr, ttnrb j rotrfji, rmrft roetff, n>dfft; rt>ctp will/ rmltjt, rottt IMPERF. fpte fpcmn fprad) fptep [prang fa* fbnb flies ftarb (TCt> pan! fttcp (trier, fttttt tfjat trug traf tric6 'tot tranf trcg Bcrbftcf) Krbatb pcrbrep »eraap wrier pcrlefd) wrruorr roud)5 rccg roufd) rocb ttrid) tmc$ reanbte "roarb rourbe ) roatb J roarf roog roanb wjupte roottte Stcr) ^roang PARTICIP. gefpten gefpennen gcjpred)en gefpreflfen gefprungen gefiodjen geftanben geftefjten gefftegen geftorben gefteben gefltunfen geftcpen gcftrid)cn geftrittcn gctfyan getragen getroffen gctrteben gctrctcn getrunfen getrcgen »crb(td)cn tterberben ucrt)roffcn wrgefien scrlereti t>ci(cfci)cn Dcrrocrrcn geroadbfen geroegen geroafefym gerooben genndben genuefen gcroanbt geworben geroorben gcroorfen gerocgen gerounben gcrouf't geroottt gegterjen g^egen gqroungen None but the simple verbs will be found in the foregoing list ; 34* 402 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. but all their compounds share the same irregularity, excepting the following, which are regular : — S3crenncn, to storm; bcfdjeren, to bestow; ftanbfjafcen, to handle; fyetratfycn, to marry; fjerbergen, to harbor; ratfyfdjtagen, and betatfjfdbtagcn, to counsel; umrtnqen, to surround; rabbred)en, to spoil w r ords in pro- nouncing; t)cran(ajfcn, to occasion ; txutlfafytcn, to comply with. The following compounds are irregular, though their simple verbs are regular: — befefylen, to command, and empfefylcn, recommend; — (fetyen, and its compound, t>etfef)(en, to fail, are regular;) — erlofcfjcn, and wrtofdben, to become extinct — (lofcfyert, and au6l6fd)en, to extin- guish, are regular). Several verbs, which have both a transitive and intransitive sig- nification, are irregular as intransitives, but regular as transitives; they are fracfen, braten, brennen, etfdjrecfen, barren, fcfymefyen, fcftroeigen, fcrjnx'lten, ftnfcen, Derberben, and cetwtrrcn. They are indicated in the list by the abbreviation intr. The verbs bcroegen, to move (physically); b(eid)en, to bleach; pftcgen, to nurse, and to be accustomed ; fd)(eifen, to demolish, to drag along; fcfyaffcn, and its compound, t)erfd)affen, to procure; roctcfcen, and its compound, erroctcrjen, to soak, to soften, and rxuegen, to rock, are regular with these significations; but with the significations given to them in the list they are irregular. INTRANSITIVE AND NEUTER VERBS. Neuter verbs are those which ascribe to the subject a state or condition which is neither active nor passive; as — id) fterje, I stand; id) ftjse, I sit ; id) fd)(afe, I sleep, &c. Intransitive are those which express an action which does not pass over to an object ; as — id) gebe, I go ; id) foufc, I run ; id) fprecfye, I speak, &c. The larger part of these verbs are conjugated with fyaben ; but a number of them take fein for their auxiliary, and some even fyaben and fein. The following intransitive and neuter verbs are conjugated with fein: — ablaufcn, to run down; abteifen, to depart; aufftcfycn, to rise; cmfroacfyen, to awake ; cmfteben, to come to life again ; auffcfytcffcn, to shoot up; auftreten, to step up; aufroad)fen, to grow up; au^arten, to degenerate ; austvanbern, to emigrate ; au^iefyen, in the sense of to move out of a house; bcgegnen, to meet; berften, to burst; bfetben, to remain, to stay; einfd)tafen, to fall asleep; entfatlen, to slip from ; cntfUcfyen, to escape by flight ; entgcfjen, to escape by going ; cntfaufm, to escape by running; entfcfytupfen, to escape by slipping; entfd)[afen, to fall asleep, to expire; entfptingen, to escape by springing; ennixU d)en, to escape by yielding; entnnfdjen, to escape by gliding away ; etbtaffen, to grow pale; erfaltcn, to grow cold; ertetfyen, to blush; THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 403 erfcbctncn, to appear ; erfcfyretfen, to be frightened ; etftaunen, to be asto- nished ) erroactyen, to awake ; fafyren, to ride in a carriage ; fallen, to fall j fttcf'cn, to flow; folgen, to follow; gefyen, to go; gehngen, to suc- ceed j genefen, to recover; gerinnen, to coagulate; gefebc^en, to happen; Cemmen, to come ; (anben, to land ; quellen, to gush forth ; retfen, to ripen ; fin^cn, to sink; fcfyupfen, to slip; fd)tt>inben, to vanish ; fcfynxllen, to swell ; fterben, to die ; ftranben, to strand ; umfemmen, to perish ; tteralten, to become antiquated ; wtarmen, to become poor ; serMeidjen, to grow pale; t)erbluf)en, to fade; Derbutften, to die of thirst; setfallen, to decay ; setfauten, to rot; tterfttegen, to evaporate; sergefjen, to pass away ; serrjungetn, to starve ; Dcrjafyren, to become invalid by time ; Krofcttt, to become desolate ; t>erraud)en, to evaporate ; r>erreifen, to go on a journey; wrroftcn, to be consumed by rust; WtffyaUm, to cease sounding; serfefyeiben, to depart this life; wrftretcfyen, to pass away, to elapse ; uerftummen, to grow dumb ; ttertroefnen, to dry up ; wtmltm, to fade; twnxfen, to decay; rotbringen, to press forward ; rc>ad)fen, to grow ; rcetdben, to yield, to give way ; getfatlen, to fall to ruins ; ^cr= fprtngen, to burst; ^uftieten, to freeze over; ^urucftefytcn, to return; jurucftretcn, to step back; $ufammentteffen, to meet together; — and all separable verbs compounded with bleiben, fafyren, fatten, fotgen, gefyen, and fcmmeti. The following transitive verbs, which express motion produced by the acting power of the subject, are conjugated with fjaben and fein — with fein when a reference to a place or space is denoted; with fyaben when motion without any reference, or with a reference to time or manner, is expressed. They are — eiler, to hasten ; flies gen, to fly; fyupfen, to hop; ftettern, to climb; friecfyen, to creep; (aufen, to run ; rctten, to ride on horseback ; reifen, to travel ; fd)«nmmen, to swim; fpringen, to spring; ftetgen, to mount. 06s. When these verbs are compounded with a separable prefix, they are always conjugated with fetn. COMPOUND VERBS. Compound verbs are either inseparable or separable. Inseparable verbs are formed by adding to simple verbs the pre- fixes be, emp, ent, er, ge, Winter, mip, t>er, t>ol(,* reibet (not to be confounded with rote be r), and $et; as — benxinen, to weep for; empfangen, to receive ; entfatten, to unfold ; ertauben, to permit ; ges fallen, to please ; r)intergef)en, to deceive ; nri9fatlen, to displease, t)er^ lieren, to lose ; wtlenben, to achieve ; tuibertatfjen, to dissuade ; $crbtes cfyen, to break. Verbs prefixed by the following prepositions and adverbs are separable : — ci{\ off, as abnefjmen, to take off. an, on, anfangen, to begin, auf, up, aufrjeben, to pick up. * Except wtfgiepen, to fill up, which is separable. 404 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. cm*, out, bet, by, bakt, thereby, baber, therefrom, %>al)ix\, thereto, bar, t>a, there, bar-en, thereof, burd),* through, etn, in, cinder, forth, empor, up, fcf>(, amiss, fcrt, away, off, Fjctm, home, her, to, hither, btn, thither, hence, berab, btnab, down, bcrauf, r)tnauf, up, rjerauS, btnauS, out, berbet, hither, fjetetn, bitK'tn, in, into, berubcr, btntibcr, over. Return, round, Remitter, btnunter, down, bersor, forth, btn$u, to, lo$, loose, nut, with, ntcber, down, nacb, after, fiber,* over, urn,* around, about, umber, about, unter,* under, r>or, before, ttorcm, on before, tterauS, beforehand, r>crbet, by before, t)orf)cr, before, r-otfiber, before over, tt>cg, away, rtuebcr, again, $u, to, ^urucf, back, $ufammen, together, as auelafifcn, to leave out. betfteben, to assist, babeifteben, to stand by. baberfemmen, to come hither, babtnetlen, to hasten thither, barretcben, to hand thither, baoonlaufen, to run off. burebfatfen, to fall through, ctnfaufen, to buy in. etrtbertreten, to come forth. emporbelfen, to help up. febttaufen, to miss in running. fortfd)icfen, to send away, off. betmfebren, to return home, berbrtnejen, to bring hither, btnejeben, to go thither, berabfatlen, to fall down. beraufbrtnqen, to bring up. berausb^frn, to help out. berbetrufen, to call hither, beretnejeben, to go into, berfiberfemnien, to come over. betumtaufen, to run round, about, berunterftnfen, to sink down, bersorfommen, to come forth, btn^uffigen, to add to. losfetten, to unchain, mttbrtncjen, to bring with, ntebertegen, to lay down, nacbfcbleppen, to drag after, fiberfttefien, to overflow, umbtnben, to tie around, umbcrlcmfen, to ramble, unterfegen, to set under. ttorjMlen, to represent, twancjeben, to w r alk before. r-erausfegen, to suppose, ttorbetfommen, to pass by. tterberfacjen, to foretell, t-orfibergeben, to go over, roccuiebmen, to take away. ttueberfemmen, to come again. $ufcbtteffen, to lock up. aurueffebren, to return. ^ufammenfemmen, to assemble. %* Many compound verbs, with the prepositions bu rcb/ fiber, um, and unter, are inseparable* and a number are either sepa- rable or inseparable, according to their significations. The inseparable are — SwcfyWattcrn, to peruse; t>urd;bclwi, to tremble; bttagfettifen, to ponder, fcurdjfor* THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 405 fcften, to search through; fcuvd)tfHf)ern, to perforate; &urd)fpci!)cn, to. spy through; burdv'uchen , to search through, tHitd)ir>affern, to wet through; imrd)vciiblen, to rum- mage ; — -iiberbieten, to overbid ; liberfccnfen, to muse; ubereilen, to overhasten ; tiber* pcbcn, to surrender; iiberhoten, to overtake; iibeiboren, to overhear; iiberfaffcn, to give up, to yield up; iiberleben, to survive; (iberliefern, to deliver; libetlifkn, to outwit; iibecnehmen, to take upon one's self; iiberrafd>cn, to surprise; iibcrrefcen, to persuade ; uberfdjaBen, to overrate; iiberfdjiden, to transmit; (iberfeben, to overlook; iiberleben, to endure, ubertreifen, to surpass; iiberyortbctlen, to overreach : tibenrdlrigen, to overpower; tibenrm^en, to overcome; iibeqeugen, to convince; — umarmen, to embrace; umgeben, to surround; uniringen, to encircle; untfrfjlingen, to entwine; umfkctblen, to surround with rays; unurelten, to surround with clouds; umyugetn, to encompass ; — unterbleiben, to remain undone; unterbced)en, to interrupt; unterfchicfen, to suppress; unterfangen, to attempt, imterbanMn, to negotiate; unterjocfyen, to subdue; unteitaffen, to intermit; unterlicgen, to succumb; unternebnien, to undertake; untcrrefcen, to converse ; unrerrid)* tm, to^instruct; unterfagen, to interdict; unterfd)cit>en, to distinguish; unterftreid)en, to underline; unterjn'ifcen, to support; unterfud)en, to search into; untctroeifen, to instruct; unterrperfen, to submit; unterjeicfynen, to sign. Those which are both separable and inseparable, according to their signification, are — • Separable. to glance through to bore through fcurcbbUcfen tmrd)bej)tcn fcurcrjbrtttcjcrt t)urd)Qluhcn tmtdbgefyen turd)(aufen turdbrctfen butcrjferjauen fcurcb[d)te(k'n t>urcbfcbncit)cn fcmrcbfrefkn burd)ilrctdr)Ctt uOcvbrtngcn uberfallch fibcrfur)ren ubcrgcf)cn uberfyebcrt iiber(at>en ubcrlegert ubctlaufen ubermd)cn ubcrfcbtaqcn fibcrfebmben uber)"d)utten itberfe£en ttberfprtngen uOcriieigcn iibertracjen ubetttcten ubcrrrxrfert ubcr^tcf)cn umgerjen umfrett>en umfabten umfaffen to force through to heat through to run away to run through to travel through to look through to shoot through to divide by cutting to push through to strike out to bring over to fall over to convey over to go ovei to lift over to load ovei to lay over to run over to reach over to turn to one side to write over to spill over to pass over to leap over to mount over to carry over to go over to throw over to draw over to go around, to associate to elude to change dress to clothe on all sides to drive over to sail around to set anew to embrace Inseparable, to know one's design to pierce to penetrate to inflame to examine to peruse hastily to travel over to penetrate to interleave to cross, to intersect to pierce to roam to deliver to take by surprise to convict to overlook to dispense with to overburden to reflect to importune to deliver to calculate to direct to cover with to translate, to overcharge to skip to surpass to transfer to transgress to fall out with one to cover with, to invade 406 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. umfdnffcn umfcbretben umfd)uttcn umfpcmnen umjMlcn umtDcbcn um$ter)en untcrgrabcn unt.crbaltcn unterfcbteOcn untcrfcbtagcn unterftefyen unter^tcfjen Also — MllfSflcn tt>tcfc>ed)ctcn Separable. Inseparable. to put into another ship to circumnavigate to write over again to circumscribe, to para- to pour into another vessel to place around [phrase to change horses to span to transpose to surround to blow down to blow upon from all sides to change clothes, remove to beset, to overcast to dig under to keep under to shove under to beat under to stand under to draw under to rill full to fetch back to undermine to entertain, to support to substitute falsely to embezzle to venture to undergo to fulfil to repeat When these verbs are separable, the accent is on the prefix; when inseparable, they convey an abstract idea, and the accent is on the root of the verb. DOUBLY COMPOUNDED VEKBS. Verbs prefixed by a compound preposition and particle are called doubly compounded verbs. They are inseparable when the inse- parable particle stands before the preposition, as — kafcjid)tt§cn, to intend; kctntracfjtt^en, to prejudice; Deranlaffcn, to occasion. But they are separable when the separable preposition stands first, and then the syllable ge is omitted in the past participle, as — aufbes tt>af)tcn, to preserve, to keep ; id) fceroafyre auf, I preserve ; id) fyabe aufkrcafyrt, I have preserved. The number of this kind of verbs is very small ; they are — anfce, as — anbefcf)(en, to command strongly, aner, cmcrfennen, to acknowledge, anser, anfettrauen, to entrust, aufbe, aufbeftnfcen, to be up. aufcr, aufct$ter)cn, to bring up. ausbe, auSbetungcn, to condition, auset, au^arjlen, to finish the tale, ttotbe, t>orbef)a(ten, to reserve, ttorent, t>otentf;attcn, to withhold. The following verbs, however, are used without separation by modern writers : — cmbefancjcn, or cmbetteffcn, to concern; aufcrbauen, to edify; aufcrlegcn, to enjoin; cmfevftcfyen, to rise from the dead; auScrlcfen, to select; au$mval)tin, or auScvfutcn, to choose. THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 407 REFLECTIVE VERBS. There are, in German, many reflective verbs which are not such in English. The following list contains the principal : — (Bid) cmmctpen, dat. to presume ; fid) annefymen, gen. to take care of 5 fid) argent itber, to be vexed ; fid) aufffibren, to behave ; fid) auf fatten, to sojourn; fid) cmfrjaltcn, tiber, to mock at; fid) oufcrn, uber, to inti- mate; fid) befcemfen, fur, to return thanks; fid) bebenfen, to consider; fid) befcienen, gen. to make use of; fid) beftnfcen, to inquire after one's health; fid) beflctpen, or fid) befletjitgen, to endeavor diligently; fid) begeben, to repair; fid) begeben, gen. to give up; fid) befyelfen, to make shift; fid) beftagen, iiber, to complain; fid) bemad)ttgen, gen. to take, possession of; fid) befinnen, gen. to recollect ; fid) beftreben, to endeavor ; fid) bctraqen, to behave ; fid) betrinfen, to get drunk ; fid) betruben, fiber, to be afflicted ; fid) bucfen, to stoop; fid) etnbtlten, ace. to be conceited ; $&) einbtlben, dat. to imagine ; fid) entfernen, to withdraw ; fid) cntfat? ten, gen. to abstain; fid) entfdtftcpen, to be determined; fid) erbcirmen, fen. to have mercy; fid) erfcretften, to dare; fid) erctgnen, impers. to appen, to come to pass; fid) ergeben, to surrender; fid) ergeben, impers. to result; fid) errjclen, to recover; fid) ertnnern, gen. to remember; fid) erfctten, to catch cold ; fid) ernafyrcn, nut, to get one's livelihood , fid) freuen, to rejoice; fid) fugen, in, to comply with; fid) furd)ten, t)or, to be afraid ; fid) gefatlcn, to be pleased ; fid) gctrauen, da£. to be confi- dent, to dare ; fid) grcunen, tibcr, to grieve ; fid) fyuten, ^cr, to beware of; fid) trren, to be mistaken; fid) mtfdjcn, to mix, to meddle; fid) natjern, to approach ; fid) netgen, to incline; fid) met>er(affen, to settle; fid) ntet>er(egen, to lay down; fid) utfymen, gen. to boast, to glory; fid) ruf)ten, to bustle ; fief) febamen, ser, uber, gen. to be ashamed ; fid) fd)tcfen, in, to comply with; fid) fd)tcfen, impers. to be becoming; ficr) fefynen, nctd), to long for ; fid) fegen, to sit down ; fid) fputen, to make haste; fid) ftellen, to feign, to pretend; fid) trennen, to separate, to part ; fid) tummeln, to hurry; fid) umferjen, to look about or back; fid) unrerjMjen, to venture; fid) ueretntgen, to agree; fid) ttergeben, an, to fail in one's duty, to offend ; fid) Dertrren, to lose one's way ; fid) tter* laften, auf, to rely; fid) tterfammetn, to assemble; fid) tterfefyen, to com- mit an error; fid) lU'rjMlen, to dissemble; fid) t)ornef)mcn, da?, to de- termine, to resolve; fid) sorjMlen, dat. to imagine; fid) rmfcerfegen, dat. to resist; fid) nmnK'rn, uber, to wonder; fid) $utragen, impers. to occur. PREPOSITIONS. -^fn alphabetical list of all the prepositions, with the cases they govern* on, on, near, dat. § ace. btnnen, within, dat. anjiatt, or (kit, instead of, gen. fctesfeittf, on this side of, gen. auf, upon, on, dat. fy ace. burd), through, ace. cm6, out, out from, dat. entgegen, opposite to, dat. ouper, out of, dat. fur, for, ace. fluj}err)a(b, on the outside of, gen. gegen, towards, against, dat. bet, by, near, dat. gegenuber, opposite, over againstjd. 408 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. r)a(r3en,or Rafter, on account of, gen. f)Wttt, behind, dat. $* ace. tn, in, into. dat. fy ace. innctrjaU), within, gen. ienfett£, on the other side of. gen. Irafr, by virtue of, gen. l&ngtf, along, gen. laut, according to, gen. nut, with, dat. nuttc(ft,or Ktmtttelft, by means of, g. nacf), after, dat. tiacfyft, next to, dat. neben, at the side of, dat. <$• ace. nebft, together with, dot. cbetfyatb, above, gen. cfyne (fenbet), without, ace. fammt, together with ; dat. feit, since, dat. trog, in spite of, gen. tiber, over, dat. §• ace. urn, around, about, ace. urn — rtutlen, for the sake of, gen. ungcacfytet, notwithstanding, gen. untcr, under, among, dat. fy ace. unterfyatb, below, gen. unroctt, unfern, not far from, gen. ttermtttelft, by means of, gen. Dermegc, by dint of, gen. t>on, from, of, dat. fy ace. tor, before, ago, dat. fy ace. rcafyrenb, during, gen. tocgeti/ on account of, gen. rtuber, against, ace. $u, to, to. ^ufctgc, in consequence of, gen. 3Utt>tber, contrary to, dat. $rt>tfcr;en, between, dat. § ace. CONJUNCTIONS AND CONJUNCTIVE ADVERBS. The conjunctions, combining co-ordinate sentences, after which no inversion takes place, have been mentioned in Lesson 55 ; they are — unb, and* cber, or; abcr, fonbern, alletn, but; benn, for; entree* bet — obet, either — or; nxbet — nod), neither — nor; md)t nut — fonbern aud), not only — but also. After the following conjunctions the copula is removed to the end of the sentence: — al$, than, when; better, before; bt*, until; fca, as, since ; bamtt, in order that ; tap, that ; cr)c, before ; falls, in case that ; je, the ; je nad)bem, according as ; tnbem, while ; nacfybem, after; ob, whether; obaktd), obfefyon, cbrc>ef)l, though, although; fctts bem, since ; roafyrenb, while ; nxmn, when ; rcetf, because ; nxnn, if, when ; nxnngletd), although ; rete, as ; rote aud), however ; rote tocbt, although; n>o, where, and its compounds — reofern, in case that; rcofur, wherefore; roomtt, wherewith; roonacr), whereafter; weran, whereat; rcorauf, whereon ; roertn, wherein ; rcoson, whereof; ruc^u, whereto. The following conjunctive adverbs remove the subject after the copula when they are placed before the subject : — alfc, thus, con- sequently; auperbem, iiberbteS, besides ; bafyer, therefore ; bann,at5bann, benn, then ; barum, beSnxgen, beefjalb, therefore; bemnad), consequently 3 bemnad), befjenungeacfytet, ntcfytSbeftoroentqer, notwithstanding, neverthe- less ; befte, the; bod), yet, still; ctnerfeitS, anberfetts, on the one side, on the other side; enbtkf),at last, at length ; erft, $ucrft, at first ; ferner, farther ; fetgttd), mttfytn, consequently ; 9(etd)iDof)f, inbejfen, jcbocb, yet, however; Ijernacf), nad)r)cr, afterwards ; faum, scarcely ; fc, thus, so; fonft, else, otherwise ; tfytil$, partly; ubrtgenS, as for the rest ; metmefyr, much more, rather; wefyf, indeed; $tt>ar, it is true, certainly. INDEX OF ALL THE WORDS CONTAINED IN THIS BOOK, ARRANGED IN ALPHABETICAL ORDER. EXPLANATION. The number after each word indicates the lesson in which it is used for the first time. pp. signifies preposition, pron. u pronoun. s. il substantive, v. " verb. a. signifies adjective. ad. iC adverb. art. lc article. c. u conjunction, pi. " plural. The plural of substantives, when they have the same termination as in the singular, is denoted by a dash (-); and when they are changed in termination, their terminations — e, er, n, and en — are given. An asterisk ( * ) indicates that the radical vowel of the sin- gular is softened in the plural. A, an, art. ein, 4 Abandon, v. wrfoflcn, 63 Able (to be), v. fonnen, 50; im ©tcmbc fein, 74 About, ad. ungefcifyr, 53 ; pp. urn, 63 Above, pp. fiber, 58 ; o&erfjatb, 68; ad. eben, 67 Absorb, v. etnfaugen, 75 Accept, v. cmnefymen, 73 Accident, s. bet 3ufafl, pi. c,* 72 Accidental, ad. pf&Gttg, 72 According (to), pp. nad), 74 Account (on — of), pp. tuegen, 69 Accustom, v. gercofmen, 70 Acquaintance, s. bcr 23eFcmnte, pi. n ; t>ie SBcfanntfd^aft, pZ. en, 74 35 Acquainted, a. fcefcmnt, 76 Acquire, v. etlcmcjen, 75 Act, v. fycmbefa, 72 Action, s. bte £cmbtung, pi en, 72 Advice, s. bet 9?atf), pi. bie 9?atf)s ferriage, 69 Advise, v. tatrjen, 69 Afford, v . ticfern, 73 ■ bie g^ittct fjafcen, 74 Afraid (to be), v. ftd) furd&tcn, 65 After, pp. nad), 45 ; c. nad)bem, 61 Afterwards, c. nad)f)er, fyetnacr;, 71 Against, pp. rotber, 64 Ago, pp. t)Ct, 56 Agreeable, a. cmqenefym, 65. Air, s. bte Zuft, pi. e,* 59 Alarm, v. kuntufytgen, 68 Alight, v. cwSftetgen,' 73 (409) 410 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Alike (to be), v. ojcidn'tt, 74 All, a. att, 36 ; not at all, gan^unb oar nid)t, 66 Allow, v. ertauben, 63 Allowed (to be), v. bttrfen, 70 Almost, ad. beinafye, 40 Alone, ad. allein, 64 Aloud, ad. taut, 52 Already, ad. fd)0n, 38 Also, ad. and), 47 Alter, v. dnbern, rerdnbcrn, 73 Although, c. obfjkid), obfcfyon, 62 Always, acL immer, 46 [16 American, s. bet 2Cntertfaner, pi. -, American, a. amerifanifd), 35 Amiable, a. IteberiSrofirbtg, 66 Among, pp. unter, 70 Amount, s. bcr 23etracj, p/. e,* 72 And, c. unb, 1 Angry, a. bofe, 56 Anything, ad. etrcag, 20 Anywhere, ad. ircjenbmc, 63 Answer, -y. antworten, 35 Appear, v. erfcfyeinen, 74 Appearance, s. bag 2Cu$fel)ett, 56 ; bcr 2Cnfd)etn, 74 Appetite, s. ber2Cppetit,52 Apple, s. ber Upfthpl. -,* 58 Around, pp. urn, 63 Arrival, s. bie TCntunfr, joZ. e,* 60 Arrive, v. antommen, 45 As, c. rote, 6 ; benn, $>a, 67 Ascend, v. fteia,cn, 73 Ask, v. fragen, 58 ; bitten, 63 Assiduous, a. fleijjia,, 5 [72 Assistance, 5. ber SBeiftanb, pi. c,* Assure, v. t)crftd)ern, 72 At, ^>p. bet, 31 Attention, s. bie 2Cufmcr£fam£ett, 74 Aunt, s. bie £anre, pi. n, 15 Author, s. ber SSerfafiet,pZ. -j ber 2futer, pi. en, 75 Autumn, s. ber £crbft,_pZ. e, 48 Avow, v. a/ftef)ert, 71 Awake, v. aufrr>ad)cn, erroacften, 72 Away, ad. reeo,, 33 ; fort, 73 B. Back, s. ber Siuclcn, ^Z. -, 74 ; ad. aurficf, 33 Bad, ad. fd)(ecf)t, 1 Bag, s. ber Scutel, pZ. - 20 Baker, s. ber SSdcier, jpL -, 13 Ball, s. ber £3aU,pZ. e,* 41 Bank, s. bie 23anr, pi. en, 50 Battle, s. bie a$ SUnbfteifd), 51 Beer, s. t>a$ 33ier, 8 Before, pp. ror ; c. e(je, better, 57 Beg, v. bitten, 63 ; auSbitten, 74 Begin, v.anfancjcn,62; bea,innen,75 Behave, v. fid) betraqen, 73 Behind, pp. Winter, 62 Behold, v. anfefyen, 56 Believe, v. afauben, 54 Belong, v. gefyoren, 17 [67 Below, ^p.unterfjalb, 68; ad. unten, Bench, s. tk $8arfi,pl. e,* 62 Beside, besides, pp. auper, 71 Better, a. beffcr, 8 ; so much the better, befto beffer, 71 Between, pp. $tt>tfd)en, 62 Beware, v. fid) in 2(d)t nefymen, 65 Bid, v. bieten, 71 Big, a. qrof, 1 Bill, s. bie $ed)nung, _pL en, 46 Bind, v. binben, 67 Bird, s. ber $oa,el, pi -,* 17 Bite, v. beijjen, 65 Bitter, a. bitter, 57 Black, a. fcfytvar^, 7 Blame, v. tabehi, 71 Blind, a. bttnb, 64 Blow, s. ber ^d)(acj, pZ. e,* 60 Blunder, s. ber $ef)ler, ;?Z. -, 40 Boat, s. bat 23eot,pZ. e, 63 Book, s. tat $Bucr $nabe, ;?Z. n, 14 Bread, s. t)a5 23rob, pi. e, 6 Break, v. brecben, ^erbrecben, 28 Breakfast, s. baSgrurjftucf, _pZ.e,51 Breakfast, v. frubftucfen, 51 Bridge, s. tic 2$xMt,pl. n, 58 Bright, a. to, 6 1 ; bell, gtansenb, 68 Brightness, s. t)cr (5>tan$, 75 Bring, -u. bringcn, 29; to bring back, ^urucfbrincjen, 33 ) to bring with, mttbrtncjen, 47. Broad, a. breit, 39 Broom, s. bet JBefen, pZ. -, 16 Brother, s. ber S3ruber, pZ. -,* 4 Brother-in-law, s. bet (Scbwacjet, ^Z. -,*41 Brown, a. braun, 54 Build, v. batten, 75 Building, 5. ba$ ©cbaube, pZ. -, 75 Bureau, s. tic £emniobe,pZ. n, 18 Burn, v. brennen, serbrennen, 31 ; to burn off or down, abbrennen, 72 Business, s. t)a$ ©efcbaft, pi. e, 69 But, c. abet, 4 3 fonbern, 7 Butcher, s. t)er gletfeber, pZ. -, 17 Butter, s. tic Sutter, 9 Buy, v. fcmfen, 27 C. Cake, s. ber ^uctjen, pi. - 52 Calf, s. fcag£al&,pJ. er,* 74 Call, v. rufen, 64 ; to be called, betgen, 67 Can (to be able), v. Fonnen, 29 Candid, a. unbefancjen, 75 Candle, s. ba§ 2td)t, pi. c, 24 Candlestick, s. ber 2eucbter,£>Z. -, 23 Cane, s. bet'agen, ^Z. -, 10 Carry, v. tragen, 32 Case, s. ber fiall, pi. e ;* in case, tm gad or fails, 73 Cash, a. baar, 50 Cast, roerfen, 70 Castle, s. bat ©cfyfep,^. er,* 71 Cat, s. bie jlage, pZ. n, 7 Catarrh, s. ber (Scbnupfen, 71 Catch, v. fangen, 62; to catch cold, fid) erf alten, 7 1 Cattle, s. t>a$ minb, pi. er, 51 Cause, s. bie llrfacbe, pi n, 65 Cellar, s. ber Metier, _pZ. -, 57 Certain, a. cjenup, 64 Chair, s. ber (Stubt/.pZ. e,* 11 Chance, s. ber Bufatf, pi. e; by chance, ^ufalltg, 72 [-, 58 Chandelier, s. ber £ronteud)tct, pi. Change, s. ber £Bed)fel,^.-, 70 Change, v. roeebfetn, 70. Cheap, a. woblfetf, 42 Cheat, v. bettugen, 72 Cheek, s. bie SBacfc, pi. rt, 75 Cheerful, a. fetter, frobttd), 59 Cheese, s. bet^afe, pi. -, 25 Cherry, s. tic jlttfcbe, pZ. n, 72 Chicken, s. bas $vft)X\,pl. er,* 16 Child, s. baS£inb,pZ. er, 2 Childhood, s. btc ^inbbett, 65 Childlike, a. finblicb, 75 Chimney, s. baS £amin, pi e, 57 Church, 5. bie iUrcbe,pZ. n, 30 City, s. tic ®*tabt, jpZ. e,* 2 Clean, eflfemmen, 61 Compliment, s. bag (Sempttment, pZ. e, 72 Concern, v. angefyen, betreffen, 74 Concert, s. t)a^ (5en$err, pi. c, 33 Conduct, v. ffifyren, 59 Confess, ?;. gefterjen, ctngeftefjen, 71 Connect, ?;. wrbtnben, 75 Consist, v. beftcfjen, 61 Consult, v. Matl) fragen, 69 [66 Consumption, 5. tic 8d)rotnb[ud)t, Contented (to be), v. $ufrteben fetn, 51 Continually, ad. ftet£, 65 Continue, v. fcrtfar)rcn, 75 Contrary, s. $>a$ ©egentrjett, pi c, ft; on the contrary, tm @egen* tW(,7l. Converse, v. fid) unterfyaUen, 75 Cook, v. fecfyert, 52 Cook, s. bet £od), j?Z. e,* 16 Cool, a. ffi&(, 59 Copy, v. atifd)tctt>cn, 47 Corn, s. bas ©etretbc, 19 Corner, s. bte (£cfc, £>Z. n, 40 Correct, v. t)erbef}ern, 75 Correct, a. rid)ttg, 68 Correspond, v. correfponbiren,23rtcfe roedbfetn, 70 Corrupt, v. tterberben, 71 Cost, v. foften, 67 Costly, a. fefifptcttg (tfyeuer), 75 Cotton, s. bte 23aumroctle, 42 Cotton, a. baumroetlcn, 42 Cough, v, fjuftcn, 71 Cough, s. ber £uften, 71 Count, s. ber ©raf, j?Z. en, 14 Countess, s. bte ©raftnn, pZ. en, 41 Country, 5. bn6 Canb, pi. tx* 30 Countryman, s. ber 2anbmcmn; bet £anb*mann, pi. leute, 75 Courage, 5. ber 9Jiutb, 28 Course (of), ad. natur(id), 75 Cousin, s. ber better, pZ. n, 46 Cover, v. bebecfen, 72 Cravat, s. t>a$ £a(Stud), pi. er,* 54 Credit, s. ber Grebtt, 50 Crime, s. bag £>erbrcd)en, pi. -, 70 Crown, s. bte &rcne, pi. n, 58 Cry, v. fcfereten, 75; rcetnen, 71 Custom, s. bte ($$eruef)nf)ett,_pZ. en, 70 Cut, v. fd)neiben, 30; befefynetben, 65 ) to cut off, abfetynetben, 65 D. Damp, a. feucfyt, 59 Dare, v. burfen, 70 Danger, 5. bte ®efaf)r,pZ. en, 71 Dangerous, a. gefafyrttcb, 75 Dark, a. bunfet, 63 Daughter, s. bte &ed)ter, pi. -,* 3 Day, s. ber Sag, ^?Z. e, 35 : to-day, rjeute, 7; the day before yes- terday, ttorgeftcm, 37 Dead, a. tcbt, 66 Deal, v. rjanbetn, 72 Deal (a great), a. fefyr me(, 24 Dear, a. tfyeuer, 9 ; Iteb, 26 Death, s. ber Sob, 66 Debts, s. bte ©drjutfcen, 70 Deceive, v. betrugen, 72 Defiance, s. ber &ro§, 71 Delicate, a. !cfr(td), 75 Demand, v. fcrbern, 72 Dentist, s. ber 3af)nar$t,pZ. e,* 53 Depart, v. abretfen, 47 Depict, v. abmaien, 75 [73 Descend, v. abftctgen, fyerabftetgen, Deserve, v. t>erbtenen, 72 Desire, s. bte Sujt, pi. e,* 27 Desire, v. rounfefyen, 46 Despise, v. tteradyten, 73 Devoted, a. ergeben, 72 Dew, s. ber &()au, 60 Dew, v. tfyaucn, 60 Dictionary, 5. $>a$ £B6rterbudj, pi er,* 60 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 413 Die, v. ftetfren, 66 [74 Difference, s. bet Untetfdncb, pi. e, Different, a. retfd)teben, 34 Difficult, a. fd)tt>et, 47 Difficulty, s. tie (Scfyrctettcjfett, p>L en, 75 Dine, v. fpeifen, $u sjjtfttag effen, 51 Dinner, s. t>a$ ^Rtttagejfen,^. -, 51 Dirt\-, a. fd)tmi$tvj, 60 Disagreeable, a. unangencfjm, 65 Discourage, v. entmutbicjen, 75 Disease, s. tit Stxanttyxt, pi. en, 66 Dish, s. bte er £r)a(et,pZ. -, 40 Dog, s. bet |wnb, j?Z. c, 5 Doubt, s. bet 3roctfrt,jpJ. -, 73 Doubt, v. jwetfem, 73 Down, s. bet g'faum, 75 Down, ad. ab, betab, rjinab, 59 Dozen, s. tat £>u|enb, pi. c, 39 Drawer, s. bte ^dniblabe,^. n, 37 Dress, v. ftetben, 66 Dress, s. bas Mtit,pl. tv, 19 Drink, v. tttnfen, 27 Drop, v. fallen toffen, 63 Dry, a. ttecfen, 58 During, pp. rcabtenb, 65 Dutch, a. rjetlanbtfd), 35 [23 Dutchman, 5. bet £ettanber,_pZ. -, Duty, s. bie tyjix&t, pi. en, 71 Dwell, v. roefynen, 39 I E. Each, pron. [tier, 46 Each other, pron. etnanbet, 71 Ear, s. bas £)r)r,_pZ. en, 70 Early, a. ftub, 34 Earn, ». serbienen, 72 Earnest, a. etnjl(td), 75 Earth, s. Me (Stbe, pi. n, 59 Easiness, s. bie &td)ttj)fett< 75 35* Eat, v. effen, 49 Easy, a. tetd)t, 47 - Economical, a. fpatfam, 71 Educate, v. eqteben, 75 Education, s. bie (Sqtcrmng, 72 Egg, s. bas <5t, pi. et, 39 Either — or, c. entnxbet — obet, 39 Else, ad. fen)!, 69 Embrace, v. umatmen, 75 Enable, v. in ben . austufen, 75 Excuse, v. cntfcrmlbtgen, 70 Execute, v. ausfubten, 75 Exercise, s. bie Uebunq, pi. en, 38 Expect, v. ctroatten, 49 Extinguish, v. austcfeben, 72 Extract, v. au£*teben, 53 Eye, s. bas 2Cuge pi. n, 56 414 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. F. Facility, s. bie Ztitf)t\$tit,pl.m, 75 Fall, v. fallen, 63 Fall, s. ber £erbfr, pi. e, 48 Family, s. bie gamilie, _pJ. n, 63 Far, ad. ructt ; as far as, bts, 59 Farewell, s. ber 2Ct>fd&tcb, pi. e, 75 Fast, a. fdjnett, 49 Fasten, w. binben, 67 Father, s. ber 93ater, pi. -,* 2 Fault, s. bet Seller, pZ. - 40 Favor, s. bet ©efatlen,pZ. -, 64 Fear, v. furcr/ten, 64 Fence, s. ber 3aun, pi. e,* 59 Fetch, v. Ijelen, 34 Fever, s. bat gieber, pi. -, 66 Few, a. roenig, 24 Field, s. bag gelt), pf. er, 30 . Final, a. cnb(icf), 75 Find, v. ftnben, 40 Fine, a. fein, fef)6n, 2 Finger, s. bet $ingcr, jt?Z. -, 56 Finish, v. beenbifjen, 40 Fire, s. bag geuer, pZ. -, 29 Fire-place, 5. t)a$ kcamn, pi. e, 57 First (at), ad. erft, $uerfr, 71 Fish, s. ber #ifd), pZ. e, 52 Floor, s. ber $ufftoben, pZ. -,* 59 Flour, s. *>at> gHcijt, 23 Flower, s. tic 2Mume,pZ. n, 52 Fluently, acZ. gctduftg, 71 Follow, v. fotgen, 71 Fond (to be), v. tteben, 74 Food, s. bie (Speife, pi. en, 74 Fool, s. ber Zlaxx, pi. en, 67 Foot, s. ber $up, pZ. c,* 37 ; on foot, $u gu£e, 65 Foreign, a. aus(anbifd), 43 Foreigner, ber 2fus(anber, pi -, 43 For, pp. fur, 40 ; c. benn, 36 Forbid, v. wrbieten, 72 Foregoing, a. t>orr)era,el)enb, 75 Forest, s. ber 2Mb, pi er,* 30 Forget, -y. r>ergeffen, 54 Forgive, v. wrgeben, 73 Fork, 5. bie ©abet, pi n, 18 Formerly, ad. erjemate, r>crniat£, 43 Fortitude, s. bte^tanb^aftigfei^bie (Starve, 69. [meow, 67 Fortune, s.t>a$ ©lucf,63; ba(> $w? Frame, s. ber 9?af)men, pi. -, 75 France, s. grantreicr), 45 Freeze, v. frteren, 62 French, a. fran$6fifd), 26 Frenchman, s. ber jran$ofe,]?Z. n, 14 Frequent, a. r)aupcj, 75 Fresh, a. frtfcf), 59 Friday, s. ber greitag, 46 Friend, 5. ber $reunb, pi. e, 5 Friendship, s. bie $reunbfcf)aft, 73 Frighten, v. crfct)recfcn, 75 Fruit, s. bie $rud)t, pi e* 72 Fry, v. braten, 52 Future, s. bie 3utunft, 66 G. Garden, s. ber ©arten, pi -,* 2 Gas, s. bat ©ag, 58 Gate, s. bas &f)or, pZ. c, 62 Gather, v. fammetn, 75 Gentleman, s. ber £err,/?Z. en, 14 German, a. beutfd), 26 German, 5. ber £)cutfcf)e, pi. n, 14 Germany, s. £)eutfcl)fanb, 45 Get, v. tterfefyaffen, 73; 1)0^,34; to get up, auffreben, 47 Gift, s. bat ©efcbenf, pi. e, 69 Girl, s. $>a* $Kabcf)en, pi -, 52 Give, v. geben, 29 Glass, s. ta$ ®(a$, pi. cr,* 9 Glove, s. ber £anbfd)ur),;?Z. e, 20 Go, i;. 9cr)cn, 32; go for, f)oten, 34; go out, auSQcfycn, 33 ; I am go- ing, id) bin tm SBegrtff, 75 Gold, 5. l)a* (Mb, 12 Golden, a. gotben, 12 Gor^e, ad. fort, 73 Good, a. gut, 1 Goods, s. bie ££aaren, 42 Gray, a. grau, 56 Great, a. grojj, 1 Greatness, s. bie ©rcpe, pZ. n, 75 Green, a. grun, 54 Ground, s. ber S3cben, pi -, 59; ber ©runb, pi e,* 75 Guess, v. ratfyen, 69 Guide, v. fufyren, 59 Guilt, 5. bie Sdnitb, 70 Guilty, a. fcfyulbta,, 70 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 415 .H. Habit, s. btc ©cwefynrjCtt, pi. en, 70 Hail, v. Fjagcta, 60 Hair, s. baS £>aar, pi. C, 56 Half, a. tjalb, 34 Hall, s. bcr (Baai.pl. c, 41 Halloo, t;. fdjretCtt, 75 Hammer, 5. bcr $an\mcx,pl. -,* 18 Hand, s. btc .pond, _pL e,* 54 Handsome, a. [d)cn, 2 Hang, v. fycmcjcn, 55 Happen, v. gcfcfeefjcn, 72 Happiness, 5. baS ©tucf, 63 Happy, a. g(ucf(td) x 4 Hard, a. fyart, 67 Hardly, ad. fcmm, 63 [71 Harm, 5. ta$ 23oje, ba£ Ueftel, pL -, Harm (to do), v. &6fe$ tfyun, 71 Hat, s. bcr £ut,_pZ. e;* 8 Have, v. f)aben, 9 Head', s. bcr Jtopf,pZ. e,* 53 Headache, s. dR&pffd) mermen, 53 Health, s. bte ©cfunbhett, pi. en, 65 Healthy, a. cjejimb, 56 Hear, v. fyoren, 31 Heart, 5. bo* £er$, pi. en, 51 ; by heart, ad. auSrocnbtg, 52 Heaven, s. bcr pummel, pZ. - 68 Heavy, a. fefyroer, 47 Help, v. bclfen, 69 Help, 5. btc £>u(fe, 69 Her, pron. tf)r, 5 ) fie, 12 Here ; ad. l)ter, 61 Hers, pron. bcr ifyrtcje, 7 High, a. ted), 36 Him, jpron. tf)tt, 12 Hinder, v. fytnbern, Dcrfytnbcrn, 73 Hire, v. mtctr;ett, 67 His, pron. fetn, 4 • bcr fetntCje, 7 Hit, v. treffen, 73 Honor, s. btc (§f)re,_pZ. n, 69 Hold, v. fatten, 28 Holland, 5. .potlcmb, 45 Home (at), ad. $u &aufe, 31 Honest, a. efyrltd), 54 Honey, s. bcr ^omej, 20 Hope, v. toft'en, 69 Hope. s. btc £>effnunc], 69 Horse, s. $>a$ spfcxb, pi . e, 3 Host, s. bcr 2$irtr;,pZ. e, 67 Hotel, 5. la$ £>otc(, p/. c ; bcr ©cu> F)cf, pZ. e,*51 Hour, s. btc <8tunbc, pi. rt, 32 House, s. t)a$ $au$,pl. ex,* 2 How, ad. rote, 24 » However, c. inbeffen, 70 Hungry, a. fcuncjrtcj, 4 Hurt, v. roef) tt)un, $u Setbe tf)un i 69 Husband, s. bcr 9J?cmn, pZ. er,* 3 Husbandly, arf. fyauSfyalterifd), 75 Ice, s. t>a$ (&x$, 62 Idle, a. trage, 65 Idleness, s. btc Sraa^ctt, 65 If, c. roenn, 55 ; e(>, 65 Ignorant, a. unrotffenb, 74 Image, 5. bas 33ttb, pi. er, 74 Immediately, ac/. focjtctcr/, ctUfjCtts bttcfltcr), 58 Impolite, a. unrjcfltcr), 4 Important, a. ttricfyttg, 72 Importance, s. btc aBicfyttgfett, 75 Impossible, a. unmecjltd), 69 Improve, v. r>err>etltommncn, 75 In, into, pp. in, 30, 33 Inch, s. bcr Sett, pi. c, 39 Indeed, ad. rotrfttd), $vax, 75 Industrious, a. ftetfncj, 5 Inhabitant, s. bcr (Stnrocfyner, bet SBerocfyner, pi. -, 68 Injure, v. t>cr(cj3cn, 69 Inquire, v. frciflcn, 45 Insist, v. befterjen, 61 Instance (for), $um 23etfptef, 71 Instead, pp. cmjtatt, 67 Instruct, v. untcrrtd)tcn, 72 Instruction, s. bcr itnterrtcfyt, 72 Insufferable a. j ^^fi^eo Insupportable, a. J J Intend, v. gebenfen, tu'acbfiAttgcn, 50 Intention, s. btc 2(bfid)t,_pZ. en, 27 Interesting, a. untcrbattcnb, 75 Ireland, s. Sflcinb, 45 Irish, a. tr(cmbtfd), 35 Irishman, s. bcr Srtdnber, pi.-, 16 Iron, 5. $>a$ (5i[en, 18 Iron, a. cifern, 18 It, pron. c*v 12 Italian^ s. bcr 3ta(tcncr, pi. -, 25 416 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Italian, a. ita(temfd), 35 Italy, s. Statien, 45 J. Jar, s. t)cr £opf, pi. e,* 74 Jewel, s. bet (Stctftein, p/. e, 75 Joiner, s. ter &ifd)ler, p/. -, 26 Journey, s. tie SKeife, j?L-, 60 Joy, s. tie Jtetfto, j?Z. n, 65 Jump, v. fprtncjen, 59 Just, ad. cben ; just now, fo eben,60 K. Keep, v. befjaften, 31 Kernel, s. ter $ern, pi. C, 75 Key, s. Det <5d)lfiflel/ jrf. -, 71 Kill, t>. totten, fd)lad)ten, 34 Kind, a. gutig, 47 Kindness, s. fete (Sjfite, 47 Kindle, v. an^tinten, 61 King, s. terjtcnig, pZ. e, 59 Kitchen, s. bie jludSe, pi n, 41 Knee, s. tag $me, pZ. e, 63 Knife, 5. tag SKeffer, _pZ. - 18 Knock, v. flepfen, 75 Know, v. Rriflctt) 54 ; fennen, 6 1 Knowledge, s. tie Jterintmf,pZ. e,75 Labor, s. tie 2frt>cit, pZ. en, 47 Lady, s. tie £)ame, pZ. n, 41 Lame, a. tatjm, 64 Lament, v. ftagen, 67 Lamp, s. tie £ampe, pi n, 58 Landlord, s.J>er $&it$), pi e, 67 Language, tTe (Spracfee, pZ. n, 47 Last, a. ttcricj, legt, 48 ; at last, «d. cnbttcl)/ 65 Late, a. fpat, 34 Lately, ad. neulicf), 64 ; t tir$ftd), 60 Laugh, w. (acften, 74 Law, s. to6 ®efc|, pZ. e, 66 Lawyer, s. ter 2Ctt)0fat, _pZ. ett / 64 Lay, v. (ecjen, 40 Lazy, a. trage, 65 Lead, v. fttbren, 59 Leaf, s. tag f&iaxt, pi. er>* 72 Leap, v. fpringen, 59 Learn, v. (ernen, 3& Learned man, s. ter ©elcfyrte, pZ. n, 64 Least (at), ad. rocmqftenS, 71 Leather, s. tag 2eter, 12 Leathern, a. letern, 12 Leave, -y. faffen, 34; oertaffen, 63 Leave, s. ter 2(bfd)tet,j?Z. e, 75 Left, a. Unf ; a^. IxnU, 74 Leg, s. ta5 SBein, pi e, 65 Lend, v. leifyen, 29 Less, 06?. n?entC|er, 25 Lesson, s. tie Section,;?/, en, 38 Let, v. laflfen, 34 ; tternrietfyen, 67 Letter, s. ter 23rief, pZ. e, 17; ter 33ud)ftabe, £>Z. n, 74 Lie, v. tiegen, 55 Life, 5. tag Ceben, 49 Light, a. letcbt, 24; ^ctl, 61 Light, v. an^iwten, 61 ; (eucfyten, 75 Lighten, v. bli£en, 60 Lightning, s. ter 33ftf, pZ. e, 60 Like, v. gem fyaben, (ieben, 52 ; to like better, liebcr mogen, 66 Linen, s. tie Setnrcant, 18; tie 2Bafd)e, 70 Listen, v. fjorcn, 62 Little, a. ftetn, 1 ; roenig, 24 Live, v. Ieben, 49 ; roofynen, 39 Lock, 5. tag <&&{$, pi. er,* 71 Lock (up), v. £ufd)(iefjen, 71 Long, a. (ang ; ad. (ange, 32 Look, v. feben, 56 ; to look at, an* fe^en, 56; to look for,fucf)en,28; to look like, augfefyen, 56 Looking-glass, s. ter Spiegel, pi - io Lord, s. ter £err, pi en, 47 Lose, v. t>ertteren, 50 ^ Loss, s. ter 2Serluft, j>Z. e,* 69 Love, -y. tteben, 28 Luck (good), s. tag G5(ucf ; tho bad luck, tag Itafllficf, 63 M. Make, v. niacin, 27 Man, 5. ter 9J?ann pZ. er,* 3 ; ter Sftenfd), p/. en, 67 Manner, s. tie 2£eife, pi. n, 71 Manners, s. tie bitten, 71 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 417 Many, a. wU, 24 ; many a, pron. nmnd)et, 74 Merchandise, s.bte2£aate,pZ.n,42 Market, s. bet Wlaxtt, pi. z* 30 May, v. mogen, 52 Meal, s. tat $Ker)l, 23 Mean, v. metnen, 73 Meaning, s. bte Sftetnung, pl.cn, 73 Means, s. bte 93?ttte(, 74 Means (by means of), pp. t>etmtte teljt, 75 Meat, s. Dag £(et[cf), 17 Meddle, v. fid) mifeften, 74 Medicine, s. bte 9J?ebtcttt, pi. en, 53 Meet, v. begegncn, 57 Melt, u. fd)me($en, $etfd)met$en, 75 Memory, s. t)a$ ©ebaditmp, 52 Mend, v. ausbejfetn, 39 Merchant, s. £aufmann,pZ. (eute, 13 Merit, v. setbtenen, 72 Methinks, v. mid) bunft, 62 Method, s. Me 9J?etr)cbe, pi. n, 75 Mild, a. fanft, nulb, 75 Milk, s. tie 97tf(d), 20 Mine, pron. bet metntge, 7 Miserable, a. elenb, 72 Misfortune, s. t)a5 ltnglucf,63 Miss, 5. ta$ grauktn, pi. -, 52 Mistake, v. octfennen, 66; to be mistaken, fid) ttten, 67 Mistake, s. bet $c()tcr, pi. - 40; bec Stttfjum, pZ. er,* 67 Misunderstand, ^ mtibetftefyen, 66 Mix, v. (id) mtfefyen, 74 Moment, s. bcr 2(ugenb(tdf, pi. e, 47 Monday, s. bet SRcntag, p/. e, 46 Money, s. bag (3clb, pl.cx, 11 Month, s. bet Sftonat, pi. e, 38 Moon, s. bex %ftont>, pi. e, 69 Morning, s. btx 9J?crgen,pZ. -, 32 More, ad. mefjt, 25 Morrow (to-), ad. motgen, 28 ; the day after to-morrow, ubetmct; gen, 35 Mother, s. bte gutter, pi. -,* 2 Motion, s. tcx 9Sotfdr)fag,pJ. e,* 66 Mount, v. ftetgen, 73 Mountain, 5. t)^x JBetg, pZ. e, 59 Mountains (chain of) s. bag ©e? 6ttge.pL -,66 Mouse, 5. bte 9#au£, pZ. e,* 62 Mouth, s. bet Stfunb, 75 Move, v. tttfyten, 75 Much, a. t>te(, 24; how 7 much, ad. XOltWl, 25 Music, s. bte SMufif, 33 Must, v. muffen, 31 Mutton, s. ia$ £ammetftetfcr), t>a$ @d)6pfcnftcifd)/ 5 1 My, pron. metn, 4 N. Nail, s. bet Sttagei, pi -* 18 Name, s. bet 9?ame, pZ. tt, 43 Name, v. nennen, 67 Narration, s. bte (St$ar;lung,pZ. ert,75 Narrow, a. enge, 75 Natural, a. notttrud), 66 Naughty, a. unatttg, 71 Near,_pp. nafye, 36 ; nekn, 62 Nearly, ad. fcetnafye, 40 Necessary, a. notfytg, 71 Neck, s. bet p&ti, pi e,* 53 Need, v. to have need of, notfjtg rxiben, 71 Neighbor, s. bet 9la$jbax, pi. n, 7 Neither — nor, c. roebct — ned), 1 1 Nephew, s. bet 9?effe, _pL n, 14 Never, ad. mentals, me, 44 Nevertheless, ad. mcfytsbeftoroem* get, 73 New, a. neu, 9 News, s. bte 9?eutg£ett, pi en, 66 Newspapers, bte 3ettung,pZ. en, 64 Next, a. nctd)ft, 45 ; next to, pp. neben, 62 Niece, s. bte 9?td)te, pi. n, 15 Night, s. bte 9fad)t, pi. e* 50 No, none, pron. fein, 16 No, ad. netn, 12 1 Nobody, pron. memanb, 15 1 Noise, s. bet Satm, 31 Noon, s. bet 93?tttag,pZ. e, 15; the afternoon, bet £tfad)mtttag, 51; the forenoon, bet SSetmtttag, 51 Not, ad. md)t, 1 Note, s. ba$ Setter, pi e, 17; the banknote, bte SSanfncte, r gl n,50 Nothing, ad. ntd)t<>, 20 Notwithstanding,^. ungead)tct, 74 Now, ad. nun, 32 418 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Nowhere, ad. nitgcnbroo, nitgenfc rccfytn, 63 Nut, s. Die 9lv$,pl.t,* 18 0. Obedient, a. gcfyotfam, 70 Obligation, s. bte $etbtnbttd)Fett, pi. en, 69 Oblige, v. wtbtnbcn, 69 Obtain, v. etlangen, 75 Occasion, s.bte ©elegcnfjett/pZ. en,73 Offer, v. anbteten, 71 Of, pp. t>on, 27 Often, ad. eft, 41 Oil, s. bag £)ef)l,pZ. e, 58 Old, a. alt, 1 On, upon, _£>£>. auf, 30, 33 Only, ad. nut, 12 Open, v. aufmacfyen, 37 ; offnen, 71 Opinion, s. tie 5ffietnung, pi. en, 73 Opposite, _pp. gegenubet, 57 Opportunity, s. tie (Megenfyeit, pZ. en, 73 Or, c. obet, 2 Order, s. tie Stbnung, 2^« cn > 70 Order, v. befefyfen, 75 Other, a. ember, 26 Otherwise, ad. fonft, 69 Our, pron. unfer, 5 Ours, jpron. bet unfettge, 7 Out, out from, pp. aug, 44; out of, pp. au£et, 71 Owe, v. fcfyulbtg fetn, 54 Own, etgen, 57 Ox, s. bet Dcfyfe, pL n, 14 Page, s. bte (Sette,pL n, 53 Pain, s. bet aptet, pi. e, 16 Pardon, s. bte 93ct$etf)ung, 63 Pardon, v. cermet r)cn, 68 Parents, 5. bte ©Item, 57 Part, s. bev Sbetf, pZ. e, 70 Participate, v. SfyeU nefymen, 70 Pass, v. ttotbetgefyen, 66 Path, s. tcx $>fab, pi. e, 75 Pay, v. 6e$af)(en, 40 ; to pay a visit, befucfyen, 40 Payment, s. bte 3af)tung, bte S3c- ^arjutng, pi. en, 40 Peace, s. bet gttebe, pi. n, 68 Peach, s. bte ^fttftcfye, 58 Pear, s. bt*e 23itne, pi n, 72 Peasant, s. tcx 33auct,pL n, 16 Pen, s. bte geber, pL n, 5 Pencil, s. bet SBtctjttft, jrf. e, 24 People, s. bag %$tl?,pl. Seute, 24 Perceive, -y. bemetien, 55 Perfect, a. t>oUfommcn, 61 Permission, s. bte (Stlaubntp, 63 Permit, v. etlauben, 63 Persist, v. beftefyen, 61 Person, s. bte $)etfon, pi. en, 60 Physician, s. tcx 2Ct^t, pi. e,* 13 Pick up, v. aufbeben, 40 Picture, s. tat ©emalbe, pi. -, 56; tat <8t(b, pZ. et, 74 Piece, s. bag (Stucf, pZ. e, 37 Pity, s. tat SRitleiben, 67 Pity, v. beflagen, bemttfetben, 67 Place, v. fietlen, 33 ; tegen, 40 Place, s. tcx £)tt, pi. et/ bte a$ gafefyenbudf), pi. et,* 58 Pocket-handkerchief, s. ta$ £as fefyentuerr, ta$ ^cfynupftuci), pi. et/ 54 Poem, s. ta$ ©ebtcf)t, $>Z. e, 68 Polite, a. rjofltd), 4 Poor, a. arm, 2 Possess, v. beftgen, 70 Possibility, s. bte 5$cgltdf)!ett, pL en, 69 Possible, a. mogftd), 69 Pot, s. bct£epf,pL e,*74 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 419 Potato, s. tie £artoffc(, pi. ti, 74 Pound, s. tag $>funt, pi. e, 37 Pour, v. gtegen, [d)utten, 74 Practice, s. tie ilc(utng,£>Z. en, 73 Practise, v. uken, 73 Praise, «. toben, 74 Prefer, i;. corbie foen, 74 Present, s. tag ©cfdH'tit^Z. e,69 Present (at), ad. jegt, 32 Preserve, t\ kroafyren, 75 Press, v. triicfen, 75 Pretty, a. bu&fd), 6; aer g)rcip,_pZ. e, 40 Prince, s. tcr # ur ft/ ^ cr ^trin^ jpL en, 14 Princess, s. tic gurftintt, tic spriru $cfftnn,_pZ. en, 41 Probably, ad. roafyrfcfyciniid), 58 Procure, u. ccrfdjaffen, 73 Profit, s. tcr D?ugen, 68 Progress, s. tcr §ertfct)fttt y pi. e, 64 Prohibit, v. acrbieten, 72 Promise, v. t>crfpred)en, 56 Promise, 5. tas &>erfpred)cn, 56 Proof, s. tcr 33crt>eu>,_pZ. c, 73 Proposition, 5. tcr "£>erfd)ta$, pi. t,f 66 Proud, a. flefe, 61 Prove, ^. beroeifen, 73 Proverb, 5. tag ort, ]pl. it,* 72 Prudence, s. tic JUuaJ&cit, 75 Prudent, a. Hug, 72 Pull out, au^ief)cn, 53 Punish, v. kftrafen, 72 Punishment, s. tic Strafe, _pZ.it, 72 Pupil, s. tcr ©After, pi. -, 62 Purse, s. tic 25orfe,_pZ. n, 20 Put, v. fatten, 38; fcgen, 40 j to put on arytefjcn, 58 q. Quarter, s. tag 23icrte(, p?. -, 34 Queen, s. tic ^eniginn, _pZ. en, 58 Question, s. tic grage, j;Z. c, 65 Quick, a. fcfynell, 49 Quiet, a. rufug, 68 Quit, v. r-erlafjen, 63 K. Rain, v. regncn, 60 Rain, 5. tcr 9?egen, 60 Ram, s. tcr £amme(, pi. -, * 20 Rare, a. feltcn, 68 Rather, ad. gtcmttd), 65 ; (ieber, 68 Reach, v. reiefcen, 73 Read, t;. (efen, 31 Ready, ad. bcreir, fertig, 5 1 ; ready money, beared ©elt, 50 Rear, v. er^icfjen, 75 Reason, 5. tie Urfad)C, pi. n, 65 Receive, v. befommen, erfjattcn, 50; empfangen, 72 Recognise, v. crfenncn, roieterer? fennen, 71. Recollect, v. fief) erinncrn, 65 Recommend, v. empferjtcn, 72 Recommendation, s. tie (Smpferjs lung, _pZ. en, 72 Red, a. rctb, 54 Reddish, a. rotbticb, 75 Rejoice, v. fid) freuen, 65 Relate, v. cr^af/len, 75 Related, a. r-emxmtt, 64 Relation, s. tcr $erroantte,pZ.tt, 64 Reluctantly, ad. ungern, 71 Rely, v. fid) ttertaffen, 67 Remain, v. bteiben, 30 Remedy, s. tag 93?ittei, pi. -, 74 Remember, fid) erinncrn, 65 Rent, v. mietrjen, 67 Repeat, v. roieterfyofen, 62 Repose, 5. tie 9?uf)e, 68 Request, v. ausbitten, 74' Require, v. fcrtcm, erfortem, 75 Rescue, v. rettcn, 73 Resemble, v. fjlcid)cn, 74 Reside, v. roofynen, 39 Respect, v. ratfjen, 72 Respectful, a. acfytung^ofl, 72 Rest, s. tie 9*ur)e, 68 Restless, a. tmrubig, 68 Retain, v. befjalten, 31 Return, v. ^urucfr'crjren, ^uruefgeben, 47 Return, s. tic Surucffunft, pi. e, 60 Reward, v. bdebnen, 73 Ribbon, s. tag 93ant, pi. ex,* 5 Rice, s. tcr 9icip, 19 420 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Rich, a. retd), 2 Riches, s. \ ber SKetcfytljum, pi. Richness, s. J cr,* 68 Ride (in a carriage), v. fasten, 83 Ride (on horseback), v. retten, 63 Riddle, s. tat Mtfftd, pi- 69 Right, a. red)t, 16; ad. red)tg, 74 Right, 5. bag 9tcd)t,jrf. e, 16 Ring, s. ber SKtng, pi. e, 25 Rise, ?;. aufftefyen, 47; aufgefjen,68 River, s. t>cr gfop,p7. c,* 33 Road, s. fcer SBeg, pZ. e, 36 Roast, v. braten, 52 Roast-beef, s. t>et SKtnberbraten,52 Roast-meat, s. ber $3raten, pZ. -, 52 Roast-mutton, s. ber £ammelbra; ten, 52 Roof, s. bag £>ad), 53 Room, s. ber SRaum, pi. t,* 75 Room, s. bag Simmer, 3; bte ron. berfelbe, 19 Satisfied, a. $ufrteben, 51 Saturday, s. ber (Sonnabenb, ber (Samftag, 46 Save, v. retten, 72 ; fparen, 73 Savor, v. fcfymecfen, 57 Say, u. fagen, 32 Scarcely, ~ad. faum, 63 Scotland, s. @d)0tt(ant>, 45 Scholar, s. ber ©clefjrte, 64 School, s. bte erfcl)tebene, mefyrere, 34 Seize, v. ergretfen, 75 Seldom, a. fcltert, 67 Self, pron. felbft, 75 Sell, v. r-erfcmfen, 31 Send, v. fenben, fefyief en, 29 ; to send for, f)o(en laffen, 63 Sense, s. ber SScrjWb, 72 Sentence, s. i^ag, pi e,* 62 Servant, s. ber SBebtcnte, pi n, 14; ber Dtener, pi -, 70 ; maid-ser- vant, bte $Jlaofi,pl e,* 15 Serve, v. btenen, 70 Service, s. ber £)tenfr, pi e, 70 Set ; v. fegen, 67 ; untergefyen, 68 Shake, v. fd)Utte(n, 75 Shall (to be obliged), v. fotten, 50 Shame, v. fid) febamen, 75 Share, v. tl)et(en, 70 Share, s. ber 2fntf)etl, 70 Shawl, s. ber (Sd)al)(, pi e, 45 Shed, v. Kronen, 74 Sheep, s. bat> (Sd)af, pZ.e, 23 Sheet, s. ber 23cgen, pi - 37 Shine, v. fd)ctnen, 68 Ship, s. bag(£tf)tff,_pZ. e, 17 Shirt, s. t>a^> £cmb, pi en, 34 Shoe, s. ber (Scfyuf), j?Z. e, 1 1 Shoemaker, s. ber S'cfyufymadjer, pi. -, 23 Shop, s. ber £aben, pi -,* 33 Short, a. fur*, 32 Show, v. gctgen, 29 ; roetfen, 73 Shudder, v. fefcaubern, 62 Shut, -y.$umad)en, 37; fd)Ue^en, 71 Shutter, s. ber £aben,;?Z.-, 39 Sick, a. franf, 3 Sickness, s. bte Jtranf l)eit, pZ. en, 66 Side, s. bte (Sette,pZ. n, 3 Side (on this), pp. btesfcttg, 66 ; on that side, jenfeitg, 66; at the side of, neben, 66 Signification, s» bte SBcbeutung, pi en, 75 Silent (to be), v. fcftroetgen, 75 ; to remain silent, fttUfcfyroeto/n, 75 Silk, s. bte (Seibe, 42 • Silk, or silken, a. fetben, 42 Silver, s. t>a$ (gtlber, 12 Silver, a. fttbern, 12 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 421 Since, pp. fcit, 60 ; ad. t>a, 67 Sing, v. fingcn, 53 Singular, a. fenberbar, 43 Sir, s. ber £err, pi. en, 11 Sister, s. Me @d)tt>cftcr, pi. n, 3; sister-in-law, ©cfyroagertnn, pZ. en, 41 Sit, y. ftgen, 62; sit down, fid) fegen, 68 Switzerland, s. bte ei$, 61 Sky, s. ber £tmme(, pZ. -, 68 Slaughter, t;. fc^tacbtcn, 34 Sleep, v. fctyafen, 53 Sleepy, a. fd)(ctfrtg, 3 Slippery, a. fdrffipfrig, glatt, 65 Slow, a. langfam, 49 Small, a. Hem, 1 Snatch, v. rctgen, 70 Snow, v. fd>neten, 60 Snow, s. tier (Scfynee, 60 So, ad. fo, 6 Society, s. bte ©efetlfcfyaft, pi. en, 59 Solve, v. (ofen, 69 Somebody, pron. {emanb, 15 Something, ad. etroas, 20 Somewhere, ad. irgenbroo, 63 Son, s. ber ©efyn, pi. c,* 31 Soon, ad. ball), 32 ; as soon, as, fo bait) rote, 61 Sore, a. bofe, fdbltmm, 56 Sorrow, s. bte ergtcfien, 74 Spite, s. bet Srog, 71 Spite (in — of), pp. tre$, 7' Splendor, s. ber ®(an$, 75 Spoil, v. r-erberben, wrrcofynen 71 Spoon, s. ber Scffct/joZ. -, 18 Spot, s. bte (Stclle, pi. n, 69 Spring, v. fprtngen, 59 Spring, s. bet grilling, pi- c, 48 36 Square, s. ber $>kf, yJ. e,* 30 Stairs, staircase, s. bte &reppe,£>Z. n,59; up stairs, ad. eben; down stairs, ad. unten, 67 Stand, v. ftchen, 33 Star, s. bet ©tern, pi. e, 68 State, s. ber <&taat, ph en, 61 State-house, s. ba$ SRatfyrjauS, ^Z. er,* 69 Stay, v. bletben, 30 Steam, s. bet £)ampf,pZ. e,* 75 Steamboat, s. l>a§ £>ampfboct, pi. e, 75 Steeple, s. bet £bvixm,pl. e,* 55 Stick, s. bet ©tocf/y*.. e,* 29 Still, a. jlttt ; ad. nod), 5 Stocking, s. bcr ©trumpf, pi. t,* 40 Stone, s. ber <§ttix\, pi. e, 11 Stone, a. pctnern, 12 Stop, v. pehen bletben, 53 Store, s. ber Sabcn, pi. -,* 33 Story, s. ba$ ©tcctrocrf, pi. e ; bte (Stage, pi. n, 67 Strange, a. fremb, fenberbar, 43 Stranger, s. ber grcmbe, pi. n, 43 Street, s. bte ©trajk, pZ. n, 36 Strike, v. fd)(agen, 60 Strong, a. ftatf, 60 Student, s. ber ©tubent, pL en, 14; fellow-student, l)cr SOfjitfd^fllcr, 75 Study, v. pubiren, 51 Succeed, v. gettngen, 62 Such, pron. fold), 69 Sudden, a. plogltd), 70 Suffer, v. (etben, 69 Sufferings, s. bte Setben, 69 Sugar, s. ber Sucfer, 6 Summer, s. ber ©ommer, j?Z. -, 68 Sunday, s. ber ©onntag, 46 Sup, v. $u 2£benbeffen, 2(bcnbbrob ejfen, 52 Supper,s.ba^2(benbeffen,ba^2(benb5 brob, 52 Surmount, v. ubcrpetgen, 75 Surprise, v. uberrafefyen, 66 Sweet, ja. fuj}, 57 T. Table, s. bcr £tfd),jpl. c, 3 [54 Table-cloth, s.ba^Stfct)tud),^. cr * 422 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Tale, s/bte (3:r$al)lung, pl.cn, 75 Tailor, s. t>cr (Scfynetber, pi. -, 13 Take,?;. nef)men,31 ; to take away, rcegnefymen, 33 ; to take off, ate nefymcn, 48 Tall, a. gro£, 1 Task, s. fote 2Crt>ett, pi. en, 47 Taste, v. foftcn, fcfymecfen, 57 Taste, s. ter ($5efcf)macf, 57 Tea, s. t)cr £f)ee, 24 Teach, v. (efytcn, 51 Teacher, s. bet Center, 51 Tear, v. $ettet6en, 70 Tell, v. fagen, 32 Than, c. cilS, 8 Thank, -u. bcmfen, 46 That, j9ron. jcncr, 5 ; beqentge, 19 That, c. ta$, 55 The, art. tcr, bte, t>a6, 2 The — the, c. [c — befto, 66 Theatre, s. ba$ &f)eatet, pi. -, 30 Then, c. benn ; ad. bann, 62 There, ad. t>a, bott, 30 Therefore, ad. besfyatb, 65 Thief, s. bet £)iet>, ^/. e, 70 Thimble, s. t>et $tngetf)ut,;?Z. e,* 19 Thine, pm. t)cr £)etntge, 26 Thing, s. ba^ Quia,, pi. e; bte ©as d)e,^Z. n, 62 Think, v. benfen, 49 This, pron. btefet, 3 Thirsty, a. butfttg, 4 Thither, ad. baf)tn, 33 Though, c. obfcfyon, cbgtettf), 62 Thaw, v. tfyauen, 60 Throat, s. ber $al$, pi. e,* 53 Through, pp. butd), 49 Throw, -y. roetfen, 70 Thunder, v. bonnetn, 60 Thunder, s. bet Conner, 60 Thursday, s. bet £)onnetftag, 46 Thus, ad. fo, 67 Thy, pron. betn, 26 Ticket, s. t)at <8tllet,pZ. c, 61 Tie, v. btnben, 67 Till, ad. bi$, 35 Time, 5. tie 3ctt, pi. en, 27 ) t>a$ 9M, 43 Tired, a. nuibe, 3 To, #p. $u, 27 Toe, s. bet 3$, pi e, 65 Together, ad. ^ufammen, 72 Tolerably, ad. ^tem(tcl), 65 Tooth, s. bet 3afyn, pi. e,* 53 Toothache, s. ba53at)nroef) or 3aljns fcfymeqen, 53 Top, s. bet ©tpfe(, pZ. -, 73 Towards, pp. gegen, 64 Towel, s. ba$ £anbtud), pi. er,* 54 Tower, s. ticx Sfyutm, pZ. e,* 55 Town, s. bte @tabt,pZ. e/ 2 Trade, s. bet ^anbei,^/. -,* 63 Tranquil, tufytg, 68 Tranquillity, s. bte $uf)e, 68 Translate, v. ubetfe£en, 75 Translation, s. bte Ueberfe£ung,pZ. en, 72 Travel, v. tetfen, 45 Travel, s. bte $etfe, pi. n, 60 Tree, s. btt 23aum, ^/. e,* 25 Trim, -y. befefynetben, 65 Trouble, v. bemufyen, 67 Trouble, s. bte 9Jcv Dbetm, pi. e, 13 Under, pp. unter, 58 Understand, v. oerfteljen, 49 Understanding, s. bet $crftanb,72 Undress, v. au6f!(etben, 66 Uneasy, a. tmrufytg ; to make one's self uneasy, ftd) beunru(}tgen, 68 Uneasiness, s. bte Untu^, 68 Unhappy, a. ung(uc!ltcb/ 4 United States, s. bte ^Setetntgten (Staaren, 61 Universe, s. %a$ £Mtatt, 75 Unlock, v. auffc^ticpen, 71 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. 423 Until, ad. bU, 31 Unwillingly, ad. undent, 71 Up, pp. cm£, 59 Use, v. gcbraudbcn, 50 ; to be of use, taugcn, 68 Use, s. bet ©cbtaud), pi. t,* 50 * bet 9iii6cn, 68 ; to make use, (^c- braud) macben, 50 Useful, a. nu^ltd), 68 Useless, a. unnu(5, nu$(og, 68 Usually, ad. gcroofynttd), 50 V. Valet, s. bcr Wiener, pi. -, 70 Value, s. bcr SBcttr), 75 Veal, s. t>a$ £al6ftet|cb, 74 Vegetable, 5. bag ©emufc, pi.-. 74 Very, a J. fcfjr, 2 Vice, s. bag Rafter, 73 Village, s. Das £)ovf, pZ. Ciy* 45 Violent, a. beftta,, 53 Virtue, s. Die £ua,enb, pi. en, 73 Virtuous, a. tugenbrjaft, 73 Visit, v. tvfucben, 40 Voice, s. bte cx 9J2tttroocb, 46 Week, s. Die SBecbe, ^Z. n, 43 Weep, v. rcctnen, 71 Well, ad. tcoH, gut, 49 Wet, a. nap, 58 Wide, a. brett, 39 With, pp. nut, 36 Within, pp. tnnctbatfc, 68 What, pron. mag, 1 1 ; what kind of, rt>as fur ein, 1 1 When, c. roenn, 55; roann, ati, 57; ad. roann, 32 Whence, ad. rceber, 44 Where, ad. roo, 30; nowhere, rut? genbg, 63 ; where from, rocfyet, 47 Whether, c. eb, 65 Which, pron. roelcbet, 12 While, c.inbcm,71; while, whilst, pp. roafytcnb, 65 White, a. ructp, 7 Whither, ad. n>cf)tn, 33; no whither, nttgcnDrcebtn, 63; somewhither, ttgenbtuebtn, 63 Who, pron. tvex, 5, 29; nxkfyer, 54 Whole, a. gan$, 35 Why, ad. tuarum, 42 Wife, s. btc gtau,_pZ. en, 3 Will, to be willing, roeflen, 28 Will, s. t>ct mile, pi. n, 64 Willingly, ad. getn, 49 Wind, s. t)a SS*inb, pi. c, 65 Window, s. Dag genftet, pi. -, 33 Winter, s. Det &Btntet,_pZ. -, 48 Wish, v. rcmnfeben, 46 Wise, a. flu*}, tuetfe, 72 Wood, s. Dag £el$, 12 ; Det 2Mb, pi. er,* 30 Wooden, a. rjofycrn, 12 Wool, s. Die SG&eflc, 42 Woolen, a. tucllen, 42 Woman, s. Die #tau,^>Z. en, 3 Wonder, v. ftcb rounDetn, 66 Word, 5. t>a^> &£ott, pi. e ani er,* 60 Work, s. bag 2Bcrf, pi. e, 38 ; bte 2Mtit, pi. en, 47 424 THE GERMAN INSTRUCTOR. Work, v. arbetten, 27 Workman, s. ter #rbciter, pi. -, 73 World, s. tic 85Mt, jpZ. en, 67 Worth, a. nxrtf), 51 ; to be worth while, ter 9)lur;e nxrtf) fctn, Wound, v. r>errounten, 65 Wound, s. tie SBunte, pZ. n, 65 Write, v. fcfyretben, 27 Wrong, a. unred)t, 16 Wrong, s. tag Unrecfyr, 16 Yard, s. tie (Stte, ^>Z. n, 89 ; ter £of,;?Z. e,*59 Year, s. tag 3abr, pZ. c, 26 Yellow, a. getb, 56 Yes, ad. [a, 11 Yesterday, ad. geftern, 37 Yet, ad. nod), 6; c. feed)/ 74 Young, a. jung, 1 Your, pron. Sfyr, 5 Yours, pron. ter Sfyrigc. CONTENTS OF THE LESSONS. FIRST SECTION. WSSON PAGB 1. Invariable form of adjectives 9 2. Nominative singular of nouns 10 3. The demonstrative pronoun this 11 4. The indefinite article a ) an, and the conjunctive possessive pronouns, my and his 13 5. The conjunctive possessive pronouns our, her } your, and the demonstrative pronoun that 14 6. Nominative singular of adjectives preceded by the definite article . . . 15 7. The absolute possessive pronouns mine, his own, hers, yours, ours 17 8. Comparative of adjectives — Nominative of adjectives pre- ceded by conjunctive possessive pronouns . . .19 9. The present tense of the verbs to have and to be — Accu- sative of feminine and neuter nouns . . . . 21 10. Accusative of masculine nouns — Of the indefinite article, and of the conjunctive possessive pronouns before a mas- culine noun . . 23 1 1. Accusative of adjectives standing before a masculine noun, and preceded by the definite or indefinite article or a pronoun . 26 12. The interrogative pronoun which — Accusative of the per- sonal pronouns he, she ) it 28 13. Genitive (possessive) case of masculine and neuter nouns of the first declension 30 14. Genitive of nouns of the second declension — The demon- strative pronoun that 33 36 * (425) 426 CONTENTS. 15. Genitive of the feminine gender — Genitive of adjectives preceded by the articles or a pronoun . . . .36 16. The indefinite pronoun no, none 39 17. Dative of the masculine and neuter genders . . .42 18. Dative of the feminine gender — Dative of adjectives pre- ceded by the articles or a pronoun . . . .44 19. The relative pronouns which and who, and the determina- tive pronoun that, or the one and the same . . .47 20. Declension of adjectives before a substantive, and not pre- ceded by the article or a pronoun . . . .49 21. Plural of the article and pronouns, and of substantives of the first declension . . 52 22. Plural of nouns of the second declension and of feminines, and the plural of adjectives preceded by the article or a pronoun . .56 23. Plural of adjectives not preceded by the article or a pronoun 59 24. Continuation of the plural — Plural of the determinative and relative pronouns 62 25. Cardinal numbers 65 26. Second person singular of verbs 68 SECOND SECTION. 27. Infinitive of simple verbs 72 28. The auxiliary verb of mood to be willing (will), tt> often . 76 29. The auxiliary verb of mood to be able (can), f cntic n — Da- tive and accusative of personal pronouns . .80 30. The prepositions in, into, in, and on, upon, auf, when go- verning the dative . . 84 31. The auxiliary verb of mood to be obliged (must), muffen — Inseparable compound verbs . . . . 88 32. The preposition to, in 92 33. Separable compound verbs — The prepositions in, into, and on, upon, when governing the accusative . . 96 34. The auxiliary verb of mood to let, to leave, (affen — Posi- tion of verbs in sentences 101 35. The prepositions auf and an, when governing the accusa- tive — Adjectives of nations 105 36. Comparative and superlative of adjectives . . .110 37. Past participle of the verb to have — Construction after nouns of measure, weight ; or number . . . .116 CONTENTS. 427 LESSON PAGE 38. Perfect tense — Past participle of regular simple verbs and its position — Ordinal numbers 120 39. Past participle of regular compound verbs — Compound adverbs formed of there, ba, and a preposition . . 126 40. Difference between the verbs fteUen and Ugen . . 131 41. Past participle of the verb to be — Formation of feminine substantives by adding inn to masculine appellatives . 135 42. Past participle of irregular verbs 139 43. 44. Continuation of Lesson 42 143, 148 45. Explanation of the preposition n a $), after . . . 152 THIRD SECTION. 46. Present tense of regular verbs . . . . . . 156 47. Present tense of separable compound verbs . . .161 48. Present tense of irregular verbs 166 49. Adverbs and their formation — Contraction of the definite article with prepositions before nouns . . . .170 50. The auxiliary verb of mood to be obliged (shall) fcUen .175 51. The use of the genitive case as denoting indefinite time . . . 181 52. The auxiliary verb of mood to be permitted , to be at liberty (may), mogen — Adverb willingly, gem — Diminutives 185 53. Perfect tense of the auxiliary verbs of mood . . . 191 54. Construction of principal and subordinate sentences — In- version of the copula in subordinate sentences — The indefinite and definite relative pronouns . . . 197 55. Interrogative compound adverbs formed of where, xvc, and a preposition 203 56. Infinitive of verbs used" as nouns — Interrogative compound adverbs used as relative adverbs — Second person plural of the imperative . . . . . . . 208 57. Imperfect tense of regular verbs 215 58. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs — Explanation of the particles fjtn and fyet 221 59. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs, continued . . . 229 60. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs, cont.— Impersonal verbs 236 61. Imperfect tense of irregular verbs, concluded — Pluperfect tense — The indefinite pronouns e$ and man . . 243 62. First future tense — Impersonal verbs . . . .251 428 CONTENTS. LESSON PAGK 63. Second future tense — Inversion of the subject in principal sentences 259 64. The verb to become, roctfcen — Adjectives as nouns — Se- cond person plural of verbs, — ye, xt)t .... 267 FOURTH SECTION. 65. Reflective verbs . 278 66. Reflective verbs, continued 287 67. Subjunctive mood 296 68. Imperative mood 305 69. Conditional mood 315 70. Conditional mood, continued — The auxiliary verb of mood to dare, to be allowed, fcutfen .".... 326 71. Present participle 336 72. Past participle '.,..-• 347 73. Passive voice 356 74. Passive voice, continued 366 75. Conclusion . 377 APPENDIX. The genders \ 385 Declension of substantives 387 Numerals 391 Declension of the personal pronouns 392 Conjugation of verbs . 392 A complete list of the irregular verbs 398 Intransitive and neuter verbs, which take the auxiliary verb to be, fctn, for the formation of their compound tenses . 402 Compound inseparable and separable verbs .... 403 A list of verbs, reflective in German and not in English . . 407 An alphabetical list of all prepositions 407 Conjunctions and conjunctive adverbs 408 THE END. % A* ^ ,^ *" * • \>. <> t, vv ^ Deacidified using the Bookkeeper proces V * ^V ^, Neutralizing agent: Magnesium Oxide .4 -7-, ' Treatment Date: Nov. 2006 PreservationTechnologie A WORLD LEADER IN PAPER PRESERVATlC 1 1 1 Thomson Park Drive Cranberry Township, PA 16066 (724)779-2111 >»*%. ^ V ^ o o ' °